Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 10, 2020

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM F-10

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

TFI INTERNATIONAL INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Canada   4210   Not Applicable
(Province or Other Jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)   Classification Code)   Identification No.)

8801 Trans-Canada Highway, Suite 500

Saint-Laurent, Québec

H4S 1Z6

(514) 331-4000

(Address and telephone number of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Corporation Service Company

County of New Castle

251 Little Falls Drive

Wilmington, DE USA 19808

(866) 927-9800

(Name, address (including zip code) and telephone number (including area code) of agent for service in the United States)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Alain Bédard

TFI International Inc.

8801 Trans-Canada Highway

Suite 500

Saint-Laurent, Québec,

Canada H4S 1Z6

(514) 331-4000

 

Neil Wiener

Sébastien Bellefleur

Fasken Martineau DuMoulin

LLP

800 Square Victoria

Suite 3700

Montreal, Québec, Canada

H4Z 1E9

(514) 397-7483

 

Mark A. Scudder

Heidi Hornung-Scherr

Scudder Law Firm, P.C.,

L.L.O.

411 South 13th Street

Lincoln, Nebraska 68508

(402) 435-3223

  

Michael Kaplan

Jeff Ramsay

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

450 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 450-4000

  

Aniko Pelland

David Tardif

Stikeman Elliott LLP

1155 René-Lévesque Blvd.

West

Montreal, Québec, Canada

H3B 3V2

(514) 397-3000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public:

From time to time after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

Province of Québec, Canada

(Principal jurisdiction regulating this offering)

 

 

It is proposed that this filing shall become effective (check appropriate box)

 

A.     upon filing with the Commission, pursuant to Rule 467(a) (if in connection with an offering being made contemporaneously in the United States and Canada).
B.     At some future date (check the appropriate box below)
  1.     pursuant to Rule 467(b) on (date) at (time) (designate a time not sooner than 7 calendar days after filing).
  2.     pursuant to Rule 467(b) on (date) at (time) (designate a time 7 calendar days or sooner after filing) because the securities regulatory authority in the review jurisdiction has issued a receipt or notification of clearance on (date).
  3.     pursuant to Rule 467(b) as soon as practicable after notification of the Commission by the Registrant or the Canadian securities regulatory authority of the review jurisdiction that a receipt or notification of clearance has been issued with respect hereto.
  4.     after the filing of the next amendment to this Form (if preliminary material is being filed).

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to the home jurisdiction’s shelf prospectus offering procedures, check the following box.  ☒

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Amount

to be

Registered(1)(2)

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)(3)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Shares

Preferred Shares

Subscription Receipts

Warrants

Debt Securities

Units

           

Total

  US$376,251,035   US$376,251,035   US$48,837.38(4)

 

 

(1)

There are being registered under this Registration Statement such indeterminate number of (i) common shares, (ii) preferred shares, (iii) subscription receipts, (iv) warrants, (v) senior or subordinated secured or unsecured debt securities, and/or (vi) units comprised of one or more of the securities listed above in any combination as shall have an aggregate initial offering price not to exceed US$376,251,035. The proposed maximum initial offering price per security will be determined, from time to time, by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the securities registered under this Registration Statement.

(2)

Determined based on the proposed maximum aggregate offering price in Canadian dollars of CDN$500,000,000 converted into U.S. dollars based on the average rate of exchange on February 5, 2020, as reported by the Bank of Canada, for the conversion of Canadian dollars into U.S. dollars of CDN$1.3289 equals U.S.$1.00.

(3)

Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(4)

Calculated in accordance with Rule 457(o).

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registration Statement shall become effective as provided in Rule 467 under the Securities Act or on such date as the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a) of the Securities Act, may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART I

INFORMATION REQUIRED TO BE DELIVERED TO OFFEREES OR PURCHASERS


Table of Contents

A copy of this preliminary prospectus supplement has been filed with the securities regulatory authorities in each of the provinces of Canada but has not yet become final for the purpose of the sale of securities. Information contained in this preliminary prospectus supplement may not be complete and may have to be amended.

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes effective. This prospectus supplement shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such jurisdiction.

No securities regulatory authority has expressed an opinion about these securities and it is an offence to claim otherwise. This prospectus supplement, together with the accompanying short form base shelf prospectus dated October 12, 2018 to which it relates as amended or supplemented, and each document incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein, constitutes a public offering of these securities only in those jurisdictions where they may be lawfully offered for sale and therein only by persons permitted to sell such securities.

Information has been incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement from documents filed with the securities commissions or similar authorities in Canada. Copies of the documents incorporated herein by reference may be obtained on request without charge from the Secretary of TFI International Inc. at 8801 Trans-Canada Hwy., Suite 500, Saint-Laurent, Québec, Canada H4S 1Z6, telephone: (514) 331-4113 and are also available electronically at www.sedar.com.

Subject to completion, dated February 10, 2020

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

TO THE SHORT FORM BASE SHELF PROSPECTUS DATED OCTOBER 12, 2018

 

New Issue   February     ●    , 2020

 

 

LOGO

TFI INTERNATIONAL INC.

6,000,000 Common Shares

 

 

This offering (the “Offering”) is the initial public offering of the common shares (the “Common Shares”) of TFI International Inc. (“TFI International” or the “Corporation”) in the United States and a new issue of the Common Shares in Canada. This preliminary prospectus supplement (the “Prospectus Supplement”) together with the short form base shelf prospectus dated October 12, 2018 (the “Prospectus”) qualifies the distribution by the Corporation of 6,000,000 Common Shares at a price of US $    ●     per Common Share (the “Offering Price”).

The Offering is being made concurrently in Canada under the terms of the Prospectus and this Prospectus Supplement and in the United States under the terms of the Corporation’s registration statement on Form F-10 (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Investing in the Common Shares involves risk. Prospective investors should consider the risk factors described under “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and in the documents incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus.

 

Morgan Stanley    BofA Securities    J.P. Morgan    Credit Suisse

 

RBC Capital Markets    UBS Investment Bank

 

Cowen   National Bank of Canada Financial   Stephens Inc.   Stifel  

Wolfe Capital Markets

and Advisory


Table of Contents

The Corporation’s outstanding Common Shares are listed and posted for trading on the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) under the ticker symbol “TFII”. On February 7, 2020, the last trading day before the filing of this preliminary form of Prospectus Supplement, the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX was CAD $44.11. The Offering Price was determined by negotiation between the Corporation and the Underwriters (as defined below). The Corporation has applied to list the Common Shares to be issued and sold by it hereunder on the TSX and has also applied to list the Common Shares to be qualified under the Registration Statement and its outstanding Common Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the trading symbol “TFII”. Listing will be subject to the Corporation fulfilling all of the listing requirements of the TSX and NYSE, respectively. See “Plan of Distribution”.

 

 

Price: US $         per Common Share

 

 

     Price to the
public
   Underwriters’
commission
   Net proceeds(2)

Per Common Share(1)

   US $    ●        US $    ●        US $    ●    

Total Offering(3)

   US $    ●        US $    ●        US $    ●    

 

(1)

The Offering Price is payable in U.S. dollars, except as may otherwise be agreed to by the Underwriters.

 

(2)

Before deducting expenses of the Offering, estimated at US $    ●    , which will be paid by the Corporation. See “Use of Proceeds”.

 

(3)

The Corporation has granted the Underwriters an option, exercisable at any time not later than the 30th day following the Closing Date (as defined below), to purchase up to 900,000 additional Common Shares (representing 15% of the Common Shares offered hereunder) on the same terms as set out above, solely to cover the Underwriters’ over-allocation position, if any, and for market stabilization purposes (the “Option to Purchase Additional Shares”). If the Option to Purchase Additional Shares is exercised in full, the total “Price to the public”, “Underwriters’ commission” and “Net proceeds” will be US $    ●    , US $    ●     and US $    ●    , respectively. This Prospectus Supplement, together with the Prospectus, qualifies the distribution of the Option to Purchase Additional Shares and the issuance of Common Shares upon exercise, if any, of the Option to Purchase Additional Shares. A purchaser who acquires Common Shares forming part of an over-allocation position acquires those shares under this Prospectus Supplement, regardless of whether the position is ultimately filled through the exercise of the Option to Purchase Additional Shares or secondary market purchases. See “Plan of Distribution”.

The following table sets out the number of Common Shares that may be issued and sold by the Corporation pursuant to the Option to Purchase Additional Shares:

 

Underwriters’ position

 

Maximum number of shares
available

 

Exercise period

 

Exercise price

Option to Purchase

Additional Shares

  900,000 Common Shares   Exercisable not later than the 30th day following the Closing Date   US $    ●     per Common Share

The Offering Price is stated in U.S. dollars, but most of the figures included in this Prospectus Supplement and the documents incorporated by reference herein, including the Corporation’s financial statements, are in Canadian dollars. See “Currency and Exchange Rate Information”.

The Common Shares are being offered in the United States by Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Cowen and Company, LLC, National Bank of Canada Financial Inc., Stephens Inc., Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and WR Securities, LLC (the “U.S. Underwriters”) and in Canada by Morgan Stanley Canada Limited, Merrill Lynch Canada Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Canada Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (Canada), Inc., RBC Dominion Securities Inc., UBS Securities Canada Inc., National Bank Financial Inc. and Stifel Nicolaus Canada Inc. (the “Canadian Underwriters” and collectively with the U.S. Underwriters, the “Underwriters”) pursuant to an underwriting agreement dated February ●, 2020 (the “Underwriting Agreement”). Cowen and Company, LLC, Stephens Inc. and WR Securities, LLC are not registered to sell securities in any Canadian jurisdiction and, accordingly, will sell Common Shares only outside of Canada.

The Corporation and the Underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus or any relevant free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Corporation or to which the Corporation has referred you. The Corporation and the Underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. It is important for you to read and consider all information contained in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein, and any free writing prospectus that the Corporation has authorized for use in connection with this Offering, in their entirety before making your investment decision.

 

ii


Table of Contents

An investment in the Common Shares involves risks that should be carefully considered by prospective investors before purchasing Common Shares. The risks outlined in this Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and in the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein should be carefully reviewed and considered by prospective investors in connection with any investment in Common Shares. See “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors”.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SEC OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY REGULATORY AUTHORITY NOR HAVE THESE AUTHORITIES PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

Prospective investors in the United States should be aware that this Offering is made by a foreign issuer that is permitted, under a multijurisdictional disclosure system adopted in the United States and Canada, to prepare this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus in accordance with the disclosure requirements of its home country. Prospective investors should be aware that such requirements are different from those of the United States. TFI International prepares financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”); the financial statements incorporated herein have been prepared in accordance with IFRS and may be subject to foreign auditing and auditor independence standards, and thus may not be comparable to financial statements of United States companies.

Prospective investors should be aware that the acquisition of the Common Shares described herein may have tax consequences both in the United States and in Canada. Such consequences for investors who are resident in, or citizens of, the United States or Canada may not be fully described herein. See “United States Federal Income Tax Considerations for U.S. Holders” and “Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations”.

The enforcement by investors of civil liabilities under United States federal securities laws may be affected adversely by the fact that the Corporation is incorporated under the laws of Canada, that some of its officers and directors may be residents of a foreign country, that some or all of the Underwriters or experts named in the Registration Statement may be residents of a foreign country, and that all or a substantial portion of the assets of the Corporation and said persons may be located outside the United States. See “Risk Factors” and “Enforcement of Civil Liabilities”.

The Underwriters, as principals, conditionally offer the Common Shares qualified under this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus, subject to prior sale, if, as and when issued, sold and delivered by the Corporation and accepted by the Underwriters in accordance with the conditions contained in the Underwriting Agreement, as described under “Plan of Distribution”.

Certain legal matters relating to Canadian law with respect to the Offering will be passed upon on the Corporation’s behalf by Fasken Martineau DuMoulin LLP and on behalf of the Underwriters by Stikeman Elliott LLP. Certain legal matters relating to United States law with respect to the Offering will be passed upon on the Corporation’s behalf by Scudder Law Firm, P.C., L.L.O. and on behalf of the Underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP.

BofA Securities, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, National Bank Financial Inc. and their respective affiliates are affiliates of banks that are members of a syndicate of lenders that has made a revolving credit facility in a total amount of CAD $1.2 billion (the “Credit Facility”) available to certain subsidiaries of the Corporation. In addition, BofA Securities, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, National Bank Financial Inc. and their respective affiliates are affiliates of banks that are members of a syndicate of lenders that has made a term loan in an amount of CAD $610 million (the “Term Loan”) available to a subsidiary of the Corporation, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and its affiliate are affiliates of a bank that has provided a revolving credit facility to the Corporation in an amount of US $25 million, National Bank Financial Inc. and its affiliate are affiliates of a bank that has provided a letter of credit facility to the Corporation in an amount of CAD $25 million, and BofA Securities, Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC and their respective affiliates are affiliates of banks which have provided equipment financing to certain subsidiaries of the Corporation. Accordingly, in connection with the Offering and pursuant to applicable Canadian securities legislation, the Corporation may be considered a “connected issuer” with such Underwriters. The Corporation intends to use the net proceeds of the Offering to reduce the amount outstanding under the Credit Facility. As a result, the affiliates of such Underwriters who are lenders under the Credit Facility are expected to receive a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering. See “Plan of Distribution – Relationship Between the Underwriters and the Corporation, and Conflicts of Interest” and “Use of Proceeds”.

 

iii


Table of Contents

Subject to applicable laws, the Underwriters may, in connection with this Offering, over-allot or effect transactions that stabilize or maintain the market price of the Common Shares at levels other than those which might otherwise prevail on the open market. Such transactions, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time. The Underwriters may offer the Common Shares to the public at prices lower than the Offering Price. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Subscriptions will be received subject to rejection or allotment in whole or in part and the right is reserved to close the subscription books at any time without notice. Closing of the Offering is expected to take place on or about February     ●    , 2020 (the “Closing Date”), or such earlier or later date as the Corporation and the Underwriters may agree, but in any event no later than     ●    , 2020. It is expected that the Corporation will arrange for the instant deposit of the Common Shares offered hereby under the book-based system of registration, to be registered to The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee and deposited with DTC on the Closing Date. No certificates evidencing the Common Shares offered hereby will be issued to purchasers of the Common Shares. Purchasers of the Common Shares will receive only a customer confirmation from the Underwriter or other registered dealer from or through which a beneficial interest in the Common Shares is purchased. See “Plan of Distribution”.

The head and registered office of the Corporation is at 8801 Trans-Canada Hwy., Suite 500, Saint-Laurent, Québec, Canada H4S 1Z6 and its executive office is at 96 Disco Road, Etobicoke, Ontario, Canada M9W 0A3.

 

iv


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR

THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE SHELF PROSPECTUS

 

 


Table of Contents

IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS

This document is in two parts. The first part is this Prospectus Supplement, which describes the specific terms of the Offering and also adds to and updates certain information contained in the accompanying Prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference therein. The second part, the accompanying Prospectus, gives more general information, some of which may not apply to the Offering.

The Corporation is not offering the Common Shares in any jurisdiction where the Offering is not permitted by law. This Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus must not be used by anyone for any purpose other than in connection with the distribution of Common Shares under this Offering. The Corporation does not undertake to update the information contained in this Prospectus Supplement or contained or incorporated by reference in the Prospectus, except as required by applicable securities laws.

The Corporation and the Underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement or the accompanying Prospectus or any relevant free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Corporation or to which the Corporation has referred you. The Corporation and the Underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. It is important for you to read and consider all information contained in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein, and any free writing prospectus that the Corporation has authorized for use in connection with this Offering, in their entirety before making your investment decision.

Unless otherwise noted or the context indicates otherwise, “TFI International” and the “Corporation” refer to TFI International Inc., its subsidiaries and, as the case may be, its predecessors.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference therein contain “forward-looking information” within the meaning of applicable Canadian securities legislation, section 27A of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “U.S. Securities Act”), and section 21E of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “U.S. Exchange Act”), and such statements are subject to the safe harbor created by those sections and by the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended. Such forward-looking information may include, but is not limited to, information with respect to the Corporation’s objectives and the strategies to achieve these objectives, as well as information with respect to the Corporation’s beliefs, plans, expectations, anticipations, estimates, intentions, results, levels of activity, performance, goals and achievements. This forward-looking information is identified by the use of terms and phrases such as “may”, “might”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, “plan”, “foresee”, “believe”, “to its knowledge”, “could”, “design”, “forecast”, “goal”, “hope”, “intend”, “likely”, “predict”, “project”, “seek”, “should”, “target”, “will”, “would” or “continue”, the negative of these terms and similar terminology, including references to assumptions, although not all forward-looking information contains these terms and phrases.

The forward-looking information contained in this Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference therein is provided for the purpose of assisting the reader in understanding the Corporation’s financial performance and prospects and to present management’s assessment of future plans and operations. The reader is cautioned that such information may not be appropriate for other purposes.

Forward-looking information is based upon a number of assumptions and is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Corporation’s control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those that are disclosed in or implied by such forward-looking information. Investors are cautioned against placing undue reliance on this information since actual results may vary from the forward-looking information. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those related to or arising from: the Corporation operating in a highly-competitive, fragmented and regulated industry, the Corporation’s operations in the United States and Mexico, the Corporation being subject to changes in its general operating environment and to seasonality, the Corporation’s business being subject to general economic, credit, business and regulatory factors largely beyond its control, changes

 

S-1


Table of Contents

in interest rates, significant fluctuations in relative currency values against the Canadian dollar, fluctuations in the price or availability of fuel or fuel surcharge collection, self-insurance by the Corporation for a significant portion of its claim exposure, any unionization efforts by the Corporation’s U.S. employees or changes in collective agreements with the Corporation’s Canadian employees, increases in compensation paid by the Corporation to drivers or difficulties in the Corporation attracting and retaining qualified drivers, the engagement by the Corporation of independent contractors, future acquisitions by the Corporation or any failure by the Corporation to effect future acquisitions, integration by the Corporation of acquired businesses, absence of substantial growth in the future, compliance with environmental laws and regulations, liabilities for environmental contamination, management and key personnel turnover and failure by the Corporation to attract and retain qualified management and key personnel, dependence by the Corporation on services of third-party capacity providers and service instability from these providers, limits on the Corporation’s flexibility resulting from existing and future indebtedness, the Corporation’s significant ongoing capital requirements, increased prices for, and decreased availability of, new revenue equipment, future use of autonomous tractors, difficulty in the Corporation obtaining goods and services from its various vendors and suppliers, reduction or elimination of use of the Corporation’s services by its customers, the negative impact of financial difficulties encountered by the Corporation’s customers, the need for additional financing by the Corporation, the Corporation’s dependence on systems, networks and other information technology (and the data contained therein), litigation against the Corporation, failure by the Corporation to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, market reaction to the announcement by the Corporation of potential material transactions, the Common Shares not having previously traded on a stock exchange in the United States, sales of a substantial number of Common Shares in the public market or a perception that these sales may occur, broad discretion by the Corporation in the use of the net proceeds of this Offering, the fact that TFI International Inc. is a holding company governed by the laws of Canada, variances in future payments of dividends and share repurchases by the Corporation, difficulties for shareholders in the United States in effecting service on the Corporation or realizing on judgments obtained in the United States, and the Corporation’s ability to comply with covenants under the Credit Facility, Term Loan and other agreements governing the Corporation’s indebtedness, as well as other risk factors identified under “Risk Factors”. These factors are not intended to represent a complete list of the factors that could affect the Corporation; however, these factors should be considered carefully. There may be other risk factors not currently known to the Corporation or that the Corporation currently believes are not material that could also cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein. If any of these risks materializes, or if any of the Corporation’s assumptions underlying forward-looking statements prove incorrect, actual results and developments may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein.

All of the forward-looking information contained in this Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference therein is qualified by the foregoing cautionary statements, and there can be no guarantee that the results or developments that the Corporation anticipates will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequences or effects on the Corporation’s business, financial condition or results of operations. The Corporation does not undertake to update or amend such forward-looking information whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required by applicable law. Unless otherwise stated, the forward-looking information contained in this Prospectus Supplement is provided as of the date hereof.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

This Prospectus Supplement is deemed, as of the date hereof, to be incorporated by reference in the accompanying Prospectus only for the purpose of the distribution of Common Shares under the Offering.

The following documents filed with the securities commission or similar regulatory authority in all of the provinces of Canada are specifically incorporated by reference into, and form an integral part of, the Prospectus as supplemented by this Prospectus Supplement:

 

  (a)

Annual Information Form dated February 10, 2020 for the year ended December 31, 2019;

 

  (b)

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB;

 

S-2


Table of Contents
  (c)

Management’s Discussion and Analysis for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 (“MD&A”); and

 

  (d)

Management Proxy Circular dated March 14, 2019 for the annual and special meeting of shareholders held on April 23, 2019.

Copies of the documents incorporated by reference in the Prospectus, as supplemented by this Prospectus Supplement, may be obtained on request without charge from the Secretary of TFI International at 8801 Trans-Canada Hwy., Suite 500, Saint-Laurent, Québec, Canada H4S 1Z6, telephone: (514) 331-4113, and are also available electronically on the System for Electronic Document Analysis and Retrieval (“SEDAR”) at www.sedar.com and on the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”) at www.sec.gov.

Any document of the type referred to in section 11.1 of Form 44-101F1 of National Instrument 44-101Short Form Prospectus Distributions (excluding confidential material change reports) filed by the Corporation with a securities commission or similar regulatory authority in Canada after the date of this Prospectus Supplement and before the termination or completion of the distribution of the Common Shares hereunder will be deemed to be incorporated by reference in the Prospectus, as supplemented by this Prospectus Supplement, for the purpose of this Offering. In addition, any such documents which are filed on Form 40-F with, or (if and to the extent expressly provided) filed on Form 6-K to, the SEC after the date of this Prospectus Supplement and prior to the termination of this Offering shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in the Prospectus, this Prospectus Supplement and the Registration Statement, of which the Prospectus and this Prospectus Supplement form part. The documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated herein by reference contain meaningful and material information relating to the Corporation and readers should review all information contained in this Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated herein or therein by reference.

In addition, any “template version” of any “marketing materials” (as each such term is defined in National Instrument 41-101General Prospectus Requirements) filed in connection with the Offering after the date hereof but prior to the termination of the distribution of the Common Shares pursuant to the Offering is deemed to be incorporated by reference herein.

Any statement contained in this Prospectus Supplement, in the accompanying Prospectus, or in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference therein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded to the extent that a statement contained herein or therein, or in any subsequently filed document which also is, or is deemed to be, incorporated by reference in the Prospectus modifies or supersedes such statement. Any statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus. The modifying or superseding statement need not state that it has modified or superseded a prior statement or include any other information set out in the document or statement that it modifies or supersedes. The making of a modifying or superseding statement shall not be deemed an admission for any purposes that the modified or superseded statement, when made, constituted a misrepresentation, an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact that is required to be stated or that is necessary to make a statement not misleading in light of the circumstances in which it was made.

MARKETING MATERIALS

Before filing the final Prospectus Supplement in respect of the Offering, TFI International and the Underwriters intend to hold road shows that potential investors in the United States and in certain of the provinces of Canada will be able to attend. TFI International and the Underwriters may provide marketing materials to potential investors in connection with such road shows.

In doing so, TFI International and the Underwriters are relying on a provision of Canadian securities legislation that allows issuers in certain U.S. cross-border offerings to not have to file marketing materials relating to road shows on the SEDAR website at www.sedar.com or include or incorporate by reference such marketing materials in the final Prospectus Supplement in respect of the Offering. To rely on this exemption, TFI International and the Underwriters must give contractual rights to Canadian investors in the event the marketing materials contain a misrepresentation.

 

S-3


Table of Contents

Accordingly, TFI International and the Underwriters signing the certificate contained in this Prospectus Supplement have agreed that in the event the marketing materials relating to the road shows described above contain a misrepresentation (as defined in securities legislation of each of the provinces of Canada), a purchaser resident in a province of Canada who was provided with those marketing materials in connection with the road shows and who purchases Common Shares under this Prospectus Supplement in respect of the Offering during the period of distribution shall have, without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation, rights against TFI International and each such Underwriter with respect to the misrepresentation which are equivalent to the rights under the securities legislation of the jurisdiction of Canada where the purchaser is resident, subject to the defences, limitations and other terms of that legislation, as if the misrepresentation was contained in this Prospectus Supplement.

However, this contractual right does not apply (i) to the extent that the contents of the marketing materials relating to the road shows have been modified or superseded by a statement in this Prospectus Supplement in respect of the Offering, and (ii) to any “comparables”, as such term is defined in National Instrument 41-101General Prospectus Requirements, in the marketing materials provided in accordance with applicable Canadian securities legislation.

NON-IFRS MEASURES

The information presented in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus, including certain documents incorporated by reference herein and therein, includes non-IFRS measures such as “adjusted net income from continuing operations”, “adjusted EPS from continuing operations – diluted” (“adjusted diluted EPS”), “free cash flow conversion” and “free cash flow from continuing operations”, that are used by the Corporation as indicators of financial performance. These financial measures do not have standardized meanings prescribed under IFRS or U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and the Corporation’s computation may differ from similarly-named computations as reported by other entities and, accordingly, may not be comparable. These financial measures should not be considered as an alternative to, or more meaningful than, measures of financial performance as determined in accordance with IFRS as an indicator of performance. The Corporation believes these measures may be useful supplemental information to assist investors in assessing its operational performance and its ability to generate cash through operations. The non-IFRS measures also provide investors with insight into the Corporation’s decision making as it uses these non-IFRS measures to make financial, strategic and operating decisions.

Because non-IFRS measures do not have a standardized meaning and may differ from similarly-named computations as reported by other entities, Canadian securities regulations and policies require that non-IFRS measures be clearly defined and qualified, reconciled with their nearest IFRS measure and given no more prominence than the closest IFRS measure. Information regarding non-IFRS measures is presented in this Prospectus Supplement and in the sections dealing with these financial measures in certain of the documents incorporated by reference herein, including the MD&A. See “Documents Incorporated by Reference” above for definitions and reconciliations of the non-IFRS measures described above to the most directly-comparable IFRS measure.

Non-IFRS measures are not audited. They have important limitations as analytical tools and investors are cautioned not to consider them in isolation or place undue reliance on ratios or percentages calculated using non-IFRS measures.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and certain of the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein contain market and industry data obtained from a combination of third-party sources and the estimates of management of the Corporation. Although management believes that these third-party sources and the estimates of management are reliable, the accuracy and completeness of such data is not guaranteed and has not been verified by any independent sources. Market and industry data, including estimates and projections relating to size of market and market share, is inherently imprecise and cannot be verified due to limitations in the availability and reliability of data inputs, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations inherent in any market research or other survey. Management’s estimates are based on internal research, its knowledge of the relevant market

 

S-4


Table of Contents

and industry and extrapolations from third-party sources. While the Corporation is not aware of any misstatements regarding the market and industry data presented in this Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus or the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein, such data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those factors discussed under “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”. The Corporation has no intention and undertakes no obligation to update or revise any such information or data, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

U.S. REGISTRATION STATEMENT

The Offering is being made concurrently in Canada pursuant to this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus and in the United States pursuant to the Registration Statement filed with the SEC under the U.S. Securities Act. The Prospectus and this Prospectus Supplement do not contain all of the information set out in the Registration Statement, certain items of which are contained in the exhibits to the Registration Statement as permitted or required by the rules and regulations of the SEC.

ELIGIBILITY FOR INVESTMENT

In the opinion of Fasken Martineau DuMoulin LLP, Canadian counsel to the Corporation, and Stikeman Elliott LLP, Canadian counsel to the Underwriters, based on the current provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada) (the “Tax Act”) and the regulations thereunder (the “Regulations”), provided that on the date hereof the Common Shares are listed on a “designated stock exchange” as defined in the Tax Act, which currently includes the TSX and NYSE, the Common Shares offered pursuant to this Prospectus Supplement, if issued on the date hereof, would be qualified investments under the Tax Act and Regulations for trusts governed by registered retirement savings plans (“RRSPs”), registered education savings plans (“RESPs”), registered retirement income funds (“RRIFs”), deferred profit sharing plans, registered disability savings plans (“RDSPs”) and tax-free savings accounts (“TFSAs”).

Notwithstanding that the Common Shares may be qualified investments as discussed above, if the Common Shares are a “prohibited investment” (as defined in the Tax Act) for a TFSA, RRSP, RRIF, RDSP or RESP, the holder of the TFSA or RDSP, the annuitant of the RRSP or RRIF, or the subscriber of the RESP, as the case may be, will be subject to a penalty tax as set out in the Tax Act. The Common Shares will not be a prohibited investment provided the holder, subscriber or annuitant, as the case may be, deals at arm’s length with the Corporation for purposes of the Tax Act and does not have a “significant interest” (as defined in the Tax Act for purposes of the prohibited investment rules) in the Corporation. In addition, a Common Share will not be a “prohibited investment” if the Common Share is “excluded property” (as defined in the Tax Act for purposes of the prohibited investment rules) for a trust governed by a TFSA, RRSP, RRIF, RDSP or RESP. Holders of TFSAs or RDSPs, subscribers of RESPs and annuitants of RRSPs or RRIFs should consult their own tax advisors to ensure that the Common Shares would not be a prohibited investment in their particular circumstances.

CURRENCY AND EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

The Corporation reports in Canadian dollars and the Offering Price is stated in U.S. dollars. All references to “CAD $” or “Canadian dollars” included or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus refer to Canadian dollar values while references to “US $” are to U.S. dollars.

The following table sets out for each period indicated: (i) the daily exchange rate in effect at the end of the period; (ii) the high and low daily exchange rates during such period; and (iii) the average daily exchange rates for such period, for one Canadian dollar, expressed in U.S. dollars, as quoted by the Bank of Canada.

 

       Year ended December 31, 2019          Year ended December 31, 2018    
     US $      US $  

End of period

     0.7699        0.7330  

High

     0.7699        0.8138  

Low

     0.7353        0.7330  

Average

     0.7537        0.7721  

On February 7, 2020, the daily exchange rate as quoted by the Bank of Canada was CAD $1.00 = US $0.7516.

 

S-5


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

TFI International is a corporation incorporated under and governed by the Canada Business Corporations Act (“CBCA”). Most of TFI International’s directors and officers reside in Canada, and the majority of TFI International’s assets and all or a substantial portion of the assets of these persons are located outside the United States.

Directors of the Corporation residing outside of Canada have appointed the Corporation as agent for service of process at the following address: 8801 Trans-Canada Hwy., Suite 500, Saint-Laurent, Québec, Canada H4S 1Z6. Purchasers are advised that it may not be possible for investors to enforce judgments obtained in Canada against any person or company that is incorporated, continued or otherwise organized under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction or that resides outside of Canada, even if the party has appointed an agent for service of process. See “Risk Factors”.

The Corporation has appointed an agent for service of process in the United States. It may be difficult for investors who reside in the United States to effect service of process in the United States upon the Corporation, or to enforce a U.S. court judgment predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against the Corporation or any of the directors referred to above. There is substantial doubt whether an action could be brought in Canada in the first instance predicated solely upon U.S. federal securities laws.

TFI International filed with the SEC, concurrently with the Registration Statement of which the Prospectus and this Prospectus Supplement form part, an appointment of agent for service of process on Form F-X. Under Form F-X, the Corporation appointed Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls Drive, County of New Castle, Wilmington, DE U.S.A. 19808 as its agent for service of process in the United States in connection with any investigation or administrative proceeding conducted by the SEC and any civil suit or action brought against or involving TFI International in a United States court arising out of or related to or concerning the offering of securities under this Prospectus Supplement.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

TFI International is subject to the full information requirements of the securities commissions or similar regulatory authorities in all provinces of Canada. Purchasers are invited to read and copy any reports, statements or other information, other than confidential filings, that TFI International files with the Canadian provincial securities commissions or similar regulatory authorities. These filings are also electronically available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com. Except as expressly provided herein, documents filed on SEDAR are not, and should not be considered, part of this Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus.

TFI International has filed with the SEC under the U.S. Securities Act the Registration Statement relating to the Common Shares being offered hereunder, of which the Prospectus and this Prospectus Supplement form part. The Prospectus and this Prospectus Supplement do not contain all of the information set out in the Registration Statement, certain items of which are contained in the exhibits to the Registration Statement as permitted or required by the rules and regulations of the SEC. Items of information omitted from the Prospectus and this Prospectus Supplement but contained in the Registration Statement will be available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

TFI International is a “foreign private issuer” as defined in Rule 405 under the U.S. Securities Act. As a foreign private issuer, TFI International is exempt from the rules under the U.S. Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and TFI International’s officers and directors are exempt from the reporting and short swing profit recovery provisions contained in section 16 of the U.S. Exchange Act. TFI International’s reports and other information filed or furnished with or to the SEC are available on EDGAR at www.sec.gov as well as from commercial document retrieval services.

 

S-6


Table of Contents

TFI INTERNATIONAL INC.

Company Overview

We believe we are a top-10 transportation and logistics player in North America with significant presence across both the United States and Canada. We offer an extensive suite of mission-critical solutions with a strategic focus on value-added logistics offerings. Over the past 20 years, to December 31, 2019, we have generated a cumulative return on investment of more than 4,800% for our shareholders, representing the total earned on an investment in our Common Shares since December 30, 1999. We have done so by triangulating our core strategies around an acute focus on high-quality revenues coupled with margin expansion, identifying strategic acquisitions at attractive valuations and extracting operational synergies across our growing network.

We serve our many customers by leveraging our highly-flexible “Asset-Right” model, which combines company-owned equipment with our fast-growing asset-light operations, including logistics, package and courier, brokerage and intermodal offerings. We believe our significant scale in each of our businesses has enabled us to offer high service levels to our customers, deliver outstanding returns for our shareholders and remain resilient throughout business cycles. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we generated almost CAD $5.2 billion in total revenues.

For much of our history, our focus was to grow through acquisitions of well-managed companies that are leaders in their respective markets. These additions have grown our businesses, increased density of our routes, enhanced our capability to serve a large variety of customers, and, we believe, have provided new platforms for further growth. The major acquisition of TST Solutions Inc. in 2000 allowed us to significantly increase our share of the trans-border less-than-truckload market and enter into specialized services transport. In 2002, we acquired Canpar Transport Ltd. and added Parcel Delivery to our less-than-truckload service offerings, which enabled us to become a full-service transportation provider. In 2011, we added same-day delivery capabilities through acquisitions of Dynamex Inc. and the business now known as Loomis Express. In 2014, we established presence in the United States truckload market through the acquisition of Transport America. The acquisition of North American truckload operations of XPO Logistics in 2016 significantly strengthened our presence in the North American truckload landscape with prominent market positions in domestic United States and cross-border Mexico freight. Since 1996, we have acquired more than 180 companies as part of our strategic plan. As we continue to develop our “Asset-Right” portfolio of premier transportation and logistics services, we remain focused on asset-light activities that are designed to maximize our operational flexibility while generating higher return on invested capital, as well as opportunities intended to further grow our differentiated e-commerce logistics offerings.

We organize our service offerings into four reportable segments:

 

  (i)

Truckload (“TL”). The TL segment provides full loads carried directly from the customer to the destination using a closed van or specialized equipment to meet customers’ specific needs. The TL segment includes expedited transportation, flatbed, tank, container and dedicated services as well as TL brokerage.

 

  (ii)

Logistics. The Logistics segment provides a wide range of asset-light logistics services, including brokerage, freight forwarding and transportation management, as well as small parcel delivery. We believe we operate one of the largest same-day parcel delivery businesses across the United States and Canada.

 

  (iii)

Less-Than-Truckload (“LTL”). The LTL segment provides pickup, consolidation, transport and delivery of smaller loads, with a focus on major cities, cross-border, high-density regions and technology-based solutions designed to enhance value. The LTL segment is composed of asset-based over-the-road operations and asset-light intermodal services.

 

  (iv)

Package and Courier. The Package and Courier segment offers pickup, transport and delivery of items across North America. We believe that we are one of the largest private-sector owned parcel carriers in Canada.

The reportable segments are managed independently in order to remain nimble and responsive to our customers as well as to tailor the technology infrastructure and capital resources to optimize operational efficiency. Each of our segments further benefits from financial and operational resources under the TFI International umbrella to build its business and increase its efficiency.



 

S-7


Table of Contents

A brief overview of our service offerings is set out below:

 

Reportable Segment

 

Sub-Segment

  Appx. % of FY
2019 Revenue
   

Description

TL   Conventional     26%    

•  With a total of 5,754 tractors and 19,783 trailers as at December 31, 2019, we believe our TL fleet is the largest in Canada and we have a significant presence in the United States

 

•  Company-owned portion of fleet is modern with lower maintenance needs of CAD $0.11 per mile (conventional only)

 

Specialized

 

 

22%

 

 

•  ~46% of the revenue (including fuel surcharge) of our TL segment is specialized TL with increased barriers to entry

 

•  Almost 2,000 independent contractors

 

•  Approximately 25% of revenue comprised of brokerage and owner-operated activities that lower our capital intensity

 

•  Best-in-class data capabilities and market intelligence

Logistics      

•  Complete one-stop experience for our customers completing our portfolio of assets

      20%    

•  We offer full service logistics, including brokerage, freight forwarding and transportation management

             

•  We believe we are one of the largest same-day parcel delivery businesses in North America with revenues of more than CAD $680 million for the year ended December 31, 2019

LTL      

•  Focus on technology-based solutions, offering web-enhanced experience to customers that greatly facilitates and expedites their orders and inquiries

      18%    

•  Track record for safety and on-time delivery

             

•  Asset-light intermodal represents approximately one-third of the revenue (including fuel surcharge) of our LTL segment and generates higher returns

Package and Courier      

•  Provides next-day services in Canada and globally through partnership with DHL

     

•  Operates as a hub and spoke model with asset-light strategy (no ownership of heavy assets, such as planes)

      14%    

•  We believe that our competitive advantage stems from our investments in technology, a vertical focus, one-stop shopping, fixed route pickups and deliveries and our consistent ability to identify select segments that require specialized supply chain services

As at December 31, 2019, we had 17,150 employees working in our different business segments across North America.

Customer Relationships

We maintain a diverse base of customers operating across a broad cross-section of industries, including retail, manufactured goods, metals and mining, building materials and the automotive industry. No single customer accounted for more than 5% of consolidated revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019. Our contracts with customers are predominantly rate agreements, except for contracts in the specialized TL market and Package and Courier. In the last several years, we concluded strategic alliances with other transport companies in North America, including DHL, Canadian National Railway Co., Canadian Pacific Railway Limited and Saia, in order to offer our customers a network extending across Canada and the United States. We believe the diversity of our customer base, the strength of our



 

S-8


Table of Contents

customer relationships, our wide geographic scope and our broad and growing end-market exposure present us with opportunities to grow market share across different macroeconomic and end-market conditions.

Our Fleet

We believe we have the largest trucking fleet in Canada and we also have a significant presence in the United States. As of December 31, 2019, we had 7,772 tractors, 25,505 trailers and 9,826 independent contractors. Most of our tractor fleet is equipped with some of the latest technologies, such as automated transmissions, collision avoidance and enhanced stability technologies, and the latest in fuel economy, safety and aerodynamics, allowing our vehicles to operate more efficiently.

Our company tractor fleet had an average age of approximately 3.3 years at December 31, 2019. We regularly invest in new equipment to maintain our quality of service while keeping maintenance costs low. In line with our focus on an “Asset-Right” strategy, we aim at increasing the use of independent contractors to replace owned equipment in order to reduce our capital needs while maintaining scalable capacity and reliable service to our customers. We intend to further pursue this conversion strategy, particularly with our business acquisitions operating with a higher level of invested capital.

As a result of our strategic plan, we have been able to benefit from and expand our geographic market. Of our 380 facilities as at December 31, 2019, 246 were located in Canada, of which 158 and 88 were in Eastern and Western Canada, respectively. We also had 122 facilities in the United States and 12 facilities in Mexico.

Our History

We were incorporated on March 28, 2008 under the CBCA under the name TransForce Inc. Subsequently, we obtained Articles of Amendment on December 23, 2016 to change our corporate name to TFI International Inc.

We, through our wholly-owned subsidiaries, operate a transportation and logistics business whose origins can be traced back to 1957. In the mid-1990s, after nearly 40 years of operations, the Corporation updated its corporate strategy for the evolving North American transportation market. To this end, in 1996, a new management team led by Mr. Alain Bédard, the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, was appointed upon the recommendation of the Corporation’s then-principal shareholder.

The new management team identified three key objectives: (i) increase revenues from profitable business segments and customers; (ii) strengthen the Corporation’s position in the North American transportation market; and (iii) achieve a more balanced revenue mix. To achieve these three objectives, the management team implemented a strategic plan aimed at expanding operations beyond their traditional LTL base as well as increasing our geographic footprint, primarily by entering the trans-border market. This strategic plan was carried out in large part by acquiring profitable and well-managed companies offering services throughout North America in segments of the transportation industry we had not traditionally served, such as Package and Courier, TL and Logistics. Today, the Corporation’s independent subsidiaries are recognized for their professional expertise and the Corporation continues to carry out this strategy.

The head and registered office of the Corporation is at 8801 Trans-Canada Hwy, Suite 500, Saint-Laurent, Québec, Canada H4S 1Z6 and its executive office is at 96 Disco Road, Etobicoke, Ontario, Canada M9W 0A3. TFI International’s website address is www.tfiintl.com. Information contained on, or accessible from, TFI International’s website does not constitute part of this Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus.

Our Competitive Strengths

Leading “Asset-Right” Transportation and Logistics Player Across the United States and Canada

We are a leading North American transportation and logistics company with a strong presence throughout Canada and the United States. Our reportable business segments include Truckload, Logistics, Less-than-Truckload and Package and Courier. Over the years, we have successfully diversified into new business segments through profitable



 

S-9


Table of Contents

acquisitions of well-managed companies in pursuit of an “Asset-Right” business model, which we view as combining low asset intensity where appropriate, with best-in-class service and operational excellence.

We believe that we manage the largest trucking fleet in Canada and have one of the largest same-day parcel delivery businesses in the United States and Canada. We operate a sizable Canadian brokerage and owner-operator platform alongside a large intermodal presence.

We believe our leading market positions and presence across North America, combined with our operating efficiencies from our scalable infrastructure, enhance our ability to drive sales among existing customers and attract new customers to achieve profitable growth.

Proven Acquisition Strategy to Enhance Our Platform

We constantly evaluate potential acquisition opportunities in order to enhance our product offerings and expand our scope. While we grow our business organically, inorganic growth is a key component of our business model and has helped us expand our North American footprint across all of our business segments. Since 1996, we have acquired more than 180 companies, with 80 of those acquisitions having occurred since 2008.

We maintain rigorous standards when evaluating potential acquisition targets. Attractive targets must be expected to be value-accretive in both the short and long-term, increase our geographic reach, complement our existing service offerings, improve our market penetration and be supported by strong management teams.

We also focus on acquiring companies at attractive valuations in order to maximize shareholder value. We are often sought-out as preferred buyers for the businesses we acquire, due to both our entrepreneurial model, which allows for distinct operating companies post-acquisition, and our industry leading position, which fosters relationships with the companies that we acquire.

Through our rigorous purchase and integration process, we have successfully transitioned our business to an “Asset-Right” model. Over time, we have used acquisitions to better position our business to less capital intensive segments, which we believe has succeeded in allowing us to generate profitable growth and free cash flow from continuing operations.

Track Record of Profitable Growth and Strong Free Cash Flow

Since 1998, we have demonstrated a track record of profitable growth, growing revenue (before fuel surcharge) by an 18% compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”), and growing diluted earnings per share and adjusted diluted EPS each by a 20% CAGR. Moreover, we have generated positive free cash flow every year since 2000, and for the year ended December 31, 2019, we generated more than CAD $462 million in free cash flow from continuing operations. We calculated our 20% CAGR for adjusted diluted EPS based on our adjusted diluted EPS for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 (as set out in the MD&A) and our reported diluted earnings per share for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, as adjusted diluted EPS was not calculated for that year. We define “adjusted diluted EPS” as adjusted net income from continuing operations divided by the weighted average number of diluted Common Shares, and “free cash flow from continuing operations” as net cash from continuing operating activities less additions to property and equipment plus proceeds from sale of property and equipment and assets held for sale. See “Non-IFRS Measures”.

Our low capital intensity model, which we believe is more in line with that of our logistics peers, drives higher free cash flow generation. This in turn allows us to generate what we believe is best-in-class free cash flow conversion of more than 76% for the year ended December 31, 2019. We define “free cash flow conversion” as the result of adjusted EBITDA less net capital expenditures (excluding property), divided by adjusted EBITDA. See “Non-IFRS Measures”. On a comparative basis, we believe that we achieve superior free cash flow conversion across each of our business segments when compared to most other trucking, less-than-truckload, logistics, and package and courier companies. We believe this superior free cash flow conversion favorably positions us to return capital to our shareholders.



 

S-10


Table of Contents

Significant and Consistent Return of Capital to Our Shareholders

Our primary mission is to create and unlock shareholder value. We have consistently returned capital to shareholders through opportunistic share repurchases and dividends. Our dividend policy consists of distributing 15% to 30% of annualized free cash flow from continuing operations via dividends, and we have returned approximately CAD $421 million to our shareholders since 2014 via dividends. On January 15, 2020, we paid a dividend of CAD $0.26 per share on our Common Shares, which represented an increase of 8% over our previous quarterly dividend of CAD $0.24 per share. Our latest dividend represents a dividend yield of approximately 2.36%, based on the closing price of our Common Shares of CAD $44.11 on the TSX on February 7, 2020. See “Description of Share Capital – Common Shares – Dividends”.

We believe that we have historically returned a greater proportion of our earnings to shareholders than our peers, through both share repurchases and dividends. We have a strong track record in delivering shareholder returns over the last 20 years through our share price performance and our return of capital strategy. We intend to continue to operate the business with a focus on being highly disciplined with our shareholders’ capital and to generate strong free cash flow to support return of capital to shareholders.

Supportive Industry Landscape for Continued Growth

Given our diversified business mix, we believe that we stand to benefit from the current strong North American macro environment. Consumer sentiment is at its highest in more than a decade and the rate of U.S. unemployment is nearing 19-year lows. In addition, we believe that expectations for continued growth in U.S. GDP and North American retail demand, as well as continued manufacturing expansion, will further create opportunities for our products and services and support our ability to grow each of our business segments.

We believe we are well-positioned to benefit from these strong tailwinds in the economy. In terms of the regulatory landscape, we believe that recently implemented and pending regulations favour larger, more technologically advanced and safe companies such as us. Lastly, we believe that the growth of e-commerce sales will continue to drive shipping volumes and to benefit each of our business segments.

Well-positioned to Capitalize on Secular e-Commerce Growth

The shift towards online shopping and away from traditional brick and mortar has reshaped the transportation and logistics industry. With increased demand by consumers for faster delivery times, and retailers’ increased needs for reliable, consistent service, we believe this remains an opportunity for substantial growth. Given our robust footprint across the United States and Canada, and in particular our extensive logistics operations, we believe we are well positioned to capitalize on this growing e-commerce trend. As e-commerce continues to represent a larger portion of retail sales and a critical component to the retail business model, our business has continued to evolve to meet the new demands of our customers. We currently service approximately 80 North American cities (from Halifax, Nova Scotia to San Diego, California) and serve all segments of the e-commerce cycle comprising first mile, middle mile, and last mile, as well as same-day and next-day service.

We have experienced double-digit growth from e-commerce since 2012, with e-commerce revenue growing from CAD $165 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to more than CAD $402 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. We believe that the evolution of e-commerce fulfillment has created numerous opportunities for us, including next-day delivery across Canada and same-day delivery across the United States and Canada. Capitalizing on our market-leading operations and dedication to continuously improve and expand our capabilities, we believe we have built a strong foundation to continue to provide superior service levels to our customers and capture e-commerce logistics market share from competitors.

Flexible Balance Sheet with Robust Cash Flow

Our strong cash flow profile affords us strategic flexibility with prudent leverage. We have consistently generated positive free cash flow from continuing operations since 2000, allowing us to effectively manage our debt levels while growing our business. We currently have several tranches of debt outstanding with staggered maturities and a relatively low cost of funding. Our Credit Facility provides favorable terms and conditions as well as capital management flexibility.



 

S-11


Table of Contents

Our positive cash flow generation has enabled us to manage leverage and keep our cost of capital low. Over the last 5 years, we have lowered our Funded debt-to-EBITDA ratio, a covenant under the Credit Facility, from 3.1 x as at December 31, 2014 to 2.2 x as at December 31, 2019, which we view as optimal. Funded debt-to-EBITDA ratio is calculated as prescribed by the Credit Facility; for further details, see “Covenants” in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section of our MD&A.

Experienced Management Team with Proven Track Record of Success

Our management team has a proven and extensive track record managing logistics and transportation businesses across multiple business cycles. Our team is led by our Chairman and CEO Alain Bédard, who has more than 44 years of experience in the industry. Mr. Bédard was appointed to our Board of Directors in 1993 and as President and CEO in 1996, and has run the business ever since. Since his appointment as President and CEO, Mr. Bédard has overseen more than 180 acquisitions and generated a total cumulative return on investment for our shareholders over the past 20 years of more than 4,800%, representing the total earned on an investment in our Common Shares since December 30, 1999.

Our corporate, management, and operating executives have, on average, more than 22 years of relevant industry experience and include several former founders and executives of businesses that we have acquired. Our management team’s compensation and equity ownership is also designed to, among other things, align the management team’s interests with those of our shareholders.

We believe that our current management team is well suited to execute on our business plan and continue to deliver further success for our business.

Growth Strategies

Our goal is to grow profitably, capitalize on secular industry trends and drive strong and consistent return on capital and increase stakeholder value. We believe our competitive strengths and disciplined approach for evaluating and executing potential opportunities position us to pursue our goals through the following strategies:

Focus on Profitable Organic Growth

We plan to drive organic growth through optimizing our current customer relationships and winning new attractive customer business through our industry-leading service quality and firm pricing strategy. With a comprehensive and well-established service offering and a vast North American footprint, we intend to focus on expanding our current platform to capture more market share within a fragmented marketplace by marketing our services to customers and increasing volumes across all four segments. We believe that our strong balance sheet and access to capital will provide flexibility to pursue further organic and inorganic opportunities. We expect to further expand through the e-commerce and retail sector across North America. Over the past few years, we have developed a solid foundation to our Package and Courier segment and Logistics segment and believe we are now poised to capitalize on strong organic growth moving forward.

We are committed to increasing the profitability of our business by constantly evaluating our existing contracts to identify opportunities for improving terms and reducing our exposure to unprofitable loads. We hold our operating companies to the highest standards and have a deep knowledge of what prices and costs should be for every service offering across every region. We gather operating metrics data from all of our operating companies so we can closely track performance. We then benchmark the operating companies based on this data to identify and address areas of opportunity to enhance operational performance and profitability. We intend to continue to use data analytics to drive operational efficiencies and profitability.

Build E-commerce Excellence

E-commerce is a powerful secular force driving trends within shipping, such as the increasing emphasis on same-day and next-day parcel delivery. We have been able to expand our e-commerce platform substantially – from the year ended December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2019, we grew our e-commerce revenue from



 

S-12


Table of Contents

CAD $165 million to CAD $402 million, representing a 14% CAGR. We have grown our e-commerce presence to approximately 80 North American cities. Furthermore, we have been able to leverage our e-commerce business to diversify our revenue base outside of Canada as approximately 66% of our e-commerce revenue is generated in the United States.

We plan to continue to profitably expand our e-commerce business as a core growth strategy. We expect to continue to grow our Package and Courier segment, whose e-commerce revenues totalled CAD $76 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, through both organic and inorganic means.

Expand Specialty Niche within Truckload (TL) Business

We anticipate growing our specialty TL services within heavy haul, over-dimensional and chemical bulk transportation. In addition to higher barriers to entry, these service offerings demand a premium to conventional dry van pricing. The complex and unique nature of specialty TL freight requires highly-engineered solutions, customized transportation equipment, technical expertise, and significant care and attention throughout the transportation process. These loads often require enhanced collaboration with, and greater understanding of, customers’ business needs and processes. Furthermore, the transportation of specialty freight requires specially-trained drivers with appropriate licenses and special hauling permits. As a result, there are a limited number of carriers that have comparable network scale and capabilities in the specialty TL market, which we believe gives us a competitive advantage to profitably grow in that segment. We expect to continue to expand our specialty TL business organically and inorganically, as it remains a driver of organic growth for our overall business. The recent bolt-on acquisitions of Schilli (now BTC), a U.S. bulk transportation firm, and of Aulick, a U.S. dry bulk transportation company, both serve as examples of our commitment to increase our specialized TL capabilities.

Continue Pursuit of Strategic Acquisitions

Since 1996, we have acquired more than 180 companies as a part of our mission to consistently grow revenue and profitability. We have maintained a disciplined acquisition strategy based on highly-selective criteria which we intend to continue to apply to evaluate additional targets, including: value-accretive in both the short and long-term, increase our geographic reach, complement our existing service offerings, improve our market penetration and be supported by strong management teams.

We continue to develop and maintain relationships with potential acquisition targets across the North American TL, LTL, logistics, and package and courier industries. We are selective and patient in our M&A strategy due to the highly-fragmented nature of the markets in which we operate – relationships with potential targets can be maintained for years before an acquisition is made, allowing for patient negotiations and lower purchase price multiples. Once acquired, these firms generally operate as wholly-owned subsidiaries under their original brand names and management team, adding further incentive for potential targets to fall under our TFI umbrella.

Maximize Free Cash Flow to Service Best-in-Class Shareholder Returns

We intend to continue to optimize our “Asset-Right” model as we seek to sustain our high free cash flow and support shareholder returns. We anticipate growing asset-light operations including building out our intermodal operations and further utilizing third-party logistics and independent contractors to help reduce capital needs.

In addition to these strategies, we intend to grow our free cash flow by consolidating operations, administration and IT platforms across our four segments, focusing on major cities, cross-border and high-density regions within our LTL business, remaining disciplined on supply management within U.S. TL, optimizing utilization of existing assets in TL and Package and Courier and expanding our asset-light logistics business.

Generally, we intend to continue to create shareholder value by reaping the benefits of both economies of scale and specialization, more efficiently allocating resources, capitalizing on market opportunities, exploiting market dislocations in real time and utilizing data capabilities to drive detailed analytics.



 

S-13


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in the Common Shares is subject to a number of risks that should be considered by prospective purchasers and their advisors.

Reference is made to the section entitled “Risks and Uncertainties” at pages 24 to 37 (inclusively) of the MD&A which is incorporated by reference herein, as supplemented by the risk factors set out below. Prospective investors should carefully consider the risks described below and in the documents incorporated by reference herein, including the MD&A, which are qualified in their entirety by reference to, and must be read in conjunction with, the detailed information appearing in this Prospectus Supplement, the accompanying Prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein and therein, before purchasing Common Shares. The risks and uncertainties described in this Prospectus Supplement and in the documents incorporated by reference herein, including the MD&A, are those the Corporation currently believes to be material, but they are not the only ones it faces. If any of the following risks, or any other risks and uncertainties that the Corporation has not yet identified or that the Corporation currently considers not to be material, actually occur or become material risks, the Corporation’s business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and consequently the price of the Common Shares could be materially and adversely affected. In all these cases, the trading price of the Common Shares could decline, and investors could lose all or part of their investment.

Risks Related to the Corporation’s Business

The Corporation’s future results may be affected by a number of factors over many of which the Corporation has little or no control. The following discussion of risk factors contains forward-looking statements. The following issues, uncertainties and risks, among others, should be considered in evaluating the Corporation’s business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The Corporation operates in a highly-competitive and fragmented industry, and numerous competitive factors could impair the Corporation’s ability to maintain or improve its profitability and could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results of operations.

The Corporation faces growing competition from other transporters in Canada, the United States and Mexico. These factors, including the following, could impair the Corporation’s ability to maintain or improve its profitability and could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results of operations:

 

   

the Corporation competes with many other transportation companies of varying sizes, including Canadian, U.S. and Mexican transportation companies;

 

   

the Corporation’s competitors may periodically reduce their freight rates to gain business, which may limit the Corporation’s ability to maintain or increase freight rates or maintain growth in the Corporation’s business;

 

   

some of the Corporation’s customers are other transportation companies or companies that also operate their own private trucking fleets, and they may decide to transport more of their own freight or bundle transportation with other services;

 

   

some of the Corporation’s customers may reduce the number of carriers they use by selecting so-called “core carriers” as approved service providers or by engaging dedicated providers, and in some instances the Corporation may not be selected;

 

   

many customers periodically accept bids from multiple carriers for their shipping needs, and this process may depress freight rates or result in the loss of some of the Corporation’s business to competitors;

 

   

the market for qualified drivers is highly competitive, particularly in the Corporation’s growing U.S. operations, and the Corporation’s inability to attract and retain drivers could reduce its equipment utilization and cause the Corporation to increase compensation, both of which would adversely affect the Corporation’s profitability;

 

   

economies of scale that may be passed on to smaller carriers by procurement aggregation providers may improve their ability to compete with the Corporation;

 

S-14


Table of Contents
   

some of the Corporation’s smaller competitors may not yet be fully compliant with recently-enacted regulations, such as regulations requiring the use of electronic logging devices (“ELDs”) in the United States, which may allow such competitors to take advantage of additional driver productivity;

 

   

advances in technology, such as advanced safety systems, automated package sorting, handling and delivery, vehicle platooning, alternative fuel vehicles, autonomous vehicle technology and digitization of freight services, may require the Corporation to increase investments in order to remain competitive, and the Corporation’s customers may not be willing to accept higher freight rates to cover the cost of these investments;

 

   

the Corporation’s competitors may have better safety records than the Corporation or a perception of better safety records, which could impair the Corporation’s ability to compete;

 

   

some high-volume package shippers, such as Amazon.com, are developing and implementing in-house delivery capabilities and utilizing independent contractors for deliveries, which could in turn reduce the Corporation’s revenues and market share;

 

   

the Corporation’s brand names may be subject to adverse publicity (whether or not justified) and lose significant value, which could result in reduced demand for the Corporation’s services;

 

   

competition from freight brokerage companies may materially adversely affect the Corporation’s customer relationships and freight rates; and

 

   

higher fuel prices and, in turn, higher fuel surcharges to the Corporation’s customers may cause some of the Corporation’s customers to consider freight transportation alternatives, including rail transportation.

The Corporation operates in a highly-regulated industry, and changes in existing regulations or violations of existing or future regulations could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s operations and profitability.

In Canada, carriers must obtain licenses issued by provincial transport boards in order to carry goods inter-provincially or to transport goods within any province. Licensing from U.S. and Mexican regulatory authorities is also required for the transportation of goods in Canada, the United States, and Mexico. Any change in or violation of existing or future regulations could have an adverse impact on the scope of the Corporation’s activities. Future laws and regulations may be more stringent, require changes in the Corporation’s operating practices, influence the demand for transportation services or require the Corporation to incur significant additional costs. Higher costs incurred by the Corporation, or by the Corporation’s suppliers who pass the costs onto the Corporation through higher supplies and materials pricing, could adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations.

In addition to the regulatory regime applicable to operations in Canada, the Corporation is increasing its operations in the United States, and is therefore increasingly subject to rules and regulations related to the U.S. transportation industry, including regulation from various federal, state and local agencies, including the Department of Transportation (“DOT”) (in part through the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (“FMCSA”)), the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and the Department of Homeland Security. Drivers must, both in Canada and the United States, comply with safety and fitness regulations, including those relating to drug and alcohol testing, driver safety performance and hours of service. Weight and dimensions, exhaust emissions and fuel efficiency are also subject to government regulation. The Corporation may also become subject to new or more restrictive regulations relating to fuel efficiency, exhaust emissions, hours of service, drug and alcohol testing, ergonomics, on-board reporting of operations, collective bargaining, security at ports, speed limitations, driver training and other matters affecting safety or operating methods.

In the United States, there are currently two methods of evaluating the safety and fitness of carriers: the Compliance, Safety, Accountability (“CSA”) program, which evaluates and ranks fleets on certain safety-related standards by analyzing data from recent safety events and investigation results, and the DOT safety rating, which is based on an on-site investigation and affects a carrier’s ability to operate in interstate commerce. Additionally, the FMCSA has proposed rules in the past that would change the methodologies used to determine carrier safety and fitness.

Under the CSA program, carriers are evaluated and ranked against their peers based on seven categories of safety-related data. The seven categories of safety-related data currently include Unsafe Driving, Hours-of-Service

 

S-15


Table of Contents

Compliance, Driver Fitness, Controlled Substances/Alcohol, Vehicle Maintenance, Hazardous Materials Compliance and Crash Indicator (such categories known as “BASICs”). Carriers are grouped by category with other carriers that have a similar number of safety events (i.e. crashes, inspections, or violations) and carriers are ranked and assigned a rating percentile or score. If the Corporation were subject to any such interventions, this could have an adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations. As a result, the Corporation’s fleet could be ranked poorly as compared to peer carriers. There is no guarantee that we will be able to maintain our current safety ratings or that we will not be subject to interventions in the future. The Corporation recruits first-time drivers to be part of its fleet, and these drivers may have a higher likelihood of creating adverse safety events under CSA. The occurrence of future deficiencies could affect driver recruitment in the United States by causing high-quality drivers to seek employment with other carriers or limit the pool of available drivers or could cause the Corporation’s customers to direct their business away from the Corporation and to carriers with higher fleet safety rankings, either of which would materially adversely affect the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, future deficiencies could increase the Corporation’s insurance expenses. Additionally, competition for drivers with favorable safety backgrounds may increase, which could necessitate increases in driver-related compensation costs. Further, the Corporation may incur greater than expected expenses in its attempts to improve unfavorable scores.

In December 2015, the U.S. Congress passed a new highway funding bill called Fixing America’s Surface Transportation Act (the “FAST Act”), which calls for significant CSA reform. The FAST Act directs the FMCSA to conduct studies of the scoring system used to generate CSA rankings to determine if it is effective in identifying high-risk carriers and predicting future crash risk. This study was conducted and delivered to the FMCSA in June 2017 with several recommendations to make the CSA program more fair, accurate and reliable. In June 2018, the FMCSA provided a report to the U.S. Congress outlining the changes it may make to the CSA program in response to the study. Such changes include the testing and possible adoption of a revised risk modeling theory, potential collection and dissemination of additional carrier data and revised measures for intervention thresholds. The adoption of such changes is contingent on the results of the new modeling theory and additional public feedback. Thus, it is unclear if, when and to what extent such changes to the CSA program will occur. The FAST Act is set to expire in September 2020, and the U.S. Congress has noted its intent to consider a multiyear highway measure that would update the FAST Act, which could lead to further changes to the CSA program. Any changes that increase the likelihood of the Corporation receiving unfavorable scores could materially adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations and profitability.

In December 2016, the FMCSA issued a final rule establishing a national clearinghouse for drug and alcohol testing results and requiring motor carriers and medical review officers to provide records of violations by commercial drivers of FMCSA drug and alcohol testing requirements. Motor carriers in the United States will be required to query the clearinghouse to ensure drivers and driver applicants do not have violations of federal drug and alcohol testing regulations that prohibit them from operating commercial motor vehicles. The final rule became effective on January 4, 2017, with a compliance date of January 6, 2020. In December 2019, however, the FMCSA announced a final rule pursuant to which the compliance date for state driver’s licensing agencies for certain Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse requirements were extended for three years. The December 2016 commercial driver’s license rule initially required states to request information from the clearinghouse about individuals prior to issuing, renewing, upgrading or transferring a commercial driver’s license. This new action will allow states to delay compliance with the requirement until January 2023.

In addition, other rules have been recently proposed or made final by the FMCSA, including (i) a rule requiring the use of speed-limiting devices on heavy-duty tractors to restrict maximum speeds, which was proposed in 2016, and (ii) a rule setting out minimum driver training standards for new drivers applying for commercial driver’s licenses for the first time and to experienced drivers upgrading their licenses or seeking a hazardous materials endorsement, which was made final in December 2016 with a compliance date in February 2020 (FMCSA officials recently delayed implementation of the final rule by two years). In July 2017, the DOT announced that it would no longer pursue a speed limiter rule, but left open the possibility that it could resume such a pursuit in the future. In 2019 U.S. Congressional representatives proposed a similar rule related to speed limiting devices. The effect of these rules, to the extent they become effective, could result in a decrease in fleet production and/or driver availability, either of which could materially adversely affect the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Corporation currently has a satisfactory DOT rating for each of its U.S. operations, which is the highest available rating under the current safety rating scale. If the Corporation were to receive a conditional or unsatisfactory DOT safety rating, it could materially adversely affect the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of

 

S-16


Table of Contents

operations as customer contracts may require a satisfactory DOT safety rating, and a conditional or unsatisfactory rating could materially adversely affect or restrict the Corporation’s operations and increase the Corporation’s insurance costs.

The FMCSA has proposed regulations that would modify the existing rating system and the safety labels assigned to motor carriers evaluated by the DOT. Under regulations that were proposed in 2016, the methodology for determining a carrier’s DOT safety rating would be expanded to include the on-road safety performance of the carrier’s drivers and equipment, as well as results obtained from investigations. Exceeding certain thresholds based on such performance or results would cause a carrier to receive an unfit safety rating. The proposed regulations were withdrawn in March 2017, but the FMCSA noted that a similar process may be initiated in the future. If similar regulations were enacted and the Corporation were to receive an unfit or other negative safety rating, the Corporation’s business would be materially adversely affected in the same manner as if it received a conditional or unsatisfactory safety rating under the current regulations. In addition, poor safety performance could lead to increased risk of liability, increased insurance, maintenance and equipment costs and potential loss of customers, which could materially adversely affect the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations. The FMCSA also recently announced plans to conduct a new study on the causation of certain crashes. Although it remains unclear whether such a study will ultimately be undertaken and completed, the results of such a study could spur further proposed and/or final rules regarding safety and fitness in the United States.

From time to time, the FMCSA proposes and implements changes to regulations impacting hours-of-service. Such changes can negatively impact the Corporation’s productivity and affect its operations and profitability by reducing the number of hours per day or week the Corporation’s U.S. drivers and independent contractors may operate and/or disrupt the Corporation’s network. In August 2019, the FMCSA issued a proposal to make changes to its hours-of-service rules that would allow U.S. truck drivers more flexibility with their 30-minute rest break and with dividing their time in the sleeper berth. It would also extend by two hours the duty time for drivers encountering adverse weather, and extend the short haul exemption by lengthening the drivers’ maximum on-duty period from 12 hours to 14 hours. It is unclear how long the process of finalizing a final rule will take, if one does come to fruition. Any future changes to hours of service regulations could materially and adversely affect the Corporation’s operations and profitability.

The U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, the EPA and certain U.S. states, including California, have adopted regulations that are aimed at reducing tractor emissions and/or increasing fuel economy of the equipment the Corporation uses. Certain of these regulations are currently effective, with stricter emission and fuel economy standards becoming effective over the next several years. Other regulations have been proposed in the United States that would similarly increase these standards. U.S. federal and state lawmakers and regulators have also adopted or are considering a variety of other climate-change legal requirements related to carbon emissions and greenhouse gas emissions. These legal requirements could potentially limit carbon emissions within certain states and municipalities in the United States. Certain of these legal requirements restrict the location and amount of time that diesel-powered tractors (like the Corporation’s) may idle, which may force the Corporation to purchase on-board power units that do not require the engine to idle or to alter the Corporation’s drivers’ behavior, which might result in a decrease in productivity and/or an increase in driver turnover. All of these regulations have increased, and may continue to increase, the cost of new tractors and trailers and may require the Corporation to retrofit certain of its tractors and trailers, may increase its maintenance costs, and could impair equipment productivity and increase the Corporation’s operating costs, particularly if such costs are not offset by potential fuel savings. The occurrence of any of these adverse effects, combined with the uncertainty as to the reliability of the newly-designed diesel engines and the residual values of the Corporation’s equipment, could materially adversely affect the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, any future regulations that impose restrictions, caps, taxes or other controls on emissions of greenhouse gases could adversely affect the Corporation’s operations and financial results. The Corporation cannot predict the extent to which its operations and productivity will be impacted by any future regulations. The Corporation will continue monitoring its compliance with U.S. federal and state environmental regulations.

In March 2014, the U.S. Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals held that the application of California state wage and hour laws to interstate truck drivers is not pre-empted by U.S. federal law. The case was appealed to the U.S. Supreme Court, which denied certiorari in May 2015, and accordingly, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals decision stands. However, in December 2018, the FMCSA granted a petition filed by the American Trucking Associations determining

 

S-17


Table of Contents

that federal law pre-empts California’s wage and hour laws, and interstate truck drivers are not subject to such laws. The FMCSA’s decision has been appealed by labour groups and multiple lawsuits have been filed in U.S. federal courts seeking to overturn the decision, and thus it is uncertain whether it will stand. Current and future U.S. state and local wage and hour laws, including laws related to employee meal breaks and rest periods, may vary significantly from U.S. federal law. Further, driver piece rate compensation, which is an industry standard, has been attacked as non-compliant with state minimum wage laws. As a result, the Corporation, along with other companies in the industry, is subject to an uneven patchwork of wage and hour laws throughout the United States. In addition, the uncertainty with respect to the practical application of wage and hour laws are, in the future may be, resulting in additional costs for the Corporation and the industry as a whole, and a negative outcome with respect to any of the above-mentioned lawsuits could materially affect the Corporation. There is proposed federal legislation to solidify the pre-emption of state and local wage and hour laws applied to interstate truck drivers; however, passage of such legislation is uncertain. If U.S. federal legislation is not passed, the Corporation will either need to continue complying with the most restrictive state and local laws across its entire fleet in the United States, or revise its management systems to comply with varying state and local laws. Either solution could result in increased compliance and labour costs, driver turnover, decreased efficiency and increased risk of non-compliance.

In April 2016, the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) published a final rule establishing requirements for shippers, loaders, carriers by motor vehicle and rail vehicle, and receivers engaged in the transportation of food, to use sanitary transportation practices to ensure the safety of the food they transport as part of the FSMA. This rule sets forth requirements related to (i) the design and maintenance of equipment used to transport food, (ii) the measures taken during food transportation to ensure food safety, (iii) the training of carrier personnel in sanitary food transportation practices, and (iv) maintenance and retention of records of written procedures, agreements, and training related to the foregoing items. These requirements took effect for larger carriers in April 2017 and apply to the Corporation when it acts as a carrier or as a broker. If the Corporation is found to be in violation of applicable laws or regulations related to the FSMA or if the Corporation transports food or goods that are contaminated or are found to cause illness and/or death, the Corporation could be subject to substantial fines, lawsuits, penalties and/or criminal and civil liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Changes in existing regulations and implementation of new regulations, such as those related to trailer size limits, emissions and fuel economy, hours of service, mandating ELDs and drug and alcohol testing in Canada, the United States and Mexico, could increase capacity in the industry or improve the position of certain competitors, either of which could negatively impact pricing and volumes or require additional investments by the Corporation. The short-term and long-term impacts of changes in legislation or regulations are difficult to predict and could materially adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations.

The right to continue to hold applicable licenses and permits is generally subject to maintaining satisfactory compliance with regulatory and safety guidelines, policies and laws. Although the Corporation is committed to compliance with laws and safety, there is no assurance that it will be in full compliance with them at all times. Consequently, at some future time, the Corporation could be required to incur significant costs to maintain or improve its compliance record.

The Corporation is subject to risks arising from its operations in the United States and Mexico.

A growing portion of the Corporation’s revenue is derived from operations in the United States and transportation to and from Mexico. The Corporation’s international operations are subject to a variety of risks, including fluctuations in foreign currencies, changes in the economic strength or greater volatility in the economies of foreign countries in which the Corporation does business, difficulties in enforcing contractual rights and intellectual property rights, compliance burdens associated with export and import laws, theft or vandalism, and social, political and economic instability. The Corporation’s international operations could be adversely affected by restrictions on travel. Additional risks associated with the Corporation’s international operations include restrictive trade policies, imposition of duties, changes to trade agreements and other treaties, taxes or government royalties by foreign governments, adverse changes in the regulatory environments, including in tax laws and regulations, of the foreign countries in which the Corporation does business, compliance with anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, restrictions on the withdrawal of foreign investments, the ability to identify and retain qualified local managers and the challenge of managing a culturally and geographically diverse operation. The Corporation cannot guarantee compliance with all applicable laws, and

 

S-18


Table of Contents

violations could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil or criminal penalties, competitive or reputational harm, litigation or regulatory action and other consequences that might adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations.

The United States has imposed tariffs on certain imported steel and aluminum. The implementation of these tariffs, as well as the imposition of additional tariffs or quotas or changes to certain trade agreements, including tariffs applied to goods traded between the United States and China, could, among other things, increase the costs of the materials used by the Corporation’s suppliers to produce new revenue equipment or increase the price of fuel. Such cost increases for the Corporation’s revenue equipment suppliers would likely be passed on to the Corporation, and to the extent fuel prices increase, the Corporation may not be able to fully recover such increases through rate increases or the Corporation’s fuel surcharge program, either of which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business.

The United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (“USMCA”) has been ratified by the United States and Mexico but must be ratified by the Parliament of Canada before it enters into effect. The USMCA is designed to modernize food and agriculture trade, advance rules of origin for automobiles and trucks, and enhance intellectual property protections, among other matters, according to the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative. The USMCA is now in the process of being ratified by each country. It is difficult to predict at this stage what could be the impact of the USMCA on the economy, including the transportation industry. However, given the amount of North American trade that moves by truck, if the USMCA enters into effect, it could have a significant impact on supply and demand in the transportation industry, and could adversely impact the amount, movement and patterns of freight transported by the Corporation.

In December 2017, the United States enacted comprehensive tax legislation, commonly referred to as the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The new law requires complex computations not previously required by U.S. tax law. The Treasury has issued final regulations and interpretive guidance on specific areas since the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted, but there remain significant regulations that are still awaiting finalization. The finalization of these proposed regulations could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results in future periods. Further, compliance with the new law and the accounting for such provisions require preparation and analysis of information not previously required or regularly produced. In addition, the U.S. Department of Treasury has broad authority to issue regulations and interpretative guidance that may significantly impact how the Corporation will apply the law and impact the Corporation’s results of operations in future periods. The timing and scope of such regulations and interpretative guidance are uncertain. In addition, there is a risk that states within the United States or foreign jurisdictions may amend their tax laws in response to these tax reforms, which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results.

In addition, if the Corporation is unable to maintain its Free and Secure Trade (“FAST”) and U.S. Customs Trade Partnership Against Terrorism (“C-TPAT”) certification statuses, it may have significant border delays, which could cause its cross-border operations to be less efficient than those of competitor carriers that obtain or continue to maintain FAST and C-TPAT certifications.

The Corporation is subject to changes in its general operating environment and to seasonality.

The Corporation is exposed to the following factors, among others, affecting its operating environment:

 

   

the Corporation’s future insurance and claims expense, including the cost of its liability insurance premiums and the number and dollar amount of claims, may exceed historical levels, which would require the Corporation to incur additional costs and could reduce the Corporation’s earnings;

 

   

a decline in the demand for used revenue equipment could result in decreased equipment sales, lower resale values and lower gains (or recording losses) on sales of assets;

 

   

tractor and trailer vendors may reduce their manufacturing output in response to lower demand for their products in economic downturns or shortages of component parts, which may materially adversely affect the Corporation’s ability to purchase a quantity of new revenue equipment that is sufficient to sustain its desired growth rate; and

 

   

increased prices for new revenue equipment, design changes of new engines, reduced equipment efficiency resulting from new engines designed to reduce emissions, or decreased availability of new revenue equipment.

 

S-19


Table of Contents

The Corporation’s tractor productivity decreases during the winter season because inclement weather impedes operations and some shippers reduce their shipments after the winter holiday season. Revenue may also be adversely affected by inclement weather and holidays, since revenue is directly related to available working days of shippers. At the same time, operating expenses increase and fuel efficiency declines because of engine idling and harsh weather creating higher accident frequency, increased claims and higher equipment repair expenditures. The Corporation may also suffer from weather-related or other unforeseen events such as tornadoes, hurricanes, blizzards, ice storms, floods, fires, earthquakes and explosions. These events may disrupt fuel supplies, increase fuel costs, disrupt freight shipments or routes, affect regional economies, damage or destroy the Corporation’s assets or adversely affect the business or financial condition of the Corporation’s customers, any of which could materially adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations or make the Corporation’s results of operations more volatile.

The Corporation’s business is subject to general economic, credit, business and regulatory factors that are largely beyond the Corporation’s control, and which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s operating results.

The Corporation’s industry is subject to cyclical pressures, and the Corporation’s business is dependent on a number of factors that may have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, many of which are beyond the Corporation’s control. The Corporation believes that some of the most significant of these factors include (i) excess tractor and trailer capacity in the transportation industry in comparison with shipping demand; (ii) declines in the resale value of used equipment; (iii) recruiting and retaining qualified drivers; (iv) strikes, work stoppages or work slowdowns at the Corporation’s facilities or at customer, port, border crossing or other shipping-related facilities; (v) compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements; (vi) increases in interest rates, fuel taxes, tolls and license and registration fees; and (vii) rising healthcare costs in the United States.

The Corporation is also affected by (i) recessionary economic cycles, which tend to be characterized by weak demand and downward pressure on rates; (ii) changes in customers’ inventory levels and in the availability of funding for their working capital; (iii) changes in the way in which the Corporation’s customers choose to source or utilize the Corporation’s services; and (iv) downturns in customers’ business cycles, such as retail and manufacturing, where the Corporation has significant customer concentration. Economic conditions may adversely affect customers and their demand for and ability to pay for the Corporation’s services. Customers encountering adverse economic conditions represent a greater potential for loss and the Corporation may be required to increase its allowance for doubtful accounts.

Economic conditions that decrease shipping demand and increase the supply of available tractors and trailers can exert downward pressure on rates and equipment utilization, thereby decreasing asset productivity. The risks associated with these factors are heightened when the economy is weakened. Some of the principal risks during such times include:

 

   

the Corporation may experience a reduction in overall freight levels, which may impair the Corporation’s asset utilization;

 

   

freight patterns may change as supply chains are redesigned, resulting in an imbalance between the Corporation’s capacity and assets and customers’ freight demand;

 

   

the Corporation may be forced to accept more loads from freight brokers, where freight rates are typically lower, or may be forced to incur more non-revenue generating miles to obtain loads;

 

   

the Corporation may increase the size of its fleet during periods of high freight demand during which its competitors also increase their capacity, and the Corporation may experience losses in greater amounts than such competitors during subsequent cycles of softened freight demand if the Corporation is required to dispose of assets at a loss to match reduced freight demand;

 

   

customers may solicit bids for freight from multiple trucking companies or select competitors that offer lower rates in an attempt to lower their costs, and the Corporation may be forced to lower its rates or lose freight; and

 

   

lack of access to current sources of credit or lack of lender access to capital, leading to an inability to secure credit financing on satisfactory terms, or at all.

The Corporation is subject to cost increases that are outside the Corporation’s control that could materially reduce the Corporation’s profitability if it is unable to increase its rates sufficiently. Such cost increases include, but are not

 

S-20


Table of Contents

limited to, increases in fuel and energy prices, driver and office employee wages, purchased transportation costs, taxes, interest rates, tolls, license and registration fees, insurance premiums and claims, revenue equipment and related maintenance, and tires and other components. Strikes or other work stoppages at the Corporation’s service centres or at customer, port, border or other shipping locations, deterioration of Canadian, U.S. or Mexican transportation infrastructure and reduced investment in such infrastructure, or actual or threatened armed conflicts or terrorist attacks, efforts to combat terrorism, military action against a foreign state or group located in a foreign state or heightened security requirements could lead to wear, tear and damage to the Corporation’s equipment, driver dissatisfaction, reduced economic demand, reduced availability of credit, increased prices for fuel or temporary closing of the shipping locations or borders between Canada, the United States and Mexico. Further, the Corporation may not be able to appropriately adjust its costs and staffing levels to meet changing market demands. In periods of rapid change, it is more difficult to match the Corporation’s staffing level to its business needs.

The Corporation’s operations, with the exception of its brokerage operations, are capital intensive and asset heavy. If anticipated demand differs materially from actual usage, the Corporation may have too many or too few assets. During periods of decreased customer demand, the Corporation’s asset utilization may suffer, and it may be forced to sell equipment on the open market or turn in equipment under certain equipment leases in order to right size its fleet. This could cause the Corporation to incur losses on such sales or require payments in connection with equipment the Corporation turns in, particularly during times of a softer used equipment market, either of which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s profitability.

Although the Corporation’s business volume is not highly concentrated, its customers’ financial failures or loss of customer business may materially adversely affect the Corporation. If the Corporation were unable to generate sufficient cash from operations, it would need to seek alternative sources of capital, including financing, to meet its capital requirements. In the event that the Corporation were unable to generate sufficient cash from operations or obtain financing on favorable terms in the future, it may have to limit its fleet size, enter into less favorable financing arrangements or operate its revenue equipment for longer periods, any of which could have a materially adverse effect on its profitability.

Changes in interest rates may result in fluctuations in the Corporation’s future cash flows related to variable-rate financial liabilities.

Future cash flows related to variable-rate financial liabilities could be impacted by changes in benchmark rates such as Bankers’ Acceptance or London Interbank Offered Rate (Libor). In addition, the Corporation is exposed to gains and losses arising from changes in interest rates through its derivative financial instruments carried at fair value.

Significant fluctuations in relative currency values against the Canadian dollar could have a significant impact on the Corporation’s future profitability.

The Corporation’s financial results are reported in Canadian dollars and a growing portion of the Corporation’s revenue and operating costs are realized in currencies other than the Canadian dollar, primarily the U.S. dollar. The exchange rates between these currencies and the Canadian dollar have fluctuated in recent years and will likely continue to do so in the future. It is not possible to mitigate all exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The results of operations are therefore affected by movements of these currencies against the Canadian dollar.

Fluctuations in the price or availability of fuel or fuel surcharge collection may increase the Corporation’s costs of operation, which could materially adversely affect the Corporation’s profitability.

Fuel is one of the Corporation’s largest operating expenses. Diesel fuel prices fluctuate greatly due to factors beyond the Corporation’s control, such as political events, commodity futures trading, currency fluctuations, natural and man-made disasters, terrorist activities and armed conflicts, any of which may lead to an increase in the cost of fuel. Fuel prices are also affected by the rising demand for fuel in developing countries and could be materially adversely affected by the use of crude oil and oil reserves for purposes other than fuel production and by diminished drilling activity. Such events may lead not only to increases in fuel prices, but also to fuel shortages and disruptions in the fuel supply chain. Because the Corporation’s operations are dependent upon diesel fuel, significant diesel fuel cost increases, shortages or supply disruptions could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

S-21


Table of Contents

While the Corporation has fuel surcharge programs in place with a majority of the Corporation’s customers, which historically have helped the Corporation offset the majority of the negative impact of rising fuel prices, the Corporation also incurs fuel costs that cannot be recovered even with respect to customers with which the Corporation maintains fuel surcharge programs, such as those associated with non-revenue generating miles or time when the Corporation’s engines are idling. Moreover, the terms of each customer’s fuel surcharge program vary from one division to another, and the recoverability for fuel price increases varies as well. In addition, because the Corporation’s fuel surcharge recovery lags behind changes in fuel prices, the Corporation’s fuel surcharge recovery may not capture the increased costs the Corporation pays for fuel, especially when prices are rising. This could lead to fluctuations in the Corporation’s levels of reimbursement, such as has occurred in the past. There can be no assurance that such fuel surcharges can be maintained indefinitely or that they will be fully effective.

The Corporation self-insures for a significant portion of its claims exposure, which could increase the volatility of, and decrease the amount of, its earnings.

The Corporation’s operations are subject to risks inherent in the transportation sector, including personal injury, property damage, workers’ compensation and employment and other issues. The Corporation’s future insurance and claims expenses may exceed historical levels, which could reduce the Corporation’s earnings. The Corporation subscribes for insurance in amounts it considers appropriate in the circumstances and having regard to industry norms. Like many in the industry, the Corporation self-insures a significant portion of the claims exposure related to cargo loss, bodily injury, workers’ compensation and property damages. Due to the Corporation’s significant self-insured amounts, the Corporation has exposure to fluctuations in the number or severity of claims and the risk of being required to accrue or pay additional amounts if the Corporation’s estimates are revised or claims ultimately prove to be in excess of the amounts originally assessed. Further, the Corporation’s self-insured retention levels could change and result in more volatility than in recent years.

The Corporation holds a fully-fronted policy of CAD $10 million limit per occurrence for automobile bodily injury, property damage and commercial general liability for its Canadian Insurance Program, subject to certain exceptions. The Corporation retains a deductible of US $2.25 million for certain U.S. subsidiaries on their primary US $5 million limit policies for automobile bodily injury and property damage, also subject to certain exceptions, and a 50% quota share deductible for the US $5 million limit in excess of US $5 million. The Corporation retains a deductible of US $1 million on its primary US $5 million limit policy for certain U.S. subsidiaries for commercial general liability. The Corporation retains deductibles of up to US $1 million per occurrence for workers’ compensation claims. The Corporation’s liability coverage has a total limit of US $100 million per occurrence for both its Canadian and U.S. divisions.

Although the Corporation believes its aggregate insurance limits should be sufficient to cover reasonably expected claims, it is possible that the amount of one or more claims could exceed the Corporation’s aggregate coverage limits or that the Corporation will chose not to obtain insurance in respect of such claims. If any claim were to exceed the Corporation’s coverage, the Corporation would bear the excess, in addition to the Corporation’s other self-insured amounts. The Corporation’s results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected if (i) cost per claim or the number of claims significantly exceeds the Corporation’s coverage limits or retention amounts; (ii) the Corporation experiences a claim in excess of its coverage limits; (iii) the Corporation’s insurance carriers fail to pay on the Corporation’s insurance claims; (iv) the Corporation experiences a significant increase in premiums; or (v) the Corporation experiences a claim for which coverage is not provided, either because the Corporation chose not to obtain insurance as a result of high premiums or because the claim is not covered by insurance which the Corporation has in place.

The Corporation accrues the costs of the uninsured portion of pending claims based on estimates derived from the Corporation’s evaluation of the nature and severity of individual claims and an estimate of future claims development based upon historical claims development trends. Actual settlement of the Corporation’s retained claim liabilities could differ from its estimates due to a number of uncertainties, including evaluation of severity, legal costs and claims that have been incurred but not reported. Due to the Corporation’s high retained amounts, it has significant exposure to fluctuations in the number and severity of claims. If the Corporation were required to accrue or pay additional amounts because its estimates are revised or the claims ultimately prove to be more severe than originally assessed, its financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

 

S-22


Table of Contents

Unionization efforts by the Corporation’s U.S. employees or changes in collective agreements with the Corporation’s Canadian employees could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Most of the Corporation’s unionized employees are Canadian employees with a small number of unionized employees in the United States. Although the Corporation believes that its relations with its employees are satisfactory, no assurance can be given that the Corporation will be able to successfully extend or renegotiate the Corporation’s current collective agreements as they expire from time to time or that additional employees in the United States will not attempt to unionize. If the Corporation fails to extend or renegotiate the Corporation’s collective agreements, if disputes with the Corporation’s unions arise, or if the Corporation’s unionized or non-unionized workers engage in a strike or other work stoppage or interruption, the Corporation could experience a significant disruption of, or inefficiencies in, its operations or incur higher labour costs, which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

At the date hereof, the collective agreements between the Corporation and the vast majority of its unionized employees have been renewed. The Corporation’s collective agreements have a variety of expiration dates, the last of which is in September 2024. In a small number of cases, the expiration date of the collective agreement has passed; in such cases, the Corporation is generally in the process of renegotiating the agreement. The Corporation cannot predict the effect which any new collective agreements or the failure to enter into such agreements upon the expiry of the current agreements may have on its operations.

Increases in driver compensation or difficulties attracting and retaining qualified drivers could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s profitability and the ability to maintain or grow the Corporation’s fleet.

Like many in the transportation sector, the Corporation experiences substantial difficulty in attracting and retaining sufficient numbers of qualified drivers. The trucking industry periodically experiences a shortage of qualified drivers. The Corporation believes the shortage of qualified drivers and intense competition for drivers from other transportation companies will create difficulties in maintaining or increasing the number of drivers and may negatively impact the Corporation’s ability to engage a sufficient number of drivers, and the Corporation’s inability to do so may negatively impact its operations. Further, the compensation the Corporation offers its drivers and independent contractor expenses are subject to market conditions, and the Corporation may find it necessary to increase driver and independent contractor compensation in future periods.

In addition, the Corporation and many other trucking companies suffer from a high turnover rate of drivers in the U.S. TL market. This high turnover rate requires the Corporation to continually recruit a substantial number of new drivers in order to operate existing revenue equipment. Driver shortages are exacerbated during periods of economic expansion, in which alternative employment opportunities, including in the construction and manufacturing industries, which may offer better compensation and/or more time at home, are more plentiful and freight demand increases, or during periods of economic downturns, in which unemployment benefits might be extended and financing is limited for independent contractors who seek to purchase equipment, or the scarcity or growth of loans for students who seek financial aid for driving school. The lack of adequate tractor parking along some U.S. highways and congestion caused by inadequate highway funding may make it more difficult for drivers to comply with hours of service regulations and cause added stress for drivers, further reducing the pool of eligible drivers. The Corporation’s use of team-driven tractors for expedited shipments requires two drivers per tractor, which further increases the number of drivers the Corporation must recruit and retain in comparison to operations that require one driver per tractor. The Corporation also employs driver hiring standards, which could further reduce the pool of available drivers from which the Corporation would hire. If the Corporation is unable to continue to attract and retain a sufficient number of drivers, the Corporation could be forced to, among other things, adjust the Corporation’s compensation packages, increase the number of the Corporation’s tractors without drivers or operate with fewer trucks and face difficulty meeting shipper demands, any of which could adversely affect the Corporation’s growth and profitability.

The Corporation’s engagement of independent contractors exposes the Corporation to different risks than it faces with tractors driven by the Corporation’s employees.

The Corporation’s contracts with U.S. independent contractors are governed by U.S. federal leasing regulations, which impose specific requirements on the Corporation and the independent contractors. If more stringent state or U.S.

 

S-23


Table of Contents

federal leasing regulations are adopted, U.S. independent contractors could be deterred from becoming independent contractor drivers, which could materially adversely affect the Corporation’s goal of maintaining its current fleet levels of independent contractors.

The Corporation provides financing to certain qualified Canadian independent contractors and financial guarantees to a small number of U.S. independent contractors. If the Corporation were unable to provide such financing or guarantees in the future, due to liquidity constraints or other restrictions, it may experience a decrease in the number of independent contractors it is able to engage. Further, if independent contractors the Corporation engages default under or otherwise terminate the financing arrangements and the Corporation is unable to find replacement independent contractors or seat the tractors with its drivers, the Corporation may incur losses on amounts owed to it with respect to such tractors.

Pursuant to the Corporation’s fuel surcharge program with independent contractors, the Corporation pays independent contractors with which it contracts a fuel surcharge that increases with the increase in fuel prices. A significant increase or rapid fluctuation in fuel prices could cause the Corporation’s costs under this program to be higher than the revenue the Corporation receives under its customer fuel surcharge programs.

U.S. tax and other regulatory authorities, as well as U.S. independent contractors themselves, have increasingly asserted that U.S. independent contractor drivers in the trucking industry are employees rather than independent contractors, and the Corporation’s classification of independent contractors has been the subject of audits by such authorities from time to time. U.S. federal and state legislation has been introduced in the past that would make it easier for tax and other authorities to reclassify independent contractors as employees, including legislation to increase the recordkeeping requirements for those that engage independent contractor drivers and to increase the penalties for companies who misclassify their employees and are found to have violated employees’ overtime and/or wage requirements. Additionally, U.S. federal legislators have sought to abolish the current safe harbor allowing taxpayers meeting certain criteria to treat individuals as independent contractors if they are following a long-standing, recognized practice, to extend the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act to independent contractors and to impose notice requirements based on employment or independent contractor status and fines for failure to comply. Some U.S. states have put initiatives in place to increase their revenue from items such as unemployment, workers’ compensation and income taxes, and a reclassification of independent contractors as employees would help states with this initiative. Further, courts in certain U.S. states have recently issued decisions that could result in a greater likelihood that independent contractors would be judicially classified as employees in such states.

In September 2019, California enacted a new law, A.B. 5 (“AB5”), that made it more difficult for workers to be classified as independent contractors (as opposed to employees). AB5 provides that the three-pronged “ABC Test” must be used to determine worker classifications in wage order claims. Under the ABC Test, a worker is presumed to be an employee and the burden to demonstrate their independent contractor status is on the hiring company through satisfying all three of the following criteria: (a) the worker is free from control and direction in the performance of services; (b) the worker is performing work outside the usual course of the business of the hiring company; and (c) the worker is customarily engaged in an independently established trade, occupation, or business. How AB5 will be enforced is still to be determined. While it was set to enter into effect in January 2020, a federal judge in California issued a preliminary injunction barring the enforcement of AB5 on the trucking industry while the California Trucking Association (“CTA”) moves forward with its suit seeking to invalidate AB5. While this preliminary injunction provides temporary relief to the enforcement of AB5, it remains unclear how long such relief will last, whether the CTA will ultimately be successful in invalidating the law, and whether other U.S. States will enact laws similar to AB5.

U.S. class action lawsuits and other lawsuits have been filed against certain members of the Corporation’s industry seeking to reclassify independent contractors as employees for a variety of purposes, including workers’ compensation and health care coverage. In addition, companies that use lease purchase independent contractor programs, such as the Corporation, have been more susceptible to reclassification lawsuits, and several recent decisions have been made in favour of those seeking to classify independent contractor truck drivers as employees. U.S. taxing and other regulatory authorities and courts apply a variety of standards in their determination of independent contractor status. If the independent contractors with whom the Corporation contracts are determined to be employees, the Corporation would incur additional exposure under U.S. federal and state tax, workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, labour, employment and tort laws, including for prior periods, as well as potential liability for employee

 

S-24


Table of Contents

benefits and tax withholdings, and the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. The Corporation has settled certain class action cases in Massachusetts and California in the past with independent contractors who alleged they were misclassified.

The Corporation may not make acquisitions in the future, which could impede growth, or if the Corporation does make acquisitions in the future, it may not be successful in integrating any acquired business, either of which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business.

Historically, acquisitions have been a part of the Corporation’s growth strategy. The Corporation may not be able to successfully integrate acquisitions into the Corporation’s business, or may incur significant unexpected costs in doing so. Further, the process of integrating acquired businesses may be disruptive to the Corporation’s existing business and may cause an interruption or reduction of the Corporation’s business as a result of the following factors, among others:

 

   

loss of drivers, key employees, customers or contracts;

 

   

possible inconsistencies in or conflicts between standards, controls, procedures and policies among the combined companies and the need to implement company-wide financial, accounting, information technology and other systems;

 

   

failure to maintain or improve the safety or quality of services that have historically been provided;

 

   

inability to retain, integrate, hire or recruit qualified employees;

 

   

unanticipated environmental or other liabilities;

 

   

failure to coordinate geographically dispersed organizations; and

 

   

the diversion of management’s attention from the Corporation’s day-to-day business as a result of the need to manage any disruptions and difficulties and the need to add management resources to do so.

Anticipated cost savings, synergies, revenue enhancements or other benefits from any acquisitions that the Corporation undertakes may not materialize in the expected timeframe or at all. The Corporation’s estimated cost savings, synergies, revenue enhancements and other benefits from acquisitions are subject to a number of assumptions about the timing, execution and costs associated with realizing such synergies. Such assumptions are inherently uncertain and are subject to a wide variety of significant business, economic and competition risks. There can be no assurance that such assumptions will turn out to be correct and, as a result, the amount of cost savings, synergies, revenue enhancements and other benefits the Corporation actually realizes and/or the timing of such realization may differ significantly (and may be significantly lower) from the ones the Corporation estimated, and the Corporation may incur significant costs in reaching the estimated cost savings, synergies, revenue enhancements or other benefits. Further, management of acquired operations through a decentralized approach may create inefficiencies or inconsistencies.

Many of the Corporation’s recent acquisitions have involved the purchase of stock of existing companies. These acquisitions, as well as acquisitions of substantially all of the assets of a company, may expose the Corporation to liability for actions taken by an acquired business and its management before the Corporation’s acquisition. The due diligence the Corporation conducts in connection with an acquisition and any contractual guarantees or indemnities that the Corporation receives from the sellers of acquired companies may not be sufficient to protect the Corporation from, or compensate the Corporation for, actual liabilities. The representations made by the sellers expire at varying periods after the closing. A material liability associated with an acquisition, especially where there is no right to indemnification, could adversely affect the Corporation’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

The Corporation continues to review acquisition and investment opportunities, some of which may be significant, in order to acquire companies and assets that meet the Corporation’s investment criteria. Depending on the number of acquisitions and investments and funding requirements, the Corporation may need to raise substantial additional capital and increase the Corporation’s indebtedness. Instability or disruptions in the capital markets, including credit markets, or the deterioration of the Corporation’s financial condition due to internal or external factors, could restrict or prohibit access to the capital markets and could also increase the Corporation’s cost of capital. To the extent the Corporation raises additional capital through the sale of equity, equity-linked or convertible debt securities, the issuance of such securities could result in dilution to the Corporation’s existing shareholders. If the Corporation raises additional funds

 

S-25


Table of Contents

through the issuance of debt securities, the terms of such debt could impose additional restrictions and costs on the Corporation’s operations. Additional capital, if required, may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. If the Corporation is unable to obtain additional capital at a reasonable cost, the Corporation may be required to forego potential acquisitions, which could impair the execution of the Corporation’s growth strategy. In addition, the Corporation routinely evaluates its operations and considers opportunities to divest certain of its assets.

In addition, the Corporation faces competition for acquisition opportunities. This external competition may hinder the Corporation’s ability to identify and/or consummate future acquisitions successfully. There is also a risk of impairment of acquired goodwill and intangible assets. This risk of impairment to goodwill and intangible assets exists because the assumptions used in the initial valuation, such as interest rates or forecasted cash flows, may change when testing for impairment is required.

There is no assurance that the Corporation will be successful in identifying, negotiating, consummating or integrating any future acquisitions. If the Corporation does not make any future acquisitions, or divests certain of its operations, the Corporation’s growth rate could be materially and adversely affected. Any future acquisitions the Corporation does undertake could involve the dilutive issuance of equity securities or the incurring of additional indebtedness.

The Corporation may not grow substantially in the future and it may not be successful in sustaining or improving the Corporation’s profitability.

There is no assurance that in the future, the Corporation’s business will grow substantially or without volatility, nor is there any assurance that the Corporation will be able to effectively adapt its management, administrative and operational systems to respond to any future growth. Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Corporation’s operating margins will not be adversely affected by future changes in and expansion of its business or by changes in economic conditions or that it will be able to sustain or improve its profitability in the future.

Compliance with various environmental laws and regulations to which the Corporation’s operations are subject may increase the Corporation’s costs of operations, and non-compliance with such laws and regulations could result in substantial fines or penalties.

The Corporation uses storage tanks at certain of its Canadian and U.S. transportation terminals. Canadian and U.S. laws and regulations generally impose potential liability on the present and former owners or occupants or custodians of properties on which contamination has occurred, as well as on parties who arranged for the disposal of waste at such properties. Although the Corporation is not aware of any contamination which, if remediation or clean-up were required, would have a material adverse effect on it, certain of the Corporation’s current or former facilities have been in operation for many years and over such time, the Corporation or the prior owners, operators or custodians of the properties may have generated and disposed of wastes which are or may be considered hazardous. Liability under certain of these laws and regulations may be imposed on a joint and several basis and without regard to whether the Corporation knew of, or was responsible for, the presence or disposal of these materials or whether the activities giving rise to the contamination was legal when it occurred. In addition, the presence of those substances, or the failure to properly dispose of or remove those substances, may adversely affect the Corporation’s ability to sell or rent that property. If the Corporation incurs liability under these laws and regulations and if it cannot identify other parties which it can compel to contribute to its expenses and who are financially able to do so, it could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that the Corporation will not be required at some future date to incur significant costs or liabilities pursuant to environmental laws, or that the Corporation’s operations, business or assets will not be material affected by current or future environmental laws.

The Corporation’s transportation operations and its properties are subject to extensive and frequently-changing federal, provincial, state, municipal and local environmental laws, regulations and requirements in Canada, the United States and Mexico relating to, among other things, air emissions, the management of contaminants, including hazardous substances and other materials (including the generation, handling, storage, transportation and disposal thereof), discharges and the remediation of environmental impacts (such as the contamination of soil and water, including ground water). A risk of environmental liabilities is inherent in transportation operations, historic activities associated with such operations and the ownership, management and control of real estate.

 

S-26


Table of Contents

Environmental laws may authorize, among other things, federal, provincial, state and local environmental regulatory agencies to issue orders, bring administrative or judicial actions for violations of environmental laws and regulations or to revoke or deny the renewal of a permit. Potential penalties for such violations may include, among other things, civil and criminal monetary penalties, imprisonment, permit suspension or revocation and injunctive relief. These agencies may also, among other things, revoke or deny renewal of the Corporation’s operating permits, franchises or licenses for violations or alleged violations of environmental laws or regulations and impose environmental assessment, removal of contamination, follow-up or control procedures.

The Corporation may have liability for environmental contamination associated with its current or formerly-owned or leased facilities as well as third-party facilities or its operations.

The Corporation could be subject to orders and other legal actions and procedures brought by governmental or private parties in connection with environmental contamination, emissions or discharges. If the Corporation is involved in a spill or other accident involving hazardous substances, if there are releases of hazardous substances the Corporation transports, if soil or groundwater contamination is found at the Corporation’s current or former facilities or results from the Corporation’s operations, or if the Corporation is found to be in violation of applicable laws or regulations, the Corporation could be subject to cleanup costs and liabilities, including substantial fines or penalties or civil and criminal liability, any of which could have a materially adverse effect on the Corporation’s business and operating results.

Management and key personnel turnover or failure to attract and retain qualified management and other key personnel could have a negative effect on the Corporation.

The future success of the Corporation will be based in large part on the quality of the Corporation’s management and key personnel. The Corporation’s management and key personal possess valuable knowledge about the transportation and logistics industry and their knowledge of and relationships with the Corporation’s key customers and vendors would be difficult to replace. The loss of key personnel could have a negative effect on the Corporation. There can be no assurance that the Corporation will be able to retain its current key personnel or, in the event of their departure, to develop or attract new personnel of equal quality.

Certain portions of the Corporation’s business are dependent upon the services of third-party capacity providers, and service instability from these providers could increase the Corporation’s operating costs and reduce its ability to offer certain services.

Certain portions of the Corporation’s business are dependent upon the services of third-party capacity providers, including other transportation companies. For that portion of the Corporation’s business, the Corporation does not own or control the transportation assets that deliver the customers’ freight, and the Corporation does not employ the people directly involved in delivering the freight. This reliance could cause delays in reporting certain events, including recognizing revenue and claims. These third-party providers seek other freight opportunities and may require increased compensation in times of improved freight demand or tight trucking capacity. The Corporation’s inability to secure the services of these third parties could significantly limit the Corporation’s ability to serve its customers on competitive terms. Additionally, if the Corporation is unable to secure sufficient equipment or other transportation services to meet the Corporation’s commitments to its customers or provide the Corporation’s services on competitive terms, the Corporation’s operating results could be materially and adversely affected. The Corporation’s ability to secure sufficient equipment or other transportation services is affected by many risks beyond the Corporation’s control, including equipment shortages in the transportation industry, particularly among contracted carriers, interruptions in service due to labour disputes, changes in regulations impacting transportation and changes in transportation rates.

The Corporation’s existing and future indebtedness could limit its flexibility in operating its business or adversely affect its business and its liquidity position.

The agreements governing the Corporation’s indebtedness, including the Credit Facility and the Term Loan, contain certain restrictions and other covenants relating to, among other things, funded debt, distributions, liens, investments, acquisitions and dispositions outside the ordinary course of business and affiliate transactions. If the Corporation fails to comply with any of its financing arrangement covenants, restrictions and requirements, the Corporation could be in default under the relevant agreement, which could cause cross-defaults under other financing

 

S-27


Table of Contents

arrangements. In the event of any such default, if the Corporation failed to obtain replacement financing or amendments to or waivers under the applicable financing arrangement, the Corporation may be unable to pay dividends to its shareholders, and its lenders could cease making further advances, declare the Corporation’s debt to be immediately due and payable, fail to renew letters of credit, impose significant restrictions and requirements on the Corporation’s operations, institute foreclosure procedures against their collateral, or impose significant fees and transaction costs. If debt acceleration occurs, economic conditions may make it difficult or expensive to refinance the accelerated debt or the Corporation may have to issue equity securities, which would dilute share ownership. Even if new financing is made available to the Corporation, credit may not be available to the Corporation on acceptable terms. A default under the Corporation’s financing arrangements could result in a materially adverse effect on its liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. As at the date hereof, the Corporation is in compliance with all of its debt covenants and obligations.

The Corporation has significant ongoing capital requirements that could affect the Corporation’s profitability if it is unable to generate sufficient cash from operations and/or obtain financing on favourable terms.

The Corporation has significant ongoing capital requirements that could affect the Corporation’s profitability if the Corporation is unable to generate sufficient cash from operations and/or obtain financing on favourable terms. The trucking industry and the Corporation’s trucking operations are capital intensive, and require significant capital expenditures annually. The amount and timing of such capital expenditures depend on various factors, including anticipated freight demand and the price and availability of assets. If anticipated demand differs materially from actual usage, the Corporation’s trucking operations may have too many or too few assets. Moreover, resource requirements vary based on customer demand, which may be subject to seasonal or general economic conditions. During periods of decreased customer demand, the Corporation’s asset utilization may suffer, and it may be forced to sell equipment on the open market or turn in equipment under certain equipment leases in order to right size its fleet. This could cause the Corporation to incur losses on such sales or require payments in connection with such turn ins, particularly during times of a softer used equipment market, either of which could have a materially adverse effect on the Corporation’s profitability.

The Corporation’s indebtedness may increase from time to time in the future for various reasons, including fluctuations in results of operations, capital expenditures and potential acquisitions. The agreements governing the Corporation’s indebtedness, including the Credit Facility and the Term Loan, mature on various dates, ranging from 2020 to 2026. There can be no assurance that such agreements governing the Corporation’s indebtedness will be renewed or refinanced, or if renewed or refinanced, that the renewal or refinancing will occur on equally favourable terms to the Corporation. The Corporation’s ability to pay dividends to shareholders and ability to purchase new revenue equipment may be adversely affected if the Corporation is not able to renew the Credit Facility or the Term Loan or arrange refinancing of any indebtedness, or if such renewal or refinancing, as the case may be, occurs on terms materially less favourable to the Corporation than at present. If the Corporation is unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations and obtain financing on terms favourable to the Corporation in the future, the Corporation may have to limit the Corporation’s fleet size, enter into less favourable financing arrangements or operate the Corporation’s revenue equipment for longer periods, any of which may have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s operations.

Increased prices for new revenue equipment, design changes of new engines, decreased availability of new revenue equipment and future use of autonomous tractors could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition, operations, and profitability.

The Corporation is subject to risk with respect to higher prices for new equipment for its trucking operations. The Corporation has experienced an increase in prices for new tractors in recent years, and the resale value of the tractors has not increased to the same extent. Prices have increased and may continue to increase, due to, among other reasons, (i) increases in commodity prices; (ii) U.S. government regulations applicable to newly-manufactured tractors, trailers and diesel engines; and (iii) the pricing discretion of equipment manufacturers. Increased regulation has increased the cost of the Corporation’s new tractors and could impair equipment productivity, in some cases, resulting in lower fuel mileage, and increasing the Corporation’s operating expenses. Further regulations with stricter emissions and efficiency requirements have been proposed that would further increase the Corporation’s costs and impair equipment productivity. These adverse effects, combined with the uncertainty as to the reliability of the vehicles equipped with the newly designed diesel engines and the residual values realized from the disposition of these vehicles could increase

 

S-28


Table of Contents

the Corporation’s costs or otherwise adversely affect the Corporation’s business or operations as the regulations become effective. Over the past several years, some manufacturers have significantly increased new equipment prices, in part to meet new engine design and operations requirements. Furthermore, future use of autonomous tractors could increase the price of new tractors and decrease the value of used non-autonomous tractors. The Corporation’s business could be harmed if it is unable to continue to obtain an adequate supply of new tractors and trailers for these or other reasons. As a result, the Corporation expects to continue to pay increased prices for equipment and incur additional expenses for the foreseeable future.

Tractor and trailer vendors may reduce their manufacturing output in response to lower demand for their products in economic downturns or shortages of component parts. A decrease in vendor output may have a materially adverse effect on the Corporation’s ability to purchase a quantity of new revenue equipment that is sufficient to sustain its desired growth rate and to maintain a late model fleet. Moreover, an inability to obtain an adequate supply of new tractors or trailers could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, financial condition, and results of operation.

The Corporation has certain revenue equipment leases and financing arrangements with balloon payments at the end of the lease term equal to the residual value the Corporation is contracted to receive from certain equipment manufacturers upon sale or trade back to the manufacturers. If the Corporation does not purchase new equipment that triggers the trade-back obligation, or the equipment manufacturers do not pay the contracted value at the end of the lease term, the Corporation could be exposed to losses equal to the excess of the balloon payment owed to the lease or finance company over the proceeds from selling the equipment on the open market.

The Corporation has trade-in and repurchase commitments that specify, among other things, what its primary equipment vendors will pay it for disposal of a certain portion of the Corporation’s revenue equipment. The prices the Corporation expects to receive under these arrangements may be higher than the prices it would receive in the open market. The Corporation may suffer a financial loss upon disposition of its equipment if these vendors refuse or are unable to meet their financial obligations under these agreements, it does not enter into definitive agreements that reflect favorable equipment replacement or trade-in terms, it fails to or is unable to enter into similar arrangements in the future, or it does not purchase the number of new replacement units from the vendors required for such trade-ins.

Used equipment prices are subject to substantial fluctuations based on freight demand, supply of used trucks, availability of financing, presence of buyers for export and commodity prices for scrap metal. These and any impacts of a depressed market for used equipment could require the Corporation to dispose of its revenue equipment below the carrying value. This leads to losses on disposal or impairments of revenue equipment, when not otherwise protected by residual value arrangements. Deteriorations of resale prices or trades at depressed values could cause losses on disposal or impairment charges in future periods.

Difficulty in obtaining goods and services from the Corporation’s vendors and suppliers could adversely affect its business.

The Corporation is dependent upon its vendors and suppliers for certain products and materials. The Corporation believes that it has positive vendor and supplier relationships and it is generally able to obtain acceptable pricing and other terms from such parties. If the Corporation fails to maintain positive relationships with its vendors and suppliers, or if its vendors and suppliers are unable to provide the products and materials it needs or undergo financial hardship, the Corporation could experience difficulty in obtaining needed goods and services because of production interruptions, limited material availability or other reasons. As a consequence, the Corporation’s business and operations could be adversely affected.

The Corporation’s customers may reduce or eliminate their use of the Corporation’s services and the Corporation may be negatively impacted by its customers’ financial difficulties.

The Corporation provides services to clients primarily in Canada, the United States and Mexico. The concentration of credit risk to which the Corporation is exposed is limited due to the significant number of customers that make up its client base and their distribution across different geographic areas. Furthermore, no client accounted for more than 5% of the Corporation’s total accounts receivable for the year ended December 31, 2019. Generally, the Corporation does not have long-term contracts with its major customers. Accordingly, in response to economic

 

S-29


Table of Contents

conditions, supply and demand factors in the industry, the Corporation’s performance, the Corporation’s customers’ internal initiatives or other factors, the Corporation’s customers may reduce or eliminate their use of the Corporation’s services, or may threaten to do so in order to gain pricing and other concessions from the Corporation.

Economic conditions and capital markets may adversely affect the Corporation’s customers and their ability to remain solvent. The customers’ financial difficulties can negatively impact the Corporation’s results of operations and financial condition, especially if those customers were to delay or default in payment to the Corporation. For certain customers, the Corporation has entered into multi-year contracts, and the rates the Corporation charges may not remain advantageous.

In the future, the Corporation may need additional financing that may not be available or, if it is available, may result in a reduction in the percentage ownership by the Corporation’s then-existing shareholders.

If the economic and/or the credit markets weaken, or the Corporation is unable to enter into acceptable financing arrangements to acquire revenue equipment, make investments and fund working capital on terms favourable to it, the Corporation’s business, financial results and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. The Corporation may need to incur additional indebtedness, reduce dividends or sell additional shares in order to accommodate these items. A decline in the credit or equity markets and any increase in volatility could make it more difficult for the Corporation to obtain financing and may lead to an adverse impact on the Corporation’s profitability and operations.

The Corporation is dependent on systems, networks and other information technology (and the data contained therein) and a failure in any of the foregoing, including those caused by cybersecurity breaches, could cause a significant disruption in the Corporation’s business.

The Corporation depends heavily on the proper functioning, availability and security of the Corporation’s information and communication systems, including financial reporting and operating systems, in operating the Corporation’s business. The Corporation’s operating system is critical to understanding customer demands, accepting and planning loads, dispatching equipment and drivers and billing and collecting for the Corporation’s services. The Corporation’s financial reporting system is critical to producing accurate and timely financial statements and analyzing business information to help the Corporation manage its business effectively. The Corporation receives and transmits confidential data with and among its customers, drivers, vendors, employees and service providers in the normal course of business.

The Corporation’s operations and those of its technology and communications service providers are vulnerable to interruption by natural and man-made disasters and other events beyond the Corporation’s control, including cybersecurity breaches and threats, such as hackers, malware and viruses, fire, earthquake, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks and Internet failures. The Corporation’s systems are also vulnerable to unauthorized access and viewing, misappropriation, altering or deleting of information, including customer, driver, vendor, employee and service provider information and its proprietary business information. If any of the Corporation’s critical information systems fail, are breached or become otherwise unavailable, the Corporation’s ability to manage its fleet efficiently, to respond to customers’ requests effectively, to maintain billing and other records reliably, to maintain the confidentiality of the Corporation’s data and to bill for services and prepare financial statements accurately or in a timely manner would be challenged. Any significant system failure, upgrade complication, cybersecurity breach or other system disruption could interrupt or delay the Corporation’s operations, damage its reputation, cause the Corporation to lose customers, cause the Corporation to incur costs to repair its systems, pay fines or in respect of litigation or impact the Corporation’s ability to manage its operations and report its financial performance, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business.

The Corporation faces litigation risks that could have a material adverse effect on the operation of its business.

The Corporation’s business is subject to the risk of litigation by employees, customers, vendors, government agencies, shareholders and other parties. The outcome of litigation is difficult to assess or quantify, and the magnitude of the potential loss relating to such lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. The cost to defend litigation may also be significant. Not all claims are covered by the Corporation’s insurance, and there can be no assurance that the Corporation’s coverage limits will be adequate to cover all amounts in dispute. For example, during

 

S-30


Table of Contents

the year ended December 31, 2019, the Corporation recognized a net loss on an accident claim of CAD $14.2 million (CAD $16.6 million net of CAD $2.4 million of tax recovery). In the United States, where the Corporation has growing operations, many trucking companies have been subject to class-action lawsuits alleging violations of various federal and state wage laws regarding, among other things, employee classification, employee meal breaks, rest periods, overtime eligibility, and failure to pay for all hours worked. A number of these lawsuits have resulted in the payment of substantial settlements or damages by the defendants. The Corporation may at some future date be subject to such a class-action lawsuit. In addition, the Corporation may be subject, and has been subject in the past, to litigation resulting from trucking accidents. The number and severity of litigation claims may be worsened by distracted driving by both truck drivers and other motorists. To the extent the Corporation experiences claims that are uninsured, exceed the Corporation’s coverage limits, involve significant aggregate use of the Corporation’s self-insured retention amounts or cause increases in future funded premiums, the resulting expenses could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

If the Corporation fails to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, it may not be able to accurately report its financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, shareholders could lose confidence in the Corporation’s financial and other public reporting, which would harm its business and the trading price of the Common Shares.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for the Corporation to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause the Corporation to fail to meet its reporting obligations. In addition and when required, any testing by the Corporation conducted in connection with section 404 of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or the subsequent testing by the Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in the Corporation’s internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retrospective changes to the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in the Corporation’s reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of the Common Shares.

The Corporation has completed, and may in the future complete, material transactions, and cannot predict market reaction to the announcement of any potential material transactions.

The Corporation has acquired numerous companies pursuant to its acquisition strategy and, in addition, has sold business units, including the sale in February 2016 of its then-Waste Management segment for CAD $800 million. The Corporation buys and sells business units in the normal course of its business. Accordingly, at any given time, the Corporation may consider, or be in the process of negotiating, a number of potential acquisitions and dispositions, some of which may be material in size. In connection with such potential transactions, the Corporation regularly enters into non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements, indicative term sheets, non-binding letters of intent and other similar agreements with potential sellers and buyers, and conducts extensive due diligence as applicable. These potential transactions may relate to some or all of the Corporation’s four reportable segments, that is, TL, Logistics, LTL, and Package and Courier. The Corporation does not in every case proceed to the closing of a transaction. The Corporation’s active acquisition and disposition strategy requires a significant amount of management time and resources. Although the Corporation complies at all times with its disclosure obligations under applicable securities laws, the announcement of any material transaction by the Corporation (or rumours thereof, even if unfounded) could result in volatility in the market price and trading volume of the Common Shares. Further, the Corporation cannot predict the reaction of the market, or of the Corporation’s stakeholders, customers or competitors, to the announcement of any such material transaction or to rumours thereof.

Risks Related to the Corporation’s Common Shares and this Offering

The Common Shares of the Corporation do not currently trade on a stock exchange in the United States and the Corporation does not know whether a market for the Common Shares will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity. The market price of the Common Shares may be volatile after this Offering, and you could lose a significant part of your investment.

The Corporation’s Common Shares are currently listed only on the TSX and trade in the United States on the over-the-counter OTCQX marketplace under the trading symbol “TFIFF”. Prior to this Offering, the Common Shares

have not been listed on a stock exchange in the United States. If an active trading market does not develop in the

 

S-31


Table of Contents

United States, you may have difficulty selling any of the Common Shares that you buy. The Corporation cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in the Corporation will lead to the development of an active trading market on the NYSE or otherwise, or how liquid that market might become. The price of the Common Shares in this Offering may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the United States trading market following the Offering. The market price of the Common Shares on the TSX has fluctuated in the past and the Corporation expects it to fluctuate in the future, and it may decline. For example, from January 1, 2019 to February 7, 2020, the Corporation’s share price on the TSX has ranged from CAD $33.36 to CAD $46.34. Consequently, you may not be able to sell the Common Shares at prices equal to or greater than the price paid by you in this Offering. In addition to the risks described above, the market price of the Common Shares may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond the Corporation’s control, including:

 

   

actual or anticipated variations in the Corporation’s operating results;

 

   

the failure of financial analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of the Common Shares after this Offering, changes in financial estimates by financial analysts, or any failure by the Corporation to meet or exceed any of these estimates, or changes in the recommendations of any financial analysts that elect to follow the Common Shares or the shares of the Corporation’s competitors;

 

   

announcements by the Corporation or the Corporation’s competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions;

 

   

additions and departures of key personnel;

 

   

announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts;

 

   

changes in accounting principles;

 

   

natural disasters and other calamities;

 

   

changes in general market and economic conditions;

 

   

future sales of the Common Shares; and

 

   

investor perceptions of the Corporation and the industry in which the Corporation operates.

In addition, stock markets in general have experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of the Common Shares, regardless of the Corporation’s operating performance. Listing of the Common Shares on the NYSE in addition to the TSX may increase share price volatility on the TSX and also result in volatility of the trading price on the NYSE because trading will be in the two markets, which may result in less liquidity on both exchanges. In addition, different liquidity levels, volumes of trading, currencies and market conditions on the two exchanges may result in different prevailing trading prices. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of certain companies’ securities, securities class action litigation has sometimes been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against the Corporation, could adversely affect the financial condition or results of operations of the Corporation.

Sales of substantial amounts of the Common Shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of the Common Shares to decline.

Sales of substantial amounts of the Common Shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of the Common Shares to decline. This could also impair the Corporation’s ability to raise additional capital through the sale of its equity securities. Under the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended (the “Articles”), the Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Common Shares. Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Corporation has agreed that until the date that is 90 days following the Closing Date, it will not, without the consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, subject to certain exceptions, issue, offer, pledge, sell, grant any option to purchase, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Shares, or file any registration statement with the SEC or prospectus with any Canadian securities regulatory authority relating to the offering of any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares, during the 90 days following the Closing Date without the prior consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. The Corporation may issue additional Common Shares, preferred shares or securities convertible into Common Shares,

which may dilute existing shareholders, including purchasers of the Common Shares offered hereby. The Corporation may also issue preferred shares or debt securities that have priority over holders of Common Shares with respect to dividend rights or rights of

 

S-32


Table of Contents

payment in the event of the Corporation’s insolvency or winding-up. Shareholders will have no pre-emptive rights in connection with any such further issuances. The Board of Directors of the Corporation has the discretion to determine the price, designation, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to any series of preferred shares or any debt securities and the price and terms for any further issuances of Common Shares. The Corporation cannot predict the size of future issuances of its shares or any preferred shares or debt securities, or the effect, if any, that future sales and issuances of securities would have on the market price of its Common Shares.

The Corporation will have broad discretion in the use of proceeds.

The Corporation will have broad discretion concerning the use of the net proceeds of the Offering as well as the timing of any expenditures. As a result, a purchaser of Common Shares offered hereby will be relying on the judgment of the Corporation’s management with respect to the application of the net proceeds of the Offering. Management may use the net proceeds of the Offering in ways that an investor may not consider desirable. The results and the effectiveness of the application of the net proceeds are uncertain. If the net proceeds are not applied effectively, the Corporation’s financial performance and financial condition may be adversely affected and the trading price of the Common Shares could be adversely affected.

TFI International Inc. is a holding company.

TFI International Inc. is a holding company and a substantial portion of its assets consists in the shares of its direct and indirect subsidiaries. As a result, TFI International Inc. is subject to the risks attributable to its subsidiaries. As a holding company, TFI International Inc. conducts substantially all of its business through its subsidiaries, which generate substantially all of its revenues. Consequently, TFI International Inc.’s cash flows and ability to complete current or desirable future enhancement opportunities are dependent on the earnings of its subsidiaries and the distribution of those earnings to TFI International Inc. The ability of these entities to pay dividends and other distributions will depend on their operating results and will be subject to applicable laws and regulations which require that solvency and capital standards be maintained by such companies and contractual restrictions contained in the instruments governing their debt, including the Credit Facility and the Term Loan. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of any of its subsidiaries, holders of indebtedness and trade creditors of those subsidiaries will generally be entitled to payment of their claims from the assets of those subsidiaries before any assets are made available for distribution to TFI International Inc.

The Corporation will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company in the United States, and its management will be required to devote substantial time to United States public company compliance programs.

As a public company in the United States, the Corporation will incur additional legal, accounting, reporting and other expenses that it did not incur as a public company in Canada. The additional demands associated with being a U.S. public company may disrupt regular operations of the Corporation’s business by diverting the attention of some of its senior management team away from revenue-producing activities to additional management and administrative oversight, adversely affecting the Corporation’s ability to attract and complete business opportunities and increasing the difficulty in both retaining professionals and managing and growing the Corporation’s business. Any of these effects could harm the Corporation’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

If the Corporation’s efforts to comply with new United States laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies, such regulatory bodies or third parties may initiate legal proceedings against the Corporation and its business may be harmed. In the future, it may be more expensive for the Corporation to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and the Corporation may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for the Corporation to attract and retain qualified members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors and its committees.

The U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that the Corporation maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations. In the event that the Corporation is not able to demonstrate compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, that its internal control over financial reporting is perceived as inadequate, or that the Corporation is unable to produce timely or accurate financial statements, investors may lose confidence in the Corporation’s operating results and the price of the Common Shares could decline. In addition, if the Corporation is unable to continue to meet these requirements, the Corporation may not be able to become and/or remain listed on the NYSE.

 

S-33


Table of Contents

The Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm will be required to attest to the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting only after a delay permitted for a newly-public company in the United States. Even if the Corporation’s management concludes that the Corporation’s internal controls over financial reporting are effective, its independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with the Corporation’s controls or the level at which the Corporation’s controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from the Corporation.

As a foreign private issuer, the Corporation is subject to different U.S. securities laws and rules than a domestic U.S. issuer, which may limit the information publicly available to the Corporation’s shareholders.

The Corporation is a “foreign private issuer” as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the U.S. Securities Act, and is permitted, under a multijurisdictional disclosure system adopted by the United States and Canada, to prepare its disclosure documents filed under the U.S. Exchange Act in accordance with Canadian disclosure requirements. Under the U.S. Exchange Act, the Corporation is subject to reporting obligations that, in certain respects, are less detailed and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. As a result, the Corporation will not file the same reports that a U.S. domestic issuer would file with the SEC, although the Corporation will be required to file or furnish to the SEC the continuous disclosure documents that it is required to file in Canada under Canadian securities laws. In addition, the officers, directors, and principal shareholders of the Corporation are exempt from the reporting and “short swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the U.S. Exchange Act. Therefore, the Corporation’s shareholders may not know on as timely a basis when the officers, directors and principal shareholders of the Corporation purchase or sell shares, as the reporting deadlines under the corresponding Canadian insider reporting requirements are longer.

As a foreign private issuer, the Corporation is exempt from the rules and regulations under the U.S. Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements. The Corporation is also exempt from Regulation FD, which prohibits issuers from making selective disclosures of material non-public information. While the Corporation will comply with the corresponding requirements relating to proxy statements and disclosure of material non-public information under Canadian securities laws, these requirements differ from those under the U.S. Exchange Act and Regulation FD and shareholders should not expect to receive in every case the same information at the same time as such information is provided by U.S. domestic companies.

In addition, as a foreign private issuer, the Corporation has the option to follow certain Canadian corporate governance practices, except to the extent that such laws would be contrary to U.S. securities laws, and provided that the Corporation discloses the requirements it is not following and describes the Canadian practices it follows instead. The Corporation plans to rely on this exemption. As a result, the shareholders of the Corporation may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of U.S. domestic companies that are subject to all U.S. corporate governance requirements.

The Corporation is governed by the corporate and securities laws of Canada which in some cases have a different effect on shareholders than the corporate laws of Delaware, U.S. and U.S. securities laws.

The Corporation is governed by the CBCA and other relevant laws, which may affect the rights of shareholders differently than those of a company governed by the laws of a U.S. jurisdiction, and may, together with the Corporation’s charter documents, have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of the Corporation by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise, or may affect the price an acquiring party would be willing to offer in such an instance. The material differences between the CBCA and Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) that may have the greatest such effect include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) for material corporate transactions (such as mergers and amalgamations, other extraordinary corporate transactions or amendments to our articles) the CBCA generally requires a two-thirds majority vote by shareholders, whereas DGCL generally requires only a majority vote; and (ii) under the CBCA, holders of 5% or more of our shares that carry the right to vote at a meeting of shareholders can requisition a special meeting of shareholders, whereas such right does not exist under the DGCL.

Provisions of Canadian law may delay, prevent or make undesirable an acquisition of all or a significant portion of the Corporation’s shares or assets.

A non-Canadian must file an application for review with the Minister responsible for the Investment Canada Act and obtain approval of the Minister prior to acquiring control of a “Canadian business” within the meaning of the

 

S-34


Table of Contents

Investment Canada Act, where prescribed financial thresholds are exceeded. Furthermore, limitations on the ability to acquire and hold the Common Shares may be imposed by the Competition Act (Canada). This law permits the Commissioner of Competition, or Commissioner, to review any acquisition or establishment, directly or indirectly, including through the acquisition of shares, of control over or of a significant interest in the Corporation. Otherwise, there are no limitations either under the laws of Canada or in the Articles on the rights of non-Canadians to hold or vote the Common Shares. Any of these provisions may discourage a potential acquirer from proposing or completing a transaction that may have otherwise presented a premium to the Corporation’s shareholders.

Payment of dividends and share repurchases by the Corporation may vary.

The payment of future dividends and the amount thereof is uncertain and is at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and is considered each quarter. The payment of dividends is dependent upon, among other things, operating cash flow generated by the Corporation, its financial requirements for operations, the execution of its growth strategy and the satisfaction of solvency tests imposed by the CBCA for the declaration and payment of dividends. Similarly, any future repurchase of shares by the Corporation is at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors and is dependent on the factors described above. Any future repurchase of shares by the Corporation is uncertain.

As the Corporation is a Canadian corporation and some of its directors and officers are resident in Canada, it may be difficult for United States shareholders to effect service on the Corporation or to realize on judgments obtained in the United States.

The Corporation is incorporated under the federal laws of Canada with its principal place of business in Canada, most of its directors and officers are residents of Canada, the experts named in this prospectus are residents of Canada, and many of the Corporation’s assets and the assets of such persons are located outside the United States. Consequently, it may be difficult for United States investors to effect service of process within the United States upon the Corporation or upon such persons who are not residents of the United States, or to realize in the United States upon judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities under U.S. securities laws. A judgment of a U.S. court predicated solely upon such civil liabilities may be enforceable in Canada by a Canadian court if the U.S. court in which the judgment was obtained had jurisdiction, as determined by the Canadian court, in the matter. Investors should not assume that Canadian courts: (i) would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against the Corporation or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws or the securities or blue sky laws of any state within the United States, or (ii) would enforce, in original actions, liabilities against the Corporation or such persons predicated upon the U.S. federal securities laws or any such state securities or blue sky laws. Similarly, some of the Corporation’s directors and officers are residents of countries other than Canada and all or a substantial portion of the assets of such persons are located outside Canada. As a result, it may be difficult for Canadian investors to initiate a lawsuit within Canada against these non-Canadian residents. In addition, it may not be possible for Canadian investors to collect from these non-Canadian residents judgments obtained in courts in Canada predicated on the civil liability provisions of securities legislation of certain of the provinces and territories of Canada. It may also be difficult for Canadian investors to succeed in a lawsuit in the United States based solely on violations of Canadian securities laws.

 

S-35


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

The Corporation estimates that the net proceeds from the Offering will be approximately US $    ●     , without giving effect to the exercise of the Option to Purchase Additional Shares and after deducting the Underwriters’ commission and the estimated expenses of the Offering of US $    ●     payable by the Corporation. Assuming full exercise of the Option to Purchase Additional Shares and after deducting the Underwriters’ commission and the estimated expenses of the Offering of US $    ●    , the Corporation estimates that the net proceeds from the Offering will be approximately US $    ●     . The net proceeds will be used to reduce the amount outstanding under the Credit Facility, thereby increasing the amount available thereunder for future use by the Corporation. The Corporation may use the Credit Facility in future for working capital and general corporate purposes, including potential acquisitions. Affiliates of certain of the Underwriters are lenders under the Credit Facility and as a result, are expected to receive at least 5% of the net proceeds of the Offering. Consequently, the Corporation expects a “conflict of interest” will be deemed to exist under FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5)(C)(i), and this Offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. See “Plan of Distribution – Relationship between the Underwriters and the Corporation, and Conflicts of Interest”.

The Corporation intends to spend the funds available to it as stated in this Prospectus Supplement; however, there may be circumstances where, for sound business reasons, a reallocation of funds may be deemed prudent or necessary. See “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.

CONSOLIDATED CAPITALIZATION

There has been no material change in the share and loan capital of the Corporation, on a consolidated basis, since December 31, 2019, being the date of the most recently-filed audited consolidated financial statements of the Corporation. The following table sets out the Corporation’s consolidated capitalization as at (i) December 31, 2019, and (ii) December 31, 2019, as adjusted to give effect to this Offering, assuming no exercise of the Option to Purchase Additional Shares. The table should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements of the Corporation for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, along with the related notes thereto and the associated MD&A incorporated by reference in this Prospectus Supplement.

 

     December 31, 2019      December 31, 2019 after giving
effect to the Offering(1)
     (unaudited)
(in thousands of CAD $)

Long-term debt (including current portion)

     1,744,687      (2) 

Lease liabilities (including current portion)

     461,842            

Equity:

     

Share capital

     680,233            

Contributed surplus

     21,063            

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     24,473            

Retained earnings

     779,920      (3) 

 

(1)

For purposes of this table, the proceeds of the Offering have been converted from U.S. dollars to CAD on the basis of US $1.00 = CAD $    ●     , based on the daily exchange rate as quoted by the Bank of Canada on February     ●     , 2020.

(2)

Long-term debt, after giving effect to the Offering, has been reduced by CAD $    ●     million (US $    ●     million), representing the net proceeds that will be applied against the Credit Facility.

(3)

The estimated expenses of the Offering that relate to share listing fees, net of income taxes, will be recorded in earnings and therefore have been applied against retained earnings.

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of Common Shares and an unlimited number of preferred shares, issuable in series. As of the close of business on February 7, 2020, there were 81,392,977 Common Shares and no preferred shares issued and outstanding. See the sections entitled “Share Capital”, “Description of Common Shares” and “Description of Preferred Shares” in the accompanying Prospectus.

Common Shares

Voting Rights

The Common Shares entitle the holders thereof to one vote per share. The holders of the Common Shares are entitled to receive any dividend declared by the Corporation on the Common Shares.

 

S-36


Table of Contents

Liquidation Rights

Subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to any other class of shares of the Corporation, the holders of the Common Shares are entitled to receive the remaining property of the Corporation upon its dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.

Dividends

The Corporation’s dividend policy consists of distributing 15% to 30% of its annualized free cash flow from continuing operations every year as dividends to shareholders on a quarterly basis. The dividend is payable quarterly on the 15th day following the end of each quarter to shareholders of record as of the last trading day of such quarter.

The Board of Directors believes that this level of distribution will allow the Corporation to maintain sufficient financial resources and flexibility to execute its operating and disciplined acquisition strategies, while providing an adequate return on shareholders’ capital. The Board of Directors may, at its discretion and at any time, change the amount of dividends distributed and/or elect not to distribute a dividend, whether as a result of a one-time decision or a change in the dividend policy. The Corporation cannot declare or pay a dividend if it is in default, or if the payment of a dividend would cause the Corporation to be in default, under the Credit Facility.

Preferred Shares

The Articles provide that the Board of Directors may issue preferred shares in one or more series, with such rights and conditions as may be determined by resolution of the directors, which shall determine the designation, rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions to be attached to the preferred shares of such series, without additional shareholder approval. There are no voting rights attached to the preferred shares except as prescribed by law. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, or any other distribution of assets of the Corporation among its shareholders, the holders of the preferred shares of each series are entitled to receive, in priority over the Common Shares and any other shares ranking junior to the preferred shares, an amount equal to the redemption price for such shares plus an amount equal to any dividends declared thereon but unpaid and no more. The preferred shares of each series are also entitled to such other preferences over the Common Shares and any other shares ranking junior to the preferred shares as may be determined as to their respective series authorized to be issued. The preferred shares of each series will be on a parity basis with the preferred shares of every other series with respect to payment of dividends and return of capital.

CERTAIN RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF THE CORPORATION’S ARTICLES, BY-LAWS AND THE CBCA

The following is a summary of certain relevant provisions of the Articles and the Corporation’s by-laws and certain related sections of the CBCA, which, in certain cases, present material differences between the rights of holders of the Corporation’s Common Shares and the rights of holders of common shares of a typical corporation incorporated under the laws of a U.S. jurisdiction such as the state of Delaware. Prospective investors should carefully review these differences in connection with any investment in the Common Shares. Please note that this is only a summary and is not intended to be exhaustive. This summary is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the Articles and by-laws and the CBCA.

Directors

Residency and Independence

At least 25% of the Corporation’s directors must be resident Canadians. Furthermore, under the CBCA, no business may be transacted at a meeting of the Corporation’s Board of Directors unless 25% of the directors present are resident Canadians. The minimum number of directors the Corporation may have is three and the maximum number the Corporation may have is 15, as set out in the Articles. The CBCA provides that any amendment to the Articles to increase or decrease the minimum or maximum number of the Corporation’s directors requires the approval of the Corporation’s shareholders by a “special resolution”, meaning a resolution passed by (a) a majority of not less than two-thirds of the votes cast by the shareholders who vote in person or by proxy at a meeting duly called and held for that purpose, or (b) a resolution consented to in writing by all of the shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution.

 

S-37


Table of Contents

Right to Vote on Matters in Which a Director has a Material Interest

The CBCA states that a director must disclose to the Corporation, in accordance with the provisions of the CBCA, the nature and extent of an interest that the director has in a material contract or material transaction, whether made or proposed, with the Corporation, if the director is a party to the contract or transaction, is a director or an officer or an individual acting in a similar capacity of a party to the contract or transaction, or has a material interest in a party to the contract or transaction. A director required to make such a disclosure is not entitled to vote on any directors’ resolution to approve that contract or transaction, unless the contract or transaction (i) relates primarily to the director’s remuneration as a director, officer, employee, agent or mandatary of the Corporation or an affiliate; (ii) is for indemnity or insurance otherwise permitted under the CBCA; or (iii) is with an affiliate.

Number of Common Shares Required to be Owned by a Director

The CBCA does not require a director to hold any Common Shares as a qualification for holding his or her office. The Corporation’s Board of Directors has discretion to prescribe minimum share ownership requirements for directors. The Corporation currently maintains a minimum shareholding policy requiring directors to hold a minimum value in Common Shares or Deferred Share Units, or a combination thereof. Please refer to the Corporation’s management information circular dated March 14, 2019 for additional details.

Removal of Directors by Shareholders

The CBCA provides that the Corporation’s shareholders may at a special meeting, by an ordinary resolution, which is a simple majority of votes cast by the Corporation’s shareholders who vote in respect of the resolution, remove any director or directors from office.

Filling a Director Vacancy

The CBCA allows a vacancy on the Board of Directors to be filled by a quorum of directors except when the vacancy results from an increase in the number or the minimum or maximum number of directors or from a failure to elect the number or minimum number of directors provided for in the Articles. In addition, the CBCA and the Articles authorize the Corporation’s Board of Directors to appoint one or more additional directors not to exceed the maximum number set out in the Articles, who shall hold office for a term expiring not later than the close of the next annual meeting of shareholders, subject to the condition that the total number of directors so appointed may not exceed one-third of the number of directors elected at the previous annual meeting of shareholders.

Limited Liability of Directors

Subject to limited exceptions, the CBCA does not permit any limitation of a director’s liability.

Action Necessary to Change the Rights of Holders of Common Shares

The Corporation’s shareholders can authorize the alteration or amendment of the Articles to create or vary the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to any of the Corporation’s shares by passing a special resolution. However, the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to any class or series of shares may not be amended unless holders of the shares of that class or series to which the right is attached consent by a separate special resolution. A special resolution means a resolution passed by: (a) a majority of not less than two-thirds of the votes cast by holders of the applicable class or series who vote in person or by proxy at a meeting, or (b) a resolution consented to in writing by all of the holders entitled to vote of the applicable class or series of shares. In certain cases, a special resolution is also required to be approved separately by the holders of a separate class or series of shares, including in certain cases a class or series of shares not otherwise carrying voting rights.

Shareholder Meetings

The Corporation must hold an annual meeting of its shareholders at least once every year at a time and place determined by the Board of Directors, provided that the meeting must not be held later than 15 months after the preceding annual meeting but no later than six months after the end of the Corporation’s preceding financial year. A meeting of the Corporation’s shareholders may be held anywhere in Canada that the Corporation’s directors determine.

 

S-38


Table of Contents

The Corporation’s directors may, at any time, call a meeting of the Corporation’s shareholders. Shareholders holding not less than 5% of the Corporation’s issued voting shares may also cause the Corporation’s directors to call a shareholders’ meeting. If the directors do not call such meeting within 21 days after receiving a requisition which meets the technical requirements of the CBCA, any shareholder who signed the requisition may call the special meeting.

A notice to convene a meeting, specifying the date, time and location of the meeting, and, where a meeting is to consider special business (which is any business other than the consideration of the financial statements, auditor’s report, election of directors or the re-appointment of the current auditor), the general nature of the special business, must be sent to the shareholders, to each director and the auditor not less than 21 and not more than 60 days prior to the meeting, although, as a result of applicable Canadian securities laws, the minimum time for notice is effectively longer. Under the CBCA, shareholders entitled to notice of a meeting may waive or reduce the period of notice for that meeting, provided applicable securities laws are met. The accidental omission to send notice of any meeting of shareholders to, or the non-receipt of any notice by, any person entitled to notice does not invalidate any proceedings at that meeting.

The Corporation’s by-laws provide that a quorum of shareholders are the holders of at least 20% of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, and at least two persons entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy. If a quorum is not present at the opening of a meeting, the shareholders present may adjourn the meeting to a fixed time and place but may not transact any further business.

Amendments to the Corporation’s By-Laws

The Corporation’s Board of Directors may also make, amend or repeal any by-law that regulates the Corporation’s business or affairs. A by-law, or an amendment or a repeal of a by-law, is effective from the date of the resolution of the Board of Directors until it is confirmed, confirmed as amended or rejected by the shareholders as described below, and where the by-law is confirmed or confirmed as amended, it continues in effect in the form in which it was so confirmed. If the Board of Directors makes, amends or repeals a by-law, it is required under the CBCA to submit such action to the Corporation’s shareholders at the next meeting of shareholders and the Corporation’s shareholders may confirm, reject or amend the action by an ordinary resolution. If the action is rejected by the shareholders, or if the Board of Directors does not submit the action to shareholders at the next shareholder meeting, the action will cease to be effective and no subsequent resolution of the Board of Directors to make, amend or repeal a by-law having substantially the same purpose or effect will be effective until it is confirmed by the Corporation’s shareholders.

Change of Control

The Articles do not contain any change of control limitations with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring.

Disclosure of Shareholder Ownership

Although applicable securities laws regarding shareholder ownership by certain persons require disclosure, the Articles do not provide for any ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

 

S-39


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Pursuant to an underwriting agreement dated February     ●    , 2020 between TFI International and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, who are acting as Managers (the “Managers”) for the Underwriters named therein (the “Underwriting Agreement”), TFI International has agreed to issue and sell and the Underwriters have agreed to purchase, as principals, severally and not jointly (within the meaning of such terms under the laws of the State of New York) on the Closing Date, or such earlier or later date as the Corporation and the Underwriters may agree, but in any event no later than     ●    , 2020, the number of Common Shares set out opposite their respective names below, representing an aggregate of 6,000,000 Common Shares, at a price of US $    ●     per Common Share for aggregate gross consideration of US $    ●    , payable in cash to the Corporation against delivery of the Common Shares. The Offering Price was determined by negotiation between TFI International and the Underwriters.

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Common Shares
 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

       ●       

BofA Securities, Inc

       ●       

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

       ●       

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

       ●       

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

       ●       

UBS Securities LLC

       ●       

Cowen and Company, LLC

       ●       

National Bank Financial Inc

       ●       

Stephens Inc.

       ●       

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

       ●       

WR Securities, LLC

       ●       

TOTAL

     6,000,000  

The Common Shares are being offered in the United States by the U.S. Underwriters and in Canada by the Canadian Underwriters pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement. The Offering is being made concurrently in Canada under the terms of the Prospectus and this Prospectus Supplement and in the United States under the terms of the Registration Statement, of which the Prospectus and this Prospectus Supplement form part, through the Underwriters and/or affiliates thereof registered to offer the Common Shares for sale in such jurisdictions in accordance with applicable securities laws and such other registered dealers as may be designated by the Underwriters. Cowen and Company, LLC, Stephens Inc. and WR Securities, LLC are not registered to sell securities in any Canadian jurisdiction and, accordingly, will sell Common Shares only outside of Canada. Subject to applicable law, the Underwriters, their affiliates, or such other registered dealers as may be designated by the Underwriters, may offer the Common Shares outside of Canada and the United States.

The Underwriting Agreement provides that TFI International will pay the Underwriters at the time of closing of the Offering a fee of US $    ●     per Common Share sold pursuant to the Offering, including any Common Shares sold pursuant to the exercise of the Option to Purchase Additional Shares. The Underwriters have agreed to reimburse the Corporation for certain expenses in connection with the Offering. TFI International has granted to the Underwriters the Option to Purchase Additional Shares, exercisable in whole or in part at any one time not later than the 30th day following the Closing Date, to purchase up to an additional 900,000 Common Shares on the same terms as set out above solely to cover the Underwriters’ over-allocation position, if any, and for market stabilization purposes. This Prospectus Supplement also qualifies the grant of the Option to Purchase Additional Shares and the Common Shares issuable upon the exercise thereof. A purchaser who acquires any Common Shares forming part of the Underwriters’ over-allocation position acquires such Common Shares under this Prospectus Supplement, regardless of whether the over-allocation position is ultimately filled through the exercise of the Option to Purchase Additional Shares or secondary market purchases.

The obligations of the Underwriters under the Underwriting Agreement are several and not joint (within the meaning of such terms under the laws of the State of New York), are subject to certain closing conditions, and may be terminated at their discretion upon the occurrence of certain stated events. The termination provisions in the Underwriting Agreement include customary “proceedings to restrict distribution out”, “disaster out”, “material change out” and “non-compliance with conditions out” clauses. The Underwriters are, however, obligated to take up and pay

 

S-40


Table of Contents

for all of the Common Shares if any Common Shares are purchased under the Underwriting Agreement. Subject to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the Corporation has also agreed to indemnify the Underwriters and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents against certain liabilities, including civil liabilities under Canadian and United States securities legislation, or to contribute to any payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof. The Underwriters are offering the Common Shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the Underwriting Agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Corporation and its executive officers and directors have agreed that until the date that is 90 days following the Closing Date, they will not, directly or indirectly, without the consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, subject to certain exceptions, (i) issue, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or publicly disclose the intention to do so, any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares, (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Shares, or (iii) file any registration statement with the SEC or prospectus with any Canadian securities regulatory authority relating to the offering of any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares. The exceptions include, among others, securities issued in connection with an acquisition or a transaction that includes a commercial relationship (including joint ventures, collaborations, partnerships or other strategic acquisitions), transactions relating to Common Shares or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Offering, a bona fide gift of Common Shares, the exercise of stock options pursuant to the Corporation’s existing equity incentive plans (including the 2008 Stock Option Plan and 2012 Stock Option Plan), and a sale of Common Shares pursuant to a trading plan established under Rule 10b5-1 under the U.S. Exchange Act or similar plan under Canadian securities law.

The Corporation has applied to list the Common Shares to be issued and sold by it hereunder on the TSX and has applied to list the Common Shares to be qualified under the Registration Statement and its outstanding Common Shares on the NYSE. Listing will be subject to the Corporation fulfilling all of the listing requirements of the TSX and NYSE, respectively.

The Underwriters propose to offer the Common Shares initially at the Offering Price. After the Underwriters have made a reasonable effort to sell all of the Common Shares at such price, the Offering Price may be decreased and may be further changed from time to time to an amount not greater than the Offering Price, and the compensation realized by the Underwriters pursuant to the Offering will effectively be decreased by the amount that the price paid by purchasers for the Common Shares is less than the original Offering Price. Any such reduction will not affect the net proceeds of the Offering received by TFI International.

Pursuant to the rules and policy statements of certain Canadian securities regulatory authorities, the Underwriters may not, throughout the period of distribution under this Prospectus Supplement, bid for or purchase Common Shares. The foregoing restriction is subject to certain exceptions. These exceptions include a bid or purchase permitted under the by-laws and rules of applicable Canadian regulatory authorities and the TSX including the Universal Market Integrity Rules for Canadian Marketplaces administered by the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada relating to market stabilization and market-balancing activities and a bid or purchase made on behalf of a client where the client’s order was not solicited during the period of distribution.

In connection with the Offering, the Underwriters may over-allocate or effect transactions which stabilize or maintain the market price of the Common Shares at levels other than those which might otherwise prevail on the open market, including: stabilizing transactions; short sales; purchases to cover positions created by short sales; imposition of penalty bids; and syndicate covering transactions.

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or delaying a decline in the market price of the Common Shares while the Offering is in progress. Short sales involve the sale by the Underwriters of a greater number of Common Shares than they are required to purchase in the Offering. Short sales may be “covered short sales”, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the Option to Purchase Additional Shares, or may be “naked short sales”, which are short positions in excess of that amount.

 

S-41


Table of Contents

The Underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising the Option to Purchase Additional Shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing Common Shares in the open market. In making this determination, the Underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of the Common Shares available for purchase in the open market compared with the price at which they may purchase Common Shares through the Option to Purchase Additional Shares. If, following the closing of the Offering, the market price of the Common Shares decreases, the short position created by the over-allocation position in the Common Shares may be filled through purchases in the open market, creating upward pressure on the price of the Common Shares. If, following the closing of the Offering, the market price of Common Shares increases, the over-allocation position in the Common Shares may be filled through the exercise of the Option to Purchase Additional Shares.

The Underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing Common Shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the Underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Common Shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the Offering. Any naked short position would form part of the Underwriters’ over-allocation position. A purchaser who acquires Common Shares forming part of the Underwriters’ over-allocation position resulting from any covered short sales or naked short sales will acquire such Common Shares under this Prospectus Supplement, regardless of whether the over-allocation position is ultimately filled through the exercise of the Option to Purchase Additional Shares or secondary market purchases.

Subscriptions will be received subject to rejection or allotment in whole or in part and the Underwriters reserve the right to close the subscription books at any time without notice. It is expected that the Corporation will arrange for the instant deposit of the Common Shares offered hereby by the Underwriters under the book-based system of registration, to be registered to DTC or its nominee and deposited with DTC on the Closing Date. No certificates evidencing the Common Shares offered hereby will be issued to purchasers of the Common Shares. Purchasers of the Common Shares will receive only a customer confirmation from the Underwriter or other registered from or through whom a beneficial interest in the Common Shares is purchased.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area and United Kingdom

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (each a “Relevant State”), no Common Shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the Offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Common Shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of Common Shares may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

  (a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Manager for any such offer; or

 

  (c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of Common Shares shall require the Corporation or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Common Shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Common Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any Common Shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

Each Underwriter has represented and agreed that: (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the Common Shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Corporation; and (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the Common Shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

S-42


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The Common Shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the Common Shares or the Offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the Offering, the Corporation or the Common Shares has been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of Common Shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (“FINMA”), and the offer of Common Shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under CISA does not extend to acquirers of Common Shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This Prospectus Supplement relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This Prospectus Supplement is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this Prospectus Supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the Prospectus. The Common Shares to which this Prospectus Supplement relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the Common Shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the Common Shares. If you do not understand the contents of this Prospectus Supplement you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Hong Kong

The Common Shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation, or document relating to the Common Shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issuance, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the Common Shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Japan

No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) (FIEL) has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of the Common Shares. Accordingly, the Common Shares have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or re-sale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and the other applicable laws and regulations of Japan. For Qualified Institutional Investors (QII) please note that the solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the Common Shares constitutes either a “QII only private placement” or a “QII only secondary distribution” (each as described in Paragraph 1, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the Common Shares. The Common Shares may be transferred only to QIIs. For Non-QII Investors please note that the

 

S-43


Table of Contents

solicitation for newly-issued or secondary securities (each as described in Paragraph 2, Article 4 of the FIEL) in relation to the Common Shares constitutes either a “small number private placement” or a “small number private secondary distribution” (each as is described in Paragraph 4, Article 23-13 of the FIEL). Disclosure regarding any such solicitation, as is otherwise prescribed in Paragraph 1, Article 4 of the FIEL, has not been made in relation to the Common Shares. The Common Shares may be transferred only en bloc without subdivision to a single investor.

Singapore

This Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus have not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore under the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”). Accordingly, this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the Common Shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the Common Shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the Common Shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the Common Shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; (3) by operation of law; (4) pursuant to Section 276(7) of the SFA; or (5) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offer of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Notification under Section 309B(1)(c) of the SFA—The Corporation has determined that the Common Shares are (A) prescribed capital markets products (as defined in the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018) and (B) Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Solely for the purposes of its obligations pursuant to Section 309B of the SFA, the Corporation has determined, and hereby notifies all relevant persons (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018), that the Common Shares are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Relationship between the Underwriters and the Corporation, and Conflicts of Interest

BofA Securities, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, National Bank Financial Inc. and their respective affiliates are affiliates of banks that are members of a syndicate of lenders that has made the Credit Facility available to certain subsidiaries of the Corporation. The total available amount under the Credit Facility is CAD $1.2 billion. In addition, BofA Securities, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, National Bank Financial Inc. and their respective affiliates are affiliates of banks that are members of a syndicate of lenders that has made the Term Loan available to a subsidiary of the Corporation in an amount of CAD $610 million, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and its affiliate are affiliates of a bank which that has provided a revolving credit facility to the Corporation in an amount of US $25 million, National Bank Financial Inc. and its affiliate are affiliates of a bank that has provided a letter of credit facility to the Corporation in an amount of CAD $25 million, and BofA Securities, Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC and their respective affiliates are affiliates of banks which have provided equipment financing to certain subsidiaries of the Corporation. Accordingly, in connection with the Offering and pursuant to applicable Canadian securities legislation, the Corporation may be considered a “connected issuer” of such Underwriters.

 

S-44


Table of Contents

As at January 31, 2020, approximately CAD $592 million and US $7 million were outstanding under the Credit Facility, and CAD $610 million was outstanding under the Term Loan. As well, as at January 31, 2020, approximately US $7.6 million was outstanding under the revolving credit facility, CAD$23.5 million was outstanding under the letter of credit facility and an aggregate amount of approximately CAD$137 million was outstanding under equipment financing.

The Credit Facility matures in June 2023. Subject to the lenders’ consent, the Credit Facility can be extended for an additional period of one year annually. The Corporation intends to use the net proceeds of the Offering to reduce the amount outstanding under the Credit Facility. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Consolidated Capitalization”. The Credit Facility is unsecured. The obligations of the borrowers under the Credit Facility are guaranteed by the Corporation and certain of the Corporation’s subsidiaries. The Credit Facility contains certain restrictions, financial covenants and other covenants relating to, among other things, fundamental changes, distributions, liens, investments, acquisitions and dispositions outside the ordinary course of business and affiliate transactions. The Corporation is not in default of any of its obligations under the Credit Facility. Since entering into the Credit Facility, the lenders thereunder have not waived any breach on the Corporation’s part or on the part of its subsidiaries. There has been no material change in the financial position of the Corporation since the Corporation entered into the Credit Facility, except as may have been previously disclosed by the Corporation or as described elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement or the documents incorporated by reference herein.

Of the CAD $610 million outstanding under the Term Loan, CAD $200 million is due in June 2021 and CAD $410 million is due in June 2022. The Term Loan is unsecured. The obligations of the borrower under the Term Loan are guaranteed by the same entities as under the Credit Facility, including the Corporation. The terms and conditions of the Term Loan, including the restrictions, financial covenants and other covenants contained therein, are substantially the same as those governing the Credit Facility.

The decision to issue the Common Shares and the determination of the terms of the distribution of the Common Shares were made through negotiation between the Corporation and the Underwriters. None of the lenders under the Credit Facility or the Term Loan or the banks providing the revolving credit facility, letter of credit facility or equipment financing referred to above had any involvement in such decision or determination. As a consequence of the Offering, BofA Securities, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, National Bank Financial Inc. and their respective affiliates will receive their proportionate share of the Underwriters’ commission and, through the reduction of the amount outstanding under the Credit Facility, those affiliates of BofA Securities, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, National Bank Financial Inc. and their respective affiliates which are lenders under the Credit Facility are expected to receive at least 5% of the net proceeds of the Offering. As a result, the Corporation expects a “conflict of interest” will be deemed to exist under FINRA Rule 5121(f)(5)(C)(i), and this Offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. See “Use of Proceeds”.

In addition, certain of the Underwriters and their respective affiliates have from time to time performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the Corporation, for which they received or will receive customary fees.

PRIOR SALES

Common Shares

The following table sets out the issuance by the Corporation of Common Shares or securities that are convertible or exchangeable into Common Shares during the 12 months preceding the date hereof:

 

Date

  

Type of security

   Number of securities     Issue/Exercise price per Common Share
(in CAD)
February 22, 2019 to
January 22, 2020
   Common Shares (1)      1,466,264     $6.32 to $35.02
February 27, 2019 to
January 15, 2020
   PCRSUs (2)      159,722 (3)    $38.88 to $44.38 (4)

March 29, 2019 to January 15, 2020

   DSUs (5)      42,048 (6)    $38.88 to $44.49 (7)

February 27, 2019

   Stock Options (8)      909,404     $40.36 (4)

 

(1)

Common Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of options to purchase Common Shares under the Corporation’s 2012 Stock Option Plan or 2008 Stock Option Plan.

(2)

Performance contingent restricted share units (“PCRSUs”) granted pursuant to the Corporation’s Performance Contingent Restricted Share Unit Plan for officers and employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. PCRSUs are redeemed in Common Shares acquired in the secondary market, net of required statutory deductions.

 

S-45


Table of Contents
(3)

6,757 of these PCRSUs were issued as dividend equivalents upon the declaration and payment of dividends by the Corporation.

(4)

Representing the volume-weighted average trading price of the Common Shares on the TSX for the five trading days preceding the date of award or grant.

(5)

Deferred share units (“DSUs”) granted pursuant to the Corporation’s Deferred Share Unit Plan for Directors of the Corporation. DSUs are redeemed at the option of the participant either in cash or in Common Shares acquired in the secondary market, net of required statutory deductions.

(6)

7,929 of these DSUs were issued as dividend equivalents upon the declaration and payment of dividends by the Corporation.

(7)

Representing the average closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX for the five trading days immediately preceding the date of award.

(8)

Options to purchase Common Shares granted to eligible employees pursuant to the Corporation’s 2012 Stock Option Plan.

TRADING PRICE AND VOLUME

The Common Shares are listed on the TSX under the trading symbol “TFII”. The following table sets out certain trading information for the Common Shares on the TSX for the periods indicated.

 

Calendar Period

   Monthly
High Price
(in CAD)
     Monthly Low
Price
(in CAD)
     Monthly
Volume
 

2019

        

January

   $ 39.62      $ 33.36        6,767,450  

February

   $ 43.50      $ 38.50        4,628,670  

March

   $ 42.66      $ 38.35        6,969,720  

April

   $ 46.34      $ 39.79        4,651,720  

May

   $ 44.47      $ 40.69        4,344,240  

June

   $ 41.96      $ 39.25        4,737,930  

July

   $ 42.12      $ 38.08        6,291,410  

August

   $ 41.67      $ 36.77        5,321,290  

September

   $ 40.95      $ 37.68        4,788,440  

October

   $ 43.14      $ 37.67        5,136,390  

November

   $ 44.50      $ 41.27        3,919,900  

December

   $ 45.25      $ 42.01        3,460,650  

2020

        

January

   $ 45.91      $ 42.17        3,406,170  

February (to February 7)

   $ 44.85      $ 42.10        994,160  

On February 7, 2020, being the last trading day prior to the date of this Prospectus Supplement, the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX was CAD $44.11, as reported by the TSX.

CANADIAN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

In the opinion of Fasken Martineau DuMoulin LLP, Canadian counsel to the Corporation, and of Stikeman Elliott LLP, Canadian counsel to the Underwriters, the following is a general summary, as of the date hereof, of the principal Canadian federal income tax considerations under the Tax Act generally applicable to a holder who acquires Common Shares pursuant to this Offering. This summary applies only to a holder who, for the purposes of the Tax Act and at all relevant times: (i) deals at arm’s length and is not affiliated with the Corporation or the Underwriters and (ii) holds the Common Shares as capital property (a “Holder”). The Common Shares will generally be considered to be capital property to a Holder unless they are held in the course of carrying on a business of trading or dealing in securities or were acquired in one or more transactions considered to be an adventure or concern in the nature of trade. A Holder who is resident in Canada for the purposes of the Tax Act and whose Common Shares might not otherwise qualify as capital property may, in certain circumstances, be entitled to make the irrevocable election provided by subsection 39(4) of the Tax Act to have its Common Shares and every other “Canadian security” (as defined in the Tax Act) owned by such Holder in the taxation year of the election and in all subsequent taxation years deemed to be capital property. Such Canadian resident Holders should consult their own tax advisors as to whether an election under subsection 39(4) of the Tax Act is available and/or advisable in their particular circumstances.

This summary is not applicable to a Holder: (i) that is a “financial institution” within the meaning of the Tax Act for the purposes of the market-to-market rules; (ii) that is a “specified financial institution” within the meaning of the

 

S-46


Table of Contents

Tax Act; (iii) that reports its “Canadian tax results” within the meaning of the Tax Act in a currency other than Canadian currency; (iv) an interest in which is, or for whom a Common Share would be, a “tax shelter investment” within the meaning of the Tax Act; (v) that enters into a “derivative forward agreement”, within the meaning of the Tax Act, in respect of Common Shares; (vi) that receives dividends on Common Shares under or as part of a “dividend rental arrangement” (as defined in the Tax Act; (vii) that is a corporation resident in Canada that is, or becomes, or does not deal at arm’s length for purposes of the Tax Act with a corporation resident in Canada that is or becomes, as part of a transaction or event or series of transactions or events that includes the acquisition of Common Shares, controlled by a non-resident corporation (or pursuant to the Tax Proposals (as defined below), a non-resident person or a group of persons (comprised of any combination of non-resident corporations, non-resident individuals or non-resident trusts) that do not deal with each other at arm’s length) for the purposes of the rules in section 212.3 of the Tax Act; or (viii) that carries on, or is deemed to carry on, an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere. Such Holders should consult their own tax advisors.

This summary is based upon: (i) the current provisions of the Tax Act and the Regulations in force as of the date hereof; (ii) all specific proposals (the “Tax Proposals”) to amend the Tax Act or the Regulations that have been publicly announced by, or on behalf of, the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to the date hereof; and (iii) counsel’s understanding of the current published administrative policies and assessing practices of the Canada Revenue Agency. This summary assumes that all such Tax Proposals will be enacted in the form currently proposed but no assurance can be given that they will be enacted in the form proposed or at all. This summary does not otherwise take into account or anticipate any changes in law, administrative policy or assessing practice, whether by legislative, regulatory, administrative, governmental or judicial decision or action, nor does it take into account the tax laws of any province or territory of Canada or of any jurisdiction outside of Canada.

This summary is not exhaustive of all possible Canadian federal income tax considerations relating to purchasing, holding or disposing of the Common Shares. Moreover, this summary is of a general nature only and is not intended to be, nor should it be construed to be, legal or tax advice to any particular Holder. Accordingly, Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors about the specific tax consequences to them of acquiring, holding and disposing of Common Shares in their particular circumstances.

Subject to certain exceptions that are not discussed in this summary, for the purposes of the Tax Act, all amounts relating to the acquisition, holding or disposition of Common Shares must be determined in Canadian dollars for the purposes of the Tax Act, based on the relevant exchange rate determined in accordance with the detailed rules in the Tax Act in that regard.

Residents of Canada

This section of the summary applies to a Holder who, for the purposes of the Tax Act, and at all relevant times, is, or is deemed to be, resident in Canada (a “Resident Holder”).

Dividends on Common Shares

A Resident Holder will be required to include in computing its income for a taxation year any taxable dividends received or deemed to be received on the Common Shares. In the case of a Resident Holder that is an individual (other than certain trusts), such dividend will be subject to the gross-up and dividend tax credit rules normally applicable under the Tax Act to taxable dividends received from taxable Canadian corporations. Taxable dividends received from a taxable Canadian corporation that are designated by the corporation as “eligible dividends” will be subject to an enhanced gross-up and tax credit regime in accordance with the rules in the Tax Act. There may be limitations on the ability of the Corporation to designate dividends as eligible dividends. In the case of a Resident Holder that is a corporation, the amount of any such taxable dividend that is included in its income for a taxation year will generally be deductible in computing its taxable income for that taxation year. In certain circumstances, subsection 55(2) of the Tax Act will treat a taxable dividend received or deemed to be received by a Resident Holder that is a corporation as proceeds of disposition or a capital gain. Resident Holders that are corporations should consult their own tax advisors having regard to their own circumstances.

 

S-47


Table of Contents

Dispositions of Common Shares

A Resident Holder who disposes of, or is deemed for the purposes of the Tax Act to have disposed of, a Common Share (other than to the Corporation, unless purchased by the Corporation in the open market in the manner in which shares are normally purchased by any member of the public in the market) will generally realize a capital gain (or capital loss) in the taxation year of the disposition equal to the amount by which the proceeds of disposition are greater (or are less) than the total of: (i) the adjusted cost base to the Resident Holder of the Common Share immediately before the disposition or deemed disposition, and (ii) any reasonable costs of disposition. The adjusted cost base to a Resident Holder of Common Shares acquired pursuant to this Offering will be determined by averaging the adjusted cost base of such Common Shares with the adjusted cost base of all other Common Shares (if any) held by the Resident Holder as capital property at that time. A Resident Holder will generally be required to include in computing its income for the taxation year of disposition, one-half of the amount of any capital gain (a “taxable capital gain”) realized in such year. Subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Tax Act, a Resident Holder will generally be required to deduct one-half of the amount of any capital loss (an “allowable capital loss”) realized in the taxation year of disposition against taxable capital gains realized in the same taxation year. Allowable capital losses in excess of taxable capital gains for the taxation year of disposition generally may be carried back and deducted in any of the three preceding taxation years or carried forward and deducted in any subsequent taxation year against net taxable capital gains realized in such taxation years, to the extent and under the circumstances specified in the Tax Act.

If a Resident Holder is a corporation, any capital loss realized on a disposition or deemed disposition of Common Shares may, in certain circumstances, be reduced by the amount of any dividends which have been received or which are deemed to have been received on such Common Shares (or a share for which a Common Share has been substituted). Similar rules may apply where a Resident Holder that is a corporation is a member of a partnership or a beneficiary of a trust that owns Common Shares directly or indirectly through a partnership or a trust. Resident Holders to whom these rules may be relevant should consult their own tax advisors.

Other Taxes

A Resident Holder that is a “private corporation” or a “subject corporation”, as defined in the Tax Act, will generally be liable to pay under Part IV of the Tax Act an additional tax on dividends received or deemed to be received on the Common Shares to the extent such dividends are deductible in computing the Resident Holder’s taxable income for the year. This additional tax may be refundable in certain circumstances. Such Resident Holders should consult their own tax advisors in this regard.

A Resident Holder that is throughout the relevant taxation year a “Canadian controlled private corporation” (as defined in the Tax Act) may be liable to pay an additional tax of 10 2/3% on its “aggregate investment income” (as defined in the Tax Act) for the year, including taxable capital gains realized on the disposition of Common Shares. Such additional tax may be refundable in certain circumstances. Resident Holders should consult their own tax advisors in this regard.

Capital gains and taxable dividends received by a Resident Holder who is an individual (including certain trusts) may result in such Resident Holder being liable for alternative minimum tax under the Tax Act. Such Resident Holders should consult their own tax advisors in this regard.

Non-Resident Holders

This section of the summary applies to a Holder who, for the purposes of the Tax Act, and at all relevant times: (i) is not, and is not deemed to be, resident in Canada; and (ii) does not use or hold, and is not deemed to use or hold, the Common Shares in the course of carrying on a business in Canada (a “Non-Resident Holder”).

Dividends on Common Shares

A dividend paid or credited or deemed under the Tax Act to be paid or credited by the Corporation to a Non-Resident Holder on the Common Shares will generally be subject to Canadian non-resident withholding tax at the rate of 25% of the gross amount of the dividend, subject to any reduction in the rate of withholding to which the Non-Resident Holder is entitled under any applicable income tax convention between Canada and the country in which

 

S-48


Table of Contents

the Non-Resident Holder is resident. For example, where the Non-Resident Holder is a resident of the United States, is fully entitled to the benefits under the Canada-United States Income Tax Convention (1980) (the “Convention”) and is the beneficial owner of the dividends, the applicable rate of Canadian withholding tax is generally reduced to 15%. Not all persons who are residents of the United States will qualify for the benefits of the Convention. Non-Resident Holders are advised to consult their tax advisors in this regard.

Dispositions of Common Shares

A Non-Resident Holder who disposes of or is deemed to have disposed of a Common Share will not be subject to income tax under the Tax Act in respect of any capital gain realized by such Non-Resident Holder unless, at the time of disposition: (i) the Common Share is, or is deemed to be, “taxable Canadian property” (as defined in the Tax Act) of the Non-Resident Holder, and (ii) the Non-Resident Holder is not entitled to an exemption under an applicable income tax convention between Canada and the country in which the Non-Resident Holder is resident.

Generally, a Common Share acquired pursuant to this Offering will not be taxable Canadian property of a Non-Resident Holder at a particular time provided that: (i) the Common Share is listed at that time on a “designated stock exchange” (which currently includes the TSX and NYSE), and (ii) at no time during the 60-month period that ends at that particular time were both of the following conditions satisfied: (a) at least 25% of the issued shares of any class or series of the capital stock of the Corporation were owned by or belonged to any combination of (1) the Non-Resident Holder, (2) persons with whom the Non-Resident Holder did not deal at arm’s length (for the purposes of the Tax Act), and (3) partnerships in which the Non-Resident Holder or a person described in (2) holds a membership interest directly or indirectly through one or more partnerships; and (b) more than 50% of the fair market value of the Common Share was derived directly or indirectly from one, or any combination of: (1) real or immovable property situated in Canada; (2) Canadian resource property (as defined in the Tax Act); (3) timber resource property (as defined in the Tax Act), or (4) options in respect of, or interests in, or for civil law rights in any of the foregoing property, whether or not such property exists. Non-Resident Holders for whom the Common Shares are, or may be, taxable Canadian property should consult their own tax advisors.

In the case of a Non-Resident Holder that is a resident of the United States and fully entitled to the benefits of the Convention, any capital gain realized by the Non-Resident Holder on a disposition of a Common Share that would otherwise be subject to tax under the Tax Act will generally be exempt from Canadian income tax pursuant to the Convention provided that the value of such Common Share is not derived principally from “real property situated in Canada” (within the meaning of the Convention).

In the event that a Common Share constitutes, or is deemed to constitute, taxable Canadian property of a Non-Resident Holder and any capital gain that would be realized on the disposition thereof is not exempt from tax under the Tax Act pursuant to an applicable income tax convention or treaty, the income tax consequences discussed above for Resident Holders under “Dispositions of Common Shares” will generally apply to the Non-Resident Holder, but any such Non-Resident Holder should consult its own tax advisor in this regard.

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a general summary of material United States federal income tax considerations applicable to a U.S. Holder (as defined below) arising from the ownership and disposition of Common Shares acquired pursuant to the Offering. This summary is for general information purposes only and does not purport to be a complete analysis or listing of all potential U.S. federal income tax considerations that may apply to a U.S. Holder as a result of the ownership and disposition of Common Shares. In addition, this summary does not take into account the individual facts and circumstances of any particular U.S. Holder that may affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences to such U.S. Holder, including specific tax consequences to a U.S. Holder under the Convention. Accordingly, this summary is not intended to be, and should not be construed as, legal or U.S. federal income tax advice with respect to any particular U.S. Holder. In addition, this summary does not address the U.S. federal alternative minimum, U.S. federal estate and gift, U.S. state and local, or non-U.S. tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of Common Shares. Except as specifically set out below, this summary does not discuss applicable tax reporting requirements. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding all U.S. federal, U.S. state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of Common Shares.

 

S-49


Table of Contents

No ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) has been requested, or will be obtained, regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of Common Shares. This summary is not binding on the IRS, and the IRS is not precluded from taking a position that is different from, and contrary to, any position taken in this summary. In addition, because the authorities upon which this summary is based are subject to various interpretations, the IRS and the U.S. courts could disagree with one or more of the positions taken in this summary.

Scope of This Disclosure

Authorities

This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations (whether final, temporary, or proposed), published rulings of the IRS, published administrative positions of the IRS, the Convention, and U.S. court decisions that are applicable and, in each case, as in effect and available, as of the date hereof. Any of the authorities on which this summary is based could be changed in a material and adverse manner at any time, and any such change could be applied on a retroactive or prospective basis which could affect the U.S. federal income tax considerations described in this summary. This summary does not discuss the potential effects, whether adverse or beneficial, of any proposed legislation that, if enacted, could be applied on a retroactive or prospective basis.

U.S. Holders

For purposes of this summary, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of Common Shares that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that (a) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the U.S. and the control of one or more U.S. persons for all substantial decisions or (b) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Non-U.S. Holders

For purposes of this summary, a “non-U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of Common Shares that is not a partnership (or other “pass-through” entity) for U.S. federal income tax purposes and is not a U.S. Holder. This summary does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to non-U.S. Holders arising from the ownership and disposition of Common Shares. Accordingly, a non-U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding all U.S. federal, U.S. state and local, and non-U.S. tax consequences (including the potential application of and operation of any income tax treaties) relating to the purchase of Common Shares pursuant to the Offering and the ownership and disposition of Common Shares.

Transactions Not Addressed

This summary does not address the tax consequences of transactions effected prior or subsequent to, or concurrently with, any purchase of Common Shares pursuant to the Offering (whether or not any such transactions are undertaken in connection with the purchase of Common Shares pursuant to the Offering), including, without limitation, the following:

 

   

any vesting, conversion, assumption, disposition, exercise, exchange, or other transaction involving any rights to acquire Common Shares, including warrants and options; and

 

   

any transaction, other than the Offering, in which Common Shares have been issued or are acquired.

 

S-50


Table of Contents

U.S. Holders Subject to Special U.S. Federal Income Tax Rules Not Addressed

This summary does not address the specific U.S. federal income tax considerations with regard to the ownership and disposition of Common Shares by U.S. Holders that are subject to special provisions under the Code, including, but not limited to, the following: (a) tax-exempt organizations, qualified retirement plans, individual retirement accounts, or other tax-deferred accounts; (b) financial institutions, underwriters, broker-dealers, dealers, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, or regulated investment companies; (c) traders in securities or currencies that elect to apply a “mark-to-market” accounting method; (d) U.S. Holders that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar; (e) U.S. Holders that own Common Shares as part of a straddle, conversion transaction, constructive sale, or other arrangement involving more than one position; (f) U.S. Holders that hold Common Shares other than as a capital asset within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment purposes); and (g) U.S. Holders that own directly, indirectly, or by attribution, 10% or more (by vote or value), of the outstanding stock of the Corporation. This summary also does not address the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to U.S. Holders who are: (a) U.S. expatriates or former long-term residents of the U.S.; (b) persons that have been, are, or will be a resident or deemed to be a resident in Canada for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada); (c) persons that use or hold, will use or hold, or that are or will be deemed to use or hold Common Shares in connection with carrying on a business in Canada; (d) persons whose Common Shares constitute “taxable Canadian property” under the Income Tax Act (Canada); or (e) persons that have a permanent establishment in Canada for purposes of the Convention. U.S. Holders that are subject to special provisions under the Code, including U.S. Holders described immediately above, should consult their own tax advisors regarding all U.S. federal, U.S. state and local, and non-U.S. tax consequences (including the potential application and operation of any income tax treaties) relating to the ownership and disposition of Common Shares.

If an entity or arrangement that is classified as a partnership (or other “pass-through” entity) for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds Common Shares, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to such partnership and the partners (or other owners) of such partnership of the ownership and disposition of the Common Shares generally will depend on the activities of the partnership and the status of such partners (or other owners). This summary does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences for any such partner or partnership (or other “pass-through” entity or its owners). Owners of interests in entities and arrangements that are classified as partnerships (or other “pass-through” entities) for U.S. federal income tax purposes should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of Common Shares.

Ownership and Disposition of Common Shares

Distributions on Common Shares

Subject to the discussions below concerning the “passive foreign investment corporation” (“PFIC”) rules discussed below (see “PFIC Status of the Corporation”) and the foreign currency exchange rules (see “Receipt of Foreign Currency”), a U.S. Holder that receives a distribution, including a constructive distribution, with respect to Common Shares will be required to include the amount of such distribution in gross income as a dividend (without reduction for any Canadian income tax withheld from such distribution) to the extent of the current or accumulated “earnings and profits” of the Corporation, as computed for U.S. federal income tax purposes (in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles). To the extent that a distribution exceeds the current and accumulated “earnings and profits” of the Corporation, such distribution will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Common Shares and thereafter as gain from the sale or exchange of such Common Shares (see “Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Shares” below). However, the Corporation does not expect to maintain calculations of earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles, and each U.S. Holder should therefore assume that any distribution by the Corporation with respect to the Common Shares will constitute a dividend. Dividends received on the Common Shares generally will not be eligible for the “dividends received deduction” available to U.S. corporate shareholders receiving dividends from U.S. corporations. Assuming the Corporation is eligible for the benefits of the Convention or its shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S., dividends paid by the Corporation to non-corporate U.S. Holders generally will be eligible for the preferential tax rates applicable to long-term capital gains, provided certain holding period and other conditions are satisfied, including that the Corporation not be classified as a PFIC in the tax year of distribution or in the preceding tax year. The dividend rules are complex, and each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the application of such rules.

 

S-51


Table of Contents

Receipt of Foreign Currency

The amount of any distribution paid in Canadian dollars to a U.S. Holder in connection with the ownership of the Common Shares, or on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of Common Shares, will be included in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as translated into U.S. dollars calculated by reference to the exchange rate prevailing on the date of actual or constructive receipt of the payment, regardless of whether the Canadian dollars are converted into U.S. dollars at that time. If the Canadian dollars received are not converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder will have a basis in the Canadian dollars equal to their U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Any U.S. Holder who receives payment in Canadian dollars and engages in a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the Canadian dollars may have a foreign currency exchange gain or loss that would be treated as ordinary income or loss, and generally will be U.S. source income or loss for foreign tax credit purposes. Special rules apply to U.S. Holders who use the accrual method with respect to foreign currency. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own U.S. tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of receiving, owning, and disposing of Canadian dollars.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Shares

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, upon the sale or other taxable disposition of Common Shares, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount of cash plus the fair market value of any property received and such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Common Shares sold or otherwise disposed of, in each case as determined in U.S. Dollars. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if, at the time of the sale or other taxable disposition, the Common Shares have been held for more than one year. Preferential tax rates apply to long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Holders. Deductions for capital losses are subject to limitations under the Code. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in Common Shares generally will be its U.S. dollar cost for such Common Shares. The gain or loss generally will be U.S. source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes.

PFIC Status of the Corporation

The Corporation believes that it and each of its subsidiaries were not passive foreign investment corporations (“PFICs”) for its tax year 2019, and based on current business plans and financial expectations, the Corporation expects that neither it nor its subsidiaries will be PFICs for tax year 2020 or for the foreseeable future. PFIC classification is fundamentally factual in nature and is determined annually on the basis of U.S. federal income tax rules, which may be subject to differing interpretations. If the Corporation were to constitute a PFIC for any year during a U.S. Holder’s holding period of the Common Shares, then the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of Common Shares by a U.S. Holder could result in certain potentially adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential application of the PFIC rules to the ownership and disposition of the Common Shares.

Foreign Tax Credit

A U.S. Holder that pays (whether directly or through withholding) Canadian income tax in connection with the ownership or disposition of Common Shares may be entitled, at the election of such U.S. Holder, to either a U.S. income tax deduction or a credit for such Canadian income tax paid. Generally, a credit will reduce a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability on a dollar-for-dollar basis, whereas a deduction will reduce a U.S. Holder’s income subject to U.S. federal income tax. This election is made on a year-by-year basis and applies to all creditable foreign taxes paid (whether directly or through withholding) by a U.S. Holder during a year.

Complex limitations apply to the foreign tax credit, including the general limitation that the credit cannot exceed the proportionate share of a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability that such U.S. Holder’s “foreign source” taxable income bears to such U.S. Holder’s worldwide taxable income. In applying this limitation, a U.S. Holder’s various items of income and deduction must be classified, under complex rules, as either “foreign source” or “U.S. source”. Generally, dividends paid by a non-U.S. corporation should be treated as foreign source for this purpose, unless certain exceptions apply, and gains recognized on the sale of stock of a non-U.S. corporation by a U.S. Holder should be treated as U.S. source for this purpose, except as otherwise provided in the Convention, and if an election is properly made under the Code. However, the amount of a distribution with respect to the Common Shares that is treated as a “dividend” may be lower for U.S. federal income tax purposes than it is for Canadian federal income tax

 

S-52


Table of Contents

purposes, resulting in a reduced foreign tax credit allowance to a U.S. Holder. In addition, this limitation is calculated separately with respect to specific categories of income. The foreign tax credit rules are complex, and each U.S. Holder should consult its own U.S. tax advisor regarding the foreign tax credit rules.

Special rules apply to the amount of foreign tax credit that a U.S. Holder may claim on a distribution from a PFIC. Subject to such special rules, non-U.S. taxes paid with respect to any distribution in respect of stock in a PFIC are generally eligible for the foreign tax credit. The rules relating to distributions by a PFIC and their eligibility for the foreign tax credit are complex, and a U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding their application to the U.S. Holder.

Medicare Tax

Certain U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds are subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which may include all or a portion of their dividend income and net gains from the disposition of Common Shares. Each U.S. holder that is an individual, estate or trust is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding the applicability of the Medicare tax to its income and gains in respect of its investment in Common Shares.

Information Reporting; Backup Withholding

Under U.S. federal income tax law, certain categories of U.S. Holders must file information returns with respect to their investment in, or involvement in, a non-U.S. corporation. For example, U.S. return disclosure obligations (and related penalties) are imposed on individuals who are U.S. Holders that hold certain specified foreign financial assets in excess of certain threshold amounts. The definition of “specified foreign financial assets” includes financial accounts maintained in non-U.S. financial institutions. A U.S. Holder may be subject to these reporting requirements unless such U.S. Holder’s Common Shares are held in an account at certain financial institutions. Penalties for failure to file certain of these information returns are substantial. U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the requirements of filing information returns.

Payments made within the U.S. or by a U.S. payor or U.S. middleman of (a) distributions on the Common Shares, and (b) proceeds arising from the sale or other taxable disposition of Common Shares generally will be subject to information reporting, unless the U.S. Holder is an exempt recipient. In addition, backup withholding, currently at a rate of 24% through the 2025 tax years (increasing to 28% for tax years after 2025 unless the current rate is extended or otherwise modified), may apply to such payments if a U.S. Holder (a) fails to furnish such U.S. Holder’s correct U.S. taxpayer identification number (generally on IRS Form W-9), (b) furnishes an incorrect U.S. taxpayer identification number, (c) is notified by the IRS that such U.S. Holder has previously failed to properly report items subject to backup withholding, or (d) fails to certify, under penalty of perjury, that such U.S. Holder has furnished its correct U.S. taxpayer identification number and that the IRS has not notified such U.S. Holder that it is subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the U.S. backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if such U.S. Holder furnishes required information to the IRS in a timely manner.

The discussion of reporting requirements set out above is not intended to constitute an exhaustive description of all reporting requirements that may apply to a U.S. Holder. A failure to satisfy certain reporting requirements may result in an extension of the time period during which the IRS can assess a tax, and, under certain circumstances, such an extension may apply to assessments of amounts unrelated to any unsatisfied reporting requirement. Each U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the information reporting and backup withholding rules.

THE FOREGOING SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF ALL U.S. TAX CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO U.S. HOLDERS WITH RESPECT TO THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF COMMON SHARES. U.S. HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE TAX CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO THEM IN THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

S-53


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters relating to Canadian law in connection with the Offering will be passed upon by Fasken Martineau DuMoulin LLP on behalf of the Corporation, and by Stikeman Elliott LLP on behalf of the Underwriters. Certain legal matters relating to United States law with respect to the Offering will be passed upon on the Corporation’s behalf by Scudder Law Firm, P.C., L.L.O. and on behalf of the Underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP. As at the date hereof, the partners, counsels and associates of Fasken Martineau DuMoulin LLP and Stikeman Elliott LLP, respectively as a group, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, less than 1% of the outstanding Common Shares of the Corporation.

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR, TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The Corporation’s auditor is KPMG LLP, 600 de Maisonneuve Blvd. West, Suite 1500, Montreal, Québec, Canada H3A 0A3. KPMG LLP has confirmed with respect to the Corporation that it is independent within the meaning of the relevant rules and related interpretations prescribed by the relevant professional bodies in Canada and any applicable legislation or regulation.

The transfer agents and registrars for the Common Shares are Computershare Trust Company of Canada at its principal offices in Montreal, Québec and Toronto, Ontario and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. at its principal offices in Canton, Massachusetts.

DOCUMENTS FILED AS PART OF THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT

The following documents have been or will be filed or furnished with the SEC as part of the Registration Statement of which the Prospectus and this Prospectus Supplement form part: (i) the documents listed under the heading “Documents Incorporated by Reference”; (ii) powers of attorney from TFI International’s directors and officers, as applicable; (iii) the consent of KPMG LLP; (iv) the consent of Fasken Martineau DuMoulin LLP; (v) the consent of Stikeman Elliott LLP; (vi) the form of Underwriting Agreement; and (vii) the form of indenture relating to debt securities that may be issued under the Prospectus.

STATUTORY RIGHTS OF WITHDRAWAL AND RESCISSION

Securities legislation in certain of the provinces of Canada provides purchasers with the right to withdraw from an agreement to purchase securities. This right may be exercised within two business days after receipt or deemed receipt of a prospectus and any amendment thereto. In several of the provinces, the securities legislation further provides a purchaser with remedies for rescission or, in some provinces, revisions of the price or damages if the prospectus and any amendment contains a misrepresentation or is not delivered to the purchaser, provided that the remedies for rescission, revisions of the price or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province for the particulars of these rights or consult with a legal adviser.

 

S-54


Table of Contents

No securities regulatory authority has expressed an opinion about these securities and it is an offence to claim otherwise. This short form base shelf prospectus constitutes a public offering of these securities only in those jurisdictions where they may be lawfully offered for sale and therein only by persons permitted to sell such securities. See “Plan of Distribution”.

This short form base shelf prospectus has been filed under legislation in each of the provinces of Canada that permits certain information about these securities to be determined after this short form base shelf prospectus has become final and that permits the omission from this short form base shelf prospectus of that information. The legislation requires the delivery to purchasers of a prospectus supplement containing the omitted information within a specified period of time after agreeing to purchase any of these securities.

Information has been incorporated by reference in this short form base shelf prospectus from documents filed with securities commissions or similar authorities in Canada. Copies of the documents incorporated herein by reference may be obtained on request without charge from the corporate secretary of TFI International Inc. at 8801 Trans-Canada Hwy., Suite 500, Saint-Laurent, Québec, Canada H4S 1Z6, telephone: (514) 331-4113 and are also available electronically at www.sedar.com.

 

New Issue

  October 12, 2018

SHORT FORM BASE SHELF PROSPECTUS

 

 

LOGO

TFI INTERNATIONAL INC.

$500,000,000

Common Shares

Preferred Shares

Subscription Receipts

Warrants

Debt Securities

Units

We may, from time to time, during the 25-month period that this short form base shelf prospectus, including any amendments hereto (the “Prospectus”), remains valid, offer for sale up to $500,000,000 (or the equivalent in other currencies determined at the time of issue) of: (i) common shares (“Common Shares”); (ii) preferred shares (“Preferred Shares”) issuable in one or more series; (iii) subscription receipts (“Subscription Receipts”); (iv) warrants (“Warrants”); (v) senior or subordinated secured or unsecured debt securities (“Debt Securities”); and (vi) units comprised of one or more of the other securities described in this Prospectus (“Units” and together with the Common Shares, Preferred Shares, Subscription Receipts and Warrants, the “Securities”).

Prospective purchasers of Securities should be aware that the acquisition of the Securities described herein may have tax consequences. Such consequences for prospective purchasers of Securities may not be fully described herein. Prospective purchasers of Securities should read the tax discussion contained in any applicable Prospectus Supplement (as defined below) with respect to a particular offering of Securities.

An investment in Securities involves significant risks that should be carefully considered by prospective purchasers before purchasing Securities. The risks outlined in this Prospectus and in the documents incorporated by reference herein, including the applicable Prospectus Supplement, should be carefully reviewed and considered by prospective purchasers in connection with any investment in Securities. See “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.

No Canadian securities regulator has approved or disapproved the Securities offered hereby or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


Table of Contents

We may offer Securities in such amount as we may determine in light of market conditions and other factors that we deem relevant. The specific variable terms of any offering of Securities will be set out in one or more prospectus supplements (each, a “Prospectus Supplement”) to this Prospectus, including without limitation: (i) in the case of Common Shares, the number of Common Shares offered, the issue price (in the event the offering is a fixed price distribution), the manner of determining the issue price (in the event the offering is a non-fixed price distribution) and any other terms specific to the Common Shares being offered; (ii) in the case of Preferred Shares, the series, the number of Preferred Shares offered, the issue price (in the event the offering is a fixed price distribution), the manner of determining the issue price (in the event the offering is a non-fixed price distribution), any dividend rate and the related dividend payment dates, any terms for redemption at our option or at the option of the holder, any exchange or conversion terms and any other terms specific to the Preferred Shares being offered; (iii) in the case of Subscription Receipts, the number of Subscription Receipts offered, the issue price, the terms, conditions and procedures for the exchange of the Subscription Receipts, the amount and type of securities that holders thereof will receive upon exchange thereof and any other terms specific to the Subscription Receipts being offered; (iv) in the case of Warrants, the number of Warrants offered, the issue price, the terms, conditions and procedures for the exercise of the Warrants, the amount and type of securities that holders thereof will receive upon exercise thereof and any other terms specific to the Warrants being offered; (v) in the case of Debt Securities, the specific designation, the aggregate principal amount, the currency in which the Debt Securities will be issued, the maturity date, interest provisions (if applicable), authorized denominations, the offering price, covenants, events of default, any terms for redemption at our option or the option of the holder, any sinking fund provisions, any exchange or conversion terms, whether payment on the Debt Securities will be senior or subordinated to our other indebtedness and any other terms specific to the Debt Securities being offered; and (vi) in the case of Units, the designation and terms of the Units and of the Securities comprising the Units and any other terms specific to the Units being offered. The Securities may be offered separately or together in any combination (including in the form of Units). A Prospectus Supplement may include specific variable terms pertaining to the Securities that are not within the parameters described in this Prospectus.

Information permitted under applicable laws to be omitted from this Prospectus will be contained in one or more Prospectus Supplements that will be delivered to purchasers together with this Prospectus. Each Prospectus Supplement will be incorporated by reference in this Prospectus for the purposes of securities legislation as of the date of the Prospectus Supplement and only for the purposes of the distribution of the Securities to which the Prospectus Supplement pertains. Where required by statute, regulation or policy, and where Securities are offered in currencies other than Canadian dollars, appropriate disclosure of foreign exchange rates applicable to such Securities will be included in the Prospectus Supplement describing such Securities.

Our Common Shares are listed and posted for trading on the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) under the symbol “TFII” On October 11, 2018, being the last trading day prior to the date of this Prospectus, the closing price of the Common Shares on the TSX was $42.98.

Unless a Prospectus Supplement provides otherwise, any offering of Preferred Shares, Subscription Receipts, Warrants, Debt Securities or Units will be a new issue of Securities with no established trading market and, accordingly, such Securities will not be listed on any securities or stock exchange or on any automated dealer quotation system. There is no market through which Preferred Shares, Subscription Receipts, Warrants, Debt Securities or Units may be sold and purchasers may not be able to resell any such Securities purchased under this Prospectus or any Prospectus Supplement. This may affect the pricing of such Securities in the secondary market (if any), the transparency and availability of trading prices (if any), the liquidity of such Securities, and the extent of issuer regulation. See “Risk Factors”.

We may sell the Securities to underwriters or dealers purchasing as principal, directly to one or more purchasers pursuant to applicable statutory exemptions, or through underwriters, dealers or agents. The Prospectus Supplement relating to a particular offering of Securities will identify each underwriter, dealer or agent engaged by us in connection with the offering and sale of such Securities, and will set out the terms of the offering of such Securities, the method of distribution of such Securities, including, to the extent applicable, the proceeds to us, and any fees, discounts or any other compensation payable to underwriters, dealers or agents and any other material terms of the plan of distribution.

Securities may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions at a fixed price or prices or at non-fixed prices. If offered on a non-fixed price basis, Securities may be offered at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at prices

 

ii


Table of Contents

determined by reference to the prevailing price of a specified security in a specified market or at prices to be negotiated with purchasers, which prices may vary as between purchasers and during the period of distribution of the Securities.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, in connection with any underwritten offering of Securities, other than transactions that are deemed to be “at-the-market distributions” in accordance with National Instrument 44-102Shelf Distributions, the underwriters or dealers, as the case may be, may over-allot or effect transactions intended to fix or stabilize the market price of the Common Shares at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Such transactions, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time. See “Plan of Distribution”.

No underwriter, dealer or agent has been involved in the preparation of this Prospectus or performed any review of the contents of this Prospectus.

This Prospectus does not qualify for issuance Debt Securities in respect of which the payment of principal and/or interest may be determined, in whole or in part, by reference to one or more underlying interests including, for example, an equity or debt security, a statistical measure of economic or financial performance including, but not limited to, any currency, consumer price or mortgage index, or the price or value of one or more commodities, indices or other items, or any other item or formula, or any combination or basket of the foregoing items. For greater certainty, this Prospectus may qualify for issuance Debt Securities in respect of which the payment of principal and/or interest may be determined, in whole or in part, by reference to published rates of a central banking authority or one or more financial institutions, such as a prime rate or bankers’ acceptance rate, or to recognized market benchmark interest rates such as LIBOR, EURIBOR or a U.S. Federal funds rate.

The offering of Securities may be subject to approval of certain Canadian legal matters on our behalf by Fasken Martineau DuMoulin LLP.

Alain Bédard, Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Corporation, and Leslie Abi-Karam, Debra Kelly-Ennis and Arun Nayar, directors of the Corporation, reside outside of Canada and have appointed the Corporation, 8801 Trans-Canada Hwy., Suite 500, Saint-Laurent, Québec, Canada H4S 1Z6 as agent for services of process. Purchasers are advised that it may not be possible for investors to enforce judgments obtained in Canada against any person that resides outside of Canada, even if the person has appointed an agent for services of process in Canada.

Our head and registered office is at 8801 Trans-Canada Hwy., Suite 500, Saint-Laurent, Québec, Canada H4S 1Z6 and our executive office is at 96 Disco Road, Etobicoke, Ontario, Canada M9W 0A3.

 

iii


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 


Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references in this Prospectus and any Prospectus Supplement to “TFI International”, the “Corporation”, “we”, “us”, and “our” mean TFI International Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

This Prospectus provides a general description of the Securities that we may offer. Each time we offer and sell Securities under this Prospectus, we will provide prospective purchasers of such Securities with a Prospectus Supplement that will contain specific information about the terms of that offering of Securities. The Prospectus Supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this Prospectus. Before investing in any Securities, prospective purchasers of Securities should read both this Prospectus and any applicable Prospectus Supplement together with additional information described below under “Documents Incorporated by Reference”.

Information permitted under applicable laws to be omitted from this Prospectus will be contained in one or more Prospectus Supplements that will be made available together with this Prospectus.

Prospective purchasers of Securities should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus or an applicable Prospectus Supplement. We have not authorized anyone to provide prospective purchasers of Securities with different or additional information and provide no assurance as to the reliability of any such information. We are not making an offer to sell these Securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted by law. Prospective purchasers of Securities should not assume that the information in this Prospectus, any applicable Prospectus Supplement or any documents incorporated by reference is accurate as of any date other than the respective dates of those documents, as our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects may have changed since those dates. This Prospectus should not be used by anyone for any purpose other than in connection with an offering of Securities as described in one or more Prospectus Supplements. The Corporation does not undertake to update the information contained or incorporated by reference herein, including any Prospectus Supplement, except as required by applicable securities laws.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Information has been incorporated by reference in this Prospectus from documents filed with securities commissions or similar authorities in each of the provinces of Canada. Copies of the documents incorporated herein by reference may be obtained on request without charge from our corporate secretary at 8801 Trans-Canada Hwy., Suite 500, Saint-Laurent, Québec, Canada H4S 1Z6, telephone: (514) 331-4113 and are also available electronically at www.sedar.com.

The following documents filed with securities commissions or similar authorities in each of the provinces of Canada in which this Prospectus has been filed are incorporated by reference in and form an integral part of this Prospectus:

 

  (a)

annual information form of the Corporation dated March 20, 2018 for the year ended December 31, 2017 (the “AIF”);

 

  (b)

amended audited consolidated annual financial statements of the Corporation as at and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, together with the notes thereto and the auditors’ report thereon;

 

  (c)

management’s discussion and analysis of the Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2017;

 

  (d)

unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements of the Corporation as at June 30, 2018 and for the three and six-month periods ended June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, together with the notes thereto;

 

  (e)

management’s discussion and analysis of the Corporation for the three and six-month periods ended June 30, 2018; and

 

  (f)

management information circular of the Corporation dated March 15, 2018 for the annual meeting of shareholders held on April 25, 2018.

 

1


Table of Contents

Any document of the type referred to in section 11.1 of Form 44-101F1 of National Instrument 44-101Short Form Prospectus Distributions and all Prospectus Supplements (only in respect of the offering of Securities to which that particular Prospectus Supplement relates) subsequently filed by us with the securities commissions or similar regulatory authorities in the relevant provinces of Canada after the date of this Prospectus and prior to the termination of the offering of any Securities under any Prospectus Supplement shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in this Prospectus.

Upon a new annual information form and annual financial statements and management’s discussion and analysis being filed by us with, and where required, accepted by, the applicable securities regulatory authorities during the currency of this Prospectus, the previous annual information form and all annual financial statements, interim financial statements, accompanying management’s discussion and analysis, and material change reports filed prior to the commencement of our financial year in which the new annual information form is filed shall be deemed to no longer be incorporated by reference in this Prospectus for purposes of future offers and sales of Securities hereunder. Upon interim financial statements and the accompanying management’s discussion and analysis being filed by us with the applicable securities regulatory authorities during the currency of this Prospectus, all interim financial statements and the accompanying management’s discussion and analysis filed prior to the new interim financial statements shall be deemed to no longer be incorporated in this Prospectus for purposes of future offers and sales of Securities under this Prospectus. Upon a new management information circular relating to an annual meeting of shareholders being filed by us with the applicable securities regulatory authorities during the currency of this Prospectus, the management information circular for the preceding annual meeting of shareholders shall be deemed to no longer be incorporated in this Prospectus for purposes of future offers and sales of Securities under this Prospectus.

Any statement contained in this Prospectus or in a document (or part thereof) incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein or in any other subsequently filed document which also is, or is deemed to be, incorporated by reference herein modifies or supersedes such statement. The modifying or superseding statement need not state that it has modified or superseded a prior statement or include any other information set out in the document or statement that it modifies or supersedes. The making of a modifying or superseding statement is not to be deemed an admission for any purposes that the modified or superseded statement, when made, constituted a misrepresentation, an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact that is required to be stated or that is necessary to make a statement not misleading in the light of the circumstances in which it was made. Any statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to be incorporated by reference herein or to constitute a part of this Prospectus.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference herein, contains “forward-looking information” within the meaning of applicable Canadian securities legislation. Such forward-looking information may include, but is not limited to, information with respect to the Corporation’s objectives and the strategies to achieve these objectives, as well as information with respect to the Corporation’s beliefs, plans, expectations, anticipations, estimates, intentions, results, levels of activity, performance, goals and achievements. This forward-looking information is identified by the use of terms and phrases such as “may”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, “plan”, “foresee”, “believe”, “to its knowledge” or “continue”, the negative of these terms and similar terminology, including references to assumptions, although not all forward-looking information contains these terms and phrases.

The forward-looking information contained in this Prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference herein, is provided for the purpose of assisting the reader in understanding the Corporation’s financial performance and prospects and to present management’s assessment of future plans and operations. The reader is cautioned that such information may not be appropriate for other purposes.

Forward-looking information is based upon a number of assumptions and is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Corporation’s control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those that are disclosed in or implied by such forward-looking information. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, risks related to the highly-competitive market conditions, the Corporation’s ability to recruit,

 

2


Table of Contents

train and retain qualified drivers, fuel price variations and the Corporation’s ability to recover these costs from its customers, foreign currency fluctuations, the impact of environmental standards and regulations, changes in governmental regulations applicable to the Corporation’s operations, adverse weather conditions, accidents, the market for used equipment, changes in interest rates, cost of liability insurance coverage, downturns in general economic conditions affecting the Corporation and its customers, credit market liquidity, statements with respect to levels of dividends to be paid to securityholders, dividend policy, the timing of such dividends, and other risk factors identified under “Risk Factors”.

Although the forward-looking information contained in this Prospectus, including the documents incorporated by reference herein, is based upon what the Corporation believes are reasonable assumptions in light of information currently available, investors are cautioned against placing undue reliance on this information since actual results may vary from the forward-looking information. Certain assumptions made in preparing the forward-looking information include, without limitation, the absence of material adverse consequences resulting from negative economic conditions, the ability of the Corporation to recruit, train and retain qualified drivers and to retain its major customers, the ability of the Corporation to recover costs associated with fuel price variations from its customers, the ability of the Corporation to comply with environmental laws and regulations at reasonable maintenance costs and capital expenditures and the absence of major changes in environmental laws and regulations having a material adverse effect upon the Corporation, the ability of the Corporation to successfully integrate acquired businesses, the absence of materially adverse claims and litigation and related adverse publicity, and the ability of the Corporation to obtain sufficient insurance coverage at reasonable costs, to limit currency exchange losses, to borrow money at reasonable interest rates and to limit losses related to trade account receivables.

Consequently, all of the forward-looking information contained in this Prospectus is qualified by the foregoing cautionary statements, and there can be no guarantee that the results or developments that the Corporation anticipates will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the expected consequences or effects on the Corporation’s business, financial condition or results of operations. The Corporation does not undertake to update or amend such forward-looking information whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required by applicable law. Unless otherwise stated, the forward-looking information contained in this Prospectus is made as of the date hereof.

NON-IFRS MEASURES

The information presented in this Prospectus, including certain documents incorporated by reference herein, includes non-IFRS measures such as “Adjusted net income”, “Adjusted earnings per share – basic”, “Adjusted earnings per share – diluted”, “Adjusted EBITDA”, “Adjusted EBITDA margin”, “EBITDAR-to-interest and rent ratio”, “Free cash flow from continuing operations”, “Free cash flow from continuing operations per share”, “Funded debt-to-EBITDA ratio”, “Operating margin” and “Operating ratio” that are used by us as indicators of financial performance. These financial measures do not have standardized meanings prescribed under IFRS and our computation may differ from similarly-named computations as reported by other entities and, accordingly, may not be comparable. These financial measures should not be considered as an alternative to, or more meaningful than, measures of financial performance as determined in accordance with IFRS as an indicator of performance. We believe these measures may be useful supplemental information to assist investors in assessing our operational performance and our ability to generate cash through operations. The non-IFRS measures also provide investors with insight into our decision making as we use these non-IFRS measures to make financial, strategic and operating decisions.

Because non-IFRS measures do not have a standardized meaning and may differ from similarly-named computations as reported by other entities, securities regulations require that non-IFRS measures be clearly defined and qualified, reconciled with their nearest IFRS measure and given no more prominence than the closest IFRS measure. Such information is presented in the sections dealing with these financial measures in the documents incorporated by reference herein, including our management’s discussion and analysis for the three and six-month periods ended June 30, 2018. See “Documents Incorporated by Reference” above.

Non-IFRS measures are not audited. These non-IFRS measures have important limitations as analytical tools and investors are cautioned not to consider them in isolation or place undue reliance on ratios or percentages calculated using these non-IFRS measures.

 

3


Table of Contents

CURRENCY PRESENTATION AND EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

We report in Canadian dollars. Accordingly, all references to “$”, “CDN$” or “Canadian dollars” included or incorporated by reference in this Prospectus refer to Canadian dollar values.

THE CORPORATION

The Corporation was incorporated on March 28, 2008 under the Canada Business Corporations Act under the name TransForce Inc. The Corporation obtained Articles of Amendment on December 23, 2016 to change its corporate name to TFI International Inc. The head and registered office of the Corporation is at 8801 Trans-Canada Hwy., Suite 500, Saint-Laurent, Québec, Canada H4S 1Z6 and its executive office is at 96 Disco Road, Etobicoke, Ontario, Canada M9W 0A3.

The Corporation was incorporated for the purpose of acquiring all of the issued and outstanding units of TransForce Income Fund (the “Fund”) and “tracking share units” of TFI Holdings Inc., an indirect subsidiary of the Fund, pursuant to a plan of arrangement under which the Fund was converted into the Corporation. The Corporation, through its subsidiaries, now operates the transportation business formerly operated under the Fund, and the former unitholders of the Fund continue to own, to the extent they have remained shareholders of the Corporation, an economic interest in the business formerly operated by the Fund.

The Fund resulted from the conversion on September 30, 2002 of TransForce Inc. (“TransForce”), a corporation incorporated on April 30, 1985 pursuant to the Companies Act (Québec), into an income trust. Immediately following the conversion, the Fund, through its subsidiaries, continued to operate the transportation business of TransForce, and the former shareholders of TransForce continued to own, through the Fund, an economic interest in the business of TransForce.

TransForce was incorporated under the name 2320-2351 Québec Inc. Its Articles were amended on October 9, 1985, October 1, 1986, July 22, 1987, October 19, 1987, March 4, 1988, July 5, 1989 and May 30, 1995, in each case changing its share capital. The Articles were also amended on October 1, 1986 to change the corporate name to Groupe Cabano d’Anjou Inc. and on August 7, 1987 to change the corporate name to Cabano Expeditex Inc. On October 19, 1987, Cabano Expeditex Inc. amalgamated with Location Speribel Inc. The Articles were subsequently amended on December 4, 1990 to change the corporate name to Groupe Transport Cabano Inc./Cabano Transportation Group Inc., on May 30, 1995 to change the corporate name to Cabano-Kingsway Inc. and on April 23, 1999 to change the corporate name to TransForce Inc.

The Corporation has numerous direct and indirect subsidiaries. See the section entitled “Organizational Structure” at pages 4 to 5, inclusively, of the AIF. Unless otherwise indicated therein, each of the entities is wholly-owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

BUSINESS OF THE CORPORATION

The Corporation is a North American leader in the transportation and logistics industry, operating across the United States, Canada and Mexico through its subsidiaries. The Corporation creates value for shareholders by identifying strategic acquisitions and managing a growing network of wholly-owned operating subsidiaries. Under the TFI International umbrella, companies benefit from financial and operational resources to build their businesses and increase their efficiency. TFI International companies service the following segments: (i) Package and Courier; (ii) Less-Than-Truckload (“LTL”); (iii) Truckload (“TL”); and (iv) Logistics and Last Mile. Through internal growth and acquisitions, the Corporation has significantly increased its geographic scope.

The Package and Courier segment offers pickup, transport and delivery of items across North America. The LTL segment provides pickup, consolidation, transport and delivery of smaller loads. The TL segment provides full loads carried directly from the customer to the destination using a closed van or specialized equipment to meet customers’ specific needs. The TL segment includes expedited transportation, flatbed, container and dedicated services. The Logistics and Last Mile segment provides a wide range of logistics services.

 

4


Table of Contents

The Corporation has, to its knowledge, the largest trucking fleet in Canada and also has a significant presence in the U.S. market. As at June 30, 2018, the Corporation had 7,303 power units, 25,197 trailers and 8,278 independent contractors.

The Corporation has a diverse base of clients operating across a broad cross-section of industries. In the last several years, the Corporation concluded strategic alliances with other transport companies in North America, in order to offer its customers a network extending across Canada and the United States.

As at June 30, 2018, the Corporation had 17,285 employees working in its different business segments across North America.

For further information regarding the Corporation and its subsidiaries and their respective business activities, see the AIF and the other documents incorporated by reference herein.

RISK FACTORS

An investment in the Securities is subject to various risks, including those risks inherent to our business. Prospective purchasers of Securities should carefully consider the risk factors contained in the documents incorporated by reference in this Prospectus (including subsequently-filed documents incorporated herein by reference) including in the risk factors section contained in our most recent AIF and our most recently-filed annual management’s discussion and analysis and those described in any Prospectus Supplement relating to a specific offering of Securities. The risks and uncertainties described therein are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties, including those of which we are currently unaware or deem immaterial, may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Some of the risk factors described herein and in the documents incorporated by reference herein, including the applicable Prospectus Supplement, are interrelated and, consequently, investors should treat such risk factors as a whole. In addition, the following risk factors relate to the Securities qualified by this Prospectus.

There is no existing trading market for Preferred Shares, Subscription Receipts, Warrants, Debt Securities or Units and there can be no assurance that a liquid market will develop or be maintained.

There is no existing trading market for Preferred Shares, Subscription Receipts, Warrants, Debt Securities or Units. As a result, there can be no assurance that a liquid market will develop or be maintained for those Securities, or that a purchaser will be able to sell any of those Securities at a particular time (or at all). The Corporation may not list Preferred Shares, Subscription Receipts, Warrants, Debt Securities or Units on any securities or stock exchange.

Debt Securities may be unsecured debt of the Corporation.

Debt Securities may be unsecured debt of the Corporation and may rank equally in right of payment with all other existing and future unsecured debt of the Corporation. Debt Securities may be subordinated to all existing and future secured debt of the Corporation to the extent of the assets securing such debt. If the Corporation is involved in any bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization, the secured debt holders would, to the extent of the value of the assets securing the secured debt, be paid before the holders of unsecured Debt Securities. In that event, a holder of unsecured Debt Securities may not be able to recover any principal or interest due to it under such Debt Securities.

Our management will have certain discretion concerning the use of proceeds.

The Corporation’s management will have certain discretion concerning the use of proceeds of an offering under any Prospectus Supplement as well as the timing of the expenditure of the net proceeds thereof. As a result, investors will be relying on the judgment of management as to the specific application of the proceeds of any offering of Securities under any Prospectus Supplement. Management may use the net proceeds of any offering of Securities under any Prospectus Supplement in ways that an investor may not consider desirable. The results and effectiveness of the application of the net proceeds are uncertain.

USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds to be derived from the sale of Securities will be the issue price thereof less any commission paid in connection therewith and the expenses relating to the particular offering of Securities. The net proceeds to us from

 

5


Table of Contents

any offering of Securities, the proposed use of those proceeds and the specific business objectives that we wish to accomplish with such proceeds will be set out in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. There may be circumstances where, on the basis of results obtained or for other sound business reasons, a re-allocation of funds may be necessary or prudent. Accordingly, management of the Corporation will have broad discretion in the application of the proceeds of an offering of Securities. The actual amount that the Corporation spends in connection with each intended use of proceeds may vary significantly from the amounts specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement and will depend on a number of factors, including those referred to under “Risk Factors” and any other factors set out in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. We may invest funds which we do not immediately use. Such investments may include short-term marketable investment grade securities. We may, from time to time, issue securities (including debt securities) other than pursuant to this Prospectus.

CONSOLIDATED CAPITALIZATION

There have been no material changes in our share and loan capital, on a consolidated basis, since the date of our financial statements for the quarter ended June 30, 2018 which have not been disclosed in this Prospectus or the documents incorporated by reference herein.

The applicable Prospectus Supplement will describe any material change, and the effect of such material change, on the share and loan capitalization of the Corporation that will result from the issuance of Securities pursuant to such Prospectus Supplement.

EARNINGS COVERAGE RATIOS

Earnings coverage ratios will be provided as required in the applicable Prospectus Supplement with respect to the issuance of Debt Securities pursuant to such Prospectus Supplement.

PRIOR SALES

Prior sales of the Corporation’s Securities will be provided, as required, in the applicable Prospectus Supplement with respect to the issuance of Securities pursuant to such Prospectus Supplement.

PRICE RANGE AND TRADING VOLUME

Trading price and volume of the Common Shares will be provided, as required, in each Prospectus Supplement.

SHARE CAPITAL

The authorized share capital of the Corporation consists of an unlimited number of Common Shares and an unlimited number of Preferred Shares, issuable in series. As of the date hereof, there are 87,971,242 Common Shares and no Preferred Shares issued and outstanding.

DESCRIPTION OF COMMON SHARES

The Common Shares entitle the holders thereof to one vote per share. The holders of the Common Shares are entitled to receive any dividend declared by the Corporation on the Common Shares. Subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to any other class of shares of the Corporation, the holders of the Common Shares are entitled to receive the remaining property of the Corporation upon its dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.

 

6


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED SHARES

The Preferred Shares may be issued in one or more series, with such rights and conditions as may be determined by resolution of the directors, which shall determine the designation, rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions to be attached to the Preferred Shares of such series. There are no voting rights attached to the Preferred Shares except as prescribed by law. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, or any other distribution of assets of the Corporation among its shareholders, the holders of the Preferred Shares of each series are entitled to receive, in priority over the Common Shares and any other shares ranking junior to the Preferred Shares, an amount equal to the redemption price for such shares plus an amount equal to any dividends declared thereon but unpaid and no more. The Preferred Shares of each series are also entitled to such other preferences over the Common Shares and any other shares ranking junior to the Preferred Shares as may be determined as to their respective series authorized to be issued. The Preferred Shares of each series shall be on a parity basis with the Preferred Shares of every other series with respect to payment of dividends and return of capital.

DESCRIPTION OF SUBSCRIPTION RECEIPTS

Subscription Receipts may be offered separately or together with other Securities. As at the date of this Prospectus, the Corporation has no Subscription Receipts outstanding.

Subscription Receipts will be issued under a subscription receipt agreement entered into between us and an escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”). The applicable Prospectus Supplement will include details of the agreement pursuant to which such Subscription Receipts will be created and issued. Subscription Receipts are a security of ours that will entitle the holders to receive Common Shares or other Securities or combination of Securities upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, typically the completion of an acquisition by us of the assets or securities of another entity. Subsequent to the offering of Subscription Receipts, all or a portion of the subscription proceeds for the Subscription Receipts are held in escrow by the Escrow Agent, pending the satisfaction of the conditions. Holders of Subscription Receipts are not shareholders. Holders of Subscription Receipts are entitled to receive Common Shares or other Securities only upon exchange or conversion of their Subscription Receipts in accordance with the terms thereof or, upon the occurrence of certain events as specified in an applicable Prospectus Supplement, to a return of the subscription price for the Subscription Receipts together with any payments in lieu of interest or other income earned on the subscription proceeds.

The particular terms and provisions of Subscription Receipts offered under any Prospectus Supplement, and the extent to which the general terms and provisions described in this Prospectus may apply to those Subscription Receipts, will be described in the Prospectus Supplement filed in respect of such Subscription Receipts. This description will include, where applicable: (i) the number of Subscription Receipts offered; (ii) the price, including the currency, at which the Subscription Receipts will be offered; (iii) the terms, conditions and procedures pursuant to which the holders of Subscription Receipts will become entitled to receive Common Shares or other Securities; (iv) the number of Common Shares or other Securities that may be obtained upon exchange or conversion of each Subscription Receipt; (v) the designation and terms of any other Securities with which the Subscription Receipts will be offered, if any, and the number of Subscription Receipts that will be offered with each other Security; (vi) the terms applicable to the gross proceeds from the sale of such Subscription Receipts plus any interest or other income earned thereon; and (vii) any other material terms and conditions of the Subscription Receipts. The terms and provisions of any Subscription Receipts offered under a Prospectus Supplement may differ from the terms described above, and may not be subject to or contain any or all of the terms described above.

The preceding description and any description of Subscription Receipts in the applicable Prospectus Supplement does not purport to be complete and is subject to and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the subscription receipt agreement relating to such Subscription Receipts.

Subscription Receipt certificates will be exchangeable for new Subscription Receipt certificates of different denominations at the office indicated in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. In the case of Subscription Receipts which are exchangeable for other securities of the Corporation, the holders will not have any of the rights of holders of the securities issuable upon the exchange of the Subscription Receipts until the issuance of those securities in accordance with the terms of the Subscription Receipts.

 

7


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF WARRANTS

Warrants may be offered separately or together with other Securities. As at the date of this Prospectus, the Corporation has no Warrants outstanding.

Warrants may be issued under a separate Warrant agreement or indenture. The applicable Prospectus Supplement will include details of the agreement or indenture pursuant to which such Warrants will be created and issued. A copy of any such Warrant agreement or indenture relating to an offering of Warrants will be filed by the Corporation with securities regulatory authorities in Canada after it has been entered into by the Corporation. The following describes the general terms that will apply to any Warrants that may be offered by the Corporation pursuant to this Prospectus. The terms and provisions of any Warrants offered under a Prospectus Supplement may differ from the terms described below, and may not be subject to or contain any or all of the terms described below.

The particular terms and provisions of the Warrants offered under any Prospectus Supplement, and the extent to which the general terms of the Warrants described in this Prospectus may apply to those Warrants, will be described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement filed in respect of the Warrants. This description will include, where applicable: (i) the number of Warrants offered; (ii) the price, including the currency, at which the Warrants will be offered; (iii) the terms, conditions and procedures for the exercise of Warrants for Common Shares or other Securities; (iv) the number of Common Shares or other Securities that may be obtained upon exercise of each Warrant; (v) the designation and terms of any other Securities with which the Warrants will be offered, if any, and the number of Warrants that will be offered with each Security; (vi) the terms applicable to the gross proceeds from the sale of such Warrants; and (vii) any other material terms and conditions of the Warrants.

The preceding description and any description of Warrants in the applicable Prospectus Supplement does not purport to be complete and is subject to and is qualified in its entirety by reference to any Warrant agreement or indenture relating to such Warrants.

Warrant certificates will be exchangeable for new Warrant certificates of different denominations at the office indicated in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. In the case of Warrants which are exercisable to purchase other securities of the Corporation, the holders will not have any of the rights of holders of the securities issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants until the issuance of those securities in accordance with the terms of the Warrants.

 

8


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES

The following sets out certain general terms and provisions of Debt Securities. The particular terms and provisions of any Debt Securities offered, and the extent to which the general terms and provisions described below may apply to such Debt Securities, will be described in a Prospectus Supplement.

Debt Securities will be direct secured or unsecured obligations of the Corporation as described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. Debt Securities will be senior or subordinated indebtedness of the Corporation as described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. The senior Debt Securities will rank equal in right of payment to all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Corporation (except for unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness preferred by mandatory provisions of law). The subordinated Debt Securities will be subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the senior Debt Securities and all other senior indebtedness of the Corporation.

Debt Securities will be issued under one or more indentures (each a “Debt Indenture”) between the Corporation and a trustee that will be named in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. The Debt Indenture under which any Debt Securities are issued will be specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. The statements made hereunder relating to any Debt Indenture and the Debt Securities to be issued thereunder are summaries of certain anticipated provisions thereof and do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, all provisions of the applicable Debt Indenture.

Each Debt Indenture may provide that Debt Securities may be issued thereunder up to the aggregate principal amount which may be authorized from time to time by the Corporation. The applicable Prospectus Supplement will contain the terms and other information with respect to the Debt Securities being offered thereby, which may include the following:

 

  (a)

the designation, aggregate principal amount and authorized denominations of such Debt Securities;

 

  (b)

the currency in which the Debt Securities may be purchased and in which the principal and any interest is payable (in either case, if other than Canadian dollars);

 

  (c)

any applicable subordination provisions;

 

  (d)

the offering price or the percentage of the principal amount or discount at which such Debt Securities will be issued;

 

  (e)

the date or dates on which such Debt Securities will mature;

 

  (f)

the rate or rates per annum at which such Debt Securities will bear interest (if any), or the method of determination of such interest rates (if any);

 

  (g)

the dates on which any such interest will be payable and the record dates for such payments;

 

  (h)

the name of the trustee under the Debt Indenture pursuant to which the Debt Securities are to be issued;

 

  (i)

any redemption term or terms under which such Debt Securities may be defeased;

 

  (j)

whether such Debt Securities are to be issued in registered form, bearer form or in the form of temporary or permanent global securities and the basis of exchange, transfer and ownership thereof;

 

  (k)

the place or places where principal, premium (if any) and interest (if any) will be payable;

 

  (l)

any sinking fund provisions;

 

  (m)

whether such Debt Securities will be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more global securities;

 

  (n)

the identity of the depositary for global securities;

 

  (o)

whether a temporary security is to be issued with respect to such Debt Securities and whether any interest payable prior to the issuance of definitive Debt Securities of such series will be credited to the account of the persons entitled to such interest;

 

  (p)

the terms upon which beneficial interests in a temporary global Debt Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for beneficial interests in a definitive global Debt Security or for individual definitive Debt Securities and the terms upon which such exchanges may be made;

 

9


Table of Contents
  (q)

the securities or stock exchange(s) on which such series of Debt Securities will be listed, if any;

 

  (r)

any terms relating to the modification, amendment or waiver of any terms of such Debt Securities or the Debt Indenture;

 

  (s)

any right of the trustee or the holders to declare the principal, premium (if any) and interest (if any) with respect to such series of Debt Securities to be due and payable;

 

  (t)

the governing law of such Debt Securities and Debt Indenture;

 

  (u)

any provisions relating to any security provided for such Debt Securities;

 

  (v)

any exchange or conversion terms; and

 

  (w)

any other specific terms, including any additional events of default or covenants not inconsistent with the provisions of the applicable indenture.

The Debt Securities may, at our option, be issued in fully registered certificated form or in “book-entry only” form. Debt Securities in registered form will be exchangeable for other Debt Securities of the same series and tenor, registered in the same name, for a like aggregate principal amount in authorized denominations and will be transferable at any time or from time to time at the corporate trust office of the trustee for such Debt Securities.

Debt Securities of a single series may be issued at various times with different maturity dates, may bear interest at different rates and may otherwise vary. This Prospectus does not qualify for issuance Debt Securities in respect of which the payment of principal and/or interest may be determined, in whole or in part, by reference to one or more underlying interests including, for example, an equity or debt security, a statistical measure of economic or financial performance (including, but not limited to, any currency, consumer price or mortgage index, or the price or value of one or more commodities, indices or other items, or any other item or formula, or any combination or basket of the foregoing items). For greater certainty, this Prospectus may qualify for issuance Debt Securities in respect of which the payment of principal and/or interest may be determined, in whole or in part, by reference to published rates of a central banking authority or one or more financial institutions, such as a prime rate or bankers’ acceptance rate, or to recognized market benchmark interest rates such as LIBOR, EURIBOR or a U.S. Federal funds rate.

The preceding description and any description of Debt Securities in the applicable Prospectus Supplement does not purport to be complete and is subject to and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Debt Indenture relating to such Debt Securities.

In the case of Debt Securities which are convertible into other securities of the Corporation, the holders will not have any of the rights of holders of the securities issuable upon the conversion of the Debt Securities until the issuance of those securities in accordance with the terms of the Debt Securities and Debt Indenture.

DESCRIPTION OF UNITS

The Corporation may issue Units, separately or together, with other Securities. The applicable Prospectus Supplement will include details of the Units being offered thereunder. As at the date of this Prospectus, the Corporation has no Units outstanding.

Each Unit will be issued so that the holder of the Unit is also the holder of each Security comprising the Unit. Thus, the holder of a Unit will have the rights and obligations of a holder of each Security. The following describes the general terms that will apply to any Units that may be offered by the Corporation pursuant to this Prospectus. The terms and provisions of any Units offered under a Prospectus Supplement may differ from the terms described below, and may not be subject to or contain any or all of the terms described below.

The particular terms and provisions of the Units offered under any Prospectus Supplement, and the extent to which the general terms of the Units described in this Prospectus apply to those Units, will be set out in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. This description will include, where applicable: (i) the number of Units offered; (ii) the price or prices, if any, at which the Units will be issued; (iii) the manner of determining the offering price(s) (in the event that the offering is not a fixed price distribution); (iv) the currency in which the Units will be offered; (v) the Securities

 

10


Table of Contents

comprising the Units; (vi) whether the Units will be issued with any other securities and, if so, the amount and terms of such securities; (vii) any minimum or maximum subscription amount; (viii) whether the Units and the Securities comprising the Units are to be issued in registered form, “book-entry only” form, non-certificated inventory system form, bearer form or in the form of temporary or permanent global securities and the basis of exchange, transfer and ownership thereof; (ix) any other rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to the Units or the Securities comprising the Units; and (x) any other material terms or conditions of the Units or the Securities comprising the Units, including whether and under what circumstances the Securities comprising the Units may be held or transferred separately.

OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SECURITIES

General

The Securities may be issued in fully-registered certificated form or in book-entry only form.

Certificated Form

Securities issued in certificated form will be registered in the name of the purchaser or its nominee on the registers maintained by our transfer agent and registrar or the applicable trustee.

Book-Entry Only Form

Securities issued in “book-entry only” form must be purchased, transferred or redeemed through participants in a depository service of a depository identified in the Prospectus Supplement for the particular offering of Securities. Each of the underwriters, dealers or agents, as the case may be, named in the Prospectus Supplement will be a participant of the depository. On the closing of a book-entry only offering, we will cause a global certificate or certificates or an electronic deposit representing the aggregate number of Securities subscribed for under such offering to be delivered to or deposited with, and registered in the name of, the depository or its nominee. Except as described below, no purchaser of Securities will be entitled to a certificate or other instrument from us or the depository evidencing that purchaser’s ownership thereof, and no purchaser will be shown on the records maintained by the depository except through a book-entry account of a participant acting on behalf of such purchaser. Each purchaser of Securities will receive a customer confirmation of purchase from the registered dealer from which the Securities are purchased in accordance with the practices and procedures of such registered dealer. The practices of registered dealers may vary, but generally customer confirmations are issued promptly after execution of a customer order. The depository will be responsible for establishing and maintaining book-entry accounts for its participants having interests in the Securities.

If we determine, or the depository notifies us in writing, that the depository is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities as depository with respect to the Securities and we are unable to locate a qualified successor, or if we at our option elect, or are required by law, to terminate the book-entry system, then the Securities will be issued in certificated form to holders or their nominees.

Transfer, Conversion or Redemption of Securities

Certificated Form

Transfer of ownership, conversion or redemptions of Securities held in certificated form will be effected by the registered holder of the Securities in accordance with the requirements of our transfer agent and registrar and the terms of the agreement, indenture or certificates representing such Securities, as applicable.

Book-Entry Only Form

Transfer of ownership, conversion or redemptions of Securities held in book-entry only form will be effected through records maintained by the depository or its nominee for such Securities with respect to interests of participants, and on the records of participants with respect to interests of persons other than participants. Holders who desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of or other interests in the Securities may do so only through

 

11


Table of Contents

participants. The ability of a holder to pledge a Security held in book-entry only form or otherwise take action with respect to such holder’s interest in a Security (other than through a participant) may be limited due to the lack of a physical certificate.

Payments and Notices

Certificated Form

Any payment of principal, a redemption amount, a dividend or interest (as applicable) on a Security will be made by us, and any notices in respect of a Security will be given by us, directly to the registered holder of such Security, unless the applicable agreement, indenture or certificate in respect of such Security provides otherwise.

Book-Entry Only Form

Any payment of principal, a redemption amount, a dividend or interest (as applicable) on a Security will be made by us to the depository or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered holder of the Security and we understand that such payments will be credited by the depository or its nominee in the appropriate amounts to the relevant participants. Payments to holders of Securities of amounts so credited will be the responsibility of the participants.

As long as the depository or its nominee is the registered holder of the Securities, the depository or its nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner of the Securities for the purposes of receiving notices or payments on the Securities. In such circumstances, our responsibility and liability in respect of notices or payments on the Securities is limited to giving or making payment of any principal, redemption amount, dividend or interest (as applicable) due on the Securities to the depository or its nominee.

Each holder must rely on the procedures of the depository and, if such holder is not a participant, on the procedures of the participant through which such holder owns its interest, to exercise any rights with respect to the Securities.

We understand that under existing industry practices, if we request any action of holders or if a holder desires to give any notice or take any action which a registered holder is entitled to give or take with respect to any Securities issued in book-entry only form, the depository would authorize the participant acting on behalf of the holder to give such notice or to take such action, in accordance with the procedures established by the depository or agreed to from time to time by us, any trustee and the depository. Accordingly, any holder of a Security held in book-entry only form that is not a participant must rely on the contractual arrangement it has directly or indirectly through its financial intermediary with its participant to give such notice or take such action.

We, the underwriters, dealers or agents and any trustee identified in a Prospectus Supplement relating to an offering of Securities in book-entry only form, as applicable, will not have any liability or responsibility for: (i) records maintained by the depository relating to beneficial ownership interest of the Securities held by the depository or the book-entry accounts maintained by the depository; (ii) maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to any such beneficial ownership; or (iii) any advice or representation made by or with respect to the depository and contained in any indenture relating to the rules and regulations of the depository or any action to be taken by the depository or at the directions of the participants.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

We may sell the Securities: (i) to underwriters or dealers purchasing as principal; (ii) directly to one or more purchasers; or (iii) through underwriters, dealers or agents, in all cases for cash or other consideration. Only those underwriters, dealers or agents named in a Prospectus Supplement will be the underwriters, dealers or agents in connection with the Securities offered thereby.

The Prospectus Supplement relating to a particular offering of Securities will also set out the terms of the offering of the Securities including, to the extent applicable: (i) the name or names of any underwriters, dealers or agents; (ii) any fees, discounts, commissions or other compensation payable to such underwriters, dealers or agents in connection with the offering; (iii) a description of services to be provided by underwriters, dealers or agents in relation

 

12


Table of Contents

to the offering; (iv) the method of distribution of the Securities; and (v) in the event the offering is a fixed-price distribution, the initial offering price and the proceeds that we will receive. The distribution of Securities may be effected from time to time in one or more transactions at fixed prices or at market prices prevailing at the time of sale, which prices may vary between purchasers and during the period of distribution of the Securities, including sales in transactions that are deemed to be “at-the-market distributions” in accordance with National Instrument 44-102Shelf Distributions (described below). Any public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to underwriters, dealers or agents may be changed from time to time.

If underwriters purchase Securities as principal, the Securities will be acquired by the underwriters for their own account and may be resold from time to time in one or more transactions, including negotiated transactions, at a fixed public offering price or at varying prices determined at the time of sale. The obligations of the underwriters to purchase those Securities will be subject to certain conditions precedent, and the underwriters will be obligated to purchase all the Securities offered by the Prospectus Supplement if any of such Securities are purchased.

The Securities may also be sold directly by us at prices and upon terms agreed to by the purchaser and us or through underwriters, dealers or agents designated by us from time to time. Any underwriter, dealer or agent involved in the offering and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Prospectus will be named, and any commissions or fees payable by us to that underwriter, dealer or agent will be set out, in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.

Underwriters, dealers and agents who participate in the distribution of the Securities may be entitled under agreements to be entered into with the Corporation to indemnification by the Corporation against certain liabilities, including liabilities under securities legislation, or to contribution with respect to payments that they may be required to make in respect thereof. Such underwriters, dealers and agents may engage in transactions with, or perform services for, the Corporation in the ordinary course of business.

Underwriters, dealers or agents may make sales in privately-negotiated transactions and/or any other method permitted by law, including sales deemed to be an “at-the-market distribution” as defined in and subject to limitations imposed by applicable securities laws which includes sales made directly on an existing trading market for our Common Shares, or sales made to or through a market maker other than on an exchange. In connection with any offering of Securities, except with respect to “at-the-market distributions”, underwriters may over-allot or effect transactions which stabilize or maintain the market price of the Securities offered at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. Such transactions may be commenced, interrupted or discontinued at any time. No underwriter, dealer or agent involved in an “at-the-market distribution”, as defined under applicable Canadian securities legislation, no affiliate of such an underwriter, dealer or agent and no person or company acting jointly or in concert with such an underwriter, dealer or agent will over-allot Securities in connection with such distribution or effect any other transactions that are intended to stabilize or maintain the market price of the Securities. The Corporation intends to submit an application with applicable Canadian securities regulatory authorities for exemptive relief if and when it determines to proceed with an “at-the-market distribution” in Canada. Such application will include the specific terms of the proposed “at-the-market distribution”. The Corporation will not complete an “at-the-market distribution” in Canada without first obtaining such exemptive relief.

Unless a Prospectus Supplement provides otherwise, any offering of Preferred Shares, Subscription Receipts, Warrants, Debt Securities or Units will be a new issue of Securities with no established trading market, and unless otherwise specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, such Securities will not be listed on any securities or stock exchange. There is no market through which Preferred Shares, Subscription Receipts, Warrants, Debt Securities or Units may be sold and purchasers may not be able to resell such Securities purchased under this Prospectus or any Prospectus Supplement. This may affect the pricing of such Securities in the secondary market, the transparency and availability of trading prices, the liquidity of Preferred Shares, Subscription Receipts, Warrants, Debt Securities or Units, and the extent of issuer regulation. See “Risk Factors”. Certain dealers may make a market in the Preferred Shares, Subscription Receipts, Warrants, Debt Securities or Units, but will not be obligated to do so and may discontinue any market making at any time without notice. No assurance can be given that any dealer will make a market in such Securities nor as to the liquidity of the trading market, if any, for such Securities.

This Prospectus does not qualify any securities that would be “specified derivatives” as defined in National Instrument 44-102 – Shelf Distributions.

 

13


Table of Contents

CERTAIN INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

Applicable Prospectus Supplements may describe certain Canadian federal income tax consequences generally applicable to investors arising from purchasing, holding, and disposing of Securities. However, prospective purchasers of Securities are cautioned and advised to consult with their own independent tax advisors and legal counsel as necessary prior to purchasing Securities.

LEGAL MATTERS

Unless otherwise specified in the Prospectus Supplement relating to an offering of Securities, certain Canadian legal matters relating to the offering of such Securities will be passed upon for us by Fasken Martineau DuMoulin LLP. In addition, certain legal matters in connection with any offering of Securities may be passed upon for any underwriters, dealers or agents by counsel to be designated at the time of the offering by such underwriters, dealers or agents with respect to matters of Canadian law.

INTEREST OF EXPERTS

Except as set out below or in a Prospectus Supplement relating to an offering of Securities, there is no person or company who is named as having prepared or certified a report, valuation, statement or opinion in this Prospectus or an amendment to this Prospectus, either directly or in a document incorporated by reference herein, and whose profession or business gives authority to the report, valuation, statement or opinion made by the person or company (excluding the auditors of businesses acquired by us).

KPMG LLP is the auditor of the Corporation. KPMG LLP has confirmed that it is independent within the meaning of the Code of ethics of chartered professional accountants (Québec).

TRANSFER AGENT

The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Shares is Computershare Trust Company of Canada at its offices in Toronto, Ontario and Montreal, Québec.

PURCHASERS’ STATUTORY RIGHTS

Unless provided otherwise in a Prospectus Supplement, the following is a description of a purchaser’s statutory rights. Securities legislation in certain of the provinces of Canada provides purchasers with the right to withdraw from an agreement to purchase securities. This right may be exercised within two business days after receipt or deemed receipt of a prospectus and any amendment. In several of the provinces, the securities legislation further provides a purchaser with remedies for rescission, or in some jurisdictions, revisions of the price or damages if the prospectus or any amendment contains a misrepresentation or is not delivered to the purchaser, provided that the remedies for rescission, revision of the price or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province for the particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

In an offering of convertible, exchangeable or exercisable Securities, investors are cautioned that the statutory right of action for damages for a misrepresentation contained in a prospectus is limited, in certain provincial securities legislation, to the price at which the convertible, exchangeable or exercisable Securities is offered to the public under the prospectus offering. This means that, under the securities legislation of certain provinces, if the purchaser pays additional amounts upon conversion, exchange or exercise of the security, those amounts may not be recoverable under the statutory right of action for damages that applies in those provinces. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province for the particulars of this right of action for damages or consult with a legal adviser.

 

14


Table of Contents

PURCHASERS’ CONTRACTUAL RIGHTS OF RESCISSION

Original purchasers of Subscription Receipts, Warrants or convertible Debt Securities (or Units comprised of any such Securities) will have a contractual right of rescission against us in respect of the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Securities. The contractual right of rescission will entitle such original purchasers to receive the amount paid upon conversion, exchange or exercise, as well as the amount paid for the original Security, upon surrender of the underlying securities acquired thereby, in the event that this Prospectus (as supplemented or amended) contains a misrepresentation, provided that: (i) the conversion, exchange or exercise takes place within 180 days of the date of the purchase of the Subscription Receipts, Warrants or convertible Debt Securities (or Units comprised of any such Securities), as the case may be, under this Prospectus; and (ii) the right of rescission is exercised within 180 days of the date of the purchase of the Subscription Receipts, Warrants or convertible Debt Securities (or Units comprised of any such Securities), as the case may be, under this Prospectus.

Original purchasers of Subscription Receipts, Warrants or convertible Debt Securities (or Units comprised of any such Securities) are further advised that in certain provinces the statutory right of action for damages in connection with a prospectus misrepresentation is limited to the amount paid for the convertible, exchangeable or exercisable security that was purchased under a prospectus, and therefore a further payment at the time of conversion, exchange or exercise may not be recoverable in a statutory action for damages. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province for the particulars of these rights, or consult with a legal advisor.

 

15


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED TO BE DELIVERED TO OFFEREES OR PURCHASERS

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Under the Canada Business Corporations Act (the “CBCA”), the Corporation may indemnify its current or former directors or officers or another individual who acts or acted at its request as a director or officer, or an individual acting in a similar capacity, of another entity, against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by the individual in respect of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other proceeding in which the individual is involved because of his or her association with the Corporation or another entity. The CBCA also provides that the Corporation may advance moneys to a director, officer or other individual for costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred in connection with such a proceeding; provided that such individual shall repay the moneys if the individual does not fulfill the conditions described below.

However, indemnification is prohibited under the CBCA unless the individual:

 

   

acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the Corporation’s best interests, or the best interests of the other entity for which the individual acted as director or officer or in a similar capacity at the Corporation’s request; and

 

   

in the case of a criminal or administrative action or proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, the individual had reasonable grounds for believing that his or her conduct was lawful.

The Corporation’s by-laws require it to indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by the CBCA each of its current or former directors or officers and each individual who acts or acted at its request as a director or officer, or an individual acting in a similar capacity, of another entity, against all costs, charges and expenses, including, without limitation, an amount paid to settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by the individual in respect of any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other proceeding in which the individual is involved because of his or her association with the Corporation or another entity.

We maintain insurance policies relating to certain liabilities that our directors and officers may incur in such capacity.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

3.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement (to be filed by subsequent amendment)
4.1    Annual Information Form of the Registrant dated February 10, 2020 for the year ended December 31, 2019
4.2    Audited Consolidated Annual Financial Statements of the Registrant as at and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December  31, 2018, together with the notes thereto and the auditors’ report thereon
4.3    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the Registrant for the year ended December 31, 2019
4.4    Management Information Circular of the Registrant dated March 14, 2019 for the Annual and Special Meeting of Shareholders held on April 23, 2019
5.1    Consent of KPMG LLP
5.2    Consent of Fasken Martineau DuMoulin LLP (to be filed by subsequent amendment)
5.3    Consent of Stikeman Elliott LLP (to be filed by subsequent amendment)
6.1    Power of Attorney (included on the signature page)
7.1    Form of Indenture (to be filed by subsequent amendment)

 

II-2


Table of Contents

PART III

UNDERTAKING AND CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS

 

Item 1.

Undertaking

The Registrant undertakes to make available, in person or by telephone, representatives to respond to inquiries made by the SEC staff, and to furnish promptly, when requested to do so by the SEC staff, information relating to the securities registered pursuant to Form F-10 or to transactions in said securities.

 

Item 2.

Consent to Service of Process

Concurrently with the filing of the Registration Statement on Form F-10, we are filing with the SEC a written irrevocable consent and power of attorney on Form F-X. Any change to the name or address of our agent for service shall be communicated promptly to the SEC by amendment to the Form F-X referencing the file number of this Registration Statement.

 

III-1


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-10 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Saint-Laurent, Province of Québec, Country of Canada on February 10, 2020.

 

  TFI International Inc.
By:  

/s/ Alain Bédard

  Name:   Alain Bédard
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Alain Bédard and David Saperstein, his or her true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments, including post effective amendments, and supplements to this Registration Statement on Form F-10, and registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 429 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as they or he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Alain Bédard

Alain Bédard

   Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   February 10, 2020

/s/ David Saperstein

David Saperstein

   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   February 10, 2020

/s/ Leslie Abi-Karam

Leslie Abi-Karam

   Director   February 10, 2020

/s/ André Bérard

André Bérard

   Director   February 10, 2020

/s/ Lucien Bouchard

Lucien Bouchard

   Director   February 10, 2020

/s/ Diane Giard

Diane Giard

   Director   February 10, 2020

/s/ Richard Guay

Richard Guay

   Director   February 10, 2020

/s/ Debra Kelly-Ennis

Debra Kelly-Ennis

   Director   February 10, 2020

/s/ Neil Donald Manning

Neil Donald Manning

   Director   February 10, 2020

/s/ Arun Nayar

Arun Nayar

   Director   February 10, 2020

/s/ Joey Saputo

Joey Saputo

   Director   February 10, 2020

 

III-2


Table of Contents

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement on Form F-10 has been signed by the undersigned, solely in its capacity as the duly authorized representative of the Registrant in the United States, on February 10, 2020.

 

  TForce TL Holdings USA, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Alain Bédard

  Name:   Alain Bédard
  Title:  

President

 

III-3

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

 

 

ANNUAL INFORMATION FORM

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019

 

February 10, 2020


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     3  

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

     4  

GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BUSINESS

     6  

STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS & DISPOSITIONS

     8  

DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

     8  

TRENDS

     9  

EQUIPMENT

     9  

LICENSES

     9  

MARKETS AND DISTRIBUTION

     9  

SEASONALITY OF OPERATIONS

     10  

REVENUES (IN PERCENTAGES)

     10  

COMPETITION

     10  

HUMAN RESOURCES

     10  

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

     11  

TRADEMARKS

     11  

RISK FACTORS

     12  

DIVIDENDS

     12  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STRUCTURE

     12  

COMMON SHARES

     12  

PREFERRED SHARES

     13  

MARKET FOR SECURITIES

     13  

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     13  

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

     17  

AUDIT COMMITTEE

     18  

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND REGULATORY ACTIONS

     19  

INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN MATERIAL TRANSACTIONS

     19  

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     19  

MATERIAL CONTRACTS

     20  

NAME AND INTERESTS OF EXPERTS

     20  

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     20  

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.                                                                                                   2


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

TFI International Inc. (the “Corporation”) may make statements in this annual information form that reflect its current expectations regarding future results of operations, performance, and achievements. They are based on information currently available to management. Words such as “may”, “could”, “should”, “would”, “believe”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “intend” and words and expressions of similar import are intended to identify these forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks, and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or achievements to differ materially from historical results, and those presently anticipated or projected.

The Corporation cautions readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which reference only the date as of which they are made. The following important factors could cause the Corporation’s actual financial performance to differ materially from that expressed in any forward-looking statement:

 

·  

Competition

·  

Regulation

·  

United States and Mexico Operations

·  

Operating Environment and Seasonality

·  

General Economic, Credit and Business Conditions

·  

Interest Rate Fluctuations

·  

Currency Fluctuations

·  

Price and Availability of Fuel

·  

Insurance

·  

Employee Relations

·  

Drivers

·  

Independent Contractors

·  

Acquisition and Integration Risks

·  

Growth

·  

Environmental Matters

·  

Environmental Contamination

·  

Key Personnel

·  

Dependence on Third Parties

·  

Loan Default

·  

Credit Facilities

·  

Customers and Credit Risks

·  

Availability of Capital

·  

Information Systems

·  

Litigation

·  

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

·  

Dividends and Share Repurchases

The foregoing list should not be construed as exhaustive, and readers should also refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this annual information form and in the Corporation’s annual MD&A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, under the heading “Risk and Uncertainties”, for additional information on risk factors and other events that are not within the Corporation’s control. The Corporation’s future financial and operating results may fluctuate as a result of these and other risk factors.

Although forward-looking statements are generally based upon what the Corporation believes to be reasonable assumptions, they may prove to be inaccurate and many of them involve factors which are beyond the Corporation’s control. The Corporation cannot assure readers that actual results will be consistent with these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this annual information form, and the Corporation does not assume any obligation to update or revise them to reflect new events or circumstances, except as required under applicable securities laws.

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

3


ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

 

The Corporation was formerly known as TransForce Inc. On December 23, 2016, the Corporation amended its Articles so as to change its corporate name to TFI International Inc.

In this annual information form, the terms “Corporation” and “TFI International” mean TFI International Inc., a corporation incorporated pursuant to the Canada Business Corporations Act, its subsidiaries and, as the case may be, its predecessors.

The Corporation was incorporated on March 28, 2008 for the purpose of acquiring all of the issued and outstanding units of TransForce Income Fund (the “Fund”) and “tracking share units” of TFI Holdings Inc. (now known as TForce Holdings Inc.), an indirect subsidiary of the Fund, pursuant to a plan of arrangement under which the Fund was converted into the Corporation. The Corporation, through its subsidiaries, now operates the transportation business formerly operated under the Fund, and the former unitholders of the Fund continue to own, to the extent they remained shareholders of the Corporation, an economic interest in the business formerly operated by the Fund.

The Fund resulted from the conversion on September 30, 2002 of TransForce Inc. (“TransForce”), a corporation incorporated on April 30, 1985 pursuant to the Companies Act (Québec), into an income trust. Immediately following the conversion, the Fund, through its subsidiaries, continued to operate the transportation business of TransForce, and the former shareholders of TransForce continued to own, to the extent they remained unitholders of the Fund, an economic interest in the business of TransForce.

TransForce was formerly known as 2320-2351 Québec Inc. Its articles were amended on October 9, 1985, October 1, 1986, July 22, 1987, October 19, 1987, March 4, 1988, July 5, 1989 and May 30, 1995, in each case changing its share capital. The articles were also amended on October 1, 1986 to change the corporate name to Groupe Cabano d’Anjou Inc. and on August 7, 1987 to change the corporate name to Cabano Expeditex Inc. On October 19, 1987, Cabano Expeditex Inc. amalgamated with Location Speribel Inc. The articles were subsequently amended on December 4, 1990 to change the corporate name to Groupe Transport Cabano Inc./Cabano Transportation Group Inc., on May 30, 1995 to change the corporate name to Cabano-Kingsway Inc. and on April 23, 1999 to change the corporate name to TransForce Inc.

The Corporation’s head office is at 8801 Trans-Canada Highway, Suite 500, Saint-Laurent, Québec, Canada, H4S 1Z6 and its executive office is at 96 Disco Road, Etobicoke, Ontario, Canada, M9W 0A3.

The diagram on the following page sets out the organizational structure of the Corporation as of January 31, 2020 and the jurisdiction of incorporation of each of the entities therein. Unless otherwise indicated, each of the entities is wholly-owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

4


LOGO

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

5


GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BUSINESS

The Corporation, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, operates a transportation business whose origins can be traced back to 1957. In the mid-1990s, after nearly 40 years of operations, the Corporation updated its corporate strategy for the evolving North American transportation market. To this end, in 1996 a new management team led by Mr. Alain Bédard, the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, was appointed upon the recommendation of the Corporation’s then-principal shareholder.

The new management team identified three key objectives for the Corporation: (i) increase revenues from profitable business segments and customers; (ii) strengthen the Corporation’s position in the North American transportation market; and (iii) achieve a more balanced revenue mix. To achieve these three objectives, the management team implemented a strategic plan aimed at expanding the Corporation’s operations beyond its traditional Less-Than-Truckload (“LTL”) base as well as increasing the Corporation’s geographic footprint, primarily by entering the trans-border market. The Corporation has carried out its strategic plan, in large part by acquiring profitable and well-managed companies offering services throughout North America in segments of the transportation industry not traditionally served by the Corporation, such as Package and Courier, Truckload (“TL”), Waste Management and Logistics. The Corporation’s independent subsidiaries are recognized for their professional expertise. The Corporation continues to carry out this strategy.

As part of the strategic plan, in March 1998, the Corporation entered the trans-border TL business with the acquisition of Entreprises de Transport J.C.G. Inc., which was complemented by the acquisition of Papineau International Transport Inc. in October 1998. The major acquisition of TST Solutions Inc. and its subsidiaries in March 2000 allowed the Corporation to significantly increase its share of the trans-border LTL market and also provided an entry into the specialized transport. A second major acquisition, that of Canpar Transport Ltd. in July 2002, enabled the Corporation to achieve its goal of becoming a full-service transportation provider, by adding Parcel Delivery to its LTL service offering. In 2004, the Corporation made two other major acquisitions: in January 2004, the Corporation completed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Canadian Freightways Limited and its associated companies, which increased route density and extended the Corporation’s LTL and TL operations across Canada, particularly in the western provinces and in the United States. Canadian Freightways also offers specialized services in the areas of logistics and fleet management, customs brokerage and bonded warehousing and international freight forwarding; and in October 2004, the Corporation completed the acquisition of 3846113 Canada Inc. (Highland Transport), which strengthened the Corporation’s presence in the TL transportation sector across Canada.

In February 2005, the Corporation acquired Services Matrec Inc. and its subsidiaries. Services Matrec Inc. specialized in the integrated management of industrial, commercial and residential solid-waste collection and treatment, including waste, recyclable materials, yard waste, construction and demolition materials, and hazardous waste. Services Matrec Inc. was a catalyst for the expansion of the Corporation into a new area, that is, waste management services.

In 2006, the Corporation acquired Kos Corp Oilfield Transportation, Hemphill Trucking Inc. and Streeper Contracting Ltd. These acquisitions provided the Corporation with a solid platform in rig-moving activities. Kos, through its well-established position, served as the foundation for this platform and as a catalyst for future growth within the sector. With the acquisition of Hemphill Trucking Inc. in 2006 and the assets of Speedy Heavy Hauling Inc. in 2010, the Corporation’s presence in the United States in this sector grew. The Corporation’s expansion into rig-moving services was consistent with its diversification strategy.

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

6


In 2007, the Corporation acquired Location Beaudry, Les Consultants en Personnel Logipro 1997 Inc. and MTC Agence de Personnel Inc., introducing a new niche in the Logistics and Other Services sector, namely the leasing of equipment as well as personnel placement services.

In 2009, the acquisition of ATS Andlauer Retail Solutions Division (now known as TForce Integrated Solutions) introduced new services to complement the Corporation’s package and courier sector, by offering customized freight transportation solutions adapted specifically for regional and national retail and supply chain customers.

In 2011, the Corporation acquired Dynamex Inc. (now known as TForce Logistics), adding same-day delivery service to existing customers. Furthermore, the combination of the Corporation’s existing operations and TForce Logistics constituted a powerful offering to potential new clients. More importantly, incorporating TForce Logistics’ services opened doors for the Corporation in the U.S. market.

Also in 2011, the Corporation acquired selected assets of DHL Express (Canada) Ltd (“DHL”), now known as Loomis Express, and concluded a strategic alliance with DHL to offer fully integrated international and domestic shipping services, which enables the Corporation, through DHL, to offer international coverage to its customers.

The acquisition of QuikX Transportation in January 2012, followed by the acquisition of Clarke Transport Inc. and Clarke Road Transport in January 2014 and Vitran Corporation Inc. in March 2014, further enhanced the Corporation’s LTL intermodal (over-the-rail) transportation services in Canada.

In 2013 and early 2014, the Corporation ceased its rig-moving activities in Western Canada and disposed of its personnel placement services.

In 2014, the Corporation acquired Transport America, Inc., an important provider of TL transportation and logistics services. This acquisition provided the Corporation with a new presence in the United States TL market.

At the end of 2014, the Corporation also acquired all the shares of Contrans Group Inc., an important player in Specialized TL in Canada.

During 2015, the Corporation ceased its rig-moving activities in the United States.

In February 2016, after 11 years of operations, the Corporation disposed of its Waste Management segment, acquired in 2005.

In October 2016, through the acquisition of Transportation Resources Inc. and its subsidiaries, the Corporation acquired the North American TL operations of XPO Logistics Inc. (now known as CFI), one of the largest service providers of cross-border trucking into Mexico. This acquisition significantly strengthened the Corporation’s presence in the North American TL landscape with prominent market positions in domestic U.S. and cross-border Mexico freight.

Since 1996, the Corporation has acquired more than 180 companies as part of its strategic plan. Among the criteria applied by the Corporation to the acquisition of companies is that such companies be profitable and led by experienced and competent management teams. Once acquired by the Corporation, many of the newly-acquired companies continue to operate as wholly-owned subsidiaries under their original names and management teams. The Corporation continues to carry out this strategy.

As a result of the implementation of its strategic plan, the Corporation is today a leading player in the North American transportation and logistics industry, with total revenue of more than CAN $5.178 billion for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. The Corporation has a solid financial position with customers covering a broad cross-section of

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

7


industries. It has 17,150 employees who work in TFI International’s different business segments across North America. The Corporation offers its clients transportation solutions that are firmly supported by the specialization of its subsidiaries and the competence of its management and employees in their areas of expertise. More than 20 years after the strategic plan was implemented, the Corporation now operates the following reportable segments: (i) Package and Courier; (ii) LTL; (iii) TL; and (iv) Logistics.

As a result of the strategic plan, the Corporation has been able to benefit from and expand its geographic market, as illustrated in the following chart which sets out the geographic breakdown, based on the origin of the service’s location, of the Corporation’s consolidated revenues for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019:

 

LOGO

Strategic Acquisitions & Dispositions

Acquisitions

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, no significant acquisitions were made by the Corporation. The non-significant acquisitions include the following:

 

Name    Date    Operating Segment
1040135 Ontario Inc. (Toronto Tank Lines)    February 15    Specialized truckload
Schilli Corporation (now known as BTC)    February 22    Specialized truckload
Les Services JAG Inc.    March 19    Specialized truckload
Aulick Leasing & ShirAul    April 1    Specialized truckload
Selected assets of Beavex    April 27    Logistics                             
Piston Tank Corporation    June 14    Specialized truckload
Selected assets of At Group US Logistics, LLC    August 7    Logistics
Craler Inc.    August 22    Logistics

Subsequent to year end, no significant acquisitions were made by the Corporation.

 

DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS

The Corporation is a leading player in the transportation and logistics industry. The Corporation believes that, through its operating subsidiaries, it directly services more urban centres than any other carrier in Canada. The Corporation offers its clients transportation solutions that are firmly supported by the specialization of its wholly-owned subsidiaries and the competence of its management and employees in their areas of expertise. The

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

8


Corporation’s scope extends to all of Canada, the United States and Mexico. The Corporation offers efficient, global solutions to its clientele in the following reportable segments: (i) Package and Courier; (ii) LTL; (iii) TL; and (iv) Logistics. Through internal growth and acquisitions, the Corporation has significantly increased its geographic scope.

The Package and Courier segment offers pickup, transport and delivery of items across North America. The LTL segment provides pickup, consolidation, transport and delivery of smaller loads. The TL segment provides full loads carried directly from the customer to the destination using a closed van or specialized equipment to meet customers’ specific needs. The TL segment includes expedited transportation, flatbed, tank container and dedicated services, as well as TL brokerage. The Logistics segment provides a wide range asset-light of logistics services, including brokerage, freight forwarding and transportation management, as well as small parcel delivery.

Trends

Demand for freight transport is closely linked to the state of the overall economy. Consequently, a change in general economic conditions could impact the Corporation’s performance. However, the Corporation’s extensive customer base, broad geographic dispersion and participation in four distinct segments are intended to help mitigate the effects of any economic downturn.

Equipment

The Corporation believes it has the largest trucking fleet in Canada and a significant presence in the U.S. market. As at December 31, 2019, the Corporation had 7,772 tractors, 25,505 trailers and 9,826 independent contractors. This compares to 7,465 tractors, 26,487 trailers and 8,527 independent contractors as at December 31, 2018.

Licenses

In Canada, passenger and merchandise road transport licenses are issued by provincial authorities. With respect to interprovincial transport, provincial authorities are delegated the right to issue licenses according to the Canada Transportation Act. Provincial authorities exercise control over the issuance, modification and transfer of licenses and govern in a general manner various aspects of license-holders’ activities. In the United States, the Department of Transportation exercises similar authority. The operating subsidiaries of the Corporation have all the necessary licenses to operate in Canada, the United States and Mexico, as applicable.

Markets and Distribution

The Corporation has a diverse base of clients operating across a broad cross-section of industries. Due to the breadth of its client base, a downturn in the activities of individual customers or in a particular industry is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s operations. In the last several years, the Corporation concluded strategic alliances with other transport companies in North America, in order to offer its customers a network extending across Canada and the United States.

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

9


Seasonality of Operations

The activities conducted by the Corporation are subject to general demand for freight transportation. Historically, demand has been relatively stable with the first quarter being generally the weakest in terms of demand. Furthermore, during the harsh winter months, fuel consumption and maintenance costs tend to rise.

Revenues

(in percentages)

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Corporation’s revenues by reportable segment were as follows:

 

    Fiscal year ended December 31,
    2019   2018

Package and Courier

      14       14

Less-Than-Truckload

      18       21

Truckload

      48       46

Logistics

      20       19

Competition

The transportation and logistics industry is fragmented and consists of relatively few large companies and many small companies serving target markets. The target markets are defined by geographical location, point-to-point service location, target customer industries and the type of service provided, such as Package and Courier, LTL, TL and Logistics. The smaller operators typically operate in a highly-specialized yet competitive environment in which the customer may have several alternative carriers available. Many of the large carriers are independent subsidiaries of larger transportation companies and offer a wide variety of freight services on a national basis.

Carriers compete primarily on price and on their ability to provide reliable, efficient and safe transportation services. The Corporation’s main competitors are: in the Package and Courier sector, Purolator, UPS and Fedex; in the LTL sector, Day & Ross Inc. and Manitoulin Transport Inc.; in the TL sector, Trimac Transportation, Challenger Motor Freight, SGT (2000), Charger Logistics, Caravan Logistic, Everest Transportation and Bison Transport (in Canada) and Knight-Swift Transportation Holdings Inc., Werner Enterprise, Inc. and Schneider National, Inc. (in the United States); and in the Logistics sector C.H. Robinson Worldwide, Inc., Nationex and Dicom.

In addition, the Corporation and other trucking operations must compete with other modes of transportation such as rail, airfreight and maritime transportation. These modes of transportation play an important role in the areas served by the Corporation.

Human Resources

The Corporation has 17,150 employees who work in TFI International’s different business segments across North America. This compares to 17,127 employees as at December 31, 2018. The Corporation considers that it has a relatively low turnover rate (except in U.S. TL) among its employees and that employee relations are very good for its industry. A number of these employees are subject to collective agreements. The Corporation ensures that a number of programs for driver training and client service are maintained. In conjunction with the continuous investments in new technologies, such as the use of on-board computers, the Corporation has extended its employee training programs to maximize the use of such technological tools. These initiatives are designed to ensure the quality of services provided to the Corporation’s clientele while enabling it to better control its labour costs. The

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

10


Corporation also works to ensure the successful integration and training of the employees of any newly-acquired businesses, as applicable.

Environmental Matters

The operations and properties of the Corporation are subject to environmental laws and requirements in both Canada and the United States relating to, among other things, air emissions and the management of contaminants.

The Corporation has adopted sustainable measures to reduce energy waste in its day-to-day operations, such as investing in new technology to reduce the consumption of fuel by its trucks and converting a portion of its fleet to propane. Also, some of the Corporation’s most recent buildings were built with the LEED certification for their high energy efficiency and their design, which together reduce the consumption of energy and therefore, operating costs.

A risk of environmental liabilities is inherent in transportation operations, the historic activities associated with such operations, as well as the ownership, management and control of real estate.

The cargo carried by the Corporation in its freight-transportation operations can be classified as either non-regulated freight or regulated freight such as hazardous materials and environmentally-regulated waste. Strict parameters must be met before the Corporation and the individual drivers are permitted to transport regulated freight. This involves specific insurance requirements, training programs and registration permits with the various provinces and states in which the Corporation operates.

A number of the Corporation’s terminals provide full maintenance service and fuel facilities. Each terminal has a series of operational systems that have been implemented to control environmental impact relating to its specific operation.

For 2019, the environmental management by the Corporation did not require significant expenditures to ensure compliance of its ongoing operations or for material remediation of any environmental matter. The Corporation does not expect that environmental protection requirements will have a material effect on its capital expenditures, profit or loss or competitive position during the 2020 fiscal year.

Trademarks

The Corporation had a total of 121 applied-for or registered trademarks in Canada, the United States and Mexico as at December 31, 2019, of which 85 are for use in Canada, 28 are for use in the United States and 8 are for use in Mexico. Of the foregoing trademarks, the most important are: (i) “TFI International”, “TransForce” and “a TransForce Company” in Canada and “a TFI International Company” in Canada and the United States; (ii) “Kingsway” in Canada; (iii) “TST” family of trademarks in Canada; (iv) “Quik X” family of trademarks in Canada and the United States; (v) “ICS Courier” in Canada; (vi) “Canpar” family of trademarks, including “Canpar Courier”, in Canada; (vii) “TForce” family of trademarks in Canada and the United States; (viii) “Loomis Express” in Canada; (ix) “TF Dedicated” in the United States; (x) “Vitran” family of trademarks in Canada and the United States, including “Vitran Express”; (xi) “Contrans” in Canada; (xii) “Canadian Freightways” family of trademarks in Canada; (xiii) “Transport Corporation of America”; and (xvi) “CFI” in Canada, the United States and Mexico. In addition, the Corporation uses a number of unregistered trademarks. The Corporation re-evaluates its intellectual property portfolio on a regular basis and, in this regard, may deem it advisable to register additional trademarks in the future.

 

    

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

11


RISK FACTORS

The Corporation’s future results may be affected by a number of uncertainties and risk factors, over many of which the Corporation has little or no control. These uncertainties and risk factors, among others, are discussed in the Corporation’s annual MD&A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, specifically under the heading “Risk and Uncertainties”, which section is incorporated by reference herein. These uncertainties and risk factors should be considered in evaluating the Corporation’s business and growth outlook. The Corporation’s annual MD&A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 is available under the Corporation’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

DIVIDENDS

The Corporation cannot declare or pay a dividend if it is in default, or if the payment of a dividend would cause the Corporation to be in default, under its current credit facilities.

The Corporation’s dividend policy consists of distributing 15% to 30% of its annualized free cash flow from continuing operations every year as dividends to shareholders on a quarterly basis. The Board of Directors has determined that this level of distribution will allow the Corporation to maintain sufficient financial resources and flexibility to execute its operating and disciplined acquisition strategies, while providing an adequate return on shareholders’ capital. The Board of Directors may also, at its discretion and at any time, change the amount of dividends distributed and/or elect not to distribute a dividend, whether as a result of a one-time decision or a change in the dividend policy.

The dividend is payable quarterly on the 15th day following the end of each quarter to shareholders of record as of the last trading day of such quarter. The following dividends (per common share) were declared for the 2019, 2018 and 2017 fiscal years:

 

               Fiscal year ended December 31,             
     2019    2018    2017    

First Quarter

   $0.24    $0.21    $0.19    

Second Quarter

   $0.24    $0.21    $0.19    

Third Quarter

   $0.24    $0.21    $0.19    

Fourth Quarter

   $0.26    $0.24    $0.21    

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STRUCTURE

The Corporation is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares (the “Common Shares”) and preferred shares, issuable in series. At December 31, 2019, there were 81,450,326 Common Shares and no preferred shares issued and outstanding.

Common Shares

The Common Shares entitle the holders thereof to one vote per share. The holders of the Common Shares are entitled to receive any dividend declared by the Corporation on the Common Shares.

Subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to any other class of shares of the Corporation, the holders of the Common Shares are entitled to receive the remaining property of the Corporation upon its dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

12


Preferred Shares

The preferred shares may be issued in one or more series, with such rights and conditions as may be determined by resolution of the directors, which shall determine the designation, rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions to be attached to the preferred shares of such series. There are no voting rights attached to the preferred shares except as prescribed by law. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, or any other distribution of assets of the Corporation among its shareholders, the holders of the preferred shares of each series are entitled to receive, in priority over the Common Shares and any other shares ranking junior to the preferred shares of the Corporation, an amount equal to the redemption price for such shares plus an amount equal to any dividends declared thereon but unpaid and no more. The preferred shares of each series are also entitled to such other preferences over the Common Shares and any other shares ranking junior to the preferred shares as may be determined as to their respective series authorized to be issued. The preferred shares of each series shall be on a parity basis with the preferred shares of every other series with respect to payment of dividends and return of capital. There are no preferred shares currently issued and outstanding.

 

MARKET FOR SECURITIES

The Common Shares are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol “TFII” and trade in the United States on OTCQX International Premier, a segment of the OTCQX marketplace, under the symbol “TFIFF”. The Common Shares are included in the S&P/TSX Equity, Capped Equity, Equity Completion and Equity SmallCap Indices. The table below sets out the price ranges and total volume of Common Shares traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange on a monthly basis during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019.

 

Month         High         Low         Volume

January

   $    39.62    $    33.36       6,767,450

February

      43.50       38.50       4,628,670

March

      42.66       38.35       6,969,720

April

      46.34       39.79       4,651,720

May

      44.47       40.69       4,344,240

June

      41.96       39.25       4,737,930

July

      42.12       38.08       6,291,410

August

      41.67       36.77       5,321,290

September

      40.95       37.68       4,788,440

October

      43.14       37.67       5,136,390

November

      44.50       41.27       3,919,900

December

      45.25       42.01       3,460,650

 

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

The following table sets out the name, city, province or state and country of residence, position held with the Corporation and principal occupation of each person who is a director of the Corporation as of the date hereof and the year in which the person became a director. Except as otherwise indicated, each person has held his or her principal occupation for the last five years. Each of the directors has been elected to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation.

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

13


Name, City,

Province/State and
Country of Residence    

  

Position with the
Corporation

  

Principal Occupation

  

Principal
Occupation within
the Preceding

Five Years

  

First Year
as Director of

the Corporation

(or its

predecessor)

Leslie Abi-Karam(3)

Palm Beach Gardens, Florida, USA

  

Director

  

Corporate Director

      2018

Alain Bédard, FCPA, FCA

Montreal, Québec,

Canada

  

Director,
Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer

  

President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation

      1993

André Bérard(2)(3)
Montreal, Québec, Canada

  

Lead Director

  

Corporate Director

      2003

Lucien Bouchard, P.C., G.O.Q., Ad.E.(3)
Outremont, Québec, Canada

  

Director

  

Partner
Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg LLP
(law firm)

      2007

Diane Giard(1)

Shefford, Québec,

Canada

  

Director

  

Corporate Director

   Prior to July 2018, Executive Vice-President, National Bank of Canada    2018

Richard Guay(1)(2)
Pointe-Claire, Québec, Canada

  

Director
Chairman of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee

  

Corporate Director

      2004

Debra Kelly-Ennis(1)

Palm Beach Gardens, Florida, USA

  

Director

  

Corporate Director

      2017

Neil D. Manning(3)

Edmonton, Alberta, Canada

  

Director
Chairman of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

  

Corporate Director

      2013

Arun Nayar(1)

Naples, FL, USA

  

Director

Chairman of the Audit Committee

  

Corporate Director

      2018

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

14


Name, City,

Province/State and
Country of Residence

  

Position with the
Corporation

  

Principal Occupation

  

Principal
Occupation within
the Preceding

Five Years

  

First Year
as Director of

the Corporation

(or its

predecessor)

Joey Saputo(2)
Montreal, Québec, Canada

  

Director

  

Corporate Director

  

Prior to January 2018, President of Montreal Impact and Stade Saputo

 

   1996

 

(1)

Member of the Audit Committee.

(2)

Member of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee.

(3)

Member of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee.

The following table sets out, for each person who is an officer of the Corporation as of the date hereof (with the exception of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer included in the table above), his or her name, city, province or state and country of residence and position held with the Corporation. In each case, the principal occupation of the officer is as set out under “Position with the Corporation”. Except as otherwise indicated, each officer has held his or her principal occupation for the last five years.

 

Name, City, Province/State and
Country of Residence

  

Position with the Corporation

  

Principal Occupation within the
preceding five years

David Saperstein, MBA, BA

Palm Beach Gardens, FL, USA

  

Chief Financial Officer

  

Prior to January 2019, Vice-President, Mergers and Acquisitions of the Corporation, prior to June 2016, Managing Director of BG Strategic Advisors LLC, and prior thereto, Senior Vice-President of

BG Strategic Advisors LLC

Kal Atwal

Brampton, Ontario, Canada

  

Executive Vice-President

  

Prior to July 2019, President of TForce Logistics Canada and AC Logistics Canada

Steven Brookshaw

Mount Pleasant, Ontario, Canada

  

Executive Vice-President

  

Prior to 2018, Vice-President of Flatbed Operations of Contrans Group Inc.

Louis Gagnon
Rosemère, Québec, Canada

  

Executive Vice-President

  

Prior to 2016, Vice-President, Business Development of the Corporation

Rick Hashie

Streetsville, Ontario, Canada

  

Executive Vice-President

  

Prior to 2017, President of TForce Integrated Solutions, McArthur Express and Concord Transportation

Brian Kohut
Mississauga, Ontario, Canada

  

Executive Vice-President

  

Robert McGonigal

Chestermere, Alberta, Canada

  

Executive Vice-President

  

Prior to January 2016, President of Canadian Freightways and other subsidiaries of the Corporation

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

15


Name, City, Province/State and

Country of Residence

  

        Position with the Corporation        

  

Principal Occupation within the

preceding five years

Ken Tourangeau, CPA, CA
Laval, Québec, Canada

  

Executive Vice-President

  

Prior to January, 2019, Vice-President, Finance and Control of the Corporation

Daniel Auger, ENG, MBA
Laval, Québec, Canada

  

Vice-President, Information Technology

  

Prior to 2015, Vice-President, Business Enablement of IWEB Technologies Inc.

Daniel Chevalier, CPA, CMA

Laval, Québec, Canada

  

Vice President, Finance, Operational Reporting

  

Prior to January 2019, Director, Finance – Operational Support of the Corporation and prior thereto, Vice-President, Finance and Administration of Services Matrec Inc.

Patrick Croteau, CPA, CA

Kirkland, Québec, Canada

  

Vice-President, Finance & Control

  

Prior to January 2019, Corporate Controller of the Corporation

Johanne Dean

Montreal, Québec, Canada

  

Vice-President, Marketing & Communications

  

Sylvain Desaulniers, CIRC
Montreal, Québec, Canada

  

Vice-President, Human Resources

  

Josiane M. Langlois, LL.M.
Beaconsfield, Québec, Canada

  

Vice-President, Legal Affairs & Corporate Secretary

  

Chantal Martel, LL.B.
Saint-Lazare, Québec, Canada

  

Vice-President, Insurance & Compliance

  

Greg Orr

Joplin, Missouri, USA

  

Executive Vice-President

  

Prior to 2019, President of CFI, prior to 2018, Senior Vice-President Sales and Operations of CFI and prior thereto, President & General Manager of Action Resources, Inc.

Martin Quesnel, CPA, CA
Boucherville, Québec, Canada

  

Vice-President, Finance

  

As at December 31, 2019, the directors and executive officers of the Corporation, as a group, beneficially owned or otherwise exercised control or direction over, directly or indirectly, an aggregate of 4,883,590 Common Shares, representing approximately 6% of the issued and outstanding Common Shares.

To the knowledge of the Corporation, none of the foregoing directors or executive officers of the Corporation (and with respect to (b) and (c) below, none of the shareholders of the Corporation holding a sufficient number of Common Shares to affect materially the control of the Corporation):

 

(a)

is, or within the last ten years has been, a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of any company that:

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

16


  (i)

was subject to a cease trade order, an order similar to a cease trade order, or an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption under applicable securities legislation, and which in all cases was in effect for a period of more than 30 consecutive days (an “Order”), which Order was issued while the director or executive officer was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of such company; or

 

  (ii)

was subject to an Order that was issued after the director or executive officer ceased to be a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer and which resulted from an event that occurred while that person was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of such company; or

 

(b)

is, or within the last ten years has been, a director or executive officer of any company that, while that person was acting in that capacity, or within a year of that person ceasing to act in that capacity, became bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency or was subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold its assets; or

 

(c)

has, within the last ten years, become bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency or become subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold his, her or its assets.

To the knowledge of the Corporation, none of the foregoing directors or executive officers of the Corporation and none of the shareholders of the Corporation holding a sufficient number of Common Shares to affect materially the control of the Corporation, has been subject to:

 

(a)

any penalties or sanctions imposed by a court relating to securities legislation or by a securities regulatory authority or has entered into a settlement agreement with a securities regulatory authority; or

 

(b)

any other penalties or sanctions imposed by a court or regulatory body that would likely be considered important to a reasonable investor in making an investment decision.

Conflicts of Interest

To the knowledge of the Corporation, no director or officer of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries has an existing or potential material conflict of interest with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries.

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

17


AUDIT COMMITTEE

Audit Committee Charter

The Audit Committee charter is annexed as Schedule A to this annual information form.

Audit Committee Composition

The Audit Committee is composed of four members, namely Arun Nayar, Chairman, Richard Guay, Debra Kelly-Ennis and Diane Giard. In the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, each member of the Audit Committee is independent and financially literate within the meaning of National Instrument 52-110 Audit Committees.

Relevant Education and Experience

In the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, each member of the Audit Committee has a good command of generally accepted accounting principles and has the ability to understand a set of financial statements that present a breadth and level of complexity of accounting issues that are generally comparable to the breadth and complexity of the issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised by the Corporation’s financial statements. This section describes at greater length how these members acquired their financial literacy.

Arun Nayar retired in 2015 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Tyco International PLC, a provider of security products. He also held other highly-diverse leadership positions including Chief Financial Officer of Global Operations at PepsiCo Inc. and President of ABB Financial Services Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of ABB Ltd.

Richard Guay was Senior Executive Vice-President of the Laurentian Bank of Canada until his retirement in 2003. Before joining the Laurentian Bank, Mr. Guay was President and CEO of La Financière Coopérants and also held different executive positions with the National Bank of Canada.

Debra Kelly-Ennis is the former President and CEO of Diageo Canada. She held executive leadership positions with General Motors Corporation, Gerber Foods Company, RJR/Nabisco, Inc. and The Coca-Cola Company Foods Division.

Diane Giard retired as Executive Vice President of the National Bank of Canada in 2018. Before joining the National Bank of Canada, she held different management positions at Scotia Bank.

Pre-approval Policies and Procedures for Non-Audit Services

The Audit Committee has adopted in its charter, a specific policy and procedure for the engagement of non-audit services.

External Auditor Service Fees (by Category)

The table below sets out all fees paid by the Corporation to its external auditor, KPMG LLP, for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

18


            Year ended December 31,
            2019            2018  

Audit Fees

     $        1,117,498         $      1,260,500  

Audit-Related Fees(1)

     $        3,000         $      3,000  

Tax Fees(2)

     $        378,000         $      808,500  
            72,356              38,000  
     Mex$        154,003               Mex$      -  

All Other Fees

     $        799               $      8,160  

TOTAL

     $        1,499,297         $      2,080,160  
            72,356              38,000  
     Mex$        154,003         Mex$      -  

                                             

(1)

2019 and 2018 Audit-Related Fees are for an audit of a special report for the CNESST.

(2)

Tax fees consist of tax compliance, including assistance with the preparation and review of tax returns, and other tax advisory services related to domestic and international taxation.

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND REGULATORY ACTIONS

Management of the Corporation is not aware of any material litigation outstanding, threatened or pending as of the date hereof by or against the Corporation other than in the normal course of business.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, the Corporation was not subject to:

 

(a)

any penalties or sanctions imposed by a court relating to securities legislation or by a securities regulatory authority;

 

(b)

any other penalties or sanctions imposed by a court or regulatory body that would likely be considered important to a reasonable investor in making an investment decision; or

 

(c)

any settlement agreements entered into before a court relating to securities legislation or with a securities regulatory authority.

 

INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN MATERIAL TRANSACTIONS

No directors or executive officers of the Corporation, and no person or corporation that is the beneficial owner of, or who exercises control or direction over, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of the Corporation’s shares or any of their respective associates or affiliates, has or has had a material interest, direct or indirect, in any transaction, whether proposed or concluded, which had, or may have, a material effect on the Corporation or its subsidiaries within the three most recently-completed financial years or during the current financial year.

 

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Shares is Computershare Trust Company of Canada. The register of transfers of the Common Shares is located at the offices of Computershare Trust Company of Canada in Montreal and Toronto.

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

19


MATERIAL CONTRACTS

No contract, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, considered material to the Corporation has been entered into during its last fiscal year.

 

NAME AND INTERESTS OF EXPERTS

KPMG LLP prepared the Independent Auditors’ Report with respect to the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

KPMG LLP are the auditors of the Corporation and have confirmed with respect to the Corporation that they are independent within the meaning of the relevant rules and related interpretations prescribed by the relevant professional bodies in Canada and any applicable legislation or regulations.

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Additional information, including directors’ and officers’ remuneration and indebtedness (if any), principal holders of the Corporation’s securities, options to purchase securities and interests of insiders in material transactions, if applicable, is contained in the Corporation’s Management Proxy Circular in respect of the annual and special meeting of shareholders held on April 23, 2019.

Additional financial information is provided in the Corporation’s audited consolidated financial statements and management’s discussion and analysis relating thereto for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019. These documents, as well as additional information relating to the Corporation, including any of the Corporation’s news releases, are also available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

20


LOGO

Audit Committee Charter

Revised December 2018

PURPOSE

The primary function of the Audit Committee (the “Committee”) of TFI International Inc. (the “Corporation”) is to assist the Board of Directors (the “Board”) in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities by reviewing with its auditors: (a) the financial reports and other financial information provided by the Corporation to any governmental body or the public, being understood that the financial statements are the responsibility of management and that the Committee’s role is solely to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities; (b) the Corporation’s systems of internal controls regarding finance and accounting that management and the Board have established; and (c) the Corporation’s auditing, accounting and financial reporting processes generally.

All of the requirements in this Charter are qualified by the understanding that the role of the Committee is to act in an oversight capacity and is not intended to require a detailed review of the work performed by the external auditors unless specific circumstances are brought to its attention warranting such a review.

The Committee has the authority to conduct any investigation appropriate to fulfilling its responsibilities and it has direct access to the external and internal auditors as well as anyone in the organization. The Committee has the ability to retain, at the Corporation’s expense, specific advisors, consultants or experts it deems necessary in the performance of its duties.

COMPOSITION

The Committee shall be composed of three or more Directors as determined by the Board. At least the majority members of the Committee must be independent (must be free of any relationship to the Corporation that may interfere with the exercise of their independence from management and the Corporation).

All members of the Committee must be financially literate and shall possess an understanding of financial statements, including balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement or be able to do so within a reasonable period of time after his or her appointment to the Committee. At least one member of the Committee shall have accounting or related financial management expertise, as the Board, in its business judgment, interprets such qualification.

The members of the Committee shall be appointed by the Board at the annual or any regular meeting of the Board. The members of the Committee shall serve until their successors shall be duly elected and qualified or their earlier resignation or removal. The Chair of the Committee shall be appointed by the Chairman of the Board. If a Chair is not elected by the full Board or is not present at a particular meeting, the members of the Committee may designate a Chair by majority vote of the Committee membership in attendance.

MEETINGS

The Committee shall meet at least four times annually, or more frequently as circumstances dictate. The Committee should meet at least annually with management, the independent members, the internal and external auditors and as a Committee, in separate executive sessions, to discuss any matters that the Committee or each of these groups believe should be discussed privately. In addition, the Committee, or at least the Chair, should meet with the external auditors and management quarterly, either in person or telephonically, to review the Corporation’s interim financial statements. The Committee Chair shall prepare and/or approve the agenda in advance of each meeting.

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

21


RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES

To fulfill its responsibilities and duties, the Committee shall perform the following:

Documents/Reports Review

 

  a)

Review and reassess the adequacy of this Charter at least annually.

 

  b)

Review and discuss with management and the external auditors the Corporation’s annual audited financial statements, quarterly financial results, Management Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”) and draft audit related disclosures for proxy statements before the Corporation publicly discloses this information. This review and discussion should encompass the results of the audit, including significant issues regarding accounting principles, practices and judgments.

The Chair of the Committee may represent the entire Committee for purposes of this review, in case of emergency in the event the Committee is unable to meet.

 

  c)

Review and discuss with management all significant issues surrounding corporate risk including insurance coverage, derivatives, information systems and cybersecurity, stress testing and environmental issues as required.

 

  d)

Develop and review on an annual basis, or more frequently if appropriate, a Whistle Blower Policy and ensure that such policy is appropriate for the Corporation and complies with the applicable laws, regulations, and listing standards, and to recommend any changes as necessary to the Board. Upon the adoption of such rules, the Committee will oversee their enforcement.

 

  e)

Review on an annual basis the Corporation pension plans performance.

External Auditors

 

  a)

Recommend to the Board the selection of external auditors, considering independence and effectiveness and approve the fees and other compensation to be paid to the external auditors.

 

  b)

Review and approve the Corporation’s hiring policies regarding partners, employees and former partners and employees of the present and former external auditors of the Corporation.

 

  c)

Make clear that the external auditors for the Corporation are ultimately accountable to the Committee and the Board, that the Committee and Board have the ultimate authority and responsibility to select, evaluate and, where appropriate, replace the external auditors or to nominate the external auditor to be proposed for Shareholder approval in any proxy statement.

 

  d)

Require the external auditors to submit on a periodic basis (but at least annually) to the Committee a formal written statement in accordance with Independence Standards delineating all relationships between them and the Corporation, actively engage in a dialogue with them with respect to any disclosed relationships or services that may impact their objectivity and independence, and recommend that the Board take appropriate action in response to the report of the external auditors to satisfy itself of the external auditors’ independence.

 

  e)

Review the performance of the external auditors and approve any proposed discharge of the external auditors when circumstances warrant.

 

  f)

Discuss with the external auditors their audit plan.

 

  g)

Review and approve in advance all non-audit services performed by the Corporation’s duly appointed external auditing firm. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

22


  i)

the audit committee may delegate to the chairman of the committee, the authority to pre-approve non-audit services to be performed by the Corporation’s duly appointed audit firm. The pre-approval of such non-audit services by chairman to whom authority has been delegated must thereafter be presented to the audit committee at its first scheduled meeting following such pre-approval.

 

  ii)

If the amount to be paid by the Corporation to the Corporation’s duly appointed external auditing firm is less than seventy-five thousand dollars (CAD$75,000) for each specific mandate, up to an aggregate annual amount of all the non-audit services not more than One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars (CAD$150,000), such non-audit services are deemed to be pre-approved by the committee if they are approved by the CEO of the Corporation and provided that the services are promptly brought to the attention of the Corporation’s audit committee at its first scheduled meeting following such non-audit services are given.

 

  iii)

The following non-audit services are strictly prohibited and shall in no circumstance be performed by the Corporation’s duly appointed external auditing firm:

Bookkeeping or other services related to the Corporation’s accounting records or financial statements;

  Financial

information systems design and implementation;

  Appraisal

or valuation services for financial reporting purposes;

  Actuarial

services for items recorded in the financial statements;

  Internal

audit outsourcing services;

  Management

functions;

  Human

resources;

  Certain

corporate finance and other services;

  Legal

services;

  Certain

expert services unrelated to the audit.

 

  h)

Resolution of disagreements between management and external auditors;

Internal Audit

 

  a)

Review and concur in the appointment, replacement, reassignment or dismissal of the director of internal audit.

 

  b)

Confirm and assure the independence of the internal auditor.

 

  c)

Evaluate, in consultation the director of internal auditing, the audit scope and role of internal audit.

 

  d)

In consultation with management and the external auditors, evaluate the effectiveness and independence of the Corporation’s internal audit function including the reporting relationship to the Committee and the compliance with the Committee charter.

 

  e)

Review with the director of internal audit and management, the audit plan, activities, staffing and organizational structure of internal audit.

Financial Reporting Processes

 

  a)

In consultation with management and the external auditors, consider the integrity of the Corporation’s financial reporting processes and controls and whether such controls are adequate. The Committee must be satisfied that the adequate procedures are in place for the review of the Corporation’s public disclosure of financial information extracted or derived from the Corporation’s financial statements (other than the

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

23


 

Corporation’s financial statements, MD&A and annual and interim profit or loss press releases), and periodically assess the adequacy of those procedures.

 

  b)

Discuss significant financial reporting issues including off balance sheet arrangements and/or special purpose entities and the steps management has taken to monitor, control and report such issues.

 

  c)

Review significant findings prepared by the external auditors together with management’s response.

 

  d)

Prior to releasing the year-end earnings, discuss the results of the audit with the external auditors.

 

  e)

Review the annual budget on an annual basis.

 

  f)

Review and recommend the proposed dividend payouts on a quarterly basis.

 

  g)

Discuss with the external auditors their judgments about the quality, not just the acceptability, of the Corporation’s accounting principles as applied in its financial reporting.

 

  h)

Based on the review and discussions referred to previously, recommend to the Board that the audited financial statements be included in the Corporation’s Annual Report.

 

  i)

Prepare a report of the Committee to be included in the Corporation’s Proxy Circular for its Annual Meeting.

Other

 

  a)

The Committee will establish procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of any complaints received by the Corporation regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters.

 

  b)

The Committee will review the accounting principles and practices.

 

  c)

The Committee will establish procedures for the confidential, anonymous submission by the employees of the Corporation of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

 

  d)

Nothing in this Charter will, or be deemed to, decrease or modify any manner adverse to any member of the Committee, such member’s right to rely on statements and certifications made by Corporation’s officers, employees, agents, counsel, experts and auditors.

 

  e)

Nothing in this charter will, or will be deemed to, adversely affect in any manner the rights of members of the Committee to indemnification and advancement of expenses under the Corporation’s By-Laws or under any contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding benefiting such member.

 

  f)

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Charter, no provision of this Charter will, except to the extent required by applicable law, rule or regulation, be construed to create any duty, liability or obligation on the part of the Committee or its members.

The Committee relies on the expertise and knowledge of management and the public accounting firm in carrying out its oversight responsibilities. Management of the Corporation is responsible for determining that the Corporation’s financial statements are complete, accurate, and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The public accounting firm is responsible for auditing the Corporation’s financial statements. It is not the duty of the Committee to plan or conduct audits, to determine that the financial statements are complete, accurate and are in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, to conduct investigations, or to assure compliance with laws and regulations of the Corporation’s internal policies, procedures or controls.

 

 

 Annual Information Form 2019

 TFI International Inc.

 

24

Exhibit 4.2

 

LOGO

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended

December 31, 2019 and 2018


LOGO      
  KPMG LLP   Telephone   (514) 840-2100
  600 de Maisonneuve Blvd. West   Fax   (514) 840-2187
  Suite 1500, Tour KPMG   Internet   www.kpmg.ca
  Montréal (Québec) H3A 0A3    
  Canada    

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Shareholders of TFI International Inc.

Opinion

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of TFI International Inc. (the “Entity”), which comprise:

 

 

the consolidated statements of financial position as at December 31, 2019 and 2018

 

 

the consolidated statements of income for the years then ended

 

 

the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years then ended

 

 

the consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years then ended

 

 

the consolidated statements of cash flows for the years then ended

 

 

and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies

(Hereinafter referred to as the “financial statements”)

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Entity as at December 31, 2019 and 2018, and its consolidated financial performance and its consolidated cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the “Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements” section of our auditors’ report.

We are independent of the Entity in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in Canada and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Emphasis of Matter - Change in Accounting Policy

We draw attention to Note 1(s) to the financial statements which indicates that the Entity has changed its accounting policy for leases as of January 1, 2019, due to the adoption of IFRS 16, Leases, and has applied that change using a modified retrospective transition approach.

Our opinion is not modified in respect of this matter.

KPMG LLP is a Canadian limited liability partnership and a member firm of the KPMG

network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative

(“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity.

KPMG Canada provides services to KPMG LLP.


LOGO

Page 2

Other Information

Management is responsible for the other information. Other information comprises:

 

 

the information included in 2019 Management’s Discussion and Analysis filed with the relevant Canadian Securities Commissions;

 

 

the information, other than the financial statements and the auditors’ report thereon, included in a document likely to be entitled “2019 Annual Report”.

Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not and will not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information identified above and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit and remain alert for indications that the other information appears to be materially misstated.

We obtained the information included in 2019 Management’s Discussion and Analysis filed with the relevant Canadian Securities Commissions as at the date of this auditors’ report. If, based on the work we have performed on this other information, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact in the auditors’ report.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

The information, other than the financial statements and the auditors’ report thereon, included in a document likely to be entitled “2019 Annual Report” is expected to be made available to us after the date of this auditors’ report. If, based on the work we will perform on this other information, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact to those charged with governance.

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the Entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Entity or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

Those charged with governance are responsible for overseeing the Entity’s financial reporting process.


LOGO

Page 3

Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion.

Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists.

Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit.

We also:

 

 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

 

 

Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Entity’s internal control.

 

 

Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management.

 

 

Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditors’ report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Entity to cease to continue as a going concern.

 

 

Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including the disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

 

 

Communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.


LOGO

Page 4

 

 

Provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

 

 

Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the group Entity to express an opinion on the financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

 

LOGO

The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this auditors’ report is Girolamo Cordi.

Montréal, Canada

February 10, 2020

 

 

*CPA auditor, CA, public accountancy permit No. A109612


TFI International Inc.

Consolidated Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

CONTENTS

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

     1  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

     2  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

     3  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

     4  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

     5  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     6  


TFI International Inc.    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
  

DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

        As at        As at
        December 31,        December 31,  
       Note        2019        2018  

Assets

        

Trade and other receivables

     7        587,370        631,727  

Inventoried supplies

        13,844        12,755  

Current taxes recoverable

        17,158        13,015  

Prepaid expenses

        36,077        38,546  

Derivative financial instruments

     26        39        5,430  

Assets held for sale

        4,625        7,572  

Other assets

     12        24,814        -  

Current assets

              683,927        709,045  

Property and equipment

     9        1,461,707        1,396,389  

Right-of-use assets

     3, 10        434,017        -  

Intangible assets

     11        1,954,902        1,901,495  

Other assets

     12        11,241        33,676  

Deferred tax assets

     18        11,461        6,409  

Derivative financial instruments

     26        -        2,946  

Non-current assets

              3,873,328        3,340,915  

Total assets

              4,557,255        4,049,960  

Liabilities

        

Bank indebtedness

        3,801        12,334  

Trade and other payables

     13        443,468        475,585  

Current taxes payable

        6,050        18,951  

Provisions

     17        23,721        25,063  

Other financial liabilities

        2,654        1,972  

Derivative financial instruments

     26        843        -  

Long-term debt

     14        53,647        122,340  

Lease liabilities

     3, 15        99,133        -  

Current liabilities

              633,317        656,245  

Long-term debt

     14        1,691,040        1,462,083  

Lease liabilities

     3, 15        362,709        -  

Employee benefits

     16        18,585        16,130  

Provisions

     17        29,251        42,801  

Other financial liabilities

        3,649        5,907  

Derivative financial instruments

     26        888        -  

Deferred tax liabilities

     18        312,127        289,940  

Non-current liabilities

              2,418,249        1,816,861  

Total liabilities

              3,051,566        2,473,106  

Equity

        

Share capital

     19        680,233        704,510  

Contributed surplus

     19, 21        21,063        20,448  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

        24,473        64,790  

Retained earnings

              779,920        787,106  

Equity attributable to owners of the Company

              1,505,689        1,576,854  

Contingencies, letters of credit and other commitments

     27                    

Total liabilities and equity

              4,557,255        4,049,960  

The notes on pages 6 to 52 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

On behalf of the Board:

 

/s/ Alain Bédard  Director   /s/ André Bérard  Director                     
        Alain Bédard       André Bérard                  

 

LOGO     1


TFI International Inc.    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

(In thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts)    

 

      Note      2019     2018  

Revenue

        4,613,629       4,508,197  

Fuel surcharge

              565,235       615,011  

Total revenue

              5,178,864       5,123,208  

Materials and services expenses

     22        2,832,070       2,913,996  

Personnel expenses

     23        1,297,929       1,253,975  

Other operating expenses

        207,057       279,857  

Depreciation of property and equipment

     9        223,794       198,492  

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

     10        102,573       -  

Amortization of intangible assets

     11        65,925       62,101  

Impairment of intangible assets

     11        -       12,559  

Bargain purchase gain

     5        (10,787     -  

Gain on sale of rolling stock and equipment

        (20,416     (10,903

Gain on derecognition of right-of-use assets

        (2,276     -  

Gain on sale of land and buildings

        (12     (524

Gain on sale of assets held for sale

        (28,613     (15,620

Gain on sale of intangible assets

              -       (1,249

Total operating expenses

              4,667,244       4,692,684  

Operating income

              511,620       430,524  

Finance (income) costs

       

Finance income

     24        (3,001     (15,353

Finance costs

     24        88,642       63,659  

Net finance costs

              85,641       48,306  

Income before income tax

        425,979       382,218  

Income tax expense

     25        101,503       90,224  

Net income from continuing operations

        324,476       291,994  

Net loss from discontinued operations

     6        (14,193     -  

Net income for the year attributable to owners of the Company

 

     310,283       291,994  

Earnings per share attributable to owners of the Company

       

Basic earnings per share

     20        3.72       3.32  

Diluted earnings per share

     20        3.63       3.22  

Earnings per share from continuing operations attributable to owners of the Company

       

Basic earnings per share

     20        3.89       3.32  

Diluted earnings per share

     20        3.80       3.22  
                           

The notes on pages 6 to 52 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

LOGO     2


TFI International Inc.    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

(In thousands of Canadian dollars)             
      2019     2018  

Net income for the year attributable to owners of the Company

     310,283       291,994  

Other comprehensive (loss) income

    

Items that may be reclassified to income or loss in future years:

    

Foreign currency translation differences

     (52,502     101,972  

Net investment hedge, net of tax

     16,115       (26,677

Changes in fair value of cash flow hedge, net of tax

     (9,835     (2,842

Employee benefits, net of tax

     42       (159

Items that may never be reclassified to income or loss in future years:

    

Defined benefit plan remeasurement (losses) gains, net of tax

     (1,619     1,181  

Items directly reclassified to retained earnings:

    

Unrealized gain (loss) on investment in equity securities measured at fair value through OCI, net of tax

     1,326       (4,693

Other comprehensive (loss) income for the year, net of tax

     (46,473     68,782  

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of the Company

     263,810       360,776  

The notes on pages 6 to 52 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

LOGO     3


TFI International Inc.    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
   YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

(In thousands of Canadian dollars)

     Note       
Share
capital
 
 
   
Contributed
surplus
 
 
   




Accumulated
unrealized
loss on
employee
benefit

plans

 
 
 
 
 

 

   


Accumulated
cash flow
hedge

gain

 
 
 

 

   





Accumulated
foreign
currency
translation
differences
and net invest-

ment hedge

 
 
 
 
 
 

 

   




Accumulated
unrealized
loss on
investment in
equity
securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
Retained
earnings
 
 
   



Total equity
attributable
to owners
of the
Company
 
 
 
 
 

Balance as at December 31, 2018

              704,510       20,448       (528     10,210       60,971       (5,863     787,106       1,576,854  

Adjustment on initial application of IFRS 16 (see note 3)

        -       -       -       -       -       -       (25,678     (25,678

Net income for the year

        -       -       -       -       -       -       310,283       310,283  

Other comprehensive (loss) income for the year, net of tax

 

     -       -       42       (9,835     (36,387     1,326       (1,619     (46,473

Realized loss on equity securities, net of tax

              -       -       -       -       -       4,537       (4,537     -  

Total comprehensive (loss) income for the year

              -       -       42       (9,835     (36,387     5,863       304,127       263,810  

Share-based payment transactions

     21        -       8,269       -       -       -       -       -       8,269  

Stock options exercised

     19, 21        27,402       (5,641     -       -       -       -       -       21,761  

Dividends to owners of the Company

     19        -       -       -       -       -       -       (81,145     (81,145

Repurchase of own shares

     19        (52,633     -       -       -       -       -       (203,059     (255,692

Net settlement of restricted share units

     19, 21        954       (2,013     -       -       -       -       (1,431     (2,490

Total transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity

              (24,277     615       -       -       -       -       (285,635     (309,297

Balance as at December 31, 2019

              680,233       21,063       (486     375       24,584       -       779,920       1,505,689  

Balance as at December 31, 2017

              711,036       21,995       (369     13,052       (14,324     (1,170     684,904       1,415,124  

Net income for the year

        -       -       -       -       -       -       291,994       291,994  

Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year, net of tax

 

     -       -       (159     (2,842     75,295       (4,693     1,181       68,782  

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year

              -       -       (159     (2,842     75,295       (4,693     293,175       360,776  

Share-based payment transactions

     21        -       5,926       -       -       -       -       -       5,926  

Stock options exercised

     19, 21        20,840       (4,009     -       -       -       -       -       16,831  

Dividends to owners of the Company

     19        -       -       -       -       -       -       (76,114     (76,114

Repurchase of own shares

     19        (30,122     -       -       -       -       -       (109,500     (139,622

Net settlement of restricted share units

     19, 21        2,756       (3,464     -       -       -       -       (5,359     (6,067

Total transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity

              (6,526     (1,547     -       -       -       -       (190,973     (199,046

Balance as at December 31, 2018

              704,510       20,448       (528     10,210       60,971       (5,863     787,106       1,576,854  

The notes on pages 6 to 52 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

LOGO     4


TFI International Inc.

  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

                                        
(In thousands of Canadian dollars)                         
             Note        2019        2018  

 

 
Cash flows from operating activities             
  Net income for the year           310,283          291,994   
  Net loss from discontinued operations           (14,193         
 

 

 
  Net income from continuing operations           324,476          291,994   
  Adjustments for             
    Depreciation of property and equipment      9          223,794          198,492   
    Depreciation of right-of-use assets      10          102,573           
         Amortization of intangible assets      11          65,925          62,101   
    Impairment of intangible assets      11          -          12,559   
    Share-based payment transactions      21          8,269          5,926   
    Net finance costs      24          85,641          48,306   
    Income tax expense      25          101,503          90,224   
         Bargain purchase gain      5          (10,787         
    Gain on sale of property and equipment           (20,428        (11,427)  
    Gain on derecognition of right-of-use assets           (2,276         
    Gain on sale of assets held for sale           (28,613        (15,620)  
    Gain on sale of intangible assets           -          (1,249)  
    Provisions and employee benefits           (4,919        (8,289)  
   

 

 
              845,158          673,017   
  Net change in non-cash operating working capital      8          19,600          12,647   
 

 

 
  Cash generated from operating activities

 

       864,758          685,664   
  Interest paid           (86,285        (62,629)  
  Income tax paid           (113,181        (79,532)  

 

 
Net cash from continuing operating activities           665,292          543,503   

 

 
Net cash used in discontinued operating activities           (16,176         

 

 
Net cash from operating activities           649,116          543,503   

 

 
Cash flows from investing activities             
  Purchases of property and equipment      9          (346,313        (314,300)  
  Proceeds from sale of property and equipment           95,180          81,051   
  Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale           51,918          29,226   
  Purchases of intangible assets      11          (4,826        (4,421)  
  Proceeds from sale of intangible assets           269          2,975   
  Business combinations, net of cash acquired      5          (200,401        (156,487)  
  Purchases of investments           (787        (604)  
  Proceeds from sale of investments           2,426           
  Others           (440        68   

 

 
Net cash used in continuing investing activities           (402,974        (362,492)  

 

 
Cash flows from financing activities             
  (Decrease) increase in bank indebtedness           (8,494        3,237   
  Proceeds from long-term debt      14          433,600          88,907   
  Repayment of long-term debt      14          (252,483        (67,180)  
  Repayment of lease liabilities      15          (99,573         
  Decrease in other financial liabilities           (2,068        (3,021)  
  Dividends paid           (80,703        (74,096)  
  Repurchase of own shares           (255,692        (139,622)  
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options      19          21,761          16,831   
  Repurchase of own shares for restricted share unit settlement      19          (2,490        (6,067)  

 

 
Net cash used in continuing financing activities           (246,142        (181,011)  

 

 
Net change in cash and cash equivalents           -           
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year           -           

 

 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year           -           

 

 

The notes on pages 6 to 52 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

LOGO     5


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

1.     Reporting entity

TFI International Inc. (the “Company”) is incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act, and is a company domiciled in Canada. The address of the Company’s registered office is 8801 Trans-Canada Highway, Suite 500, Montreal, Quebec, H4S 1Z6.

The consolidated financial statements of the Company as at and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the “Group” and individually as “Group entities”).

The Group is involved in the provision of transportation and logistics services across the United States, Canada and Mexico.

2.     Basis of preparation

a)     Statement of compliance

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on February 10, 2020.

b)     Basis of measurement

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material items in the statements of financial position:

 

   

investment in equity securities, derivative financial instruments and contingent considerations are measured at fair value;

   

liabilities for cash-settled share-based payment arrangements are measured at fair value in accordance with IFRS 2;

   

the defined benefit pension plan liability is recognized as the net total of the present value of the defined benefit obligation less the fair value of the plan assets; and

   

assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations are measured at fair value at acquisition date.

c)     Functional and presentation currency

These consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars (“C$” or “CDN$”), which are the Company’s functional currency. All financial information presented in Canadian dollars has been rounded to the nearest thousand.

d)     Use of estimates and judgments

The preparation of the accompanying financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about future events. These estimates and the underlying assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Such estimates include the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, the measurement of identified assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations, income tax provisions and the self-insurance and other provisions and contingencies. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and judgments.

Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment, which management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Management adjusts such estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Changes in those estimates and assumptions resulting from changes in the economic environment will be reflected in the financial statements of future periods.

Information about critical judgments, assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment within the next financial year is included in the following notes:

Note 5 – Establishing the fair value of assets and liabilities, intangible assets and goodwill related to business combinations;

Note 11 – Determining estimates and assumptions related to impairment tests for long-lived assets and goodwill; and

Note 17 – Determining estimates and assumptions related to the evaluation of provisions for claims and litigations.

 

LOGO     6


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

3.     Significant accounting policies

The accounting policies set out below have been applied consistently to all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements, unless otherwise indicated. The accounting policies have been applied consistently by Group entities.

a)     Basis of consolidation

i)     Business combinations

The Group measures goodwill as the fair value of the consideration transferred including the fair value of liabilities resulting from contingent consideration arrangements, less the net recognized amount of the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed, all measured at fair value as of the acquisition date. When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase gain is recognized immediately in income or loss.

Transaction costs, other than those associated with the issue of debt or equity securities, that the Group incurs in connection with a business combination, are expensed as incurred.

ii)    Subsidiaries

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has the right to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those through its power over the entity. The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date that control commences until the date that control ceases.

iii)    Transactions eliminated on consolidation

Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealized income and expenses arising from intra-group transactions, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

b)     Foreign currency translation

i)      Foreign currency transactions

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of the Group’s entities at exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate in effect at the reporting date. The foreign currency gain or loss on monetary items is the difference between amortized cost in the functional currency at the beginning of the period, adjusted for effective interest and payments during the period, and the amortized cost in foreign currency translated at the exchange rate at the end of the reporting period. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated at the rate in effect on the transaction date. Income and expense items denominated in foreign currency are translated at the date of the transactions. Gains and losses are included in income or loss.

ii)     Foreign operations

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on business combinations, are translated to Canadian dollars at exchange rates in effect at the reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated to Canadian dollars at the average exchange rate in effect during the reporting period.

Foreign currency differences are recognized in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) in the accumulated foreign currency translation differences account.

When a foreign operation is disposed of, the relevant amount in the cumulative amount of foreign currency translation differences is transferred to income or loss as part of the income or loss on disposal. On the partial disposal of a subsidiary while retaining control, the relevant proportion of such cumulative amount is reattributed to non-controlling interest. In any other partial disposal of a foreign operation, the relevant proportion is reclassified to income or loss.

 

LOGO     7


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Foreign exchange gains or losses arising from a monetary item receivable from or payable to a foreign operation, the settlement of which is neither planned nor likely to occur in the foreseeable future and which in substance is considered to form part of the net investment in the foreign operation, are recognized in other comprehensive income in the accumulated foreign currency translation differences account.

c)     Financial instruments

i)      Non-derivative financial assets

The Group initially recognizes financial assets on the trade date at which the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial assets are initially measured at fair value, except for trade receivables which are initially measured at their transaction price when the trade receivables do not contain a significant financing component. If the financial asset is not subsequently accounted for at fair value through profit or loss, then the initial measurement includes transaction costs that are directly attributable to the asset’s acquisition or origination. On initial recognition, the Group classifies its financial assets as subsequently measured at either amortized cost or fair value, depending on its business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial assets and depending on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired.

The Group derecognizes a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows on the financial asset in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in transferred financial assets that is created or retained by the Group is recognized as a separate asset or liability.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount is presented in the statement of financial position when, and only when, the Group has a legal right to offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Financial assets measured at amortized cost

A financial asset is subsequently measured at amortized cost, using the effective interest method and net of any impairment loss, if:

 

   

The asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets in order to collect contractual cash flows; and

   

The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise, on specified dates, to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and/or interest.

The Group currently classifies its cash equivalents, trade and other receivables and long-term non-trade receivables included in other non-current assets as financial assets measured at amortized cost.

The Group recognizes loss allowances for expected credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost. The Group has a portfolio of trade receivables at the reporting date. The Group uses a provision matrix to determine the lifetime expected credit losses for the portfolio.

The Group uses historical trends of the probability of default, the timing of recoveries and the amount of loss incurred, adjusted for management’s judgement as to whether current economic and credit conditions are such that the actual losses are likely to be greater or less than suggested by historical trends.

An impairment loss in respect of a financial asset measured at amortized cost is calculated as the difference between its carrying amount and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. Losses are recognized in income or loss and reflected in an allowance account against trade and other receivables.

 

LOGO     8


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Financial assets measured at fair value

These assets are measured at fair value and changes therein, including any interest or dividend income, are recognized in income or loss. However, for investments in equity instruments that are not held for trading, the Group may elect at initial recognition to present gains and losses in other comprehensive income. For such investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, gains and losses are never reclassified to profit or loss, and no impairment is recognized in profit or loss. Dividends earned from such investments are recognized in profit or loss, unless the dividend clearly represents a repayment of part of the cost of the investment.

Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

On initial recognition of an equity investment that is not held for trading, the Group may irrevocably elect to present subsequent changes in the investment’s fair value in OCI. This election is made on an investment-by-investment basis.

ii)    Non-derivative financial liabilities

The Group initially recognizes debt issued and subordinated liabilities on the date that they are originated. All other financial liabilities are recognized initially on the trade date at which the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

A financial liability is derecognized when its contractual obligations are discharged or cancelled or expire.

Financial liabilities are classified into financial liabilities measured at amortized cost and financial liabilities measured at fair value.

Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost

A financial liability is subsequently measured at amortized cost, using the effective interest method. The Group currently classifies bank indebtedness, trade and other payables and long-term debt as financial liabilities measured at amortized cost.

Financial liabilities measured at fair value

Financial liabilities at fair value are initially recognized at fair value and are re-measured at each reporting date with any changes therein recognized in net earnings. The Group currently classifies its contingent consideration liability in connection with a business acquisition as a financial liability measured at fair value.

iii)    Share capital

Common shares

Common shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of common shares and stock options are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

When share capital recognized as equity is repurchased, share capital is reduced by the amount equal to weighted average historical cost of repurchased equity. The excess amount of the consideration paid, which includes directly attributable costs, net of any tax effects, is recognized as a deduction from equity.

 

LOGO     9


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

iv)    Derivative financial instruments

The Group uses derivative financial instruments to manage its foreign currency and interest rate risk exposures. Embedded derivatives are separated from the host contract and accounted for separately if the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract and the embedded derivative are not closely related, a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative, and the combined instrument is not measured at fair value through income or loss.

Derivatives and embedded derivatives are recognized initially at fair value; related transaction costs are recognized in income or loss as incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, derivatives and embedded derivatives are measured at fair value, and changes therein are recognized in net change in fair value of foreign exchange derivatives in income or loss with the exception of net change in fair value of cross currency interest rate swap contracts recognized in net foreign exchange gain or loss in income or loss.

d)    Hedge accounting

Management’s risk strategy is focused on reducing the variability in profit or losses and cash flows associated with exposure to market risks. Hedge accounting is used to reduce this variability to an acceptable level. The hedges employed by the Group reduce the currency and interest rate fluctuation exposures.

On the initial designation of a hedging relationship, the Group formally documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged items, including the risk management objectives and strategy in undertaking the hedge transaction, together with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness of the hedging relationship. The Group makes an assessment, both at the inception of the hedge relationship as well as on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging instruments are expected to be effective in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flows of the respective hedged items throughout the period for which the hedge is designated.

Net investment hedge

The Group designates a portion of its U.S. dollar (“US$”) denominated debt as a hedging item in a net investment hedge. The Group applies hedge accounting to foreign currency differences arising between the functional currency of the foreign operation and the Company’s functional currency (CDN$), regardless of whether the net investment is held directly or through an intermediate parent.

Foreign currency differences arising on the translation of a financial liability designated as a hedge of a net investment in foreign operations are recognized in other comprehensive income to the extent that the hedge is effective, and are presented in the currency translation differences account within equity. To the extent that the hedge is ineffective, such differences are recognized in income or loss. When the hedged net investment is disposed of, the relevant amount in the translation reserve is transferred to income or loss as part of the gain or loss on disposal.

Cash flow hedges

When a derivative is designated as the hedging instrument in a hedge of the variability in cash flows attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecasted transaction that could affect income or loss, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivatives is recognized in other comprehensive income and presented in accumulated other comprehensive income as part of equity. The amount recognized in other comprehensive income is removed and included in net earnings under the same line item in the consolidated statement of earnings and comprehensive income as the hedged item, in the same period that the hedged cash flows affect income or loss. If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires or is sold, terminated, exercised, or the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income remains in accumulated other comprehensive income until the forecasted transaction affects income or loss. If the forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, then the balance in accumulated other comprehensive income is recognized immediately in income or loss.

 

LOGO     10


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

e)     Property and equipment

Property and equipment are accounted for at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.

Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset, the costs of dismantling and removing the assets and restoring the site on which they are located, and borrowing costs on qualifying assets.

When parts of an item of property and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items (major components) of property and equipment.

Gains and losses on disposal of an item of property and equipment are determined by comparing the proceeds from disposal with the carrying amount of property and equipment, and are recognized in net income or loss.

Depreciation is based on the cost of an asset less its residual value and is recognized in income or loss over the estimated useful life of each component of an item of property and equipment. Leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term.

 

The depreciation method and useful lives are as follows:        
Categories    Basis      Useful lives
Buildings    Straight-line      15 – 40 years
Rolling stock    Primarily straight-line      3 – 20 years
Equipment    Primarily straight-line      5 – 12 years

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each financial year-end and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate.

Property and equipment are reviewed for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets when there are indicators that the carrying value may not be recoverable.

f)     Intangible assets

i)     Goodwill

Goodwill that arises upon business combinations is included in intangible assets.

Goodwill is not amortized and is measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses.

ii)     Other intangible assets

Intangible assets consist of customer relationships, trademarks, non-compete agreements and information technology.

Other intangible assets that are acquired by the Group and have finite lives are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses.

 

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:
Categories    Useful lives
Customer relationships    5 – 20 years
Trademarks*    5 – 20 years
Non-compete agreements    3 – 10 years
Information technology    5 – 7 years
(*) Includes indefinite useful life assets. They are reviewed at least annually for impairment (see note 11).

Useful lives are reviewed at each financial year-end and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate.

g)     Leases

The Group has implemented IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective approach and therefore the comparative information has not been restated and continues to be reported under IAS 17 and IFRIC 4. The impacts of changes are disclosed in note 3s).

 

LOGO     11


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

As of January 1, 2019, at inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. To assess whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset, the Group assesses whether:

 

   

the contract involves the use of an identified asset – this may be specific explicitly or implicitly, and should be physically distinct or represent substantially all of the capacity of a physically distinct asset. If the supplier has a substantive substitution right, the asset is not identified;

   

the Group has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the asset throughout the period of use; and

   

the Group has the right to direct the use of the asset. The Group has this right when it has the decision-making rights that are most relevant to changing how and for what purpose the asset is used.

The policy is applied to contracts entered into, or modified on or after January 1, 2019.

At inception or on reassessment of a contract that contains a lease component, the Group allocates the consideration in the contract to each lease component on the basis of their relative stand-alone prices.

The Group recognizes a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset of the site on which it is located, less any lease incentives received.

The assets are depreciated to the earlier of the end of the useful life of the right-of-use asset or the lease term using the straight-line method as this most closely reflects the expected pattern consumption of the future economic benefits. The lease term includes periods covered by an option to extend if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise that option. In addition, the right-of-use asset is periodically reduced by impairment losses, if any, and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.     

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. The incremental borrowing rate is a function of the Group’s incremental borrowing rate, the nature of the underlying asset, the location of the asset and the length of the lease. Generally, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate.

The lease liability is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. It is remeasured when there is a change in the future lease payments arising from a change in an index or rate, if there is a change in the Group’s estimate of the amount expected to be payable under a residual value guarantee, or if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, extension or termination option.

When the lease liability is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset, or is recorded in profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.

The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for short-term leases that have a lease term of 12 months or leases and leases of low-value assets. The Group recognises these lease payments as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Prior to adoption of IFRS 16, the Company applied IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 and leases with terms which indicated that the Group assumed substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership were classified as finance leases. Upon initial recognition the leased asset were measured at an amount equal to the lower of its fair value and the present value of the minimum lease payments. Subsequent to initial recognition, the asset was accounted for in accordance with the accounting policy applicable to that asset.

Other leases were operating leases and the leased assets were not recognized in the Group’s statements of financial position.

h)     Inventoried supplies

Inventoried supplies consist primarily of repair parts and fuel and are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value.

 

LOGO     12


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

i)     Impairment

Non-financial assets

The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets other than inventoried supplies and deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For goodwill, the recoverable amount is estimated on December 31 of each year.

For the purpose of impairment testing, assets that cannot be tested individually are grouped together into the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows from continuing use that are largely independent of the cash inflows of other assets or groups of assets (the “cash-generating unit”, or “CGU”). For the purposes of goodwill impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to the group of CGUs (usually a Group’s operating segment), that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. This allocation is subject to an operating segment ceiling test and reflects the lowest level at which that goodwill is monitored for internal reporting purposes. The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or group of assets.

The Group’s corporate assets do not generate separate cash inflows. If there is an indication that a corporate asset may be impaired, then the recoverable amount is determined for the CGU to which the corporate asset belongs.

An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its CGU exceeds its estimated recoverable amount. Impairment losses recognized in respect of CGUs are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the units, if any, and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the other assets in the unit (group of units) on a prorata basis.

An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed. In respect of other assets, impairment losses recognized in prior periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized. Impairment losses and impairment reversals are recognized in income or loss.

j)     Assets held for sale

Non-current assets are classified as held-for-sale if it is highly probable that they will be recovered primarily through sale rather than through continuing use.

Such assets are generally measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Impairment losses on initial classification as held-for-sale or held-for-distribution and subsequent gains and losses on remeasurement are recognized in income or loss.

Once classified as held-for-sale, intangible assets and property and equipment are no longer amortized or depreciated.

k)     Employee benefits

i)     Defined contribution plans

A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity pays fixed contributions into a separate entity and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in income or loss in the periods during which services are rendered by employees. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in future payments is available.

 

LOGO     13


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

ii)     Defined benefit plans

The Group’s net obligation in respect of defined benefit pension plans is calculated separately for each plan by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return for their services in the current and prior periods discounting that amount and deducting the fair value of any plan assets. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting date on AA credit-rated bonds that have maturity dates approximating the terms of the Group’s obligations and that are denominated in the same currency in which the benefits are expected to be paid. The calculation is performed annually by a qualified actuary using the projected unit credit method. When the calculation results in a benefit to the Group, the recognized asset is limited to the present value of economic benefits available in the form of any future refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan. In order to calculate the present value of economic benefits, consideration is given to any minimum funding requirements that apply to any plan in the Group.

Remeasurements of the net defined benefit liability, which comprise actuarial gains and losses, the return on plan assets (excluding interest) and the effect of the asset ceiling (if any, excluding interest), are recognized immediately in other comprehensive income. The Group determines the net interest expense (income) on the net defined benefit liability (asset) for the period by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the then-net defined benefit liability (asset), taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit liability (asset) during the period as a result of contributions and benefit payments. Net interest expense and other expenses related to defined benefit plans are recognized in profit or loss.

When the benefits of a plan are changed or when a plan is curtailed, the resulting change in benefit that relates to past service or the gain or loss on curtailment is recognized immediately in profit or loss. The Group recognizes gains and losses on the settlement of a defined benefit plan when the settlement occurs.

iii) Short-term employee benefits

Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognized for the amount expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus or income-sharing plans if the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee, and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

iv) Share-based payment transactions

The grant date fair value of equity share-based payment awards granted to employees is recognized as a personnel expense, with a corresponding increase in contributed surplus, over the period that the employees unconditionally become entitled to the awards. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the number of awards for which the related service conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognized as an expense is based on the number of awards that do meet the related service condition at the vesting date.

The fair value of the amount payable to board members in respect of deferred share unit (“DSU”), which are to be settled in cash, is recognized as an expense with a corresponding increase in liabilities. The liability is remeasured at each reporting date until settlement. Any changes in the fair value of the liability are recognized as finance income or costs in income or loss.

v)    Termination benefits

Termination benefits are expensed at the earlier of when the Group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits and when the Group recognises costs for a restructuring. If benefits are not expected to be fully settled within 12 months of the end of the reporting period, then they are discounted.

l)     Provisions

A provision is recognized if, as a result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. Where discounting is used, the unwinding of the discount is recognized as finance cost.

 

LOGO     14


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Self-Insurance

The self-insurance provision represents an accrual for estimated future disbursements associated with the self-insured portion for claims filed at year-end and incurred but not reported, related to cargo loss, bodily injury, worker’s compensation and property damages. The estimates are based on the Group’s historical experience including settlement patterns and payment trends. The most significant assumptions in the estimation process include determining the trend in costs, the expected cost of claims incurred but not reported and the expected cost to settle or pay the outstanding claims. Changes in assumptions and experience could cause these estimates to change significantly in the near term.

m)    Revenue recognition

The Group’s normal business operations consist of the provision of transportation and logistics services. All revenue relating to normal business operations is recognized over time in the statement of income. The stage of completion of the service is determined using the proportion of days completed to date compared to the estimated total days of the service. Revenue is presented net of trade discounts and volume rebates. Revenue is recognized as services are rendered, when the control of promised services is transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration the Group expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those services measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with the customers. The Group considers the contract with customers to include the general transportation service agreement and the individual bill of ladings with customers.

Based on the evaluation of the control model, certain businesses, mainly in the Less-Than-Truckload segment, act as the principal within their revenue arrangements. The affected businesses report transportation revenue gross of associated purchase transportation costs rather than net of such amounts within the consolidated statements of income.

n)    Lease payments

Prior to adoption of IFRS 16, see note 3 g) and s), payments made under operating leases were recognized in income or loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives received were recognized as an integral part of the total lease expense, over the term of the lease.

Minimum lease payments made under finance leases were apportioned between the finance costs and the reduction of the outstanding liability. The finance cost was allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

o)    Finance income and finance costs

Finance income comprises interest income on funds invested, dividend income and interest and accretion on promissory note. Interest income is recognized as it accrues in income or loss, using the effective interest method.

Finance costs comprise interest expense on bank indebtedness and long-term debt, unwinding of the discount on provisions and impairment losses recognized on financial assets (other than trade receivables).

Fair value gains or losses on derivative financial instruments and on contingent considerations, and foreign currency gains and losses are reported on a net basis as either finance income or cost.

 

  p)

Income taxes

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax and deferred tax are recognized in income or loss except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

 

LOGO     15


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Deferred tax is recognized in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognized for the following temporary differences: the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable income or loss, and differences relating to investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities to the extent that it is probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future. In addition, deferred tax is not recognized for taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to income taxes levied by the same tax authority on the same taxable entity, or on different tax entities, but they intend to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis or their tax assets and liabilities will be realized simultaneously.

A deferred tax asset is recognized for unused tax losses, tax credits and deductible temporary differences, to the extent that it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which they can be utilized. Deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

 

  q)

Earnings per share

The Group presents basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) data for its common shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the income or loss attributable to common shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, adjusted for own shares held, if any. Diluted EPS is determined by adjusting the income or loss attributable to common shareholders and the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, adjusted for own shares held, for the effects of all dilutive potential common shares, which comprise convertible debentures, warrants, and restricted share units and stock options granted to employees.

 

  r)

Segment reporting

An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Group’s other components. All operating segments’ operating results are reviewed regularly by the Group’s chief executive officer (“CEO”) to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance, and for which discrete financial information is available.

Segment results that are reported to the CEO include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those that can be allocated on a reasonable basis. Unallocated items comprise mainly corporate assets (primarily the Group’s headquarters), head office expenses, income tax assets, liabilities and expenses, as well as long-term debt and interest expense thereon.

Sales between the Group’s segments are measured at the exchange amount. Transactions, other than sales, are measured at carrying value. Segment capital expenditure is the total cost incurred during the period to acquire property and equipment, and intangible assets other than goodwill.

 

  s)

New standards and interpretations adopted during the year

The Group has adopted the following new standards and amendments to standards and interpretations, with a date of initial application of January 1, 2019. These have been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements:

IFRS 16, Leases: On January 13, 2016, the IASB issued IFRS 16 Leases. IFRS 16 replaces IAS 17 Leases and the related interpretations. This standard introduces a single lessee accounting model and requires a lessee to recognize assets and liabilities for all leases but can elect to exclude those with a term of less than 12 months, or those where the underlying asset is of low value. A lessee is required to recognize a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments. This standard substantially carries forward the lessor accounting requirements of IAS 17, while requiring enhanced disclosures to be provided by lessors. Other areas of the lease accounting model have also been impacted, including the definition of a lease. Transitional provisions have been provided. See note 3 g) for the Group accounting policy under IFRS 16.

Effective January 1, 2019, the Group adopted IFRS 16 using the modified retrospective approach and accordingly the information presented for 2018 has not been restated. It remains as previously reported under IAS 17 and related interpretations.

 

LOGO     16


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

On the initial application, the Group has elected to apply a mixture of the two available transition options; option 1 calculates the right-of-use asset as if the standard was applied at the initial date of the lease discounted at the transition rate or option 2 where the right-of-use asset is equal to the lease liability on the date of transition; on a lease-by-lease basis. A right-of-use asset and a lease liability were recorded as of January 1, 2019, for all outstanding lease contracts that met the definition of a lease, with any difference recorded in retained earnings, being recognized. An additional impact of $8.3 million on provisions and retained earnings was recognized for previously recorded straight-line rental costs under IAS 17. The Group also recognized a deferred tax liability which was recorded directly to retained earnings, and reclassed any assets recorded as finance lease from property and equipment to right-of-use assets, and the corresponding finance lease liability from long-term debt to the new lease liability presentation.

 

      As reported as at
December 31, 2018
    Adjustments    

 

Restated balance
as at January 1,
2019

 
Property and equipment      1,396,389       (25,687     1,370,702  
Right-of-use assets      -       465,095       465,095  
Provisions (including current portion)      (67,864     8,310       (59,554
Long-term debt (including current portion)      (1,584,423     9,164       (1,575,259
Lease liabilities (including current portion)      -       (492,622     (492,622
Deferred tax liabilities      (289,940     10,062       (279,878
Retained earnings      (787,106     25,678       (761,428

When measuring lease liabilities, the Group discounted lease payments using its incremental borrowing rate at January 1, 2019. This incremental borrowing rate was adjusted for the type of the underlying asset, the location of the underlying asset, and the length of the lease contract. At January 1, 2019, the weighted average rate used was 3.92% and the weighted average lease contract length was 7.42 years.

The Group has elected to apply the following practical expedients:

 

   

The Group has elected to account for leases which lease term ends within 12 months of the date of initial application as short-term leases.

   

The Group elected to grandfather the assessment of which transactions are leases. It applied transitional provisions of IFRS 16 only to contracts which were previously identified as leases. New definition of a lease will be applied for leases entered into after January 1, 2019.

   

The Group will apply the exemption for low value items. These low value items continue to be classified as a rent expense and included as material and service expenses.

The following table reconciles the Group’s operating lease obligations at December 31, 2018, as previously disclosed in the Group’s audited annual consolidated financial statements, to the lease obligation recognized on initial application of IFRS 16 at January 1, 2019:

 

Operating lease commitment as at December 31, 2018      506,111  
Finance lease liability as at December 31, 2018      9,164  
Discounted using the incremental borrowing rate at January 1, 2019      (72,642
Recognition exemption for short-term leases      (15,646
Extension options reasonably certain to be exercised      65,635  
Lease obligations recognized at January 1, 2019      492,622  

IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments: On June 7, 2017, the IASB issued IFRIC Interpretation 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments. The Interpretation provides guidance on the accounting for current and deferred tax liabilities and assets in circumstances in which there is uncertainty over income tax treatments. The Interpretation is applicable for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. The Interpretation requires:

 

   

an entity to contemplate whether uncertain tax treatments should be considered separately, or together as a group, based on which approach provides better predictions of the resolution;

 

LOGO     17


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

   

an entity to determine if it is probable that the tax authorities will accept the uncertain tax treatment; and

 

   

if it is not probable that the uncertain tax treatment will be accepted, measure the tax uncertainty based on the most likely amount or expected value, depending on whichever method better predicts the resolution of the uncertainty.

The adoption of the amendments to IFRIC 23 did not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement (Amendments to IAS 19): On February 7, 2018, the IASB issued Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement (Amendments to IAS 19). The amendments apply for plan amendments, curtailments or settlements that occur on or after January 1, 2019, or the date on which they are first applied. The amendments to IAS 19 clarify that:

 

   

on amendment, curtailment or settlement of a defined benefit plan, an entity now uses updated actuarial assumptions to determine its current service cost and net interest for the period; and

 

   

the effect of the asset ceiling is disregarded when calculating the gain or loss on any settlement of the plan.

The adoption of the amendments to IAS 19 did not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards (2015-2017 cycle): On December 12, 2017, the IASB issued narrow-scope amendments to three standards as part of its annual improvement process. The amendments are effective on or after January 1, 2019. Each of the amendments has its own specific transition requirements. Amendments were made to the following standards:

 

   

IFRS 3 Business Combinations and IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements - to clarify how a company accounts for increasing its interest in a joint operation that meets the definition of a business;

 

   

IAS 12 Income Taxes – to clarify that all income tax consequences of dividends are recognized consistently with the transactions that generated the distributable profits – i.e. in profit or loss, OCI, or equity; and

 

   

IAS 23 Borrowing Costs – to clarify that specific borrowings – i.e. funds borrowed specifically to finance the construction of a qualifying asset – should be transferred to the general borrowings pool once the construction of the qualifying asset has been completed. They also clarify that an entity includes funds borrowed specifically to obtain an asset other than a qualifying asset as part of general borrowings.

The adoption of Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards (2015-2017 cycle) did not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation (Amendments to IFRS 9): In October 2017, the IASB issued Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation (Amendments to IFRS 9). The amendments are to be applied retrospectively for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. The amendments to IFRS 9 clarify that negative compensation may be regarded as reasonable compensation irrespective of the cause of early termination. Financial assets with these prepayment features are eligible to be measured at amortized cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income if they meet the other relevant requirements of IFRS 9. The adoption of the amendments did not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted

The following new standards are not yet effective for the year ended December 31, 2019, and have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements:

Definition of a business (Amendments to IFRS 3): On October 22, 2018, the IASB issued amendments to IFRS 3 Business Combinations, that seek to clarify whether a transaction results in an asset or a business acquisition. The amendments apply to businesses acquired in annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020. Earlier application is permitted. The amendments include an election to use a concentration test. This is a simplified assessment that results in an asset acquisition if substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar identifiable assets. If a preparer chooses not to apply the concentration test, or the test is failed, then the assessment focuses on the existence of a substantive process. The Group intends to adopt these amendments in its financial statements for the annual period beginning on January 1, 2020. The extent of the impact of adoption of the amendments has not yet been determined and would be dependent on future transactions.

 

LOGO     18


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Amendments to Hedge Accounting Requirements - IBOR Reform and its Effects on Financial Reporting (Phase 1): On September 26, 2019, the IASB issued amendments for some of its requirements for hedge accounting in IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, as well as the related Standard on disclosures, IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures in relation to Phase 1 of IBOR Reform and its Effects on Financial Reporting project. The amendments are effective from January 1, 2020. Earlier application is permitted. The amendments address issues affecting financial reporting in the period leading up to IBOR reform, are mandatory and apply to all hedging relationships directly affected by uncertainties related to IBOR reform. The amendments modify some specific hedge accounting requirements to provide relief from potential effects of the uncertainty caused by the IBOR reform in the following areas:

 

   

the ‘highly probable’ requirement,

 

   

prospective assessments,

 

   

retrospective assessments (for IAS 39), and

 

   

eligibility of risk components.

The extent of the impact of adoption of the amendments has not yet been determined.

4.    Segment reporting

The Group operates within the transportation and logistics industry in the United States, Canada and Mexico in different reportable segments, as described below. The reportable segments are managed independently as they require different technology and capital resources. For each of the operating segments, the Group’s CEO reviews internal management reports. The following summary describes the operations in each of the Group’s reportable segments:

 

Package and Courier:

  

Pickup, transport and delivery of items across North America.

Less-Than-Truckload:

  

Pickup, consolidation, transport and delivery of smaller loads.

Truckload (a):

  

Full loads carried directly from the customer to the destination using a closed van or specialized equipment to meet customers’ specific needs. Includes expedited transportation, flatbed, tank, container and dedicated services.

Logistics (b):

  

Asset-light logistics services, including brokerage, freight forwarding and transportation management, as well as small package parcel delivery.

(a)    The Truckload reporting segment represents the aggregation of the Canadian Conventional Truckload, U.S. Conventional Truckload, and Specialized Truckload operating segments. The aggregation of the segment was analyzed using management’s judgment in accordance with IFRS 8. The operating segments were determined to be similar with respect to the nature of services offered and the methods used to distribute their services, additionally, they have similar economic characteristics with respect to long-term expected gross margin, levels of capital invested and market place trends.

(b)    Effective in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the Group has renamed the segment to Logistics from the previous reporting as Logistics and Last Mile. The composition of the segment remains unchanged.

Information regarding the results of each reportable segment is included below. Performance is measured based on segment operating income or loss. This measure is included in the internal management reports that are reviewed by the Group’s CEO and refers to “Operating income (loss)” in the consolidated statements of income. Segment’s operating income or loss is used to measure performance as management believes that such information is the most relevant in evaluating the results of certain segments relative to other entities that operate within these industries.

 

LOGO     19


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

       Package        Less-                                          
     and        Than-              
       Courier        Truckload        Truckload        Logistics       Corporate       Eliminations       Total  
2019

 

                                                  
External revenue      623,734        822,568        2,182,592        984,735       -       -       4,613,629  
External fuel surcharge      86,910        132,086        307,171        39,068       -       -       565,235  
Inter-segment revenue and fuel surcharge      5,177        10,297        19,989        3,949       -       (39,412     -  
Total revenue      715,821        964,951        2,509,752        1,027,752       -       (39,412     5,178,864  
Operating income (loss)      109,106        109,199        254,998        76,370       (38,053     -       511,620  
Selected items:                  

Depreciation and amortization

     33,012        70,193        242,444        44,571       2,072       -       392,292  

Gain on sale of land and buildings

     -        -        12        -       -       -       12  

Gain (loss) on sale of assets held for sale

     1,117        11,346        16,310        -       (160     -       28,613  

Bargain purchase gain

     -        -        -        10,787       -       -       10,787  

Intangible assets

     246,948        244,756        1,117,840        341,183       4,175       -       1,954,902  

Total assets

     481,903        773,833        2,684,867        547,890       68,762       -       4,557,255  

Total liabilities

     155,391        299,090        542,307        166,263       1,888,515       -       3,051,566  

Additions to property and equipment

     17,741        65,651        255,550        2,942       7,523       -       349,407  
2018                                                            
External revenue      627,819        889,283        2,044,831        946,264       -       -       4,508,197  
External fuel surcharge      94,798        154,169        320,064        45,980       -       -       615,011  
Inter-segment revenue and fuel surcharge      5,939        13,944        23,970        7,942       -       (51,795     -  
Total revenue      728,556        1,057,396        2,388,865        1,000,186       -       (51,795     5,123,208  
Operating income (loss)      113,214        85,132        207,723        54,492       (30,037     -       430,524  
Selected items:                  

Depreciation and amortization

     13,232        34,448        186,172        24,267       2,474       -       260,593  

Impairment of intangible assets

     -        -        -        12,559       -       -       12,559  

Gain (loss) on sale of land and buildings

     -        275        279        (30     -       -       524  

Gain on sale of assets held for sale

     -        2,299        12,909        -       412       -       15,620  

Gain on sale of intangible assets

     1,249        -        -        -       -       -       1,249  

Intangible assets

     247,280        256,009        1,065,624        329,460       3,122       -       1,901,495  

Total assets

     398,859        636,724        2,484,367        464,834       65,176       -       4,049,960  

Total liabilities

     66,057        146,852        432,010        111,097       1,717,090       -       2,473,106  

Additions to property and equipment

     18,268        29,345        262,719        2,675       1,066       -       314,073  

Geographical information

Revenue is attributed to geographical locations based on the origin of service’s location.

 

 

Total revenue    Package      Less-                                 
     and      Than-                             
      Courier      Truckload      Truckload      Logistics      Eliminations     Total  
2019                                         
Canada      715,821        805,514        1,060,654        286,814        (37,622     2,831,181  
United States      -        159,437        1,449,098        720,126        (1,790     2,326,871  
Mexico      -        -        -        20,812        -       20,812  
Total      715,821        964,951        2,509,752        1,027,752        (39,412     5,178,864  
2018                                                     
Canada      728,556        882,495        1,006,340        317,561        (50,699     2,884,253  
United States      -        174,901        1,382,525        659,975        (1,096     2,216,305  
Mexico      -        -        -        22,650        -       22,650  
Total      728,556        1,057,396        2,388,865        1,000,186        (51,795     5,123,208  

 

LOGO     20


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Segment assets are based on the geographical location of the assets.

 

 
     

 

2019

    

 

2018

 
Property and equipment, right-of-use assets and intangible assets      

Canada

     2,308,400        1,927,241  

United States

     1,518,877        1,347,574  

Mexico

     23,349        23,069  
       3,850,626        3,297,884  

5.    Business combinations

a)    Business combinations

In line with the Group’s growth strategy, the Group acquired eight businesses during 2019, of which Schilli Corporation (“Schilli”), which was renamed BTC East in September 2019, was considered material. These transactions were concluded in order to add density in the Group’s current network and further expand value-added services.

On February 22, 2019, the Group completed the acquisition of Schilli. Based in St. Louis, Schilli specializes in the transportation of dry and liquid bulk and offers dedicated fleet solutions and other value-add services throughout the Midwest, Southeast and Gulf Coast regions of the United States. The purchase price for this business acquisition totalled $76.6 million, which has been paid in cash. During the year ended December 31, 2019, Schilli contributed revenue and net income of $70.6 million and $3.0 million, respectively since the acquisition.

On April 29, 2019, the Group completed the acquisition of certain assets of BeavEx Incorporated Inc. and its affiliates Guardian Medical Logistics, JNJW Enterprises Inc. and USXP LLC (collectively “BeavEx”). The purchase price for this business acquisition totalled $9.7 million, which has been paid in cash. The fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired, including the fair value of the customer relationships acquired, exceeded the purchase price, resulting in a bargain purchase gain of $10.8 million in the logistics segment.

If the Group acquired the eight businesses on January 1, 2019, as per management’s best estimates, the revenue and net income for these entities would have been $396.7 million and $22.7 million, respectively. In determining these estimated amounts, management assumed that the fair value adjustments that arose on the date of acquisition would have been the same had the acquisitions occurred on January 1, 2019.

During 2019, transaction costs of $0.2 million have been expensed in other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of income in relation to the above-mentioned business acquisitions.

 

LOGO     21


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

As of the reporting date, the Group had not completed the purchase price allocation over the identifiable net assets and goodwill of the 2019 acquisitions. Information to confirm fair value of certain assets and liabilities is still to be obtained for these acquisitions. As the Group obtains more information, the allocations will be completed. The table below presents the purchase price allocation based on the best information available to the Group to date.

 

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed

     Note        Schilli        Others      2019        2018  

Cash and cash equivalents

        11,622        8,716        20,338        2,560  

Trade and other receivables

        7,365        38,301        45,666        41,771  

Inventoried supplies and prepaid expenses

        2,426        5,242        7,668        6,408  

Property and equipment

     9        28,484        60,050        88,534        100,058  

Right-of-use assets

     10        3,189        11,451        14,640        -  

Intangible assets

     11        12,910        49,912        62,822        37,611  

Other assets

        284        (184      100        428  

Trade and other payables

        (3,617      (29,415      (33,032      (23,576

Income tax payable

        (4,205      (1,913      (6,118      63  

Provisions

     17        (1,921      34        (1,887      -  

Other non-current liabilities

        -        (481      (481      -  

Long-term debt

        -        (11,505      (11,505      (23,395

Lease liabilities

     15        (3,189      (11,451      (14,640      -  

Deferred tax liabilities

              (9,606      (12,353      (21,959      (20,740

Total identifiable net assets

        43,742        106,403        150,145        121,188  

Total consideration transferred

              76,613        145,043        221,656        164,393  

Goodwill

     11        32,871        49,427        82,298        43,205  

Bargain purchase gain

              -        (10,787      (10,787      -  

Cash

        76,613        144,126        220,739        159,047  

Contingent consideration

              -        917        917        5,346  

Total consideration transferred

              76,613        145,043        221,656        164,393  

(*) Includes non-material adjustments to prior year’s acquisitions

 

           

The trade receivables comprise gross amounts due of $40.3 million, of which $1.1 million was expected to be uncollectible at the acquisition date.

Of the goodwill and intangible assets acquired through business combinations in 2019, $25.0 million is deductible for tax purposes (2018 - $7.2 million).

During 2018, the Group acquired nine businesses, notably Normandin Transit Inc. (“Normandin”).

On April 3, 2018, the Group completed the acquisition of Normandin. Based in Quebec, Normandin focuses on the transportation of less-than-truckload and full truckload freight shipments to and from the United States and Canada.

During 2018, transaction costs of $0.2 million have been expensed in other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of income in relation to the above-mentioned business acquisitions.

b)    Goodwill

The goodwill is attributable mainly to the premium of an established business operation with a good reputation in the transportation industry, and the synergies expected to be achieved from integrating the acquired entity into the Group’s existing business.

 

LOGO     22


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

The goodwill arising in the above business combinations has been allocated to operating segments as indicated in the table below, which represents the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored internally.

Operating segment    Reportable segment    2019*  
Specialized Truckload    Truckload      67,108  
Logistics    Logistics      15,190  
            82,298  
(*) Includes non-material adjustments to prior year’s acquisitions

 

 

  c)

Contingent consideration

The contingent consideration relates to a non-material business acquisition and is recorded in the original purchase price allocation. The fair value was determined using expected cash flows based on probability weighted scenario discounted at a rate of 6%. This consideration is contingent on achieving specified earning levels in the future periods. The maximum yearly amount payable for the next two years is $0.5 million for a total consideration of $1.0 million. At December 31, 2019, the fair value of the contingent arrangement was estimated at $0.9 million and is currently presented in other financial liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial position.

Contingent consideration related to prior year business combination was revalued with fair value adjustment recorded in finance income of the consolidated statements of income.

 

  d)

Adjustment to the provisional amounts of prior year’s business combinations

The 2018 annual consolidated financial statements included details of the Group’s business combinations and set out provisional fair values relating to the consideration paid and net assets acquired of Normandin and various non-material acquisitions. These acquisitions were accounted for under the provisions of IFRS 3.

As required by IFRS 3, the provisional fair values have been reassessed in light of information obtained during the measurement period following the acquisition. Consequently, the fair value of certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Normandin and the non-material acquisitions have been adjusted in 2019. No material adjustments were required to the provisional fair values for these prior period’s business combinations, and have been included with other acquisitions of 2019.

6.    Discontinued operations

In Q2 2019, the Group received an unfavorable ruling on an accident claim, resulting in a loss of $12.5 million ($16.6 million, net of tax of $4.1 million). The incident occurred in an operating division which was part of the discontinued rig moving segment. The rig moving segment was classified as discontinued on September 30, 2015.

In Q4 2019, the tax implications were re-evaluated, resulting in a decrease of recoverable tax of $1.7 million. The total net loss for 2019 amounted to $14.2 million ($16.6 million, net of tax of $2.4 million).

The net cash outflows from discontinued operations amounted to $16.2 million ($18.6 million, net of tax of $2.4 million).

The basic and diluted loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2019 from discontinued operations is $0.17 and $0.17, respectively.

7.    Trade and other receivables

 

      2019      2018  
Trade receivables      574,261        605,320  
Other receivables      13,109        26,407  
       587,370        631,727  

The Group’s exposure to credit and currency risks related to trade and other receivables is disclosed in note 26 a) and d).

 

LOGO     23


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Trade receivables at December 31, 2019 include $9.9 million of in-transit revenue balances (2018 – $10.8 million). Due to the short-term nature of the transportation and logistics services provided by the Group, these services are expected to be completed within the week following the year-end.

8.    Additional cash flow information

 

Net change in non-cash operating working capital

 

             
      2019      2018  
Trade and other receivables      77,374        (2,624
Inventoried supplies      3,032        434  
Prepaid expenses      5,018        (980
Trade and other payables      (65,824      15,817  
       19,600        12,647  

 

LOGO     24


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

9.        Property and equipment

 

      Land and      Rolling                 
      buildings      stock      Equipment     Total  
Cost           
Balance at December 31, 2017      333,465        1,294,403        152,470       1,780,338  
Additions through business combinations      25,415        72,427        2,216       100,058  
Other additions      15,412        284,459        14,202       314,073  
Disposals      (3,235      (172,941      (12,501     (188,677
Reclassification to assets held for sale      (24,330      (3,420      -       (27,750
Reclassification from assets held for sale      23,834        -        -       23,834  
Effect of movements in exchange rates      6,154        52,321        459       58,934  
Balance at December 31, 2018      376,715        1,527,249        156,846       2,060,810  
Additions through business combinations      6,378        79,232        2,924       88,534  
Other additions      52,566        280,704        16,137       349,407  
Disposals      (3,483      (167,640      (12,984     (184,107
Reclassification to assets held for sale      (28,226      (3,535      -       (31,761
Transfer to right-of-use assets      -        (38,920      -       (38,920
Effect of movements in exchange rates      (3,041      (31,104      (188     (34,333
Balance at December 31, 2019      400,909        1,645,986        162,735       2,209,630  
Depreciation           
Balance at December 31, 2017      69,676        411,785        101,264       582,725  
Depreciation for the year      10,928        174,407        13,157       198,492  
Disposals      (1,858      (104,867      (12,328     (119,053
Reclassification to assets held for sale      (5,157      (2,964      -       (8,121
Reclassification from assets held for sale      1,974        -        -       1,974  
Effect of movements in exchange rates      958        7,811        (365     8,404  
Balance at December 31, 2018      76,521        486,172        101,728       664,421  
Depreciation for the year      11,784        198,469        13,541       223,794  
Disposals      (3,216      (94,630      (11,509     (109,355
Reclassification to assets held for sale      (8,447      (2,956      -       (11,403
Transfer to right-of-use assets      -        (13,235      -       (13,235
Effect of movements in exchange rates      (521      (6,033      255       (6,299
Balance at December 31, 2019      76,121        567,787        104,015       747,923  
Net carrying amounts                                   
At December 31, 2018      300,194        1,041,077        55,118       1,396,389  
At December 31, 2019      324,788        1,078,199        58,720       1,461,707  

As at December 31, 2019, $3.1 million is included in trade and other payables for the purchases of property and equipment (2018 – nil).

Security

At December 31 2019, certain rolling stock are pledged as security for conditional sales contracts, with a carrying amount of $180 million (2018 - $179 million) (see note 14).

 

LOGO     25


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

10.      Right-of-use assets

 

      Land and      Rolling                 
      buildings      stock      Equipment     Total  
Cost                                   
Initial recognition of IFRS 16      565,960        130,805        1,940       698,705  
Transfer from property and equipment      -        38,920        -       38,920  
Other additions      29,547        54,337        466       84,350  
Additions through business combinations      11,754        2,886        -       14,640  
Derecognition      (46,737      (13,844      (14     (60,595
Effect of movements in exchange rates      (1,897      16        (3     (1,884
Balance at December 31, 2019      558,627        213,120        2,389       774,136  
Depreciation                                   
Initial recognition of IFRS 16      207,429        51,148        720       259,297  
Transfer from property and equipment      2        13,233        -       13,235  
Depreciation      67,256        34,653        664       102,573  
Derecognition      (22,425      (11,736      (2     (34,163
Effect of movements in exchange rates      (704      (124      5       (823
Balance at December 31, 2019      251,558        87,174        1,387       340,119  
Net carrying amounts                                   
At December 31, 2019      307,069        125,946        1,002       434,017  

 

LOGO     26


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

11.      Intangible assets

 

              Other intangible assets         
                         Non-              
            Customer            compete     Information        
      Goodwill      relationships      Trademarks     agreements     technology     Total  
Cost               
Balance at December 31, 2017      1,576,661        538,139        102,626       8,964       23,961       2,250,351  
Additions through business combinations      43,205        31,982        2,640       2,250       739       80,816  
Other additions      -        1,863        -       -       2,558       4,421  
Disposals      -        (2,137      -       -       -       (2,137
Extinguishments      -        (7,612      -       (28     (2,796     (10,436
Effect of movements in exchange rates      54,923        20,697        5,647       439       263       81,969  
Balance at December 31, 2018      1,674,789        582,932        110,913       11,625       24,725       2,404,984  
Additions through business combinations      82,298        55,064        3,369       4,339       50       145,120  
Other additions      -        -        -       -       4,826       4,826  
Disposals      -        (274      -       -       -       (274
Extinguishments      -        (1,469      -       (220     (2,379     (4,068
Effect of movements in exchange rates      (28,216      (10,974      (2,903     (246     (150     (42,489
Balance at December 31, 2019      1,728,871        625,279        111,379       15,498       27,072       2,508,099  
Amortization and impairment losses               
Balance at December 31, 2017      185,450        174,218        37,578       1,714       19,117       418,077  
Amortization for the year      -        50,542        7,100       1,826       2,633       62,101  
Impairment loss      -        12,559        -       -       -       12,559  
Disposals      -        (411      -       -       -       (411
Extinguishments      -        (7,612      -       (28     (2,796     (10,436
Effect of movements in exchange rates      10,970        8,386        1,924       102       217       21,599  
Balance at December 31, 2018      196,420        237,682        46,602       3,614       19,171       503,489  
Amortization for the year      -        54,468        6,659       2,484       2,314       65,925  
Disposals      -        (5      -       -       -       (5
Extinguishments      -        (1,469      -       (220     (2,379     (4,068
Effect of movements in exchange rates      (5,640      (5,246      (1,075     (72     (111     (12,144
Balance at December 31, 2019      190,780        285,430        52,186       5,806       18,995       553,197  
Net carrying amounts                                                   
At December 31, 2018      1,478,369        345,250        64,311       8,011       5,554       1,901,495  
At December 31, 2019      1,538,091        339,849        59,193       9,692       8,077       1,954,902  

At December 31, 2019, the Group performed its annual impairment testing for indefinite life trade names. The Group estimated the value in use to be $34.7 million compared to its carrying value of $32.8 million, resulting in no impairment charge. Management used the relief-from-royalty method and discount rates between 8.5% and 9.7% in its analysis.

In Q2 2018, the Group reassessed the useful lives of some operational trade names from finite to indefinite. Brand recognition, dominance in geographical area, resilience to economic and social changes as well as management intent to keep the brands indefinitely were decisive factors leading to this conclusion. At the time of change in estimate, which was applied prospectively, the Group tested these trade names for impairment. The Group estimated the value in use to be $38.6 million compared to its carrying value of $32.7 million, resulting in no impairment charge. Management used the relief-from-royalty method and discount rates between 9.5% and 10.5% in its analysis.

At December 31, 2018, the Group performed its annual impairment testing for indefinite life trade names. The Group estimated the value in use to be $38.9 million compared to its carrying value of $34.4 million, resulting in no impairment charge. Management used the relief-from-royalty method and discount rates between 9.7% and 10.7% in its analysis.

 

LOGO     27


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

In 2018, difficulties in retaining and recruiting qualified subcontractors and the inability to successfully increase revenue impacted the current and expected future cash flows of one of the 2017 business acquisitions. This was identified as an indicator of impairment for its customer relationships. The Group estimated the value in use of the customer relationships to be $15.0 million using the discounted cash flow approach, adopting the excess cash flow methodology compared to its carrying value of $27.6 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $12.6 million. Management assumed that the customer relationships have a value for 10 years and used a discount rate of 12.9% in its analysis. The Group also revalued the contingent consideration related to the above-mentioned business combination. This consideration was contingent on achieving specified earning levels in future periods. The fair value was determined using expected cash flows based on probability weighted scenario. A reversal of $13.2 million was recorded in finance income of the consolidated statements of income.

At December 31, 2019, the Group performed its annual goodwill impairment tests for operating segments which represent the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. The aggregate carrying amounts of goodwill allocated to each unit are as follows:

 

Reportable segment / operating segment    2019      2018  
Package and Courier      241,181        241,181  
Less-Than-Truckload      169,349        169,349  
Truckload      

Canadian Truckload

     109,964        109,964  

U.S. Truckload

     316,796        330,458  

Specialized Truckload

     459,147        394,122  
Logistics      241,654        233,295  
       1,538,091        1,478,369  

The results as at December 31, 2019 determined that the recoverable amounts of the Group’s operating segments exceeded their respective carrying amounts.

The recoverable amounts of the Group’s operating segments were determined using the value in use approach. The value in use methodology is based on discounted future cash flows. Management believes that the discounted future cash flows method is appropriate as it allows more precise valuation of specific future cash flows.

In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using pre-tax discount rates as follows:

 

Reportable segment / operating segment    2019      2018  
Package and Courier      9.7%        10.0%  
Less-Than-Truckload      9.2%        9.5%  
Truckload      

Canadian Truckload

     11.7%        12.0%  

U.S. Truckload

     10.7%        11.0%  

Specialized Truckload

     11.2%        11.5%  
Logistics      9.7%        10.0%  

The discount rates were estimated based on past experience, and industry average weighted average cost of capital, which were based on a possible range of debt leveraging of 50.0% (2018 – 50.0%) at a market interest rate of 7.7% (2018 – 7.8%).

First year cash flows were projected based on previous operating results and reflect current economic conditions. For a further 4-year period, cash flows were extrapolated using an average growth rate of 2.0% (2018 – 2.0%) in revenues and margins were adjusted where deemed appropriate. The terminal value growth rate was 2.0% (2018 – 2.0%). The values assigned to the key assumptions represent management’s assessment of future trends in the transportation industry and were based on both external and internal sources (historical data).

 

LOGO     28


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

12.      Other assets

 

      2019      2018  
Promissory note      24,814        22,686  
Restricted cash      4,298        4,267  
Security deposits      4,109        3,445  
Investments in equity securities      1,391        1,498  
Other      1,443        1,780  
       36,055        33,676  
Presented as :      

Current other assets

     24,814        -  

Non-current other assets

     11,241        33,676  

Restricted cash consists of cash held as potential claims collateral pursuant to re-insurance agreements under the Group’s insurance program.

On February 1, 2016, the Company sold the Waste Management segment (“Waste”) to GFL Environmental Inc. (“GFL”) for a total consideration of $800 million, which included an unsecured promissory note of $25 million yielding 3% interest with a term of 4 years. On February 1, 2020, the promissory note was collected in full by the Company.

13.      Trade and other payables

 

      2019      2018  
Trade payables and accrued expenses      309,641        337,470  
Personnel accrued expenses      112,650        117,380  
Dividend payable      21,177        20,735  
       443,468        475,585  

The Group’s exposure to currency and liquidity risk related to trade and other payables is disclosed in note 26.

 

LOGO     29


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

14.      Long-term debt

This note provides information about the contractual terms of the Group’s interest-bearing long-term debt, which are measured at amortized cost. For more information about the Group’s exposure to interest rate, foreign exchange currency and liquidity, see note 26.

 

      2019      2018  
Non-current liabilities      

Unsecured revolving facilities

     590,259        740,556  

Unsecured term loans

     609,147        498,805  

Unsecured debenture

     198,900        124,825  

Unsecured senior notes

     194,820        -  

Conditional sales contracts

     97,914        94,222  

Finance lease liabilities

     -        3,675  
       1,691,040        1,462,083  
Current liabilities      

Current portion of unsecured revolving facilities

     11,970        -  

Current portion of conditional sales contracts

     41,677        41,919  

Current portion of finance lease liabilities

     -        5,489  

Current portion of unsecured term loans

     -        74,932  
       53,647        122,340  

 

Terms and conditions of outstanding long-term debt are as follows:

 

 

                                           2019        2018  
           Nominal        Year of        Face        Carrying        Face        Carrying  
                Currency        interest rate        maturity        value        amount        value        amount  
Unsecured revolving facility      a        C$        BA + 1.70%        2023        140,600        137,821        274,832        273,208  
Unsecured revolving facility      a        US$        Libor + 1.70%        2023        349,906        452,438        344,617        467,348  
Unsecured revolving facility      b        US$        Libor + 1.70%        2020        9,216        11,970        -        -  
Unsecured term loan      a        C$        BA + 1.20% - 1.45%        2021-2022        610,000        609,147        500,000        498,805  
Unsecured debenture      c        C$        3.32% - 4.22%        2024        200,000        198,900        125,000        124,825  
Unsecured senior notes      d        US$        3.85%        2026        150,000        194,820        -        -  
Unsecured term loan      a        -        -        -        -        -        75,000        74,932  
Conditional sales contracts      e        Mainly C$        2.00% - 4.99%        2020-2025        139,591        139,591        136,141        136,141  
Finance lease liabilities               -        -        -        -        -        9,164        9,164  
                                                    1,744,687                 1,584,423  

 

The table below summarizes changes to the long-term debt:

 

 

       Note        2019        2018  
Balance at December 31, 2018         1,584,423        1,498,396  
Transfer to lease liabilities         (9,164      -  
Proceeds         433,600        88,907  
Business combinations      5        11,505        23,395  
Repayment including deferred financing fees         (252,483      (67,180
Accretion of deferred financing fees         2,261        2,335  
Effect of movements in exchange rates         (6,857      7,489  
Effect of movements in exchange rates - OCI         (18,598      30,796  
Other               -        285  
Balance at December 31, 2019               1,744,687        1,584,423  

 

LOGO     30


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

a)    Unsecured revolving credit facility and term loans

On February 1, 2019, the $500 million unsecured term loan was amended to increase the indebtedness to $575 million. On February 11, 2019, the related incremental funds were used to reimburse a separate $75 million unsecured term loan that was due to mature in August 2019. Deferred financing fees of $0.1 million were recognized on the increase.

On February 1, 2019, the Group renegotiated the pricing grid of both its revolving credit facility and $575 million term loan. The $575 million term loan remains within the confines of the credit facility, but now has a pricing grid different than the revolving credit facility and each of the two tranches have now their own pricing grid. Deferred financing fees of $0.3 million were recognized on the pricing grid revision.

On June 27, 2019, the Group extended its existing revolving credit facility by one year, to June 2023. Deferred financing fees of $0.9 million were recognized on the extension.

On June 27, 2019, the Group extended the maturity of the $575 million unsecured term loan by one year for each tranche, $200 million now due in June 2021 and $375 million now due in June 2022. Deferred financing fees of $0.4 million were recognized on the extension.

On December 27, 2019, the $575 million unsecured term loan was amended to increase the indebtedness to $610 million. Deferred financing fees of $0.1 million were recognized on the increase.

The revolving credit facility is unsecured and can be extended annually. The total available amount under this revolving facility is $1,200 million. The agreement still provides, under certain conditions, an additional $250 million of credit availability (C$245 million and US$5 million). Based on certain ratios, the interest rate will vary between banker’s acceptance rate (or Libor rate on US$ denominated debt) plus applicable margin, which can vary between 120 basis points and 200 basis points. As of December 31, 2019, the credit facility’s interest rate on CAD denominated debt was 3.8% (2018 – 4.0%) and on US$ denominated debt was 3.4% (2018 – 4.2%). The Group is subject to certain covenants regarding the maintenance of financial ratios and was in compliance with these covenants at year-end (see note 26 (f)).

The term loan is unsecured and is divided into two tranches, the first tranche of $200 million is now due in June 2021 and the second tranche of $410 million is now due in June 2022. Early repayment, in part or whole, is permitted, without penalty, and will permanently reduce the amount borrowed. The terms and conditions of this unsecured term loan are the same as the unsecured revolving credit facility and are subject to the same covenants. As of December 31, 2019, the term loan’s interest rate was 3.3% on first tranche and 3.5% on second tranche (2018 – 4.0%).

b)        Unsecured revolving facility

On November 22, 2019, the Group entered into a new revolving credit facility agreement. The credit facility is unsecured and provides an availability of US$25 million maturing in November 2020. Interest rate is following the same pricing grid applicable for the US$ denominated debt in the $1,200 million revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2019, the credit facility’s interest rate was 3.4%. The Group is subject to certain covenants regarding the maintenance of financial ratios and was in compliance with these covenants at year-end (see note 26 (f)).

c)        Unsecured debenture

On December 20, 2019, the unsecured debenture was amended to increase the indebtedness by $75 million, to $200 million, and to extend maturity date by four years, to December 2024. Following this amendment, debenture is now carrying an interest rate between 3.32% and 4.22% (2018 – 3.00% to 3.45%) depending on certain ratios. As of December 31, 2019, the debenture’s effective rate was 3.77% (2018 – 3.00%). The debenture may be repaid, without penalty, after December 20, 2022, subject to the approval of the Group’s syndicate of bank lenders. Deferred financing fees of $1.1 million were recognized on the increase and extension.

d)        Unsecured senior notes

On December 20, 2019, the Group entered into a new unsecured senior note agreement. This loan takes the form of senior notes each carrying an interest rate of 3.85% and with a December 2026 maturity date. These notes may be prepaid at any time prior to maturity date, in part or in total, at 100% of the principal amount and the make-whole amount determined at the prepayment date with respect to such principal amount.

e)        Conditional sales contracts

Conditional sales contracts are secured by rolling stock having a carrying value of $180 million (2018 - $179 million) (see note 8).

 

LOGO     31


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

f)    Principal installments of other long-term debt payable during the subsequent years are as follows:

 

     

Less than

1 year

   1 to 5
years
  

More than

5 years

   Total  
Unsecured revolving facilities      11,970        593,495        -        605,465  
Unsecured term loan      -        610,000        -        610,000  
Unsecured debenture      -        200,000        -        200,000  
Unsecured senior notes      -        -        194,820        194,820  
Conditional sales contracts      41,677        97,691        223        139,591  
       53,647        1,501,186        195,043        1,749,876  

15.    Lease liabilities

 

       2019  
Current portion of lease liabilities      99,133   
Long-term portion of lease liabilities      362,709   
       461,842   

The table below summarizes changes to the lease liabilities:

 

     
                                                    Note                                                                 2019  
Initial recognition on transition to IFRS 16 on January 1, 2019         483,458  
Transfer of finance leases from long-term debt         9,164  
Business combinations      5        14,640  
Additions         84,350  
Disposals         (28,708
Repayment         (99,573
Effect of movements in exchange rates               (1,489
Balance at December 31, 2019               461,842  

Extension options

Some real estate leases contain extension options exercisable by the Group. Where practicable, the Group seeks to include extension options in new leases to provide operational flexibility. The Group assesses at the lease commencement date whether it is reasonably certain to exercise the extension options. The Group reassesses whether it is reasonably certain to exercise the options if there is a significant event or significant changes in circumstances within its control.

The lease liabilities include future lease payments of $50.4 million related to extension options that the Group is reasonably certain to exercise.

The Group has estimated that the potential future lease payments, should it exercise the remaining extension options, would result in an increase in lease liabilities of $464.6 million.

The Group does not have a significant exposure to termination options and penalties.

Variable lease payments

Some leases contain variable lease payments which are not included in the measurement of the lease liability. These payments include, amongst others, common area maintenance fees, municipal taxes and vehicle maintenance fees. The expense related to variable lease payments for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $24.0 million.

Sub-leases

The Group sub-leases some of its properties. Income from sub-leasing right-of-use assets for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $16.3 million, presented in “Other operating expenses”.

 

LOGO     32


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Contractual cash flows

The total contractual cash flow maturities of the Group’s lease liabilities are as follows:

 

      2019
Less than 1 year    114,953 
Between 1 and 5 years    285,356 
More than 5 years    126,467 
     526,776 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, operating lease expenses of $44.2 million (2018 – $152.0 million) were recognized in the consolidated statement of income for leases that either did not meet the definition of a lease under IFRS 16, which was adopted on January 1, 2019, or were excluded based on practical expedients applied at transition.

16.    Employee benefits

The Group sponsors defined benefit pension plans for 165 of its employees (2018 – 193).

These plans are all within Canada and include one unregistered plan. All the defined benefit plans are no longer offered to employees and two defined benefits plan in the past have been converted prospectively to defined contribution plans. Therefore, the future obligation will only vary by actuarial re-measurements.

With the exception of one plan, all other plans do not have recurring contributions for employees. These plans are still required to fund past service costs. The remaining plan is fully funded by the Group.

The Group measures its accrued benefit obligations and the fair value of plan assets for accounting purposes as at December 31 of each year. The most recent actuarial valuation of the pension plans for funding purposes was as of December 31, 2018 and the next required valuation will be as of December 31, 2019.

In addition to the above-mentioned defined benefit plans, the Group sponsors an employee severance plan in Mexico. At December 31, 2019, total obligation under this arrangement amounted to $1.3 million ($1.1 million in 2018).

Information about the Group’s defined benefit pension plans is as follows:

 

      2019      2018  
Accrued benefit obligation      40,846        37,623  
Fair value of plan assets      (23,519      (22,620
Plan deficit - employee benefit liability      17,327        15,003  

Plan assets comprise:

 

      2019        2018  
Equity securities      16%          31%  
Debt securities      81%          57%  
Other      3%          12%  

All equity and debt securities have quoted prices in active markets. Debt securities are held through mutual funds and primarily hold investments with ratings of AAA or AA, based on Moody’s ratings.

The other asset categories are real estate investment trusts.

 

LOGO     33


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Movement in the present value of the accrued benefit obligation for defined benefit plans:

 

 
      2019     2018  
Accrued benefit obligation, beginning of year      37,623       48,689  
Current service cost      658       695  
Interest cost      1,466       1,526  
Benefits paid      (1,695     (10,860
Remeasurement (gain) loss arising from:     
- Demographic assumptions      -       234  
- Financial assumptions      2,994       (2,129
- Experience      (200     (532

Accrued benefit obligation, end of year

     40,846       37,623  
Movement in the fair value of plan assets for defined benefit plans:

 

 
      2019     2018  
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year      22,620       31,822  
Interest income      882       950  
Employer contributions      1,287       1,685  
Benefits paid      (1,695     (10,860
Remeasurement gain (loss) arising from financial assumptions      617       (815
Plan administration expenses      (192     (162

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

     23,519       22,620  
Expense recognized in income or loss:

 

            
      2019     2018  
Current service cost      658       695  
Net interest cost      584       576  
Plan administration expenses      192       162  

Pension expense

     1,434       1,433  

Actual return on plan assets

     1,499       135  
Actuarial losses recognized in other comprehensive income:

 

            
      2019     2018  
Amount accumulated in retained earnings, beginning of year      11,712       13,324  
Recognized during the year      2,177       (1,612
Amount accumulated in retained earnings, end of year      13,889       11,712  
Recognized during the year, net of tax      1,619       (1,181

 

LOGO     34


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

The significant actuarial assumptions used (expressed as weighted average):

 

 
      2019      2018  

Accrued benefit obligation:

     

Discount rate at December 31

     3.3%        4.0

Future salary increases

     1.5%        1.5

Employee benefit expense:

     

Discount rate at January 1

     4.0%        3.5

Rate of return on plan assets at January 1

     4.0%        3.5

Future salary increases

     1.5%        1.2

Assumptions regarding future mortality are based on published statistics and mortality tables. The current longevities underlying the value of the liabilities in the defined benefit plans are as follows:

 

 

      2019      2018  

Longevity at age 65 for current pensioners

     

Males

     22.0        21.9  

Females

     24.7        24.6  

Longevity at age 65 for current members aged 45

     

Males

     23.5        23.4  

Females

     26.0        26.0  

At December 31, 2019 the weighted-average duration of the defined benefit obligation was 12.1 years.

The following table presents the impact of changes of major assumptions on the defined benefit obligation for the years ended:

 

      2019     2018  
      Increase             Decrease             Increase             Decrease  

Discount rate (1% movement)

     (4,137     5,044       (5,112     6,244  

Life expectancy (1-year movement)

     980       (1,097     1,130       (1,088

 

Historical information:

 

                                        
       2019               2018               2017               2016               2015  

Present value of the accrued benefit obligation

     40,846       37,623       48,689       45,942       46,908  

Fair value of plan assets

     (23,519     (22,620     (31,822     (31,660     (33,147

Deficit in the plan

     17,327       15,003       16,867       14,282       13,761  

Experience adjustments arising on plan obligations

     2,794       (2,427     3,088       521       738  

Experience adjustments arising on plan assets

     617       (815     456       1,077       278  

The Group expects approximately $3.1 million in contributions to be paid to its defined benefit plans in 2020.

 

LOGO     35


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

17.    Provisions

 

              Self insurance        Other        Total  
Balance at January 1, 2018           55,215          16,509          71,724  
Provisions made during the year           66,441          10,058          76,499  
Provisions used during the year           (64,198        (9,524        (73,722
Provisions reversed during the year           (7,721        678          (7,043
Unwind of discount on long-term provisions             406          -          406  
Balance at January 1, 2019           50,143          17,721          67,864  
Additions through business combinations      5      671          1,216          1,887  
Provisions made during the year           76,632          6,767          83,399  
Provisions used during the year           (64,964        (23,050        (88,014
Provisions reversed during the year           (12,018        (579        (12,597
Unwind of discount on long-term provisions           433          -          433  
Balance at December 31, 2019             50,897          2,075          52,972  
2019                  
Current provisions           21,961          1,760          23,721  
Non-current provisions             28,936          315          29,251  
2018                  
Current provisions           21,761          3,302          25,063  
Non-current provisions             28,382          14,419          42,801  

Self-insurance provisions represent the uninsured portion of outstanding claims at year-end. The current portion reflects the amount expected to be paid in the following year. Due to the long-term nature of the liability, the provision has been calculated using a discount rate of 2.2% (2018 - 2.6%).

18.    Deferred tax assets and liabilities

 

      2019        2018  
Property and equipment      (244,959        (213,238
Intangible assets      (103,055        (104,610
Derivative financial instruments and investment in equity securities      575          (1,259
Long-term debt      7,645          2,297  
Employee benefits      9,675          7,449  
Provisions      12,824          17,162  
Tax losses      18,967          9,950  
Other      (2,338        (1,282
Net deferred tax liabilities      (300,666        (283,531
Presented as:        

Deferred tax assets

     11,461          6,409  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (312,127        (289,940

 

LOGO     36


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Movement in temporary differences during the year:

 

 
      Balance
December 31,
2017
    Recognized in
income or loss
    Recognized
directly in equity
   

Acquired

in business
combinations

    Balance
December 31,
2018
 
Property and equipment      (181,628     (7,475     (10,599     (13,536     (213,238
Intangible assets      (103,987     11,977       (3,357     (9,243     (104,610
Long-term debt      3,877       (2,803     7       1,216       2,297  
Employee benefits      9,730       (1,918     (363     -       7,449  
Provisions      13,025       2,303       1,011       823       17,162  
Tax losses      6,583       2,548       819       -       9,950  
Other      (2,654     (1,644     1,757       -       (2,541
Net deferred tax liabilities      (255,054     2,988       (10,725     (20,740     (283,531
                                
      Balance
December 31,
2018
    Recognized in
income or loss
    Recognized
directly in equity
   

Acquired

in business
combinations

    Balance
December 31,
2019
 
Property and equipment      (213,238     (27,293     6,088       (10,516     (244,959
Intangible assets      (104,610     11,319       1,678       (11,442     (103,055
Long-term debt      2,297       (4,543     9,892       (1     7,645  
Employee benefits      7,449       1,687       539       -       9,675  
Provisions      17,162       (3,839     (499     -       12,824  
Tax losses      9,950       9,736       (719     -       18,967  
Other      (2,541     (1,797     2,575       -       (1,763
Net deferred tax liabilities      (283,531     (14,730     19,554       (21,959     (300,666

A tax loss of US$15.7M expires in 2037 (CA$5.2M tax effected) with the remainder of tax losses of US$41.7M (CA$13.7M tax effected) not expiring. The related deferred tax assets have been recognized because it is probable that future taxable income will be available to benefit from these losses.

19.   Share capital and other components of equity

The Company is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares and preferred shares, issuable in series. Both common and preferred shares are without par value. All issued shares are fully paid.

The common shares entitle the holders thereof to one vote per share. The holders of the common shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time. Subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attached to any other class of shares of the Company, the holders of the common shares are entitled to receive the remaining property of the Company upon its dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.

The preferred shares may be issued in one or more series, with such rights and conditions as may be determined by resolution of the Directors who shall determine the designation, rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions to be attached to the preferred shares of such series. There are no voting rights attached to the preferred shares except as prescribed by law. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, or any other distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders, the holders of the preferred shares of each series are entitled to receive, with priority over the common shares and any other shares ranking junior to the preferred shares of the Company, an amount equal to the redemption price for such shares, plus an amount equal to any dividends declared thereon but unpaid and not more. The preferred shares for each series are also entitled to such other preferences over the common shares and any other shares ranking junior to the preferred shares as may be determined as to their respective series authorized to be issued. The preferred shares of each series shall be on a parity basis with the preferred shares of every other series with respect to payment of dividends and return of capital. There are no preferred shares currently issued and outstanding.

 

LOGO     37


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

 

The following table summarizes the number of common shares issued:

 

                   
(in number of shares)    Note      2019     2018  
Balance, beginning of year         86,397,588        89,123,588  
Repurchase and cancellation of own shares         (6,409,446     (3,755,002
Stock options exercised      21        1,462,184       1,029,002  
Balance, end of year               81,450,326       86,397,588  

 

The following table summarizes the share capital issued and fully paid:

 

                   
              2019     2018  
Balance, beginning of year         704,510       711,036  
Repurchase and cancellation of own shares         (52,633     (30,122
Cash consideration of stock options exercised         21,761       16,831  
Ascribed value credited to share capital on stock options exercised         5,641       4,009  
Issuance of shares on settlement of RSUs         954       2,756  
Balance, end of year               680,233       704,510  

Pursuant to the normal course issuer bid (“NCIB”) which began on October 2, 2019 and expiring on October 1, 2020, the Company is authorized to repurchase for cancellation up to a maximum of 7,000,000 of its common shares under certain conditions. As at December 31, 2019, and since the inception of this NCIB, the Company has repurchased and cancelled 679,100 common shares.

During 2019, the Company repurchased 6,409,446 common shares at a price ranging from $33.89 to $44.00 per share for a total purchase price of $255.7 million relating to the NCIB. During 2018, the Company repurchased 3,755,002 common shares at a price ranging from $32.18 to $44.00 per share for a total purchase price of $139.6 million relating to a previous NCIB. The excess of the purchase price paid over the carrying value of the shares repurchased in the amount of $203.1 million (2018 – $109.5 million) was charged to retained earnings as share repurchase premium.

Contributed surplus

The contributed surplus account is used to record amounts arising on the issue of equity-settled share-based payment awards (see note 21).

Accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”)

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, AOCI is comprised of accumulated foreign currency translation differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of foreign operations, financial assets measured at fair value through OCI, gain or loss on net investment hedge, realized gains on investments, cash flow hedges and defined benefit plan remeasurement gain or loss.

Dividends

In 2019, the Company declared quarterly dividends amounting to a total of 98.0 cents per outstanding common share when the dividend was declared (2018 – 87.0 cents) for a total of $81.1 million (2018 - $76.1 million). On February 10, 2020, the Board of Directors approved a quarterly dividend of $0.26 per outstanding common share of the Company’s capital for an expected aggregate payment of $21.2 million which will be paid on April 15, 2020 to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 31, 2020.

 

LOGO     38


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

20.    Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share             

The basic earnings per share and the weighted average number of common shares outstanding have been calculated as follows:

 

 

(in thousands of dollars and number of shares)      2019       2018  
Net income attributable to owners of the Company      310,283       291,994  
Issued common shares, beginning of year      86,397,588       89,123,588  
Effect of stock options exercised      846,690       512,020  
Effect of repurchase of own shares      (3,854,133     (1,669,980
Weighted average number of common shares      83,390,145       87,965,628  
Earnings per share – basic (in dollars)      3.72       3.32  
Earnings per share from continuing operations – basic (in dollars)      3.89       3.32  

Diluted earnings per share

The diluted earnings per share and the weighted average number of common shares outstanding after adjustment for the effects of all dilutive common shares have been calculated as follows:

 

(in thousands of dollars and number of shares)      2019        2018  
Net income attributable to owners of the Company      310,283        291,994  
Weighted average number of common shares      83,390,145        87,965,628  
Dilutive effect:      
    Stock options and restricted share units      1,974,038        2,838,361  
Weighted average number of diluted common shares      85,364,183        90,803,989  
Earnings per share - diluted (in dollars)      3.63        3.22  
Earnings per share from continuing operations – diluted (in dollars)      3.80        3.22  

As at December 31, 2019, 900,545 stock options were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share (2018 – nil) as these options were deemed to be anti-dilutive.

The average market value of the Company’s shares for purposes of calculating the dilutive effect of stock options was based on quoted market prices for the period during which the options were outstanding.

 

LOGO     39


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

21.    Share-based payment arrangements

Stock option plan (equity-settled)

The Company offers a stock option plan for the benefit of certain of its employees. The maximum number of shares that can be issued upon the exercise of options granted under the current 2012 stock option plan is 5,979,201. Each stock option entitles its holder to receive one common share upon exercise. The exercise price payable for each option is determined by the Board of Directors at the date of grant, and may not be less than the volume weighted average trading price of the Company’s shares for the last five trading days immediately preceding the grant date. The options vest in equal installments over three years and the expense is recognized following the accelerated method as each installment is fair valued separately and recorded over the respective vesting periods. The table below summarizes the changes in the outstanding stock options:

 

(in thousands of options and in dollars)    2019      2018  
      Number
of
options
   

Weighted

average

exercise price

     Number
of
options
   

Weighted
average

exercise price

 
Balance, beginning of year      5,031       21.01        5,493       19.22  
Granted      909       40.36        618       29.92  
Exercised      (1,462     14.88        (1,029     16.36  
Forfeited      (56     36.68        (51     29.65  
Balance, end of year      4,422       26.82        5,031       21.01  
Options exercisable, end of year      3,040       22.21        3,864       18.44  

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2019:

 

(in thousands of options and in dollars)      Options outstanding      
Options
exercisable
 
 
Exercise prices     

Number
of
options
 
 
 
    


Weighted
average
remaining
contractual life

(in years

 
 
 
 

   

Number

of

options

 

 

 

9.46      556        0.6       556  
20.18      499        0.6       499  
24.93      600        2.6       600  
24.64      741        3.6       741  
25.14      267        1.6       267  
29.92      573        5.1       184  
35.02      312        4.1       193  
40.36      874        6.1       -  
       4,422        3.3       3,040  

Of the options outstanding at December 31, 2019, a total of 3,463,098 (2018 – 3,836,102) are held by key management personnel.

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for stock options exercised in 2019 was $42.26 (2018 – $42.77).

In 2019, the Group recognized a compensation expense of $4.5 million (2018 – $3.0 million) with a corresponding increase to contributed surplus.

On February 27, 2019, the Board of Directors approved the grant of 909,404 stock options under the Company’s stock option plan of which 562,452 were granted to key management personnel, at that date. The options vest in equal installments over three years and have a life of seven years. The fair value of the stock options granted was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following weighted average assumptions:

 

LOGO     40


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

      February 27, 2019     February 20, 2018  
Exercise price      $40.36       $29.92  
Average expected option life      4.5 years       4.5 years  
Risk-free interest rate      1.88%       1.83%  
Expected stock price volatility      24.3%       21.92%  
Average dividend yield      2.72%       2.56%  
Weighted average fair value per option of options granted      $6.74       $4.55  

 

Deferred share unit plan for board members (cash-settled)

 

The Company offers a deferred share unit (“DSU”) plan for its board members. Under this plan, board members may elect to receive cash, DSUs or a combination of both for their compensation. The following table provides the number of DSUs related to this plan:

 

 

 

(in units)      2019       2018  
Balance, beginning of year      306,042       281,323  
Board members compensation      34,144       27,666  
Deferred share units redeemed      -       (9,418
Dividends paid in units      7,845       6,471  
Balance, end of year      348,031       306,042  

In 2019, the Group recognized, as a result of DSUs, a compensation expense of $1.5 million (2018 - $1.1 million) with a corresponding increase to trade and other payables. In addition, in other finance costs, the Group recognized a mark-to-market loss on DSUs of $3.2 million for the year ended 2019 (2018 – 0.9 million).

As at 2019, the total carrying amount of liabilities for cash-settled arrangements recorded in trade and other payables amounted to $15.5 million (2018 - $10.8 million).

Performance contingent restricted share unit plan (equity-settled)

The Company offers an equity incentive plan for the benefit of senior employees of the Group. The plan provides for the issuance of restricted share units (‘’RSUs’’) under conditions to be determined by the Board of Directors. The RSUs will vest in December of the second year from the grant date. Upon satisfaction of the required service period, the plan provides for settlement of the award through shares.

On February 27, 2019, the Company granted a total of 152,965 RSUs under the Company’s equity incentive plan of which 93,921 were granted to key management personnel, at that date. The fair value of the RSUs is determined to be the share price fair value at the date of the grant and is recognized as a share-based compensation expense, through contributed surplus, over the vesting period. The fair value of the RSUs granted was $40.36 per unit.

 

The table below summarizes changes to the outstanding RSUs:

 

 
(in thousands of RSUs and in dollars)    2019      2018  
      Number
of
RSUs
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Number
of
RSUs
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
 
Balance, beginning of year      147       31.84        206       27.74  
Granted      153       40.36        95       29.92  
Reinvested      7       35.60        7       28.30  
Settled      (59     34.89        (144     24.78  
Forfeited      (9     37.33        (17     29.83  
Balance, end of year      239       36.44        147       31.84  

 

LOGO     41


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

The following table summarizes information about RSUs outstanding and exercisable as at December 31, 2019:

 

 

(in thousands of RSUs and in dollars)              
            RSUs outstanding  
Exercise prices          

Number of

RSUs

 

 

    

Remaining
contractual life

(in years

 
 

29.92         90        1.0  
40.36         149        2.0  
            239        1.6  

The weighted average share price at the date of settlement of RSUs vested in 2019 was $43.11 (2018 – $43.49). The excess of the purchase price paid over the carrying value of shares repurchased for settlement of the award, in the amount of $1.4 million (2018 – $5.4 million), was charged to retained earnings as share repurchase premium.

In 2019, the Group recognized, as a result of RSUs, a compensation expense of $3.8 million (2018 - $3 million) with a corresponding increase to contributed surplus.

Of the RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2019, a total of 155,974 (2018 – 87,486) are held by key management personnel.

In February 2020, upon the recommendation of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee the Board approved the following changes to the long-term incentive plan (“LTIP”) policy for designated eligible participants in 2020 and future years. Each participant’s annual LTIP allocation will be split in two equally weighted awards of Performance Share Units (“PSUs”) and of RSUs. The PSUs will be subject to both performance and time cliff vesting conditions on the third anniversary of the award whereas the RSUs will only be subject to a time cliff vesting condition on the third anniversary of the award. The performance conditions attached to the PSUs will be equally weighted between an absolute earnings before interest and income tax objective and relative total shareholder return (“TSR”). For purposes of the relative TSR portion, there will be two equally weighted comparisons: the first portion will be compared against the TSR of a group of transportation industry peers and the second portion will be compared against the S&P/TSX60 index.

22.    Materials and services expenses

The Group’s materials and services expenses are primarily costs related to independent contractors and vehicle operation: vehicle operation expenses, primarily fuel, repairs and maintenance, vehicle leasing costs (in 2018), insurance, permits and operating supplies.

 

            2019        2018  
Independent contractors         2,018,274        2,054,767  
Vehicle operation expenses           813,796        859,229  
            2,832,070        2,913,996  

 

23.    Personnel expenses

 

 

     Note      2019        2018  
Short-term employee benefits         1,271,804        1,225,901  
Contributions to defined contribution plans         8,165        11,355  
Current and past service costs related to defined benefit plans    16      658        695  
Termination benefits         7,564        8,972  
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions    21      8,269        5,926  
Cash-settled share-based payment transactions    21      1,469        1,126  
            1,297,929        1,253,975  

 

LOGO     42


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

24.    Finance income and finance costs

 

Recognized in income or loss:

 

            
(Income) costs    2019     2018  
Interest expense on long-term debt      58,290       54,609  
Interest expense on lease liabilities      18,551       -  
Interest income and accretion on promissory note      (3,001     (2,807
Net change in fair value and accretion expense of contingent considerations      263       (12,189
Net foreign exchange loss      267       630  
Net change in fair value of foreign exchange derivatives      -       (311
Net change in fair value of interest rate derivatives      -       (46
Mark-to-market loss on DSUs      3,241       887  
Other financial expenses      8,030       7,533  
Net finance costs      85,641       48,306  
Presented as:     

Finance income

     (3,001)       (15,353

Finance costs

     88,642       63,659  

25.    Income tax expense

 

Income tax recognized in income or loss:

 

 
      2019     2018  
Current tax expense     

Current year

     88,807       96,480  

Adjustment for prior years

     (2,926     (3,268
       85,881       93,212  
Deferred tax expense (recovery)     

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

     11,015       (5,408

Variation in tax rate

     (3,128     (221

Adjustment for prior years

     7,735       2,641  
       15,622       (2,988
Income tax expense      101,503       90,224  

 

Income tax recognized in other comprehensive income:

 

            
      2019     2018  
      Before
tax
   

Tax

(benefit)
expense

   

Net of

tax

   

Before

Tax

   

Tax

(benefit)

expense

    Net of
tax
 
Change in fair value of investment in equity securities      6,766       903       5,863       (5,416     (723     (4,693
Foreign currency translation differences      (52,502     -       (52,502     101,972       -       101,972  
Defined benefit plan remeasurement gains (losses)      (2,177     (558     (1,619     1,612       431       1,181  
Employee benefit      61       19       42       (227     (68     (159

Reclassification to retained earnings of accumulated unrealized loss on investment in equity securities

     (5,234     (697     (4,537     -       -       -  
Gain (loss) on net investment hedge      18,597       2,482       16,115       (30,796     (4,119     (26,677
Loss on cash flow hedge      (13,314     (3,479     (9,835     (3,876     (1,034     (2,842
       (47,803     (1,330     (46,473     63,269       (5,513     68,782  

 

LOGO     43


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Reconciliation of effective tax rate:

 

                        
      2019     2018  
Income before income tax              425,979               382,218  
Income tax using the Company’s statutory tax rate      26.6     113,310       26.7     102,052  
Increase (decrease) resulting from:         

Rate differential between jurisdictions

     (3.0 %)      (12,884     (3.4 %)      (13,106

Variation in tax rate

     (0.7 %)      (3,128     (0.1 %)      (221

Non-deductible expenses

     1.1     4,549       0.8     2,593  

Tax exempt income

     (2.2 %)      (9,308     (1.1 %)      (3,038

Adjustment for prior years

     1.1     4,809       (0.1 %)      (627

Others

     1.0     4,155       0.0     2,571  
       23.9     101,503       22.8     90,224  

On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed into law the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“U.S. Tax Reform”). The U.S. Tax Reform reduces the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective as of January 1, 2018. The U.S. Tax Reform also allows for immediate capital expensing of new investments in certain qualified depreciable assets made after September 27, 2017, which will be phased down starting in year 2023.

The U.S. Tax Reform introduces other important changes to U.S. corporate income tax laws that may significantly affect the Group in future years including the creation of a new Base Erosion Anti-abuse Tax (BEAT) that subjects certain payments from U.S. corporations to foreign related parties to additional taxes, and limitations to the deduction for net interest expense incurred by U.S. corporations. Future regulations and interpretations to be issued by U.S. authorities may also impact the Group’s estimates and assumptions used in calculating its income tax provisions.

26.   Financial instruments and financial risk management

Derivative financial instruments designated as effective cash flow hedge instruments’ fair values were as follows:

 

      December 31, 2019      December 31, 2018  
Current assets      

Interest rate derivatives

     39        5,430  
Non-current assets      

Interest rate derivatives

     -        2,946  
Current liabilities      

Interest rate derivatives

     843        -  
Non-current liabilities      

Interest rate derivatives

     888        -  

 

LOGO     44


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

As at December 31, 2019 and 2018, the impact to income or loss and other comprehensive income is as  follows:

 

 
      Finance loss (income)    

Other comprehensive (loss)

income

 
      2019      2018     2019      2018  
Derivative financial instruments measured at fair value through income or loss:           

Interest rate derivatives

     -        (46     -        -  

Embedded foreign exchange derivatives in finance leases

     -        (311     -        -  

Derivative financial instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income:

          

Interest rate derivatives

     -        -       13,314        3,876  
       -        (357     13,314        3,876  

Risks

In the normal course of its operations and through its financial assets and liabilities, the Group is exposed to the following risks:

 

   

credit risk

   

liquidity risk

   

market risk.

This note presents information about the Group’s exposure to each of the above risks, the Group’s objectives and processes for managing risk, and the Group’s management of capital. Further quantitative disclosures are included throughout these consolidated financial statements.

Risk management framework

The Group’s management identifies and analyzes the risks faced by the Group, sets appropriate risk limits and controls, and monitors risks and adherence to limits. Risk management is reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and the Group’s activities.

The Board of Directors has overall responsibility of the Group’s risk management framework. The Board of Directors monitors the Group’s risks through its audit committee. The audit committee reports regularly to the Board of Directors on its activities.

The Group’s audit committee oversees how management monitors and manages the Group’s risks and is assisted in its oversight role by the Group’s internal audit. Internal audit undertakes both regular and ad hoc reviews of risk, the results of which are reported to the audit committee.

a)     Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligation, and arises principally from the Group’s trade receivables. The Group grants credit to its customers in the ordinary course of business. Management believes that the credit risk of trade receivables is limited due to the following reasons:

 

   

There is a broad base of customers with dispersion across different market segments;

   

No single customer accounts for more than 5% of the Group’s revenue;

   

Approximately 94.2% (2018 – 94.6%) of the Group’s trade receivables are not past due or 30 days or less past due;

   

Bad debt expense has been approximately 0.1% (2018 – 0.1%) of consolidated revenues for the last 3 years.

 

LOGO     45


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

Exposure to credit risk

The Group’s maximum credit exposure corresponds to the carrying amount of the financial assets. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date was:

 

      2019        2018  
Trade and other receivables      587,370          631,727  
Promissory note      24,814          22,686  
Derivative financial assets      39          8,376  
       612,223          662,789  

Impairment losses

The aging of trade and other receivables at the reporting date was:

 

     

Total

2019

    

Impairment

2019

    

Total

2018

    

Impairment

2018

 
Not past due      449,324        -        474,320        -  
Past due 1 – 30 days      104,738        869        123,991        695  
Past due 31 – 60 days      22,686        2,608        22,007        2,085  
Past due more than 60 days      19,314        5,215        18,360        4,171  
       596,062        8,692        638,678        6,951  

The movement in the allowance for impairment in respect of trade and other receivables during the year was as follows:

 

      2019        2018  
Balance, beginning of year      6,951          6,931  
Business combinations      525          104  
Bad debt expenses      2,857          1,944  
Amount written off and recoveries      (1,641        (2,028
Balance, end of year      8,692          6,951  

The impaired trade receivables are mostly due from customers that are experiencing financial difficulties.

The promissory note has been individually evaluated for impairment and has been collected in full on February 1, 2020.

b)    Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to its reputation.

Cash inflows and cash outflows requirements from Group’s entities are monitored closely and separately to ensure the Group optimizes its cash return on investment. Typically, the Group ensures that it has sufficient cash to meet expected operational expenses; this excludes the potential impact of extreme circumstances that cannot reasonably be predicted. The Group monitors its short and medium-term liquidity needs on an ongoing basis using forecasting tools. In addition, the Group maintains revolving facilities, which have $605.1 million availability at December 31, 2019 (2018 - $455.3 million) and an additional $250 million credit available (C$245 million and US$5 million). The additional credit is available under certain conditions under the Group’s syndicated bank agreement (2018 - $250 million, C$245 million and US$5 million).

 

LOGO     46


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

The following are the contractual maturities of the financial liabilities, including estimated interest payment:

 

     

Carrying

amount

    

Contractual

cash flows

    

Less than

1 year

     1 to 2
years
     2 to 5
years
    

More than

5 years

 
December 31, 2019                                                      
Bank indebtedness      3,801        3,801        3,801        -        -        -  
Trade and other payables      443,468        443,468        443,468        -        -        -  
Long-term debt      1,744,687        1,959,582        110,729        773,532        865,273        210,048  
Derivatives financial liabilities      1,731        1,731        843        444        444        -  
Other financial liability      5,174        5,400        2,700        2,700        -        -  
       2,198,861        2,413,982        561,541        776,676        865,717        210,048  
December 31, 2018                                                      
Bank indebtedness      12,334        12,334        12,334        -        -        -  
Trade and other payables      475,585        475,585        475,585        -        -        -  
Long-term debt      1,584,423        1,754,909        181,932        411,567        1,160,505        905  
Other financial liability      5,594        6,000        2,000        2,000        2,000        -  
       2,077,936        2,248,828        671,851        413,567        1,162,505        905  

It is not expected that the contractual cash flows could occur significantly earlier, or at significantly different amounts.

c)    Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates, will affect the Group’s income or the value of its holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposure within acceptable parameters, while optimizing the return.

The Group buys and sells derivatives, and also incurs financial liabilities, in order to manage market risks. All such transactions are carried out within the guidelines set by the Group’s management and it does not use derivatives for speculative purposes.

d)    Currency risk

The Group is exposed to currency risk on financial assets and liabilities, sales and purchases that are denominated in a currency other than the respective functional currencies of Group entities. Primarily the Canadian entities are exposed to U.S. dollars and entities having a functional currency other than the Canadian dollars (foreign operations) are not significantly exposed to currency risk. The Group mitigates and manages its future US$ cash flow by creating offsetting positions through the use of foreign exchange contracts and US$ debt.

To mitigate its financial net liabilities exposure to foreign currency risk related to Canadian entities, the Group designated a portion of its U.S. dollar denominated debt as a hedging item in a net investment hedge.

The Group’s financial assets and liabilities exposure to foreign currency risk related to Canadian entities was as follows based on notional amounts:

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)    2019     2018  
Trade and other receivables      30,733       38,030  
Trade and other payables      (2,573     (3,108
Long-term debt      (478,566     (330,447
Balance sheet exposure      (450,406     (295,525
Long-term debt designated as investment hedge      325,000       325,000  
Net balance sheet exposure      (125,406     29,475  

The Group estimates its annual net US$ denominated cash flow from operating activities at approximately $330 million (2018 - $310 million). This cash flow is earned evenly throughout the year.

 

LOGO     47


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

The following exchange rates applied during the year:

 

      2019        2018  
Average US$ for the year ended December 31      1.3269          1.2957  
Closing US$ as at December 31      1.2988          1.3642  

Sensitivity analysis

A 1-cent increase in the U.S. dollar at the reporting date, assuming all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain constant, would have increased (decreased) equity and income or loss by the amounts shown below. The analysis is performed on the same basis for 2018.

 

      2019      2018  
      1-cent
Increase
     1-cent
Decrease
     1-cent
Increase
     1-cent
Decrease
 
Balance sheet exposure      (3,468      3,468        (2,166      2,166  
Long-term debt designated as investment hedge      2,502        (2,502      2,382        (2,382
Net balance sheet exposure      (966      966        216        (216

Net impact on change in fair value of foreign exchange derivatives is not significant.

e)    Interest rate risk

The Group’s intention is to minimize its exposure to changes in interest rates by maintaining a significant portion of fixed-rate interest-bearing long-term debt. This is achieved by entering into interest rate swaps.

The Group enters into interest rate swaps designated for cash flow hedges. At December 31, 2019, the Group has no interest rate swaps that hedge variable interest debt set using the 30-day Banker`s Acceptance rate (2018 – C$300 million). At December 31, 2019, the Group has US$325 million interest rate swaps that hedge variable interest debt set using the 30-day Libor rate (2018 – US$325 million). A $13.3 million loss, $9.8 million net of tax, (2018 – $3.9 million loss, $2.8 million net of tax) was recorded on the marking-to-market of the interest rate derivative to other comprehensive income for these cash flow hedges.

Ineffectiveness in hedging stems from differences between the hedged item and hedging instruments with respect to interest rate characteristics, currency, notional values and term. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the derivatives designated as cash flow hedges were considered to be fully effective and no ineffectiveness has been recognized in net income.

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the interest rate profile of the Group’s carrying amount interest-bearing financial instruments excluding the effects of interest rate derivatives was:

 

      2019        2018  
Fixed rate instruments      533,311          345,062  
Variable rate instruments      1,211,376          1,239,361  
       1,744,687          1,584,423  

 

LOGO     48


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

The Group’s interest rate derivatives are as follows:

 

 
      2019     2018  
     

Average

B.A.
rate

     Notional
Contract
Amount
CDN$
     Average
Libor
rate
     Notional
Contract
Amount
US$
     Fair
value
CDN$
    Average
B.A.
rate
     Notional
Contract
Amount
CDN$
     Average
Libor
rate
     Notional
Contract
Amount
US$
     Fair
value
CDN$
 
Coverage period:                             

Less than 1 year

     0.99%        75,000        1.90%        293,750        (804     0.99%        225,000        1.92%        325,000        5,430  

1 to 2 years

     -        -        1.92%        100,000        (444     -        -        1.89%        237,500        1,812  

2 to 3 years

     -        -        1.92%        100,000        (444     -        -        1.92%        100,000        648  

3 to 4 years

     -        -        -        -        -       -        -        1.92%        75,000        486  
Asset (liability)                                          (1,692                                         8,376  
Presented as:                             

Current assets

                 39                   5,430  

Non-current assets

                 -                   2,946  

Current liabilities

                 (843                 -  

Non-current liabilities

                                         (888                                         -  

The fair value of the interest rate swaps has been estimated using industry standard valuation models which use rates published on financial capital markets, adjusted for credit risk.

Fair value sensitivity analysis for fixed rate instruments

The Group does not account for any fixed rate financial liabilities at fair value through income or loss. Therefore a change in interest rates at the reporting date would not affect income or loss.

Cash flow sensitivity analysis for variable rate instruments

A 1% change in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased (decreased) equity and net income or net loss by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular foreign currency rates, remain constant. The analysis is performed on the same basis for 2018.

 

      2019     2018  
      1% increase     1% decrease     1% increase     1% decrease  
Interest on variable rate instrument      (5,786     5,786       (3,633     3,633  

Impact on instruments used in cash flow hedge:

 

        
       2019       2018  
       1% increase       1% decrease       1% increase       1% decrease  
Interest on variable rate instrument      (3,251     3,251       (4,896     4,896  
Interest on interest rate swaps      3,251       (3,251     4,896       (4,896
      -     -     -     -  

 

Net impact on change in fair value of interest rate swaps is not significant.

f)     Capital management

For the purposes of capital management, capital consists of share capital and retained earnings of the Group. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are:

 

   

To ensure proper capital investment in order to provide stability and competitiveness to its operations;

 

   

To ensure sufficient liquidity to pursue its growth strategy and undertake selective acquisitions;

 

   

To maintain an appropriate debt level so that there are no financial constraints on the use of capital; and

 

   

To maintain investors, creditors and market confidence.

 

LOGO     49


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

The Group seeks to maintain a balance between the highest returns that might be possible with higher level of borrowings and the advantages and security by a sound capital position.

The Group monitors its long-term debt using the ratios below to maintain an appropriate debt level. The Group’s debt-to-equity and debt-to-capitalization ratios are as follows:

 

      2019        2018  
Long-term debt      1,744,687          1,584,423  
Shareholders’ equity      1,506,835          1,576,854  
Debt-to-equity ratio      1.16          1.00  
Debt-to-capitalization ratio1      0.54          0.50  

1 Long-term debt divided by the sum of shareholders’ equity and long-term debt.

There were no changes in the Group’s approach to capital management during the year.

The Group’s credit facility agreement requires monitoring two ratios on a quarterly basis. The first is a ratio of total debt plus letters of credit and some other long-term liabilities to net income or loss from continuing operations before finance income and costs, income tax expense (recovery), depreciation, amortization, impairment of intangible assets, bargain purchase gain, and gain or loss on sale of land and buildings, assets held for sale and intangible assets (“Adjusted EBITDA”). The second is a ratio of adjusted earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization and rent expense (“EBITDAR”), and, including last twelve months adjusted EBITDAR from acquisitions to interest and net rent expenses. These ratios are measured on a consolidated last twelve-month basis and are calculated as prescribed by the credit agreement which, among other things, requires the exclusion of the impact of IFRS 16. These ratios must be kept below a certain threshold so as not to breach a covenant in the Group’s syndicated bank. At December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the Group was in compliance with its financial covenants.

Management believes that the Group has sufficient liquidity to continue both its operations as well as its acquisition strategy.

Upon maturity of the Group’s long-term debt, the Group’s management and its Board of Directors will assess if the long-term debt should be renewed at its original value, increased or decreased based on the then required capital need, credit availability and future interest rates.

 

LOGO     50


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

g)    Accounting classification and fair values

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities, together with the carrying amounts shown in the statements of financial position, are as follows:

 

                  2019                    2018  
      Carrying
Amount
       Fair
Value
       Carrying
Amount
       Fair
Value
 

Financial assets

                 

Assets carried at fair value

                 

Derivative financial instruments

     39          39          8,376          8,376  

Investment in equity securities

     1,391          1,391          1,498          1,498  

Assets carried at amortized cost

                 

Trade and other receivables

     587,370          587,370          631,727          631,727  

Promissory note

     24,814          24,814          22,686          22,686  
       613,614          613,614          664,287          664,287  

Financial liabilities

                 

Liabilities carried at fair value

                 

Derivative financial instruments

     1,731          1,731          -          -  

Other financial liability

     5,174          5,174          5,594          5,594  

Liabilities carried at amortized cost

                 

Bank indebtedness

     3,801          3,801          12,334          12,334  

Trade and other payables

     443,468          443,468          475,585          475,585  

Long-term debt

     1,744,687          1,748,556          1,584,423          1,647,146  
       2,198,861          2,202,730          2,077,936          2,140,659  

Interest rates used for determining fair value

The interest rates used to discount estimated cash flows, when applicable, are based on the government yield curve at December 31 plus an adequate credit spread, and were as follows:

 

      2019        2018  

Long-term debt

     3.3%          3.9%  

Fair value hierarchy

Group’s financial assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis are investment in equity securities and the derivative financial instruments discussed above. Investment in equity securities is measured using level-1 inputs of the fair value hierarchy and derivative financial instruments are measured using level-2 inputs.

The fair value of the promissory note represents the present value of the future cash flows, based on the interest rate of the note, discounted by the company specific rate of the counterparty of the note. The company specific rate is comprised of a risk-free market rate and a company specific premium based on their risk profile. The counterparty to the note is GFL, a private company, for which limited publicly available information exists. At the issuance of the promissory note, the fair value was established using public information on the source of funding to acquire the Waste Management segment. Subsequent to the initial measurement, adjustments to the company risk premium are made based on the analysis of published financial information and on significant macro environmental factors impacting their segment. The risk-free market rate is publicly available.

27.     Contingencies, letters of credit and other commitments

a)    Contingencies

There are pending operational and personnel related claims against the Group. The Group has accrued $2.6 million for claim settlements that are presented in long-term provisions on the consolidated statements of financial position (2018 – $10.3 million in long-term provisions). In the opinion of management, these claims are adequately provided for and settlement should not have a significant impact on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.

 

LOGO     51


TFI International Inc.

(Tabular amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.)

  

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

 

b)     Letters of credit

As at December 31, 2019, the Group had $41.7 million of outstanding letters of credit (2018 - $39.4 million).

c)     Other commitments

As at December 31, 2019, the Group had $35.2 million of purchase commitments (2018 – $51.0 million) and $12.0 million of purchase orders for leases that the Group intends to enter into and that are expected to materialize within a year (2018 – nil).

28. Related parties

Parent and ultimate controlling party

There is no single ultimate controlling party. The shares of the Company are widely held.

Transactions with key management personnel

Board members of the Company, executive officers and top managers of major Group’s entities are deemed to be key management personnel. No compensation (2018 – $0.1 million) was paid to a board member for consulting services provided during 2019. There were no other transactions with key management personnel other than their respective compensation.

Key management personnel compensation

In addition to their salaries, the Company also provides non-cash benefits to board members and executive officers.

Executive officers also participate in the Company’s stock option and performance contingent restricted share unit plans and board members are entitled to deferred share units, as described in note 21. Costs incurred for key management personnel in relation to these plans are detailed below.

 

Key management personnel compensation comprised:              
      2019        2018 
Short-term benefits      14,919          14,756  
Post-employment benefits      834          959  
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions      4,909          4,193  
Cash-settled share-based payment transactions      1,469          1,126  
       22,131          21,034   

 

LOGO     52

Exhibit 4.3

 

LOGO

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

For the fourth quarter and year ended

December 31, 2019

CONTENTS

 

GENERAL INFORMATION

     2  

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     2  

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA AND HIGHLIGHTS

     3  

ABOUT TFI INTERNATIONAL

     4  

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS

     5  

SEGMENTED RESULTS

     9  

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     15  

OUTLOOK

     19  

SUMMARY OF EIGHT MOST RECENT QUARTERLY RESULTS

     20  

NON-IFRS FINANCIAL MEASURES

     20  

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

     24  

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

     37  

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     38  

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     38  


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

GENERAL INFORMATION

The following is TFI International Inc.’s management discussion and analysis (“MD&A”). Throughout this MD&A, the terms “Company”, “TFI International” and “TFI” shall mean TFI International Inc., and shall include its independent operating subsidiaries. This MD&A provides a comparison of the Company’s performance for its three-month period and year ended December 31, 2019 with the corresponding three-month period and year ended December 31, 2018 and it reviews the Company’s financial position as of December 31, 2019. It also includes a discussion of the Company’s affairs up to February 10, 2020, which is the date of this MD&A. The MD&A should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes as at and for the year ended December 31, 2019.

In this document, all financial data are prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) unless otherwise noted. All amounts are in Canadian dollars, and the term “dollar”, as well as the symbols “$” and “C$”, designate Canadian dollars unless otherwise indicated. Variances may exist as numbers have been rounded. This MD&A also uses non-IFRS financial measures. Refer to the section of this report entitled “Non-IFRS Financial Measures” for a complete description of these measures.

The Company’s audited consolidated financial statements have been approved by its Board of Directors (“Board”) upon recommendation of its audit committee on February 10, 2020. Prospective data, comments and analysis are also provided wherever appropriate to assist existing and new investors to see the business from a corporate management point of view. Such disclosure is subject to reasonable constraints for maintaining the confidentiality of certain information that, if published, would probably have an adverse impact on the competitive position of the Company.

Additional information relating to the Company can be found on its website at www.tfiintl.com. The Company’s continuous disclosure materials, including its annual and quarterly MD&A, annual and quarterly consolidated financial statements, annual report, annual information form, management proxy circular and the various press releases issued by the Company are also available on its website or directly through the SEDAR system at www.sedar.com.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The Company may make statements in this report that reflect its current expectations regarding future results of operations, performance and achievements. These are “forward-looking” statements and reflect management’s current beliefs. They are based on information currently available to management. Words such as “may”, “might”, “expect”, “intend”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, “plan”, “foresee”, “believe”, “to its knowledge”, “could”, “design”, “forecast”, “goal”, “hope”, “intend”, “likely”, “predict”, “project”, “seek”, “should”, “target”, “will”, “would” or “continue” and words and expressions of similar import are intended to identify these forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from historical results and those presently anticipated or projected.

The Company wishes to caution readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements which reference issues only as of the date made. The following important factors could cause the Company’s actual financial performance to differ materially from that expressed in any forward-looking statement: the highly competitive market conditions, the Company’s ability to recruit, train and retain qualified drivers, fuel price variations and the Company’s ability to recover these costs from its customers, foreign currency fluctuations, the impact of environmental standards and regulations, changes in governmental regulations applicable to the Company’s operations, adverse weather conditions, accidents, the market for used equipment, changes in interest rates, cost of liability insurance coverage, downturns in general economic conditions affecting the Company and its customers, and credit market liquidity.

The foregoing list should not be construed as exhaustive, and the Company disclaims any subsequent obligation to revise or update any previously made forward-looking statements unless required to do so by applicable securities laws. Unanticipated events are likely to occur. Readers should also refer to the section “Risks and Uncertainties” at the end of this MD&A for additional information on risk factors and other events that are not within the Company’s control. The Company’s future financial and operating results may fluctuate as a result of these and other risk factors.

 

LOGO     2


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA AND HIGHLIGHTS

 

     

(unaudited)

(in thousands of dollars, except per share data)

  

Three months ended

December 31

    

Years ended

December 31

 
      2019      2018*      2017*      2019      2018*      2017*  

Revenue before fuel surcharge

     1,166,476        1,162,279        1,069,679        4,613,629        4,508,197        4,378,985  

Fuel surcharge

     139,011        159,166        123,199        565,235        615,011        458,429  

Total revenue

     1,305,487        1,321,445        1,192,878        5,178,864        5,123,208        4,837,414  

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations1

     217,512        180,654        131,017        864,500        686,283        514,481  

Operating income from continuing operations

     124,290        103,283        66,076        511,620        430,524        178,421  

Net income

     74,828        76,728        120,192        310,283        291,994        157,988  

Net income from continuing operations

     76,543        76,728        120,192        324,476        291,994        157,988  

Adjusted net income from continuing operations1

     79,173        86,262        53,945        336,393        321,612        192,188  

Net cash from continuing operating activities

     176,177        173,848        116,148        665,292        543,503        372,601  

Free cash flow from continuing operations1

     103,240        103,917        102,432        462,983        339,707        376,487  

Total assets

     4,557,255        4,049,960        3,727,628        4,557,255        4,049,960        3,727,628  

Total long-term debt and lease liabilities

     2,206,529        1,584,423        1,498,396        2,206,529        1,584,423        1,498,396  

Per share data

                 

EPS – diluted

     0.90        0.85        1.31        3.63        3.22        1.70  

EPS from continuing operations – diluted

     0.92        0.85        1.31        3.80        3.22        1.70  

Adjusted EPS from continuing operations – diluted1

     0.95        0.96        0.59        3.94        3.54        2.07  

Dividends

     0.26        0.24        0.21        0.98        0.87        0.78  

As a percentage of revenue before fuel surcharge

                 

Adjusted EBITDA margin from continuing operations 1

     18.6%        15.5%        12.2%        18.7%        15.2%        11.7%  

Depreciation of property and equipment

     5.1%        4.5%        4.5%        4.9%        4.4%        4.8%  

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

     2.2%        -        -        2.2%        -        -  

Amortization of intangible assets

     1.4%        1.3%        1.5%        1.4%        1.4%        1.4%  

Operating margin from continuing operations 1

     10.7%        8.9%        6.2%        11.1%        9.5%        4.1%  

Adjusted operating ratio from continuing operations1

     90.1%        90.3%        93.8%        89.8%        90.6%        94.4%  
*

The current period results include the impacts from the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases as discussed in note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements. As is permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable.

Q4 Highlights

 

   

Record fourth quarter operating income from continuing operations increased to $124.3 million, up 20% from the same quarter last year, driven by strong execution across the organization, increased quality of revenue, an asset-light approach, and cost efficiencies.

 

   

Operating margin from continuing operations1, a non-IFRS measure, was up to 10.7% from 8.9% in the prior year quarter.

 

   

Net income from continuing operations of $76.5 million compares to $76.7 million in Q4 2018.

 

   

Diluted earnings per share (diluted “EPS”) from continuing operations of $0.92 compares favorably to $0.85 in Q4 2018.

 

   

Adjusted net income from continuing operations1, a non-IFRS measure, of $79.2 million compared to $86.3 million in Q4 2018.

 

   

Adjusted diluted EPS from continuing operations1, a non-IFRS measure, of $0.95 compared to $0.96 in Q4 2018.

 

 

   

Net cash from continuing operating activities was $176.2 million, as compared to $173.8 million in Q4 2018, benefitting from stronger operating performance and the impact of the adoption of IFRS 16.

 

   

Free cash flow from continuing operation1, a non-IFRS measure, of $103.2 million, impacted negatively by a one-time real estate purchase of $38.0 million, compares to $103.9 million in Q4 2018.

 

   

The Company’s reportable segments performed as follows:

 

  o

Package and Courier operating income decreased 13% to $29.9 million, as the comparable period benefited from the Canada Post strike;

 

  o

Less-Than-Truckload operating income increased 9% to $25.5 million;

 

  o

Truckload operating income increased 17% to $61.3 million; and

 

  o

Logistics operating income of $18.8 million compares to $2.9 million the prior year, which was impacted by $12.6 million of impairment of intangibles.

 

   

The Company returned $49.8 million to shareholders during the quarter, of which $19.7 million was through dividends and $30.1 million was through share repurchases.

 

   

On December 17, 2019, the Board of Directors of TFI declared a quarterly dividend of $0.26, an 8% increase over the prior quarterly dividend, as was announced on October 24, 2019.

 

 

1 

Refer to the section “Non-IFRS financial measures”.

 

LOGO     3


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

   

The Company borrowed $150 million in U.S. dollars under a new seven-year senior notes carrying a fixed interest rate of 3.85%, and used the proceeds to pay down its existing unsecured revolving credit facility. In addition, the Company’s existing term loan was increased by $75 million, to a new amount of $200 million bearing interest at a rate of 3.77% with an extended expiration date in 2024. As a result, the Company’s availability on its revolving credit facility has increased to approximately $585 million.

 

ABOUT TFI INTERNATIONAL

Services

TFI International is a North American leader in the transportation and logistics industry, operating across the United States, Canada and Mexico through its subsidiaries. TFI International creates value for shareholders by identifying strategic acquisitions and managing a growing network of wholly-owned operating subsidiaries. Under the TFI International umbrella, companies benefit from financial and operational resources to build their businesses and increase their efficiency. TFI International companies service the following reportable segments:

   

Package and Courier;

   

Less-Than-Truckload;

   

Truckload;

   

Logistics (previously named Logistics and Last Mile).

Seasonality of operations

The activities conducted by the Company are subject to general demand for freight transportation. Historically, demand has been relatively stable with the first quarter generally the weakest. Furthermore, during the harsh winter months, fuel consumption and maintenance costs tend to rise.

Human resources

As at December 31, 2019 the Company had 17,150 employees in TFI International’s various business segments across North America. This compares to 17,127 employees as at December 31, 2018. The year-over-year increase of 23 is attributable to business acquisitions that added 1,033 employees offset by rationalizations affecting 1,010 employees mainly in the Less-Than-Truckload (“LTL”) and Truckload segments. The Company believes that it has a relatively low turnover rate among its employees in Canada, and a normal turnover rate in the U.S. comparable to other U.S. carriers, and that its employee relations are very good.

Equipment

The Company believes it has the largest trucking fleet in Canada and a significant presence in the U.S. market. As at December 31, 2019, the Company had 7,772 tractors, 25,505 trailers and 9,826 independent contractors. This compares to 7,465 tractors, 26,487 trailers and 8,527 independent contractors as at December 31, 2018.

Facilities

TFI International’s head office is in Montréal, Québec and its executive office is in Etobicoke, Ontario. As at December 31, 2019, the Company had 380 facilities, as compared to 369 facilities as at December 31, 2018. Of these, 246 are located in Canada, including 158 and 88 in Eastern and Western Canada, respectively. The Company also had 122 facilities in the United States and 12 facilities in Mexico. In the last twelve months, 44 facilities were added from business acquisitions, and terminal consolidation decreased the total number of facilities by 33, mainly in the Logistics segment. In Q4 2019, the Company closed 10 sites.

Customers

The Company has a diverse customer base across a broad cross-section of industries with no single client accounting for more than 5% of consolidated revenue. Because of its customer diversity, as well as the wide geographic scope of the Company’s service offerings and the range of segments in which it operates, a downturn in the activities of individual customers or customers in a particular industry would not be expected to have a material adverse impact on operations. The Company has forged strategic partnerships with other transport companies in order to extend its service offerings to customers across North America.

 

Revenue by Top Customers’ Industry

(64% of total revenue)

Retail

Manufactured Goods

Building Materials

Automotive

Metals & Mining

Food & Beverage

Forest Products

Chemicals & Explosives

Energy

Services

Waste Management

Maritime Containers

Others

    

25

16

9

9

8

7

5

4

4

3

2

1

7


   

(For the year ended December 31, 2019)

 

 

LOGO     4


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS

This section provides general comments on the consolidated results of operations. A more detailed analysis is provided in the “Segmented results” section.

2019 business acquisitions

In line with its growth strategy, the Company acquired eight businesses during 2019, all prior to the fourth quarter: Toronto Tank Lines (“TTL”), Schilli Corporation (“Schilli”), Les Services JAG (“JAG”), Aulick Leasing Corp. (“Aulick”), certain assets of BeavEx Incorporated (“BeavEx”), Piston Tank Corporation (“Piston”), selected assets of AT Group US Logistics, LLC (“US Logistics”), and Craler Inc. (“Craler”).

On February 15, 2019, TFI International completed the acquisition of TTL. Based in Ontario, TTL specializes in the transportation and storage of food grade liquids, industrial chemicals, specialty oils and waxes throughout Canada, the United States and Mexico.

On February 22, 2019, TFI International completed the acquisition of Schilli, which was renamed to BTC East in September 2019. Based in Missouri, Schilli specializes in the transportation of dry and liquid bulk and offers dedicated fleet solutions and other value-add services throughout the Midwest, Southeast and Gulf Coast regions of the United States.

On March 19, 2019, TFI International completed the acquisition of JAG. Based in Québec, JAG provides transportation services for explosives, mining and steel products, electronics, and household goods.

On April 1, 2019, TFI International completed the acquisitions of Aulick and its affiliate ShirAul, LLC. Based in Nebraska, Aulick provides contract hauling services for aggregate materials, wood by-product, agriculture/commodities, beets, dry bulk materials, railroad traction sand and food grade product materials through the Central and Western U.S. ShirAul designs and manufactures the exclusive BulletTM trailer.

On April 27, 2019, TFI International completed the acquisition of BeavEx and its affiliates Guardian Medical Logistics (“GML”), JNJW Enterprises, Inc. and USXP, LLC for a cash consideration of US$7.2 million through the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. BeavEx primarily serves the growing final-mile delivery requirements of the financial, healthcare, retail, industrial, and manufacturing sectors, offering same-day, next-day, and on-demand home delivery services. Its logistics capabilities include final-mile, crossdocking, and distribution services. The BeavEx affiliate GML is an industry leading provider of final-mile, mission critical logistics and transportation services to the medical laboratory industry.

On June 14, 2019, TFI International completed the acquisition of Piston. Based in Missouri, Piston specializes in the transportation of viscous materials and offers a patented solution for the storage, handling, and transportation of these materials for the food and industrial products industries.

On August 7, 2019, TFI international completed the acquisition of selected assets of US Logistics. Based in Georgia, US Logistics provides medical logistics, final mile and brokerage services in select regions of the United States.

On August 22, 2019, TFI International completed the acquisition of Craler. Based in Québec, Craler provides brokerage, direct trucking and warehousing services across Canada, the United States and Mexico.

Revenue

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, total revenue was $1,305.5 million, down 1%, or $16.0 million, from Q4 2018. The contribution from business acquisitions of $115.1 million was offset by decreases in fuel surcharge revenue of $27.0 million and revenue before fuel surcharge of $103.9 million, both in existing operations. The average exchange rate used to convert TFI International’s revenue generated in U.S. dollars remained largely unchanged this quarter (C$1.3200) compared to the same quarter last year (C$1.3204).

For the year ended December 31, 2019, total revenue reached $5.18 billion, up 1%, or $55.7 million, as compared to $5.12 billion in 2018 mainly due to the contribution from business acquisitions of $424.2 million and positive currency impact of $34.3 million which were offset by decreases in fuel surcharge revenue of $84.0 million and revenue before fuel surcharge of $318.8 million, both in existing operations.

Operating expenses from continuing operations

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, the Company’s operating expenses from continuing operations decreased by $37.0 million, to $1,181.2 million from $1,218.2 million in Q4 2018. The increase attributable to business acquisitions of $104.7 million was offset by a net decrease of $141.7 million, or 12%, in existing operating expenses. Operating improvements, better fleet utilization and lower material and services expenses as a percentage of revenue contributed to maintaining the operating expenses in the Company’s existing operations below the Q4 2018 level as a percentage of total revenue, as well as $6.9 million of additional gains on the disposal of assets held for sale as compared to the same period in 2018.

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, material and services expenses, net of fuel surcharge, decreased by 0.4 percentage points of revenue before fuel surcharge compared to the same period last year due to lower subcontractor, rolling stock lease and fuel costs as a percentage of revenue before fuel surcharge. Mainly due to the adoption of IFRS 16, equipment lease expense decreased $11.0 million compared to Q4 2018 as, since January 1, 2019, a significant portion of these operating leases are now capitalized with depreciation expense recorded and presented under the caption of depreciation of right-of-use assets in the income statement. Right-of-use assets depreciation on rolling stock amounted to $10.0 million for Q4 2019.

 

LOGO     5


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Other operating expenses, which are primarily composed of costs related to office and terminal rent, taxes, heating, telecommunications, maintenance and security and other general administrative expenses, decreased 1.7 percentage points of revenue before fuel surcharge compared to the same period last year due to lower terminal rent expenses. Due to IFRS 16 adoption, real estate lease expense decreased $19.4 million compared to Q4 2018 as, since January 1, 2019, a significant portion of these leases are now capitalized with depreciation expense recorded and presented under depreciation of right-of-use assets in the income statement. Right-of-use assets depreciation on real estate leases amounted to $15.6 million for Q4 2019.

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, depreciation of right-of-use assets amounting to $25.8 million is mainly composed of rolling stock and real estate leases that are now treated as finance leases due to the adoption of IFRS 16 on January 1, 2019. As permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated.

For the three-month period ended December 31, 2019, the gain on sale of assets held for sale was $8.4 million, compared to $1.5 million in Q4 2018. Five properties were disposed of for a cash consideration of $17.2 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company’s operating expenses from continuing operations increased by $24.3 million from $4.08 billion in 2018 to $4.10 billion in 2019. The increase is mainly attributable to business acquisitions for $343.0 million offset by a net decrease of $318.7 million primarily attributable to lower material and service expenses in the Company’s existing operations.

Operating income from continuing operations

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, TFI International’s operating income from continuing operations rose by $21.0 million to $124.3 million compared to $103.3 million in the same quarter in 2018. The adoption of IFRS 16 contributed $5.0 million to the increase (which primarily represents the interest expense on lease liabilities which is included in interest expense in 2019). The operating margin from continuing operations as a percentage of revenue before fuel surcharge improved, from 8.9% in Q4 2018 to 10.7% in Q4 2019. All reportable segments except Package and Courier reported margin increases. Notably, the Logistics segment reported a margin increase of 5.9 percentage points primarily as a result of an impairment of intangible assets recognized in 2018.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, operating income from continuing operations increased by $81.1 million, or 19%, to $511.6 million compared to $430.5 million in 2018, driven by operating improvements, business acquisitions, an increase on the gain on sale of assets held for sale of $13.0 million, a bargain purchase gain of $10.8 million, and a the $12.6 million impairment of intangible assets recorded in 2018.

Finance income and costs

     

(unaudited)

(in thousands of dollars)

 

  

Three months ended

December 31

   

Years ended

December 31

 

Finance costs (income)

   2019     2018*     2019     2018*  

Interest expense on long-term debt

     14,976       13,159       58,290       54,609  

Interest expense on lease liabilities

     4,560       -       18,551       -  

Interest income and accretion on promissory note

     (818     (747     (3,001     (2,807

Net change in fair value and accretion expense of contingent considerations

     72       (12,686     263       (12,189

Net foreign exchange (gain) loss

     (523                 1,611       267                     630  

Net change in fair value of foreign exchange derivatives

     -       (12     -       (311

Net change in fair value of interest rate derivatives

     -       -       -       (46

Mark-to-market (gain) loss on DSUs

     1,814       (3,368     3,241       887  

Others

     2,261       2,003       8,030       7,533  

Net finance costs (income)

     22,342       (40                     85,641       48,306  
*

The current period results include the impacts from the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases as discussed in note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements. As is permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable.

Interest expense on long-term debt

Interest expense on long-term debt for the three-month period ended December 31, 2019 was $1.8 million higher than compared to the same quarter last year. The increase is mainly attributable to a higher average debt level of $1.78 billion for the three months ended December 31, 2019 as compared to $1.54 billion to the same period in the prior year. For the year ended December 31, 2019, interest expense increased by $3.7 million due to higher average borrowings in 2019 of $1.74 billion as compared to $1.55 billion in 2018. This increase was offset by a slightly lower average interest rate during 2019 as compared to the prior year.

Interest expense on lease liabilities

Following adoption of IFRS 16 Leases, the amounts previously recognized as lease expenses were replaced by the depreciation of right-of-use assets and the financing costs on the lease liabilities. As permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated.

 

LOGO     6


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Net foreign exchange gain or loss and net investment hedge

The Company designates as a hedge a portion of its U.S. dollar denominated debt held against its net investments in U.S. operations. This accounting treatment allows the Company to offset the designated portion of foreign exchange gain (or loss) of its debt against the foreign exchange loss (or gain) of its net investments in U.S. operations and present them in other comprehensive income. Net foreign exchange gains or losses recorded in income or loss are attributable to the U.S. dollar portion of the Company’s credit facility not designated as a hedge and to other financial assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. For the three-month period ended December 31, 2019, a gain of $7.6 million of foreign exchange variations (a gain of $6.6 million net of tax) was recorded to other comprehensive income as net investment hedge. For the three-month period ended December 31, 2018, a loss of $18.4 million of foreign exchange variations (a loss of $16.0 million net of tax) was recorded to other comprehensive income as net investment hedge. For the year ended December 31, 2019, a gain of $18.6 million of foreign exchange variations (a gain of $16.1 million net of tax) was recorded to other comprehensive income as net investment hedge.

Net change in fair value of derivatives and cash flow hedge

The fair values of the Company’s derivative financial instruments, which are used to mitigate foreign exchange and interest rate risks, are subject to market price fluctuations in foreign exchange and interest rates.

The Company designates the interest rate derivatives as a hedge of the variable interest rate instruments. Therefore, the effective portion of changes in fair value of the derivatives is recognized in other comprehensive income. For the three-month period ended December 31, 2019, the loss of $0.3 million on change in fair value of interest rate derivatives was entirely designated as cash flow hedge and recorded to other comprehensive income as a change in the fair value of the cash flow hedge (a loss of $0.2 million net of tax). For the three-month period ended December 31, 2018, a $7.1 million loss on change in fair value of interest rate derivatives (a loss of $5.2 million net of tax) was designated as cash flow hedge and recorded to other comprehensive income as a change in the fair value of the cash flow hedge.

For year ended December 31, 2019, a $13.3 million loss on change in fair value of interest rate derivatives (a loss of $9.8 million net of tax) was designated as cash flow hedge and recorded to other comprehensive income as a change in the fair value of the cash flow hedge. For year ended December 31, 2018, a $3.9 million loss on change in fair value of interest rate derivatives (a loss of $2.8 million net of tax) was designated as cash flow hedge and recorded to other comprehensive income as a change in the fair value of the cash flow hedge.

Income tax expense

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, the Company’s effective tax rate was 24.9%. The income tax expense of $25.4 million reflects a $1.4 million favourable variance versus an anticipated income tax expense effect of $26.8 million based on the Company’s statutory tax rate of 26.3%. The favourable variance is mainly due to tax exempt income of $4.9 million and positive differences between the statutory rate and the effective rates in other jurisdictions of $2.3 million net of negative differences of $4.1 million for prior year adjustments and $2.0 million for non-deductible expenses.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company’s effective tax rate was 23.9%. The income tax expense of $101.5 million reflects an $11.8 million favourable variance versus an anticipated income tax expense of $113.3 million based on the Company’s statutory tax rate of 26.6%. The favourable variance is due to rate differentials between jurisdictions of $12.9 million and tax exempt income effect of $9.3 million net of unfavourable variances for prior year’s tax adjustments of $4.8 million, and multi-jurisdictions tax of $4.2 million.

The U.S. Tax Reform Bill signed on December 22, 2017 introduced important changes to U.S. corporate income tax laws that may affect the Company’s current and future years including limitations on the deduction for net interest expense incurred by U.S. corporations. Future regulations and interpretations to be issued by U.S. authorities may also impact the Company’s estimates and assumptions used in calculating its income tax provisions. The timing and scope of such regulations and interpretative guidance are uncertain. Management believes that upon issuance of regulations and interpretative guidance that is expected in the first half of 2020, an estimated tax benefit of $9.6 million could be reversed. This reversal would relate to fiscal year 2019 only and should not apply to future periods.

Net loss from discontinued operations

During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized a net loss on an accident claim of $14.2 million, or $16.6 million net of $2.4 million of tax recovery. This claim originated from an operating entity within the discontinued rig moving operations, which were closed in 2015.

 

LOGO     7


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Net income and adjusted net income from continuing operations

     

(unaudited)

(in thousands of dollars, except per share data)

  

Three months ended

December 31

   

Years ended

December 31

 
      2019     2018     2019     2018  

Net income

     74,828               76,728                       310,283             291,994  

Amortization of intangible assets related to business acquisitions, net of tax

     12,019       10,992       47,097       44,033  

Net change in fair value and accretion expense of contingent considerations, net of tax

     53       (9,292     193       (8,928

Net change in fair value of derivatives, net of tax

     -       (9     -       (262

Net foreign exchange (gain) loss, net of tax

     (383     1,180       196       461  

Impairment of intangible assets, net of tax

     -       9,129       -       9,129  

Bargain purchase gain

     -       -       (10,787     -  

Gain on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale, net of tax

     (9,059     (1,551     (24,782     (13,900

Gain on sale of intangible assets, net of tax

     -       (915     -       (915

Net loss from discontinued operations

     1,715       -       14,193       -  

Adjusted net income from continuing operations1

     79,173       86,262       336,393       321,612  

Adjusted EPS from continuing operations – basic1

     0.97       0.99       4.03       3.66  

Adjusted EPS from continuing operations – diluted1

     0.95       0.96       3.94       3.54  

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, TFI International’s net income was $74.8 million compared to $76.7 million in Q4 2018. The Company’s adjusted net income from continuing operations1, a non-IFRS measure, which excludes items listed in the above table, was $79.2 million this quarter compared to $86.3 million in Q4 2018, down 8% or $7.1 million. The adjusted EPS from continuing operations, fully diluted, decreased by $0.01 to $0.95 from $0.96 in Q4 2018.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, TFI International’s net income was $310.3 million compared to $292.0 million in 2018. The increase of $18.3 million is mainly attributable to the $10.8 million bargain purchase gain on the BeavEx acquisition, the increase of gains on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale, net of tax, of $10.9 million and the contribution from business acquisitions of $32.4 million net of the loss from discontinued operations of $14.2 million. The Company’s adjusted net income from continuing operations was $336.4 million in 2019 compared to $321.6 million in 2018, up 5% or $14.8 million. Adjusted EPS from continuing operations, fully diluted, increased by 11%, to $3.94.

 

 

 

                                                     

1 Refer to the section “Non-IFRS financial measures”.

 

LOGO     8


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

SEGMENTED RESULTS

To facilitate the comparison of business level activity and operating costs between periods, the Company compares the revenue before fuel surcharge (“revenue”) and reallocates the fuel surcharge revenue to materials and services expenses within operating expenses. Note that “Total revenue” is not affected by this reallocation.

Selected segmented financial information

               

(unaudited)

(in thousands of dollars)

  

Package

and

Courier

    

Less-

Than-
Truckload

     Truckload      Logistics      Corporate     Eliminations     Total  
Three months ended December 31, 2019                                                      

Revenue before fuel surcharge1

     168,040        199,718        544,833        262,608        -       (8,723     1,166,476  

% of total revenue2

     15%        18%        47%        20%                        100%  

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations

     38,673        41,283        119,320        28,943        (10,707     -       217,512  

Adjusted EBITDA margin3

     23.0%        20.7%        21.9%        11.0%            18.6%  

Operating income (loss)

     29,943        25,498        61,251        18,752        (11,154     -       124,290  

Operating margin3

     17.8%        12.8%        11.2%        7.1%            10.7%  

Net capital expenditures4, 5

     4,385        36,893        23,528        1,323        6,808               72,937  

Three months ended December 31, 2018*

                                                            

Revenue before fuel surcharge1

     177,323        231,994        528,164        235,590        -       (10,792     1,162,279  

% of total revenue2

     15%        20%        46%        19%                        100%  

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations

     36,521        32,209        99,376        21,555        (9,007     -       180,654  

Adjusted EBITDA margin3

     20.6%        13.9%        18.8%        9.1%            15.5%  

Operating income (loss)

     34,409        23,461        52,282        2,851        (9,720     -       103,283  

Operating margin3

     19.4%        10.1%        9.9%        1.2%            8.9%  

Net capital expenditures4, 6

     8,342        5,197        55,469        365        558               69,931  

YTD December 31, 2019

                                                            

Revenue before fuel surcharge1

     628,342        832,213        2,199,543        988,598        -       (35,067     4,613,629  

% of total revenue2

     14%        18%        48%        20%                        100%  

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations

     141,001        168,046        481,120        110,154        (35,821     -       864,500  

Adjusted EBITDA margin3

     22.4%        20.2%        21.9%        11.1%            18.7%  

Operating income (loss)

     109,106        109,199        254,998        76,370        (38,053     -       511,620  

Operating margin3

     17.4%        13.1%        11.6%        7.7%            11.1%  

Total assets less intangible assets

     234,955        529,077        1,567,027        206,707        64,587         2,602,353  

Net capital expenditures4, 7

     14,508        36,448        143,097        2,638        5,618               202,309  

YTD December 31, 2018*

                                                            

Revenue before fuel surcharge1

     633,046        902,320        2,064,588        953,727        -       (45,484     4,508,197  

% of total revenue2

     14%        21%        46%        19%                        100%  

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations

     125,197        117,006        380,707        91,348        (27,975     -       686,283  

Adjusted EBITDA margin3

     19.8%        13.0%        18.4%        9.6%            15.2%  

Operating income (loss)

     113,214        85,132        207,723        54,492        (30,037     -       430,524  

Operating margin3

     17.9%        9.4%        10.1%        5.7%            9.5%  

Total assets less intangible assets

     151,579        380,715        1,418,743        135,374        62,054         2,148,465  

Net capital expenditures4, 8

     17,770        14,593        169,059        2,118        256               203,796  
*

The current period results include the impacts from the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases as discussed in note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements. As is permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable.

When the Company changes the structure of its internal organization in a manner that causes the composition of its reportable segments to change, the corresponding information for the comparative period is recast to conform to the new structure.

 

                                                     

1 Includes intersegment revenue.

2 Segment revenue including fuel and intersegment revenue to consolidated revenue including fuel and intersegment revenue.

3 As a percentage of revenue before fuel surcharge.

4 Additions to property and equipment, net of proceeds from sale of property and equipment and assets held for sale.

5 Q4 2019 net capital expenditures include proceeds from the sale of property for consideration of $8.0 million in the LTL segment and of $9.3 million in the TL segment.

6 Q4 2018 net capital expenditures include proceeds from the sale of property for consideration of $1.6 million in the LTL segment and of $2.5 million in the TL segment.

7 Q4 YTD 2019 net capital expenditures include proceeds from the sale of property for consideration of $2.5 million in the P&C segment, of $25.2 million in the LTL segment, of $21.2 million in the TL segment and of $2.0 million in the corporate segment.

8 Q4 YTD 2018 net capital expenditures include proceeds from the sale of property for consideration of $6.1 million in the LTL segment, of $24.3 million in the TL segment and of $0.8 million in the corporate segment.

 

LOGO     9


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Package and Courier

     
(unaudited)    Three months ended December 31      Years ended December 31  
(in thousands of dollars)    2019     %      2018*     %      2019     %      2018*     %  

Total revenue

     191,422          204,428         

715,821

        

728,556

   

Fuel surcharge

     (23,382              (27,105             

(87,479)

              

(95,510)

         

Revenue

     168,040       100.0%        177,323       100.0%        628,342       100.0%        633,046       100.0%  

Materials and services expenses (net of fuel surcharge)

     73,574       43.8%        76,509       43.1%        269,837       42.9%        266,301       42.1%  

Personnel expenses

     46,493       27.7%        50,083       28.2%        183,246       29.2%        186,281       29.4%  

Other operating expenses

     9,259       5.5%        14,235       8.0%        34,460       5.5%        55,359       8.7%  

Depreciation of property and equipment

     3,438       2.0%        3,055       1.7%        13,322       2.1%        11,870       1.9%  

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

     4,901       2.9%        -       -        18,508       2.9%        -       -  

Amortization of intangible assets

     309       0.2%        306       0.2%        1,182       0.2%        1,362       0.2%  

(Gain) loss on sale of rolling stock and equipment

     61       0.0%        (25     0.0%        (181     0.0%        (92     0.0%  

Gain on derecognition of right-of-use assets

     (20     0.0%        -       -        (21     0.0%        -       -  

(Gain) loss on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale

     82       0.0%        -       -        (1,117     -0.2%        -       -  

Gain on sale of intangible assets

     -       -        (1,249     -0.7%        -       -        (1,249     -0.2%  

Operating income

     29,943       17.8%        34,409       19.4%        109,106       17.4%        113,214       17.9%  

Adjusted EBITDA

     38,673       23.0%        36,521       20.6%        141,001       22.4%        125,197       19.8%  

*  The current period results include the impacts from the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases as discussed in note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements. As is permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable.

 

   

     
Operational data    Three months ended December 31      Years ended December 31  
(unaudited)    2019     2018      Variance     %      2019     2018      Variance     %  

Revenue per pound (including fuel)

     $0.47       $0.48        ($0.01     -2.1%        $0.47       $0.47        $0.00       0.0%  

Revenue per pound (excluding fuel)

     $0.41       $0.42        ($0.01     -2.4%        $0.41       $0.41        $0.00       0.0%  

Revenue per shipment (including fuel)

     $8.61       $8.43        $0.18       2.1%        $8.35       $8.19        $0.16       2.0%  

Tonnage (in thousands of metric tons)

     185       192        (7     -3.6%        695       709        (14     -2.0%  

Shipments (in thousands)

     22,244       24,238        (1,994     -8.2%        85,743       88,998        (3,255     -3.7%  

Average weight per shipment (in lbs.)

     18.33       17.46        0.87       5.0%        17.86       17.56        0.30       1.7%  

Vehicle count, average

     972       1,016        (44     -4.3%        981       973        8       0.8%  

Weekly revenue per vehicle (incl. fuel, in thousands of dollars)

     $15.15       $15.48        ($0.33     -2.1%        $14.03       $14.40        ($0.37     -2.6%  

Revenue

For the three-months ended December 31, 2019, revenue decreased by $9.3 million, from $177.3 million in 2018 to $168.0 million in 2019. This decrease in revenue is attributable to a 3.6% decrease in tonnage combined with a 2.4% decrease in revenue per pound (excluding fuel surcharge). The decrease in tonnage was the result of an 8.2% decrease in the number of shipments offset by a 5.0% increase in average weight per shipment. Those two variations are directly related to the Canada Post strike that took place in the first two months of the fourth quarter of 2018.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, revenue decreased by $4.7 million, or 0.7%, from $633.0 million to $628.3 million, due to a slight decline in volumes attributable to 2018 benefitting from the Canada Post strike.

Operating expenses

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, materials and services expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue, decreased $2.9 million or 4% due to a $3.7 million decrease in sub-contractor costs. Personnel expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased from 28.2% in 2018 to 27.7% in 2019 and the reduction resulted mostly from lower direct salaries. Other operating expenses decreased $5.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2019 mainly due to the adoption of IFRS 16. Real estate lease expense decreased $4.8 million compared to Q4 2018 as, since January 1, 2019, a significant portion of these leases are now capitalized and a depreciation expense was recorded and presented under depreciation of right-of-use assets. Right-of-use assets depreciation on equipment and real estate leases amounted to $4.9 million for Q4 2019.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, materials and services expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue, increased $3.5 million or 1.3% due to an $8.0 million decrease in fuel surcharge revenue partially offset by a $2.6 million reduction in rolling stock lease costs partly due to the adoption of IFRS 16. Personnel expenses as a percentage of revenue slightly decreased from 29.4% in 2018 to 29.2% in 2019 and that decrease resulted entirely from a reduction in direct salaries. Other operating expenses decreased $20.9 million in 2019 mainly due to real estate lease expense that decreased $20.8 million following the adoption of IFRS 16. Right-of-use assets depreciation on equipment and real estate leases amounted to $18.5 million in 2019.

Gain on sale of property

For the year ended December 31, 2019, a $1.1 million gain on sale of assets held for sale was recorded in the Package and Courier segment following the sale of one property for a consideration of $2.4 million.

Operating income

 

LOGO     10


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Operating income for the three months ended December 31, 2019 decreased by 13% or $4.5 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2018 and the operating margin was 17.8% in the fourth quarter of 2019 compared to 19.4% for the same period in 2018. The decrease is attributable to the fourth quarter in 2018 benefitting from the Canada Post strike.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, operating margin was 17.4%, a slight decrease from 17.9% in 2018.

Less-Than-Truckload

     
(unaudited)    Three months ended December 31      Years ended December 31  
(in thousands of dollars)    2019     %      2018*     %      2019     %      2018*     %  

Total revenue

     231,421          272,212         

964,951

        

1,057,396

   

Fuel surcharge

     (31,703              (40,218             

(132,738)

              

(155,076)

         

Revenue

     199,718       100.0%        231,994       100.0%        832,213       100.0%        902,320       100.0%  

Materials and services expenses (net of fuel surcharge)

     99,034       49.6%        120,153       51.8%        418,836       50.3%        478,169       53.0%  

Personnel expenses

     50,426       25.2%        59,272       25.5%        212,037       25.5%        227,502       25.2%  

Other operating expenses

     10,276       5.1%        20,770       9.0%        35,430       4.3%        80,505       8.9%  

Depreciation of property and equipment

     6,794       3.4%        6,252       2.7%        26,168       3.1%        23,656       2.6%  

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

     8,129       4.1%        -       -%        32,937       4.0%        -       -%  

Amortization of intangible assets

     2,809       1.4%        2,750       1.2%        11,088       1.3%        10,792       1.2%  

Gain on sale of rolling stock and equipment

     (195     -0.1%        (410     -0.2%        (678     -0.1%        (862     -0.1%  

Gain on derecognition of right-of-use assets

     (1,106     -0.6%        -       -%        (1,458     -0.2%        -       -%  

Gain on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale

     (1,947     -1.0%        (254     -0.1%        (11,346     -1.4%        (2,574     -0.3%  

Operating income

     25,498       12.8%        23,461       10.1%        109,199       13.1%        85,132       9.4%  

Adjusted EBITDA

     41,283       20.7%        32,209       13.9%        168,046       20.2%        117,006       13.0%  

*  The current period results include the impacts from the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases as discussed in note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements. As is permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable.

 

   

     
Operational data    Three months ended December 31      Years ended December 31  
(unaudited)    2019     2018      Variance     %      2019     2018      Variance     %  

Adjusted operating ratio

     88.2%       90.0%             88.2%       90.9%       

Revenue per hundredweight (excluding fuel)

     $13.19       $13.79        ($0.60     -4.4%        $13.29       $12.71        $0.58       4.6%  

Revenue per shipment (including fuel)

     $334.42       $324.84        $9.58       2.9%        $322.40       $305.69        $16.71       5.5%  

Tonnage (in thousands of tons)

     757       841        (84     -10.0%        3,132       3,548        (416     -11.7%  

Shipments (in thousands)

     692       838        (146     -17.4%        2,993       3,459        (466     -13.5%  

Average weight per shipment (in lbs)

     2,188       2,007        181       9.0%        2,093       2,051        42       2.0%  

Average length of haul (in miles)

     839       831        8       1.0%        830       828        2       0.2%  

Vehicle count, average

     1,016       1,020        (4     -0.4%        1,024       992        32       3.2%  

Revenue

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, the LTL segment’s revenue was $199.7 million, a $32.3 million, or 14%, decrease when compared to the same period in 2018. The decrease in revenue was due to a 10% decrease in tonnage combined with a 4.4% decrease in revenue per hundredweight (excluding fuel). The decrease in tonnage was the result of a 17% decrease in shipments partially offset by a 9% increase in average weight per shipment.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, revenue decreased $70.1 million or 8% to $832.2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the LTL segment improved its yield as reflected by the 4.6% increase in revenue per hundredweight (excluding fuel) that went from $12.71 in 2018 to $13.29 in 2019.

Operating expenses

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, materials and services expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue, decreased $21.1 million, or 18%, due to a $21.9 million decrease in sub-contractor cost, mostly attributable to a decrease in tonnage. Following the same trend, personnel expenses decreased 14.9% year-over-year. Other operating expenses decreased $10.5 million in the fourth quarter of 2019, mainly due to the adoption of IFRS 16. Real estate lease expense decreased $7.4 million compared to Q4 2018 as, since January 1, 2019, a significant portion of these leases are now capitalized and a depreciation expense was recorded and presented under depreciation of right-of-use assets. Right-of-use assets depreciation on equipment and real estate leases amounted to $8.1 million for Q4 2019.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, materials and services expenses, net of fuel surcharge, decreased $59.3 million, or 12%, due to a $65.7 million reduction in subcontractor cost. Personnel expenses as a percentage of revenue before fuel surcharge slightly increased from 25.2% in 2018 to 25.5% in 2019. Other operating expenses decreased $45.1 million when compared to the same period in 2018, mainly due to a $33.5 million decrease in real estate lease expense related to the adoption of IFRS 16. Right-of-use assets depreciation on equipment and real estate leases was $32.9 million for 2019.

 

LOGO     11


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Gain on sale of property

For the quarter ended December 31, 2019, a $1.9 million gain on sale of assets held for sale was recorded in the LTL segment following the sale of two properties for a total cash consideration of $8.0 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, an $11.3 million gain on sale of assets held for sale was recorded in the LTL segment following the sale of five properties for a total cash consideration of $25.2 million.

Operating income

Operating income for the three months ended December 31, 2019 increased $2.0 million, or 9%, when compared to the same period in 2018. As a percentage of revenue, operating income was 12.8% during the fourth quarter of 2019, a significant improvement versus 10.1% for the same period in 2018. The fourth quarter of 2019 adjusted operating ratio was 88.2%, a 1.8 percentage points improvement compared to 90.0% for the same period in 2018.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, operating income increased $24.1 million to $109.2 million and the adjusted operating ratio improved 2.7 percentage points, from 90.9% in 2018 to 88.2% in 2019. Although volume decreased 11.7% year over year, operating income grew through better yield and quality of revenue, continued tight asset management, cost optimisation and improvements in route density.

 

LOGO     12


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Truckload

     
(unaudited)    Three months ended December 31      Years ended December 31  
(in thousands of dollars)    2019      %      2018*      %      2019      %      2018*      %  

Total revenue

     620,122           610,161          

2,509,752

         

2,388,865

    

Fuel surcharge

     (75,289)                 (81,997)                

(310,209)

               

(324,277)

          

Revenue

     544,833        100.0%        528,164        100.0%        2,199,543        100.0%        2,064,588        100.0%  

Materials and services expenses (net of fuel surcharge)

     236,260        43.4%        236,226        44.7%        938,084        42.6%        956,913        46.3%  

Personnel expenses

     177,624        32.6%        177,024        33.5%        729,358        33.2%        665,143        32.2%  

Other operating expenses

     16,545        3.0%        19,738        3.7%        70,970        3.2%        71,621        3.5%  

Depreciation of property and equipment

     47,805        8.8%        41,926        7.9%        180,590        8.2%        158,708        7.7%  

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

     9,300        1.7%        -        -        32,120        1.5%        -        -  

Amortization of intangible assets

     7,494        1.4%        6,728        1.3%        29,734        1.4%        27,464        1.3%  

Gain on sale of rolling stock and equipment

     (4,755)        -0.9%        (4,200)        -0.8%        (19,502)        -0.9%        (9,796)        -0.5%  

Gain on derecognition of right-of-use assets

     (161)        -0.0%        -        -        (487)        -0.0%        -        -  

Gain on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale

     (6,530)        -1.2%        (1,560)        -0.3%        (16,322)        -0.7%        (13,188)        -0.6%  

Operating income

     61,251        11.2%        52,282        9.9%        254,998        11.6%        207,723        10.1%  

Adjusted EBITDA

     119,320        21.9%        99,376        18.8%        481,120        21.9%        380,707        18.4%  

*   The current period results include the impacts from the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases as discussed in note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements. As is permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable.

 

    

     
Operational data (unaudited)    Three months ended December 31      Years ended December 31  
(all Canadian dollars unless otherwise specified)    2019      2018      Variance      %      2019      2018      Variance      %  

U.S. based Conventional TL

                       

Revenue (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

     155,861        168,451        (12,590)        -7.5%        646,158        678,983        (32,825)        -4.8%  

Adjusted operating ratio

     92.4%        93.3%              91.5%        94.6%        

Total mileage (in thousands)

     84,291        90,658        (6,367)        -7.0%        351,490        381,195        (29,705)        -7.8%  

Tractor count, average

     2,929        3,053        (124)        -4.1%        2,960        3,083        (123)        -4.0%  

Trailer count, average

     11,007        11,180        (173)        -1.5%        11,008        11,199        (191)        -1.7%  

Tractor age

     1.8        2.0        (0.2)        -10.0%        1.8        2.0        (0.2)        -10.0%  

Trailer age

     6.5        6.8        (0.3)        -4.4%        6.5        6.8        (0.3)        -4.4%  

Number of owner operators, average

     424        408        16        3.9%        400        457        (57)        -12.5%  

Canadian based Conventional TL

                       

Revenue (in thousands of dollars)

     74,803        79,017        (4,214)        -5.3%        300,933        313,305        (12,372)        -3.9%  

Adjusted operating ratio

     85.9%        85.9%              85.6%        87.0%        

Total mileage (in thousands)

     24,237        26,019        (1,782)        -6.8%        98,943        106,167        (7,224)        -6.8%  

Tractor count, average

     641        708        (67)        -9.5%        684        712        (28)        -3.9%  

Trailer count, average

     2,826        3,043        (217)        -7.1%        2,884        3,088        (204)        -6.6%  

Tractor age

     2.3        2.7        (0.4)        -14.8%        2.3        2.7        (0.4)        -14.8%  

Trailer age

     5.4        5.5        (0.1)        -1.8%        5.4        5.5        (0.1)        -1.8%  

Number of owner operators, average

     317        363        (46)        -12.7%        333        367        (34)        -9.3%  

Specialized TL

                       

Revenue (in thousands of dollars)

     264,591        227,438        37,153        16.3%        1,049,546        877,463        172,083        19.6%  

Adjusted operating ratio

     89.3%        89.2%              88.3%        87.9%        

Tractor count, average

     2,189        1,546        643        41.6%        2,099        1,450        649        44.8%  

Trailer count, average

     6,142        4,693        1,449        30.9%        6,121        4,653        1,468        31.5%  

Tractor age

     4.0        3.5        0.5        14.3%        4.0        3.5        0.5        14.3%  

Trailer age

     11.7        9.7        2.0        20.6%        11.7        9.7        2.0        20.6%  

Number of owner operators, average

     1,224        1,102        122        11.1%        1,191        1,085        107        9.8%  

Revenue

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, TL revenue increased by $16.7 million or 3%, from $528.2 million in Q4 2018 to $544.8 million in Q4 2019, mainly due to business acquisitions’ contribution of $60.5 million, offset by mileage and volume decreases. Average revenue per total mile for conventional TL operations decreased by 0.6% in Canada and by 1.1% in the U.S. compared to Q4 2018.

As part of its asset-light strategy, the TL segment increased its brokerage revenue by 8%, to $75.2 million compared to the same quarter last year.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, TL revenue increased by $135.0 million or 7%, from $2,064.6 million in 2018 to $2,199.5 million in 2019. This increase is mainly due to recent business acquisitions’ contribution of $256.0 million and favourable currency fluctuations of $29.3 million, offset by a decrease in revenue from existing operations of $121.1 million. On the brokerage side, revenue increased $16.7 million or 6%, while margins were steady.

Operating expenses

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, operating expenses, including business acquisition impact and net of fuel surcharge, increased by $7.7 million or 2%, from $475.9 million in Q4 2018 to $483.6 million in Q4 2019. Material and services expenses, net of fuel surcharge, decreased by 1.3

 

LOGO     13


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

percentage points of revenue compared to the fourth quarter of 2018, mainly due to the adoption of IFRS 16. Equipment lease expense decreased by $7.4 million compared to Q4 2018, as a significant portion of these leases have been capitalized since January 1, 2019 and a depreciation expense of $9.3 million, of which $7.1 million is attributable to operational equipment, was recorded and presented under depreciation of right-of-use assets in Q4 2019. Personnel expenses remained steady in the fourth quarter year over year and as a percentage of revenue. Other operating expenses decreased by $3.2 million or 16% compared to Q4 2018, mainly due to the adoption of IFRS 16, where $2.1 million has been presented under depreciation of right-of-use assets for leased buildings in Q4 2019. The Company continues to improve its cost structure and increase the efficiency and profitability of its existing fleet and network of independent contractors.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, TL operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge, increased by $87.7 million or 5%, which is mainly due to business acquisitions. Excluding business acquisitions, operating expenses decreased by $144.0 million or 8%, from $1,856.9 million in 2018 to $1,712.9 million in 2019.

Gain on sale of property

For the year ended December 31, 2019, a $16.3 million gain on sale of assets held for sale was recorded in the Truckload segment following the sale of four properties for a total consideration of $21.2 million.

Operating income

The Company’s operating income in the TL segment for the three months ended December 31, 2019 reached $61.3 million, up from $52.3 million in Q4 2018. This represents an increase of 17% and is mainly due to higher quality of freight, lower costs, and a more efficient truckload freight network. Initiatives aimed at equipment cost reductions have continued to yield positive results, including lower repair and maintenance costs due to a newer fleet. Operating margin increased to 11.2% compared to 9.9% in Q4 2018.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the TL segment increased its operating income by $47.3 million or 23%, from $207.7 million in 2018 to $255.0 million in 2019 as a result of better performance and a $3.1 million increase in gain on sales of assets held for sale.

Logistics

     
(unaudited)    Three months ended December 31      Years ended December 31  
(in thousands of dollars)    2019     %      2018*     %      2019      %      2018*      %  

Total revenue

     272,252          246,990         

1,027,752

         

1,000,186

    

Fuel surcharge

     (9,644              (11,400              (39,154)                 (46,459)           

Revenue

     262,608       100.0%        235,590       100.0%        988,598        100.0%        953,727        100.0%  

Materials and services expenses (net of fuel surcharge)

     184,809       70.4%        165,484       70.2%        695,167        70.3%        661,796        69.4%  

Personnel expenses

     33,563       12.8%        31,549       13.4%        128,124        13.0%        134,000        14.1%  

Other operating expenses

     15,507       5.9%        17,034       7.2%        55,499        5.6%        66,736        7.0%  

Depreciation of property and equipment

     847       0.3%        774       0.3%        2,848        0.3%        2,969        0.3%  

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

     3,328       1.3%        -       -        18,776        1.9%        -        -  

Amortization of intangible assets

     6,016       2.3%        5,348       2.3%        22,947        2.3%        21,298        2.2%  

Impairment of intangible assets

     -       -        12,559       5.3%        -        -        12,559        1.3%  

Bargain purchase gain

     -       -        -       -        (10,787)        -1.1%        -        -  

Gain on sale of rolling stock and equipment

     (6)       -0.0%        (32)       -0.0%        (55)        -0.0%        (153)        -0.0%  

Gain on derecognition of right-of-use assets

     (208)       -0.1%        -       -        (291)        -0.0%        -        -  

Loss on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale

     -       -        23       0.0%        -        -        30        0.0%  

Operating income

     18,752       7.1%        2,851       1.2%        76,370        7.7%        54,492        5.7%  

Adjusted EBITDA

     28,943       11.0%        21,555       9.1%        110,154        11.1%        91,348        9.6%  
*

The current period results include the impacts from the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases as discussed in note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements. As is permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable.

Revenue

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, revenue increased by $27.0 million, or 11%, from $235.6 million in 2018 to $262.6 million. Excluding business acquisitions, revenue decreased by $20.8 million mainly attributable to lower volumes and non-recurring business in the prior year period.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, revenue increased by $34.9 million, or 4%, from $953.7 million to $988.6 million. Excluding business acquisitions, revenue decreased by 8% or $76.3 million.

Approximately 72% (2018 – 69%) of the Logistics segment’s revenues in the quarter were generated from operations in the U.S. and Mexico and approximately 28% (2018 – 31%) were generated from operations in Canada.

 

LOGO     14


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Operating expenses

For the three months ended December 31, 2019, total operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge, increased by $11.2 million, or 5%, from $232.7 million in Q4 2018 to $243.9 million. As a percentage of revenue, materials and services expenses, net of fuel surcharge, increased by 0.2 percentage points of revenue in the fourth quarter of 2019 while personnel expenses decreased by 0.6 percentage points of revenue. Other operating expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased from 7.2% in 2018 to 5.9% in 2019 mainly due to the adoption of IFRS 16. Real estate lease expense decreased $5.3 million compared to Q4 2018 as, since January 1, 2019, a significant portion of these leases are now capitalized, and a depreciation expense was recorded and presented under depreciation of right-of-use assets. Right-of-use assets depreciation on equipment and real estate leases amounted to $3.3 million for Q4 2019.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, operating expenses increased $13.0 million compared to 2018, from $899.2 million to $912.2 million. This increase was mostly attributable to higher volumes offset by a foreign exchange impact.

Operating income

Operating income in the Logistic segment for the three-months ended December 31, 2019 increased by $15.9 million compared to the fourth quarter of 2018, from $2.9 million to $18.8 million. Excluding the $12.6 million impairment in the last quarter of 2018, operating income increased 22% or $3.3 million with the operating margin increasing 0.6 percentage points to 7.1%.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, operating income increased 40% or $21.9 million compared to 2018, from $54.5 million to $76.4 million. Excluding the $12.6 million impairment in the last quarter of 2018, operating income increased 14% or $9.3 million with the operating margin increasing 0.7 percentage points to 7.7%.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Sources and uses of cash

     

(unaudited)

(in thousands of dollars)

  

Three months ended

December 31

    

Years ended

December 31

 
      2019      2018*      2019      2018*  

Sources of cash:

           

Net cash from continuing operating activities

     176,177                    173,848                            665,292                543,503  

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     27,438        25,461        95,180        81,051  

Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale

     17,230        2,782        51,918        29,226  

Net variance in cash and bank indebtedness

     281        -        -        3,237  

Net proceeds from long-term debt

     -        79,514        181,117        21,727  

Others

     6,416        3,029        24,456        19,874  

Total sources

     227,542        284,634        1,017,963        698,618  

Uses of cash:

           

Purchases of property and equipment

     122,310        113,004        346,313        314,300  

Business combinations, net of cash acquired

     (371)        81,375        200,401        156,487  

Net variance in cash and bank indebtedness

     -        258        8,494        -  

Net repayment of long-term debt

     24,075        -        -        -  

Repayment of lease liabilities

     26,213        -        99,573        -  

Dividends paid

     19,660        18,475        80,703        74,096  

Repurchase of own shares

     30,133        61,891        255,692        139,622  

Net cash used in discontinued operations

     1,715        -        16,176        -  

Others

     3,807        9,631        10,611        14,113  

Total usage

     227,542        284,634        1,017,963        698,618  
*

The current period results include the impacts from the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases as discussed in note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements. As is permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable.

Cash flow from continuing operating activities

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash from continuing operating activities increased by 22% to $665.3 million from $543.5 million in 2018. This $121.8 million increase is attributable to positive changes in cash generated from operating activities driven by stronger operating results and the replacement of lease expenses by the repayment of lease liabilities included in financing activities and interest on lease liabilities as a result of the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases. IFRS 16 positively impacted cash from operating activities by a net amount of $99.6 million (which represents repayment of lease liabilities which is classified as financing cash flows in 2019, compared with operating cash flows in 2018). In addition, income taxes paid negatively impacted net cash from continuing operating activities by $33.7 million, attributable to increased income tax installments required on stronger operating results and the payment of the prior year tax balances.

 

LOGO     15


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Cash flow used in investing activities from continuing operations

Property and equipment

The following table presents the additions of property and equipment by category for the three-month periods and years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

     

(unaudited)

(in thousands of dollars)

  

Three months ended

December 31

    

Years ended

December 31

 
      2019      2018      2019      2018  

Additions to property and equipment:

           

Purchases as stated on cash flow statements

     122,310                    113,004                            346,313                314,300  

Non-cash adjustments

     (4,705)        (14,830)        3,094        (227)  
       117,605        98,174        349,407        314,073  

Additions by category:

           

Land and buildings

     48,204        3,625        52,566        15,412  

Rolling stock

     65,283        91,520        280,704        284,459  

Equipment

     4,118        3,029        16,137        14,202  
       117,605        98,174        349,407        314,073  

The Company invests in new equipment to maintain its quality of service while minimizing maintenance costs. Its capital expenditures reflect the level of reinvestment required to keep its equipment in good order and to maintain a strategic allocation of its capital resources.

In the normal course of activities, the Company constantly renews its rolling stock equipment generating regular proceeds and gain or loss on disposition. The following table indicates the proceeds and gains or losses from sale of property and equipment and assets held for sale by category for the three-month periods and years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

 

     

(unaudited)

(in thousands of dollars)

  

Three months ended

December 31

    

Years ended

December 31

 
      2019      2018      2019      2018  

Proceeds by category:

           

Land and buildings

     17,171                        4,121                              50,871        31,153  

Rolling stock

     27,407        24,095        95,039        79,049  

Equipment

     90        27        1,188        75  
       44,668        28,243        147,098                110,277  

Gains (losses) by category:

           

Land and buildings

     8,435        1,791        27,878        16,144  

Rolling stock

     4,934        4,707        21,450        11,007  

Equipment

     (79)        (40)        (287)        (104)  
       13,290        6,458        49,041        27,047  

Business acquisitions

For the year ended December 31, 2019, cash used in business acquisitions totalled $200.4 million to acquire eight businesses. Refer to the section of this report entitled “2019 business acquisitions” and further information can be found in note 5 of the December 31, 2019 audited consolidated financial statements.

Cash flow used in discontinued operations

For the year ended December 31, 2019, discontinued operations used cash of $16.2 million.

 

LOGO     16


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Free cash flow from continuing operations

     

(unaudited)

(in thousands of dollars)

  

Three months ended

December 31

    

Years ended

December 31

 
      2019      2018*      2019      2018*  

Net cash from continuing operating activities

     176,177                173,848                            665,292                543,503  

Additions to property and equipment

     (117,605)        (98,174)        (349,407)        (314,073)  

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     27,438        25,461        95,180        81,051  

Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale

     17,230        2,782        51,918        29,226  

Free cash flow from continuing operations1

     103,240        103,917        462,983        339,707  
*

The current period results include the impacts from the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases as discussed in note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements. As is permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable.

The Company’s objectives when managing its cash flow from operations are to ensure proper capital investment in order to provide stability and competitiveness for its operations, to ensure sufficient liquidity to pursue its growth strategy, and to undertake selective business acquisitions within a sound capital structure and a solid financial position.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, TFI International generated free cash flow from continuing operations of $463.0 million, compared to $339.7 million in 2018, which represents a year-over-year increase of $123.3 million. This increase is mainly due to more net cash from continuing operating activities of $121.8 million, largely stemming from the adoption of IFRS 16 which had a positive impact of $99.6 million.

The free cash flow conversion, which measures the level of capital employed to generate earnings, improved for the three months ended December 31, 2019 to 80.7% from 61.0%, due a higher volume of net capital expenditures in 2018. For the year ended December 31, 2019 the free cash flow conversion improved to 76.8% from 68.0%.

Based on the December 31, 2019 closing share price of $43.77, the free cash flow generated by the Company during 2019 ($463.0 million) represented a yield of 13.0%.

Financial position

(unaudited)

(in thousands of dollars)

  

As at

December 31, 2019

    

As at

December 31, 2018*

    

As at

December 31, 2017*

 

Total assets

     4,557,255        4,049,960        3,727,628  

Long-term debt

     1,744,687        1,584,423        1,498,396  

Lease liabilities

     461,842        -        -  

Shareholders’ equity

     1,505,689        1,576,854        1,415,124  
*

The current period figures include the impacts from the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases as discussed in note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements. As is permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable.

Compared to December 31, 2018, the Company’s total assets and long-term debt and lease liabilities increased, mainly as a result of the implementation of IFRS 16: total assets increased by $439.4 million and lease liabilities increased by $483.5 million. Please refer to note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements for more details on IFRS 16.

As at December 31, 2019, the Company’s working capital (current assets less current liabilities) was $50.6 million compared to $52.8 million as at December 31, 2018. The decrease is mainly attributable to the increase in the short term portion of the lease liabilities of $99.1 million, net of a decrease in the current portion of long term debt of $68.7 million and a reclassification of a note receivable to short term in the amount of $24.8 million.

 

 

1

Refer to the section “Non-IFRS financial measures”.

 

LOGO     17


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Contractual obligations, commitments, contingencies and off-balance sheet arrangements

The following table indicates the Company’s contractual obligations with their respective maturity dates at December 31, 2019, excluding future interest payments.

 

           

(unaudited)

(in thousands of dollars)

   Total     

Less than

1 year

    

1 to 3

years

    

3 to 5

years

    

After

5 years

 

Unsecured revolving facility – June 2023

     593,495        -        -        593,495        -  

Unsecured revolving facility – November 2020

     11,970        11,970        -        -        -  

Unsecured term loan – June 2021 & 2022

     610,000        -        610,000        -        -  

Unsecured debenture – December 2024

     200,000        -        -        200,000        -  

Unsecured senior notes – December 2026

     194,820        -        -        -        194,820  

Conditional sales contracts

     139,591        41,677        67,030        30,661        223  

Lease liabilities

     461,842        99,133        155,552        95,623        111,534  

Total contractual obligations

     2,211,718                152,780                832,582                919,779                306,577  

On February 1, 2019, the $500 million unsecured term loan was amended to increase the indebtedness to $575 million. On February 11, 2019, the related incremental funds were used to reimburse a separate $75 million unsecured term loan that was due to mature in August 2019.

On February 1, 2019, the Company renegotiated the pricing grid of both its revolving credit facility and $575 million term loan. The $575 million term loan remains within the confines of the credit facility, but now has a pricing grid different than the revolving credit facility. Based on the current funded-debt-to-EBITDA ratio defined below, the renegotiation has no impact on the interest charged on the revolving credit facility, however it reduces the interest rate charged on the term loan by 34 basis points.

On June 27, 2019, the Company extended its existing revolving credit facility by one year, to June 2023.

On June 27, 2019, the Company extended the maturity of the $575 million unsecured term loan by one year for each tranche, with $200 million now due in June 2021 and $375 million now due in June 2022.

On November 22, 2019, the Company entered into a new revolving credit facility agreement. The credit facility is unsecured and provides an availability of US$25 million maturing in November 2020. The interest applied to this credit facility is the same as applied to the existing revolving credit facility.

On December 20, 2019, the Company entered into a new unsecured senior note agreement. This loan takes the form of senior notes each carrying an interest rate of 3.85% and with a December 2026 maturity date.

On December 20, 2019, the unsecured debenture was amended to increase the indebtedness by $75 million, to $200 million, and to extend maturity date by four years, to December 2024. Following this amendment, debenture is now carrying an interest rate between 3.32% and 4.22% (2018 – 3.00% to 3.45%) depending on certain ratios.

On December 27, 2019, the $575 million unsecured term loan was amended to increase the indebtedness to $610 million. This amendment increased the $375 million tranche due in June 2022 to $410 million.

The following table indicates the Company’s financial covenants to be maintained under its credit facility. These covenants are measured on a consolidated rolling twelve-month basis and are calculated as prescribed by the credit agreement which, among other things, requires the exclusion of the impact of the new standard IFRS 16 Leases:

 

     
Covenants                         Requirements     

As at

December 31, 2019

 

Funded debt-to- EBITDA ratio [ratio of total debt plus letters of credit and some other long-term liabilities to earnings before interest, income tax, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), including last twelve months adjusted EBITDA from business acquisitions]

     < 3.50        2.25  

EBITDAR-to-interest and rent ratio [ratio of EBITDAR (EBITDA before rent and including last twelve months adjusted EBITDAR from business acquisitions) to interest and net rent expenses]

     > 1.75        4.54  

As at December 31, 2019, the Company had $41.7 million of outstanding letters of credit ($39.4 million on December 31, 2018).

As at December 31, 2019, the Company had $35.2 million of purchase commitments and $12.0 million of purchase orders that the Company intends to enter into a lease that is expected to materialize within a year (December 31, 2018 – $51.0 million and nil, respectively).

 

LOGO     18


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Dividends and outstanding share data

Dividends

The Company declared $21.2 million in dividends, or $0.26 per common share, in the fourth quarter of 2019. On February 10, 2020, the Board of Directors approved a quarterly dividend of $0.26 per outstanding common share of the Company’s capital, for an expected aggregate payment of $21.2 million to be paid on April 15, 2020 to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 31, 2020.

NCIB on common shares

Pursuant to the renewal of the normal course issuer bid (“NCIB”), which began on October 2, 2019 and expires on October 1, 2020, the Company is authorized to repurchase for cancellation up to a maximum of 7,000,000 of its common shares under certain conditions. As at December 31, 2019, and since the inception of this NCIB, the Company has repurchased and cancelled 679,100 common shares.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company repurchased 6,409,446 common shares (as compared to 3,755,002 in 2018) at a weighted average price of $39.89 per share (as compared to $37.18 in 2018) for a total purchase price of $255.7 million (as compared to $139.6 million in 2018).

Outstanding shares, stock options and restricted share units

A total of 81,450,326 common shares were outstanding as at December 31, 2019 (December 31, 2018 – 86,397,588). There was no material change in the Company’s outstanding share capital between December 31, 2019 and February 10, 2020.

As at December 31, 2019, the number of outstanding options to acquire common shares issued under the Company’s stock option plan was 4,421,866 (December 31, 2018 – 5,031,161) of which 3,039,635, were exercisable (December 31, 2018 – 3,863,610). On February 27, 2019, the Board of Directors approved the grant of 909,404 stock options under the Company’s stock option plan. Each stock option entitles the holder to purchase one common share of the Company at an exercise price based on the volume-weighted average trading price of the Company’s shares for the last five trading days immediately preceding the effective date of the grant.

As at December 31, 2019, the number of restricted share units (‘’RSUs’’) granted under the Company’s equity incentive plan to its senior employees was 239,337 (December 31, 2018 – 147,081). On February 27, 2019, the Board of Directors approved the grant of 152,965 RSUs under the Company’s equity incentive plan. The RSUs will vest in December of the second year following the grant date. Upon satisfaction of the required service period, the plan provides for settlement of the award through shares.

Legal proceedings

The Company is involved in litigation arising from the ordinary course of business primarily involving claims for bodily injury and property damage. It is not feasible to predict or determine the outcome of these or similar proceedings. However, the Company believes the ultimate recovery or liability, if any, resulting from such litigation individually or in total would not materially adversely nor positively affect the Company’s financial condition or performance and, if necessary, has been provided for in the financial statements.

OUTLOOK

North American economic growth has continued despite headwinds from international trade negotiations and other geopolitical uncertainties, with unemployment rates near multi-decade lows and favorable readings for both consumer confidence and business optimism. The operating environment remained challenging for the transportation and logistics industry throughout 2019 largely due to overcapacity concerns. More recently there have been early indications of improvement, with volumes and spot rates showing signs of stabilization. In this mixed environment, TFI International believes it is favorably positioned and confident it can continue to execute its business plan, including internal initiatives designed to enhance profitability via improved efficiencies, acquisition-related synergies and cost savings.

Looking ahead, one potential risk to the Company’s business is an economic decline after several years of expansion, potentially caused by international trade negotiations that have already resulted in higher tariffs on shipped goods. Further economic challenges could in turn reverse recent improvements in industry overcapacity and drive additional pricing pressure. Other risks include the possibility of more pronounced driver shortages and accompanying upward pressure on wages, and the potential for higher fuel, insurance, interest rates and other costs.

Cognizant of changing macro conditions, TFI International seeks to generate strong and consistent free cash flow by executing on the fundamentals of the business regardless of the economic cycle. This approach includes focusing on profitable business, improving efficiency, rationalizing assets to avoid internal overcapacity, and tightly controlling costs. In addition, the Company plans to capture M&A-related operating synergies and continue its disciplined pursuit of acquisition candidates in the fragmented North American transportation and logistics market.

TFI International also aims to distinguish itself by providing innovative, value-added solutions to its growing North American customer base. The Company is embracing an asset-light business model, and deploying capital toward initiatives that it believes provide strong returns and solid cash flow.

 

LOGO     19


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

In summary, the Company believes it is well positioned to benefit from the current dynamics in the North American freight environment, and that through adherence to its operating principles, with the same discipline and rigor that have made TFI International a North American leader in the transportation and logistics industry, it intends to continue to create long-term shareholder value.

SUMMARY OF EIGHT MOST RECENT QUARTERLY RESULTS

 

(unaudited) - (in millions of dollars, except per share data)                                          
      Q4’19      Q3’19      Q2’19      Q1’19      Q4’18*      Q3’18*      Q2’18*      Q1’18*  

Total revenue

     1,305.5                1,304.8                1,337.8                1,230.8                1,321.4                1,287.6                1,317.7                1,196.5  

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations1

     217.5        221.6        236.5        188.9        180.7        190.0        186.7        129.0  

Operating income from continuing operations

     124.3        131.9        149.2        106.3        103.3        128.2        123.6        75.4  

Net income

     74.8        82.6        87.7        65.1        76.7        86.7        80.4        48.2  

EPS – basic

     0.92        1.00        1.04        0.76        0.88        0.99        0.92        0.54  

EPS – diluted

     0.90        0.98        1.01        0.74        0.85        0.96        0.89        0.53  

Net income from continuing operations

     76.5        82.6        100.2        65.1        76.7        86.7        80.4        48.2  

EPS from continuing operations – basic

     0.94        1.00        1.19        0.76        0.88        0.99        0.92        0.54  

EPS from continuing operations – diluted

     0.92        0.98        1.16        0.74        0.85        0.96        0.89        0.53  

Adjusted net income from continuing operations1

     79.2        88.1        102.0        67.1        86.3        95.0        89.9        50.4  

Adjusted EPS from continuing operations- diluted1

     0.95        1.04        1.18        0.77        0.96        1.05        0.99        0.55  
*

The current period results include the impacts from the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases as discussed in note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements. As is permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable.

The differences between the quarters are mainly the result of seasonality (softer in Q1) and business acquisitions. Higher 2019 and 2018 operating income was also driven by strong execution across the organization, increased quality of revenue, cost efficiencies and improvement in the Company’s U.S. TL operating segment. In 2019, higher adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations, compared to the same periods in the prior year, is partially due to the implementation of IFRS 16 as lease expense was replaced by depreciation of right-of-use assets and interests on lease liabilities.

NON-IFRS FINANCIAL MEASURES

Financial data have been prepared in conformity with IFRS, including the following measures:

Operating expenses: Operating expenses include: a) materials and services expenses, which are primarily costs related to independent contractors and vehicle operation; vehicle operation expenses, which primarily include fuel, repairs and maintenance, vehicle leasing costs, insurance, permits and operating supplies; b) personnel expenses; c) other operating expenses, which are primarily composed of costs related to offices’ and terminals’ rent, taxes, heating, telecommunications, maintenance and security and other general administrative expenses; d) depreciation of property and equipment, depreciation of right-of-use assets, amortization of intangible assets and gain or loss on the sale of rolling stock and equipment, on derecognition of right-of use assets and on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale; e) bargain purchase gain; and f) impairment of intangible assets.

Operating income (loss) from continuing operations: Net income or loss from continuing operations before finance income and costs and income tax expense (recovery), as stated in the audited consolidated financial statements.

This MD&A includes references to certain non-IFRS financial measures as described below. These non-IFRS measures do not have any standardized meanings prescribed by IFRS and are therefore unlikely to be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies. Accordingly, they should not be considered in isolation, in addition to, not as a substitute for or superior to, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with IFRS. The terms and definitions of IFRS and non-IFRS measures used in this MD&A and a reconciliation of each non-IFRS measure to the most directly comparable IFRS measure are provided below.

Adjusted net income from continuing operations: Net income or loss excluding amortization of intangible assets related to business acquisitions, net change in the fair value and accretion expense of contingent considerations, net change in the fair value of derivatives, net foreign exchange gain or

 

 

1

Refer to the section “Non-IFRS financial measures”.

 

LOGO     20


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

loss, impairment of intangible assets, bargain purchase gain, gain or loss on sale of land and buildings, assets held for sale and intangible assets, and loss from discontinued operations, net of tax. In presenting an adjusted net income from continuing operations and adjusted EPS from continuing operations, the Company’s intent is to help provide an understanding of what would have been the net income from continuing operations and earnings per share from continuing operations in a context of significant business combinations and excluding specific impacts and to reflect earnings from a strictly operating perspective. The amortization of intangible assets related to business acquisitions comprises amortization expense of customer relationships, trademarks and non-compete agreements accounted for in business combinations and the income tax effects related to this amortization. Management also believes, in excluding amortization of intangible assets related to business acquisitions, it provides more information on the amortization of intangible asset expense portion, net of tax, that will not have to be replaced to preserve the Company’s ability to generate similar future cash flows. The Company excludes these items because they affect the comparability of its financial results and could potentially distort the analysis of trends in its business performance. Excluding these items does not imply they are necessarily non-recurring. See reconciliation on page 8.

Adjusted earnings per share (adjusted “EPS”) from continuing operations - basic: Adjusted net income from continuing operations divided by the weighted average number of common shares.

Adjusted EPS from continuing operations - diluted: Adjusted net income from continuing operations divided by the weighted average number of diluted common shares.

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations: Net income or loss from continuing operations before finance income and costs, income tax expense, depreciation, amortization, impairment of intangible assets, bargain purchase gain, and gain or loss on sale of land and buildings, assets held for sale and intangible assets. Segmented adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations refers to operating income (loss) from continuing operations before depreciation, amortization, impairment of intangible assets, bargain purchase gain, and gain or loss on sale of land and buildings, assets held for sale and intangible assets. Management believes adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations to be a useful supplemental measure. Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations is provided to assist in determining the ability of the Company to assess its performance.

Consolidated adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations reconciliation:

 

     

(unaudited)

(in thousands of dollars)

  

Three months ended

December 31

    

Years ended

December 31

 
      2019      2018*      2019      2018*  

Net income from continuing operations

     76,543                    76,728                            324,476                291,994  

Net finance costs (income)

     22,342        (40)        85,641        48,306  

Income tax expense

     25,405        26,595        101,503        90,224  

Depreciation of property and equipment

     59,028        52,392        223,794        198,492  

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

     25,751        -        102,573        -  

Amortization of intangible assets

     16,838        15,460        65,925        62,101  

Impairment of intangible assets

     -        12,559        -        12,559  

Bargain purchase gain

     -        -        (10,787)        -  

Gain on sale of land and buildings

     (10)        (312)        (12)        (524)  

Gain on sale of assets held for sale

     (8,385)        (1,479)        (28,613)        (15,620)  

Gain on sale of intangible assets

     -        (1,249)        -        (1,249)  

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations

     217,512        180,654        864,500        686,283  

*  The current period results include the impacts from the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases as discussed in note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements. As is permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable. More specifically, in 2019, $44.2 million of lease expenses have been included in Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations, whereas in 2018, $152.0 million of operating lease expenses have been included in Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations.

 

Segmented adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations reconciliation:

 

   

 

(unaudited)

(in thousands of dollars)

  

Three months ended

December 31

    

Years ended

December 31

 
      2019      2018*      2019      2018*  

Package and Courier

                           

Operating income

   29,943                  34,409                          109,106              113,214  

Depreciation and amortization

   8,648      3,361      33,012      13,232  

(Gain) loss on sale of assets held for sale

   82      -      (1,117)      -  

Gain on sale of intangible assets

   -      (1,249)      -      (1,249)  

Adjusted EBITDA

   38,673      36,521      141,001      125,197  

 

LOGO     21


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

     

(unaudited)

(in thousands of dollars)

  

Three months ended

December 31

    

Years ended

December 31

 
      2019      2018*      2019      2018*  

Less-Than-Truckload

           

Operating income

     25,498                    23,461                            109,199                    85,132  

Depreciation and amortization

     17,732        9,002        70,193        34,448  

Gain on sale of land and buildings

     -        (336)        -        (275)  

(Gain) loss on sale of assets held for sale

     (1,947)        82        (11,346)        (2,299)  

Adjusted EBITDA

     41,283        32,209        168,046        117,006  

Truckload

           

Operating income

     61,251        52,282        254,998        207,723  

Depreciation and amortization

     64,599        48,654        242,444        186,172  

(Gain) loss on sale of land and buildings

     (10)        1        (12)        (279)  

Gain on sale of assets held for sale

     (6,520)        (1,561)        (16,310)        (12,909)  

Adjusted EBITDA

     119,320        99,376        481,120        380,707  

Logistics

           

Operating income

     18,752        2,851        76,370        54,492  

Depreciation and amortization

     10,191        6,122        44,571        24,267  

Impairment of intangible assets

     -        12,559        -        12,559  

Bargain purchase gain

     -        -        (10,787)        -  

Loss on sale of land and buildings

     -        23        -        30  

Adjusted EBITDA

     28,943        21,555        110,154        91,348  

Corporate

           

Operating loss

     (11,154)        (9,720)        (38,053)        (30,037)  

Depreciation and amortization

     447        713        2,072        2,474  

(Gain) loss on sale of assets held for sale

     -        -        160        (412)  

Adjusted EBITDA

     (10,707)        (9,007)        (35,821)        (27,975)  
*

The current period results include the impacts from the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases as discussed in note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements. As is permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable.

Adjusted EBITDA margin from continuing operations is calculated as adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations as a percentage of revenue before fuel surcharge.

Free cash flow conversion: Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations less net capital expenditures (excluding property), divided by the adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations.

 

       

(unaudited)

(in thousands of dollars)

  

Three months ended

December 31

           

Years ended

December 31

 
      2019      2018*              2019      2018*  

Net income from continuing operations

     76,543                    76,728                            324,476                  291,994  

Net finance costs (income)

     22,342        (40)           85,641        48,306  

Income tax expense

     25,405        26,595           101,503        90,224  

Depreciation of property and equipment

     59,028        52,392           223,794        198,492  

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

     25,751        -           102,573        -  

Amortization of intangible assets

     16,838        15,460           65,925        62,101  

Impairment of intangible assets

     -        12,559           -        12,559  

Bargain purchase gain

     -        -           (10,787)        -  

Gain on sale of land and buildings

     (10)        (312)           (12)        (524)  

Gain on sale of assets held for sale

     (8,385)        (1,479)           (28,613)        (15,620)  

Gain on sale of intangible assets

     -        (1,249)           -        (1,249)  

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations

     217,512        180,654           864,500        686,283  

Additions to rolling stock and equipment

     (69,401)        (94,549)           (296,841)        (298,661)  

Proceeds from sale of rolling stock and equipment

     27,497        24,122           96,227        79,124  

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations net of net capex, excluding property

     175,608        110,227                 663,886        466,746  

Free cash flow conversion

     80.7%        61.0%                 76.8%        68.0%  
*

The current period results include the impacts from the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases as discussed in note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements. As is permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable.

Free cash flow from continuing operations: Net cash from continuing operating activities less additions to property and equipment plus proceeds from sale of property and equipment and assets held for sale. Management believes that this measure provides a benchmark to evaluate the performance of the Company in regard to its ability to meet capital requirements. See reconciliation on page 17.

 

LOGO     22


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Operating margin from continuing operations is calculated as operating income (loss) from continuing operations as a percentage of revenue before fuel surcharge.

Adjusted operating ratio from continuing operations: Operating expenses from continuing operations before impairment of intangible assets, bargain purchase gain, and gain or loss on sale of land and buildings, assets held for sale and intangible assets (“Adjusted operating expenses”), net

of fuel surcharge revenue, divided by revenue before fuel surcharge. Although the adjusted operating ratio is not a recognized financial measure defined by IFRS, it is a widely recognized measure in the transportation industry, which the Company believes provides a comparable benchmark for evaluating the Company’s performance. Also, to facilitate the comparison of business level activity and operating costs between periods, the Company compares the revenue before fuel surcharge (“revenue”) and reallocates the fuel surcharge revenue to materials and services expenses within operating expenses.

Consolidated adjusted operating ratio from continuing operations reconciliation:

 

     

(unaudited)

(in thousands of dollars)

  

Three months ended

December 31

      

Years ended

December 31

 
     2019        2018*          2019        2018*  

Operating expenses

     1,181,197        1,218,162          4,667,244        4,692,684  

Impairment of intangible assets

     -        (12,559)          -        (12,559)  

Bargain purchase gain

     -        -          10,787        -  

Gain on sale of land and building

     10        312          12        524  

Gain on sale of assets held for sale

     8,385        1,479          28,613        15,620  

Gain on sale of intangible assets

     -        1,249          -        1,249  

Adjusted operating expenses

     1,189,592        1,208,643          4,706,656        4,697,518  

Fuel surcharge revenue

     (139,011)        (159,166)          (565,235)        (615,011)  

Adjusted operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue

     1,050,581        1,049,477          4,141,421        4,082,507  

Revenue before fuel surcharge

     1,166,476        1,162,279          4,613,629        4,508,197  

Adjusted operating ratio

     90.1%        90.3%          89.8%        90.6%  
*

The current period results include the impacts from the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases as discussed in note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements. As is permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable.

Less-Than-Truckload and Truckload reportable segments adjusted operating ratio reconciliation and Truckload operating segments reconciliations:

 

(unaudited)

(in thousands of dollars)

  

Three months ended

December 31

      

Years ended

December 31

 
   2019      2018*        2019      2018*  

Less-Than-Truckload

             

Total revenue

     231,421        272,212          964,951        1,057,396  

Total operating expenses

     205,923        248,751          855,752        972,264  

Operating income

     25,498        23,461          109,199        85,132  

Operating expenses

     205,923        248,751          855,752        972,264  

Gain on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale

     1,947        254          11,346        2,574  

Adjusted operating expenses

     207,870        249,005          867,098        974,838  

Fuel surcharge revenue

     (31,703)        (40,218)          (132,738)        (155,076)  

Adjusted operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue

     176,167        208,787          734,360        819,762  

Revenue before fuel surcharge

     199,718        231,994          832,213        902,320  

Adjusted operating ratio

     88.2%        90.0%          88.2%        90.9%  

Truckload

             

Total revenue

     620,122        610,161          2,509,752        2,388,865  

Total operating expenses

     558,871        557,879          2,254,754        2,181,142  

Operating income

     61,251        52,282          254,998        207,723  

Operating expenses

     558,871        557,879          2,254,754        2,181,142  

Gain on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale

     6,530        1,560          16,322        13,188  

Adjusted operating expenses

     565,401        559,439          2,271,076        2,194,330  

Fuel surcharge revenue

     (75,289)        (81,997)          (310,209)        (324,277)  

Adjusted operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue

     490,112        477,442          1,960,867        1,870,053  

Revenue before fuel surcharge

     544,833        528,164          2,199,543        2,064,588  

Adjusted operating ratio

     90.0%        90.4%          89.1%        90.6%  

 

LOGO     23


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

(unaudited)

(in thousands of dollars)

  

Three months ended

December 31

      

Years ended

December 31

 
   2019      2018*        2019      2018*  

Truckload - Revenue before fuel surcharge

             

U.S. based Conventional TL

     206,810        223,128          858,214        880,631  

Canadian based Conventional TL

     74,803        79,017          300,933        313,305  

Specialized TL

     264,591        227,438          1,049,546        877,463  

Eliminations

     (1,371)        (1,419)          (9,150)        (6,811)  
       544,833        528,164          2,199,543        2,064,588  

Truckload - Fuel surcharge revenue

             

U.S. based Conventional TL

     35,270        43,034          148,859        170,673  

Canadian based Conventional TL

     10,133        12,257          41,973        49,693  

Specialized TL

     29,945        26,815          120,288        104,464  

Eliminations

     (59)        (109)          (911)        (553)  
       75,289        81,997          310,209        324,277  

Truckload - Operating income

             

U.S. based Conventional TL

     15,751        15,012          73,121        47,820  

Canadian based Conventional TL

     10,562        11,172          43,264        47,793  

Specialized TL

     34,938        26,098          138,613        112,110  
       61,251        52,282          254,998        207,723  

U.S. based Conventional TL

             

Operating expenses**

     226,329        251,150          933,952        1,003,484  

Fuel surcharge revenue

     (35,270)        (43,034)          (148,859)        (170,673)  

Adjusted operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue

     191,059        208,116          785,093        832,811  

Revenue before fuel surcharge

     206,810        223,128          858,214        880,631  

Adjusted operating ratio

     92.4%        93.3%          91.5%        94.6%  

Canadian based Conventional TL

             

Operating expenses**

     74,374        80,102          299,642        315,205  

Gain on sale of land and buildings and assets held for sale

     11        -          11        7,023  

Adjusted operating expenses

     74,385        80,102          299,653        322,228  

Fuel surcharge revenue

     (10,133)        (12,257)          (41,973)        (49,693)  

Adjusted operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue

     64,252        67,845          257,680        272,535  

Revenue before fuel surcharge

     74,803        79,017          300,933        313,305  

Adjusted operating ratio

     85.9%        85.9%          85.6%        87.0%  

Specialized TL

             

Operating expenses**

     259,598        228,155          1,031,221        869,817  

Gain on sale of assets held for sale

     6,519        1,560          16,311        6,165  

Adjusted operating expenses

     266,117        229,715          1,047,532        875,982  

Fuel surcharge revenue

     (29,945)        (26,815)          (120,288)        (104,464)  

Adjusted operating expenses, net of fuel surcharge revenue

     236,172        202,900          927,244        771,518  

Revenue before fuel surcharge

     264,591        227,438          1,049,546        877,463  

Adjusted operating ratio

     89.3%        89.2%          88.3%        87.9%  
*

The current period results include the impacts from the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases as discussed in note 3 of the audited consolidated financial statements. As is permitted with this new standard, comparative information has not been restated and, therefore, may not be comparable.

 

**

Operating expenses excluding intra TL eliminations

 

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

The Company’s future results may be affected by a number of factors over many of which the Company has little or no control. The following discussion of risk factors contains forward-looking statements. The following issues, uncertainties and risks, among others, should be considered in evaluating the Company’s business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Competition. The Company faces growing competition from other transporters in Canada, the United States and Mexico. These factors, including the following, could impair the Company’s ability to maintain

or improve its profitability and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations:

 

the Company competes with many other transportation companies of varying sizes, including Canadian, U.S. and Mexican transportation companies;

 

the Company’s competitors may periodically reduce their freight rates to gain business, which may limit the Company’s ability to maintain or increase freight rates or maintain growth in the Company’s business;

 

some of the Company’s customers are other transportation companies or companies that also operate their own private

 

 

LOGO     24


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

 

trucking fleets, and they may decide to transport more of their own freight or bundle transportation with other services;

 

some of the Company’s customers may reduce the number of carriers they use by selecting so-called “core carriers” as approved service providers or by engaging dedicated providers, and in some instances the Company may not be selected;

 

many customers periodically accept bids from multiple carriers for their shipping needs, and this process may depress freight rates or result in the loss of some of the Company’s business to competitors;

 

the market for qualified drivers is highly competitive, particularly in the Company’s growing U.S. operations, and the Company’s inability to attract and retain drivers could reduce its equipment utilization and cause the Company to increase compensation, both of which would adversely affect the Company’s profitability;

 

economies of scale that may be passed on to smaller carriers by procurement aggregation providers may improve their ability to compete with the Company;

 

some of the Company’s smaller competitors may not yet be fully compliant with recently-enacted regulations, such as regulations requiring the use of electronic logging devices “ELDs” in the United States, which may allow such competitors to take advantage of additional driver productivity;

 

advances in technology, such as advanced safety systems, automated package sorting, handling and delivery, vehicle platooning, alternative fuel vehicles, autonomous vehicle technology and digitization of freight services, may require the Company to increase investments in order to remain competitive, and the Company’s customers may not be willing to accept higher freight rates to cover the cost of these investments;

 

the Company’s competitors may have better safety records than the Company or a perception of better safety records, which could impair the Company’s ability to compete;

 

some high-volume package shippers, such as Amazon.com, are developing and implementing in-house delivery capabilities and utilizing independent contractors for deliveries, which could in turn reduce the Company’s revenues and market share;

 

the Company’s brand names may be subject to adverse publicity (whether or not justified) and lose significant value, which could result in reduced demand for the Company’s services;

 

competition from freight brokerage companies may materially adversely affect the Company’s customer relationships and freight rates; and

 

higher fuel prices and, in turn, higher fuel surcharges to the Company’s customers may cause some of the Company’s customers to consider freight transportation alternatives, including rail transportation.

Regulation. In Canada, carriers must obtain licenses issued by provincial transport boards in order to carry goods inter-provincially or to transport goods within any province. Licensing from U.S. and Mexican regulatory authorities is also required for the transportation of goods in Canada, the United States, and Mexico. Any change in or violation of existing or future regulations could have an adverse impact

on the scope of the Company’s activities. Future laws and regulations may be more stringent, require changes in the Company’s operating practices, influence the demand for transportation services or require the Company to incur significant additional costs. Higher costs incurred by the Company, or by the Company’s suppliers who pass the costs onto the Company through higher supplies and materials pricing, could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

In addition to the regulatory regime applicable to operations in Canada, the Company is increasing its operations in the United States, and is therefore increasingly subject to rules and regulations related to the U.S. transportation industry, including regulation from various federal, state and local agencies, including the Department of Transportation (“DOT”) (in part through the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (“FMCSA”)), the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and the Department of Homeland Security. Drivers must, both in Canada and the United States, comply with safety and fitness regulations, including those relating to drug and alcohol testing, driver safety performance and hours of service. Weight and dimensions, exhaust emissions and fuel efficiency are also subject to government regulation. The Company may also become subject to new or more restrictive regulations relating to fuel efficiency, exhaust emissions, hours of service, drug and alcohol testing, ergonomics, on-board reporting of operations, collective bargaining, security at ports, speed limitations, driver training and other matters affecting safety or operating methods.

In the United States, there are currently two methods of evaluating the safety and fitness of carriers: the Compliance, Safety, Accountability (“CSA”) program, which evaluates and ranks fleets on certain safety-related standards by analyzing data from recent safety events and investigation results, and the DOT safety rating, which is based on an on-site investigation and affects a carrier’s ability to operate in interstate commerce. Additionally, the FMCSA has proposed rules in the past that would change the methodologies used to determine carrier safety and fitness.

Under the CSA program, carriers are evaluated and ranked against their peers based on seven categories of safety-related data. The seven categories of safety-related data currently include Unsafe Driving, Hours-of-Service Compliance, Driver Fitness, Controlled Substances/Alcohol, Vehicle Maintenance, Hazardous Materials Compliance and Crash Indicator (such categories known as “BASICs”). Carriers are grouped by category with other carriers that have a similar number of safety events (i.e. crashes, inspections, or violations) and carriers are ranked and assigned a rating percentile or score. If the Company were subject to any such interventions, this could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. As a result, the Company’s fleet could be ranked poorly as compared to peer carriers. There is no guarantee that we will be able to maintain our current safety ratings or that we will not be subject to interventions in the future. The Company recruits first-time drivers to be part of its fleet, and these drivers may have a higher likelihood of creating adverse safety events under CSA. The

 

 

LOGO     25


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

occurrence of future deficiencies could affect driver recruitment in the United States by causing high-quality drivers to seek employment with other carriers or limit the pool of available drivers or could cause the Company’s customers to direct their business away from the Company and to carriers with higher fleet safety rankings, either of which would materially adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, future deficiencies could increase the Company’s insurance expenses.

Additionally, competition for drivers with favorable safety backgrounds may increase, which could necessitate increases in driver-related compensation costs. Further, the Company may incur greater than expected expenses in its attempts to improve unfavorable scores.

In December 2015, the U.S. Congress passed a new highway funding bill called Fixing America’s Surface Transportation Act (the “FAST Act”), which calls for significant CSA reform. The FAST Act directs the FMCSA to conduct studies of the scoring system used to generate CSA rankings to determine if it is effective in identifying high-risk carriers and predicting future crash risk. This study was conducted and delivered to the FMCSA in June 2017 with several recommendations to make the CSA program more fair, accurate and reliable. In June 2018, the FMCSA provided a report to the U.S. Congress outlining the changes it may make to the CSA program in response to the study. Such changes include the testing and possible adoption of a revised risk modeling theory, potential collection and dissemination of additional carrier data and revised measures for intervention thresholds. The adoption of such changes is contingent on the results of the new modeling theory and additional public feedback. Thus, it is unclear if, when and to what extent such changes to the CSA program will occur. The FAST Act is set to expire in September 2020, and the U.S. Congress has noted its intent to consider a multiyear highway measure that would update the FAST Act, which could lead to further changes to the CSA program. Any changes that increase the likelihood of the Company receiving unfavorable scores could materially adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and profitability.

In December 2016, the FMCSA issued a final rule establishing a national clearinghouse for drug and alcohol testing results and requiring motor carriers and medical review officers to provide records of violations by commercial drivers of FMCSA drug and alcohol testing requirements. Motor carriers in the United States will be required to query the clearinghouse to ensure drivers and driver applicants do not have violations of federal drug and alcohol testing regulations that prohibit them from operating commercial motor vehicles. The final rule became effective on January 4, 2017, with a compliance date of January 6, 2020. In December 2019, however, the FMCSA announced a final rule pursuant to which the compliance date for state driver’s licensing agencies for certain Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse requirements were extended for three years. The December 2016 commercial driver’s license rule initially required states to request information from the clearinghouse about individuals prior to issuing, renewing, upgrading or transferring a commercial driver’s license. This new action will allow states to delay compliance with the requirement until January 2023.

In addition, other rules have been recently proposed or made final by the FMCSA, including (i) a rule requiring the use of speed-limiting devices on heavy-duty tractors to restrict maximum speeds, which was proposed in 2016, and (ii) a rule setting out minimum driver training standards for new drivers applying for commercial driver’s licenses for the first time and to experienced drivers upgrading their licenses or seeking a hazardous materials endorsement, which was made final in December 2016 with a compliance date in February 2020 (FMCSA officials recently delayed implementation of the final rule by two years). In July 2017, the DOT announced that it would no longer pursue a speed limiter rule, but left open the possibility that it could resume such a pursuit in the future. In 2019 U.S. Congressional representatives proposed a similar rule related to speed limiting devices. The effect of these rules, to the extent they become effective, could result in a decrease in fleet production and/or driver availability, either of which could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company currently has a satisfactory DOT rating for each of its U.S. operations, which is the highest available rating under the current safety rating scale. If the Company were to receive a conditional or unsatisfactory DOT safety rating, it could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations as customer contracts may require a satisfactory DOT safety rating, and a conditional or unsatisfactory rating could materially adversely affect or restrict the Company’s operations and increase the Company’s insurance costs.

The FMCSA has proposed regulations that would modify the existing rating system and the safety labels assigned to motor carriers evaluated by the DOT. Under regulations that were proposed in 2016, the methodology for determining a carrier’s DOT safety rating would be expanded to include the on-road safety performance of the carrier’s drivers and equipment, as well as results obtained from investigations. Exceeding certain thresholds based on such performance or results would cause a carrier to receive an unfit safety rating. The proposed regulations were withdrawn in March 2017, but the FMCSA noted that a similar process may be initiated in the future. If similar regulations were enacted and the Company were to receive an unfit or other negative safety rating, the Company’s business would be materially adversely affected in the same manner as if it received a conditional or unsatisfactory safety rating under the current regulations. In addition, poor safety performance could lead to increased risk of liability, increased insurance, maintenance and equipment costs and potential loss of customers, which could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. The FMCSA also recently announced plans to conduct a new study on the causation of certain crashes. Although it remains unclear whether such a study will ultimately be undertaken and completed, the results of such a study could spur further proposed and/or final rules regarding safety and fitness in the United States.

From time to time, the FMCSA proposes and implements changes to regulations impacting hours-of-service. Such changes can negatively

 

 

LOGO     26


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

impact the Company’s productivity and affect its operations and profitability by reducing the number of hours per day or week the Company’s U.S. drivers and independent contractors may operate and/or disrupt the Company’s network. In August 2019, the FMCSA issued a proposal to make changes to its hours-of-service rules that would allow U.S. truck drivers more flexibility with their 30-minute rest break and with dividing their time in the sleeper berth. It would also extend by two hours the duty time for drivers encountering adverse weather, and extend the short haul exemption by lengthening the drivers’ maximum on-duty period from 12 hours to 14 hours. It is unclear how long the process of finalizing a final rule will take, if one does come to fruition. Any future changes to hours of service regulations could materially and adversely affect the Company’s operations and profitability.

The U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, the EPA and certain U.S. states, including California, have adopted regulations that are aimed at reducing tractor emissions and/or increasing fuel economy of the equipment the Company uses. Certain of these regulations are currently effective, with stricter emission and fuel economy standards becoming effective over the next several years. Other regulations have been proposed in the United States that would similarly increase these standards. U.S. federal and state lawmakers and regulators have also adopted or are considering a variety of other climate-change legal requirements related to carbon emissions and greenhouse gas emissions. These legal requirements could potentially limit carbon emissions within certain states and municipalities in the United States. Certain of these legal requirements restrict the location and amount of time that diesel-powered tractors (like the Company’s) may idle, which may force the Company to purchase on-board power units that do not require the engine to idle or to alter the Company’s drivers’ behavior, which might result in a decrease in productivity and/or an increase in driver turnover. All of these regulations have increased, and may continue to increase, the cost of new tractors and trailers and may require the Company to retrofit certain of its tractors and trailers, may increase its maintenance costs, and could impair equipment productivity and increase the Company’s operating costs, particularly if such costs are not offset by potential fuel savings. The occurrence of any of these adverse effects, combined with the uncertainty as to the reliability of the newly-designed diesel engines and the residual values of the Company’s equipment, could materially adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, any future regulations that impose restrictions, caps, taxes or other controls on emissions of greenhouse gases could adversely affect the Company’s operations and financial results. The Company cannot predict the extent to which its operations and productivity will be impacted by any future regulations. The Company will continue monitoring its compliance with U.S. federal and state environmental regulations.

In March 2014, the U.S. Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals held that the application of California state wage and hour laws to interstate truck drivers is not pre-empted by U.S. federal law. The case was appealed to the U.S. Supreme Court, which denied certiorari in May 2015, and

accordingly, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals decision stands. However, in December 2018, the FMCSA granted a petition filed by the American Trucking Associations determining that federal law pre-empts California’s wage and hour laws, and interstate truck drivers are not subject to such laws. The FMCSA’s decision has been appealed by labour groups and multiple lawsuits have been filed in U.S. federal courts seeking to overturn the decision, and thus it is uncertain whether it will stand. Current and future U.S. state and local wage and hour laws, including laws related to employee meal breaks and rest periods, may vary significantly from U.S. federal law. Further, driver piece rate compensation, which is an industry standard, has been attacked as non-compliant with state minimum wage laws. As a result, the Company, along with other companies in the industry, is subject to an uneven patchwork of wage and hour laws throughout the United States. In addition, the uncertainty with respect to the practical application of wage and hour laws are, in the future may be, resulting in additional costs for the Company and the industry as a whole, and a negative outcome with respect to any of the above-mentioned lawsuits could materially affect the Company. There is proposed federal legislation to solidify the pre-emption of state and local wage and hour laws applied to interstate truck drivers; however, passage of such legislation is uncertain. If U.S. federal legislation is not passed, the Company will either need to continue complying with the most restrictive state and local laws across its entire fleet in the United States, or revise its management systems to comply with varying state and local laws. Either solution could result in increased compliance and labour costs, driver turnover, decreased efficiency and increased risk of non-compliance.

In April 2016, the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) published a final rule establishing requirements for shippers, loaders, carriers by motor vehicle and rail vehicle, and receivers engaged in the transportation of food, to use sanitary transportation practices to ensure the safety of the food they transport as part of the FSMA. This rule sets forth requirements related to (i) the design and maintenance of equipment used to transport food, (ii) the measures taken during food transportation to ensure food safety, (iii) the training of carrier personnel in sanitary food transportation practices, and (iv) maintenance and retention of records of written procedures, agreements, and training related to the foregoing items. These requirements took effect for larger carriers in April 2017 and apply to the Company when it acts as a carrier or as a broker. If the Company is found to be in violation of applicable laws or regulations related to the FSMA or if the Company transports food or goods that are contaminated or are found to cause illness and/or death, the Company could be subject to substantial fines, lawsuits, penalties and/or criminal and civil liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Changes in existing regulations and implementation of new regulations, such as those related to trailer size limits, emissions and fuel economy, hours of service, mandating ELDs and drug and alcohol testing in Canada, the United States and Mexico, could increase capacity in the industry or improve the position of certain competitors,

 

 

LOGO     27


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

either of which could negatively impact pricing and volumes or require additional investments by the Company. The short-term and long-term impacts of changes in legislation or regulations are difficult to predict and could materially adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

The right to continue to hold applicable licenses and permits is generally subject to maintaining satisfactory compliance with regulatory and safety guidelines, policies and laws. Although the Company is committed to compliance with laws and safety, there is no assurance that it will be in full compliance with them at all times. Consequently, at some future time, the Company could be required to incur significant costs to maintain or improve its compliance record.

United States and Mexican operations. A growing portion of the Company’s revenue is derived from operations in the United States and transportation to and from Mexico. The Company’s international operations are subject to a variety of risks, including fluctuations in foreign currencies, changes in the economic strength or greater volatility in the economies of foreign countries in which the Company does business, difficulties in enforcing contractual rights and intellectual property rights, compliance burdens associated with export and import laws, theft or vandalism, and social, political and economic instability. The Company’s international operations could be adversely affected by restrictions on travel. Additional risks associated with the Company’s international operations include restrictive trade policies, imposition of duties, changes to trade agreements and other treaties, taxes or government royalties by foreign governments, adverse changes in the regulatory environments, including in tax laws and regulations, of the foreign countries in which the Company does business, compliance with anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, restrictions on the withdrawal of foreign investments, the ability to identify and retain qualified local managers and the challenge of managing a culturally and geographically diverse operation. The Company cannot guarantee compliance with all applicable laws, and violations could result in substantial fines, sanctions, civil or criminal penalties, competitive or reputational harm, litigation or regulatory action and other consequences that might adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

The United States has imposed tariffs on certain imported steel and aluminum. The implementation of these tariffs, as well as the imposition of additional tariffs or quotas or changes to certain trade agreements, including tariffs applied to goods traded between the United States and China, could, among other things, increase the costs of the materials used by the Company’s suppliers to produce new revenue equipment or increase the price of fuel. Such cost increases for the Company’s revenue equipment suppliers would likely be passed on to the Company, and to the extent fuel prices increase, the Company may not be able to fully recover such increases through rate increases or the Company’s fuel surcharge program, either of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.

The United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (“USMCA”) has been ratified by the United States and Mexico but must be ratified by the Parliament of Canada before it enters into effect. The USMCA is designed to modernize food and agriculture trade, advance rules of origin for automobiles and trucks, and enhance intellectual property protections, among other matters, according to the Office of the U.S. Trade Representative. The USMCA is now in the process of being ratified by each country. It is difficult to predict at this stage what could be the impact of the USMCA on the economy, including the transportation industry. However, given the amount of North American trade that moves by truck, if the USMCA enters into effect, it could have a significant impact on supply and demand in the transportation industry, and could adversely impact the amount, movement and patterns of freight transported by the Company.

In December 2017, the United States enacted comprehensive tax legislation, commonly referred to as the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The new law requires complex computations not previously required by U.S. tax law. The Treasury has issued final regulations and interpretive guidance on specific areas since the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted, but there remain significant regulations that are still awaiting finalization. The finalization of these proposed regulations could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results in future periods. Further, compliance with the new law and the accounting for such provisions require preparation and analysis of information not previously required or regularly produced. In addition, the U.S. Department of Treasury has broad authority to issue regulations and interpretative guidance that may significantly impact how the Company will apply the law and impact the Company’s results of operations in future periods. The timing and scope of such regulations and interpretative guidance are uncertain. In addition, there is a risk that states within the United States or foreign jurisdictions may amend their tax laws in response to these tax reforms, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results.

In addition, if the Company is unable to maintain its Free and Secure Trade (“FAST”) and U.S. Customs Trade Partnership Against Terrorism (“C-TPAT”) certification statuses, it may have significant border delays, which could cause its cross-border operations to be less efficient than those of competitor carriers that obtain or continue to maintain FAST and C-TPAT certifications.

Operating Environment and Seasonality. The Company is exposed to the following factors, among others, affecting its operating environment:

the Company’s future insurance and claims expense, including the cost of its liability insurance premiums and the number and dollar amount of claims, may exceed historical levels, which would require the Company to incur additional costs and could reduce the Company’s earnings;

a decline in the demand for used revenue equipment could result in decreased equipment sales, lower resale values and lower gains (or recording losses) on sales of assets;

 

 

LOGO     28


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

tractor and trailer vendors may reduce their manufacturing output in response to lower demand for their products in economic downturns or shortages of component parts, which may materially adversely affect the Company’s ability to purchase a quantity of new revenue equipment that is sufficient to sustain its desired growth rate; and

increased prices for new revenue equipment, design changes of new engines, reduced equipment efficiency resulting from new engines designed to reduce emissions, or decreased availability of new revenue equipment.

The Company’s tractor productivity decreases during the winter season because inclement weather impedes operations and some shippers reduce their shipments after the winter holiday season. Revenue may also be adversely affected by inclement weather and holidays, since revenue is directly related to available working days of shippers. At the same time, operating expenses increase and fuel efficiency declines because of engine idling and harsh weather creating higher accident frequency, increased claims and higher equipment repair expenditures. The Company may also suffer from weather-related or other unforeseen events such as tornadoes, hurricanes, blizzards, ice storms, floods, fires, earthquakes and explosions. These events may disrupt fuel supplies, increase fuel costs, disrupt freight shipments or routes, affect regional economies, damage or destroy the Company’s assets or adversely affect the business or financial condition of the Company’s customers, any of which could materially adversely affect the Company’s results of operations or make the Company’s results of operations more volatile.

General Economic, Credit, and Business Conditions. The Company’s business is subject to general economic, credit, business and regulatory factors that are largely beyond the Company’s control, and which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operating results.

The Company’s industry is subject to cyclical pressures, and the Company’s business is dependent on a number of factors that may have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, many of which are beyond the Company’s control. The Company believes that some of the most significant of these factors include (i) excess tractor and trailer capacity in the transportation industry in comparison with shipping demand; (ii) declines in the resale value of used equipment; (iii) recruiting and retaining qualified drivers; (iv) strikes, work stoppages or work slowdowns at the Company’s facilities or at customer, port, border crossing or other shipping-related facilities; (v) compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements; (vi) increases in interest rates, fuel taxes, tolls and license and registration fees; and (vii) rising healthcare costs in the United States.

The Company is also affected by (i) recessionary economic cycles, which tend to be characterized by weak demand and downward pressure on rates; (ii) changes in customers’ inventory levels and in the availability of funding for their working capital; (iii) changes in the way in which the Company’s customers choose to source or utilize the Company’s services; and (iv) downturns in customers’ business cycles,

such as retail and manufacturing, where the Company has significant customer concentration. Economic conditions may adversely affect customers and their demand for and ability to pay for the Company’s services. Customers encountering adverse economic conditions represent a greater potential for loss and the Company may be required to increase its allowance for doubtful accounts.

Economic conditions that decrease shipping demand and increase the supply of available tractors and trailers can exert downward pressure on rates and equipment utilization, thereby decreasing asset productivity. The risks associated with these factors are heightened when the economy is weakened. Some of the principal risks during such times include:

the Company may experience a reduction in overall freight levels, which may impair the Company’s asset utilization;

freight patterns may change as supply chains are redesigned, resulting in an imbalance between the Company’s capacity and assets and customers’ freight demand;

the Company may be forced to accept more loads from freight brokers, where freight rates are typically lower, or may be forced to incur more non-revenue generating miles to obtain loads;

the Company may increase the size of its fleet during periods of high freight demand during which its competitors also increase their capacity, and the Company may experience losses in greater amounts than such competitors during subsequent cycles of softened freight demand if the Company is required to dispose of assets at a loss to match reduced freight demand;

customers may solicit bids for freight from multiple trucking companies or select competitors that offer lower rates in an attempt to lower their costs, and the Company may be forced to lower its rates or lose freight; and

lack of access to current sources of credit or lack of lender access to capital, leading to an inability to secure credit financing on satisfactory terms, or at all.

The Company is subject to cost increases that are outside the Company’s control that could materially reduce the Company’s profitability if it is unable to increase its rates sufficiently. Such cost increases include, but are not limited to, increases in fuel and energy prices, driver and office employee wages, purchased transportation costs, taxes, interest rates, tolls, license and registration fees, insurance premiums and claims, revenue equipment and related maintenance, and tires and other components. Strikes or other work stoppages at the Company’s service centres or at customer, port, border or other shipping locations, deterioration of Canadian, U.S. or Mexican transportation infrastructure and reduced investment in such infrastructure, or actual or threatened armed conflicts or terrorist attacks, efforts to combat terrorism, military action against a foreign state or group located in a foreign state or heightened security requirements could lead to wear, tear and damage to the Company’s equipment, driver dissatisfaction, reduced economic demand, reduced

 

 

LOGO     29


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

availability of credit, increased prices for fuel or temporary closing of the shipping locations or borders between Canada, the United States and Mexico. Further, the Company may not be able to appropriately adjust its costs and staffing levels to meet changing market demands. In periods of rapid change, it is more difficult to match the Company’s staffing level to its business needs.

The Company’s operations, with the exception of its brokerage operations, are capital intensive and asset heavy. If anticipated demand differs materially from actual usage, the Company may have too many or too few assets. During periods of decreased customer demand, the Company’s asset utilization may suffer, and it may be forced to sell equipment on the open market or turn in equipment under certain equipment leases in order to right size its fleet. This could cause the Company to incur losses on such sales or require payments in connection with equipment the Company turns in, particularly during times of a softer used equipment market, either of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s profitability.

Although the Company’s business volume is not highly concentrated, its customers’ financial failures or loss of customer business may materially adversely affect the Company. If the Company were unable to generate sufficient cash from operations, it would need to seek alternative sources of capital, including financing, to meet its capital requirements. In the event that the Company were unable to generate sufficient cash from operations or obtain financing on favorable terms in the future, it may have to limit its fleet size, enter into less favorable financing arrangements or operate its revenue equipment for longer periods, any of which could have a materially adverse effect on its profitability.

Interest Rate Fluctuations. Future cash flows related to variable-rate financial liabilities could be impacted by changes in benchmark rates such as Bankers’ Acceptance or London Interbank Offered Rate (Libor). In addition, the Company is exposed to gains and losses arising from changes in interest rates through its derivative financial instruments carried at fair value.

Currency Fluctuations. The Company’s financial results are reported in Canadian dollars and a growing portion of the Company’s revenue and operating costs are realized in currencies other than the Canadian dollar, primarily the U.S. dollar. The exchange rates between these currencies and the Canadian dollar have fluctuated in recent years and will likely continue to do so in the future. It is not possible to mitigate all exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The results of operations are therefore affected by movements of these currencies against the Canadian dollar.

Price and Availability of Fuel. Fuel is one of the Company’s largest operating expenses. Diesel fuel prices fluctuate greatly due to factors beyond the Company’s control, such as political events, commodity futures trading, currency fluctuations, natural and man-made disasters, terrorist activities and armed conflicts, any of which may lead to an increase in the cost of fuel. Fuel prices are also affected by the rising

demand for fuel in developing countries and could be materially adversely affected by the use of crude oil and oil reserves for purposes other than fuel production and by diminished drilling activity. Such events may lead not only to increases in fuel prices, but also to fuel shortages and disruptions in the fuel supply chain. Because the Company’s operations are dependent upon diesel fuel, significant diesel fuel cost increases, shortages or supply disruptions could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

While the Company has fuel surcharge programs in place with a majority of the Company’s customers, which historically have helped the Company offset the majority of the negative impact of rising fuel prices, the Company also incurs fuel costs that cannot be recovered even with respect to customers with which the Company maintains fuel surcharge programs, such as those associated with non-revenue generating miles or time when the Company’s engines are idling. Moreover, the terms of each customer’s fuel surcharge program vary from one division to another, and the recoverability for fuel price increases varies as well. In addition, because the Company’s fuel surcharge recovery lags behind changes in fuel prices, the Company’s fuel surcharge recovery may not capture the increased costs the Company pays for fuel, especially when prices are rising. This could lead to fluctuations in the Company’s levels of reimbursement, such as has occurred in the past. There can be no assurance that such fuel surcharges can be maintained indefinitely or that they will be fully effective.

Insurance. The Company’s operations are subject to risks inherent in the transportation sector, including personal injury, property damage, workers’ compensation and employment and other issues. The Company’s future insurance and claims expenses may exceed historical levels, which could reduce the Company’s earnings. The Company subscribes for insurance in amounts it considers appropriate in the circumstances and having regard to industry norms. Like many in the industry, the Company self-insures a significant portion of the claims exposure related to cargo loss, bodily injury, workers’ compensation and property damages. Due to the Company’s significant self-insured amounts, the Company has exposure to fluctuations in the number or severity of claims and the risk of being required to accrue or pay additional amounts if the Company’s estimates are revised or claims ultimately prove to be in excess of the amounts originally assessed. Further, the Company’s self-insured retention levels could change and result in more volatility than in recent years.

The Company holds a fully-fronted policy of CAD $10 million limit per occurrence for automobile bodily injury, property damage and commercial general liability for its Canadian Insurance Program, subject to certain exceptions. The Company retains a deductible of US $2.25 million for certain U.S. subsidiaries on their primary US $5 million limit policies for automobile bodily injury and property damage, also subject to certain exceptions, and a 50% quota share deductible for the US $5 million limit in excess of US $5 million. The Company

 

 

LOGO     30


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

retains a deductible of US $1 million on its primary US $5 million limit policy for certain U.S. subsidiaries for commercial general liability. The Company retains deductibles of up to US $1 million per occurrence for workers’ compensation claims. The Company’s liability coverage has a total limit of US $100 million per occurrence for both its Canadian and U.S. divisions.

Although the Company believes its aggregate insurance limits should be sufficient to cover reasonably expected claims, it is possible that the amount of one or more claims could exceed the Company’s aggregate coverage limits or that the Company will chose not to obtain insurance in respect of such claims. If any claim were to exceed the Company’s coverage, the Company would bear the excess, in addition to the Company’s other self-insured amounts. The Company’s results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected if (i) cost per claim or the number of claims significantly exceeds the Company’s coverage limits or retention amounts; (ii) the Company experiences a claim in excess of its coverage limits; (iii) the Company’s insurance carriers fail to pay on the Company’s insurance claims; (iv) the Company experiences a significant increase in premiums; or (v) the Company experiences a claim for which coverage is not provided, either because the Company chose not to obtain insurance as a result of high premiums or because the claim is not covered by insurance which the Company has in place.

The Company accrues the costs of the uninsured portion of pending claims based on estimates derived from the Company’s evaluation of the nature and severity of individual claims and an estimate of future claims development based upon historical claims development trends. Actual settlement of the Company’s retained claim liabilities could differ from its estimates due to a number of uncertainties, including evaluation of severity, legal costs and claims that have been incurred but not reported. Due to the Company’s high retained amounts, it has significant exposure to fluctuations in the number and severity of claims. If the Company were required to accrue or pay additional amounts because its estimates are revised or the claims ultimately prove to be more severe than originally assessed, its financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Employee Relations. Most of the Company’s unionized employees are Canadian employees with a small number of unionized employees in the United States. Although the Company believes that its relations with its employees are satisfactory, no assurance can be given that the Company will be able to successfully extend or renegotiate the Company’s current collective agreements as they expire from time to time or that additional employees in the United States will not attempt to unionize. If the Company fails to extend or renegotiate the Company’s collective agreements, if disputes with the Company’s unions arise, or if the Company’s unionized or non-unionized workers engage in a strike or other work stoppage or interruption, the Company could experience a significant disruption of, or inefficiencies in, its operations or incur higher labour costs, which could have a material

adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

At the date hereof, the collective agreements between the Company and the vast majority of its unionized employees have been renewed. The Company’s collective agreements have a variety of expiration dates, to the last of which is in September 2024. In a small number of cases, the expiration date of the collective agreement has passed; in such cases, the Corporation is generally in the process of renegotiating the agreement. The Company cannot predict the effect which any new collective agreements or the failure to enter into such agreements upon the expiry of the current agreements may have on its operations.

Drivers. Increases in driver compensation or difficulties attracting and retaining qualified drivers could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s profitability and the ability to maintain or grow the Company’s fleet.

Like many in the transportation sector, the Company experiences substantial difficulty in attracting and retaining sufficient numbers of qualified drivers. The trucking industry periodically experiences a shortage of qualified drivers. The Company believes the shortage of qualified drivers and intense competition for drivers from other transportation companies will create difficulties in maintaining or increasing the number of drivers and may negatively impact the Company’s ability to engage a sufficient number of drivers, and the Company’s inability to do so may negatively impact its operations. Further, the compensation the Company offers its drivers and independent contractor expenses are subject to market conditions, and the Company may find it necessary to increase driver and independent contractor compensation in future periods.

In addition, the Company and many other trucking companies suffer from a high turnover rate of drivers in the U.S. TL market. This high turnover rate requires the Company to continually recruit a substantial number of new drivers in order to operate existing revenue equipment. Driver shortages are exacerbated during periods of economic expansion, in which alternative employment opportunities, including in the construction and manufacturing industries, which may offer better compensation and/or more time at home, are more plentiful and freight demand increases, or during periods of economic downturns, in which unemployment benefits might be extended and financing is limited for independent contractors who seek to purchase equipment, or the scarcity or growth of loans for students who seek financial aid for driving school. The lack of adequate tractor parking along some U.S. highways and congestion caused by inadequate highway funding may make it more difficult for drivers to comply with hours of service regulations and cause added stress for drivers, further reducing the pool of eligible drivers. The Company’s use of team-driven tractors for expedited shipments requires two drivers per tractor, which further increases the number of drivers the Company must recruit and retain in comparison to operations that require one driver per tractor. The Company also employs driver hiring standards, which could further reduce the pool of available drivers from which the Company would hire. If the Company is unable to continue to attract and retain a

 

 

LOGO     31


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

sufficient number of drivers, the Company could be forced to, among other things, adjust the Company’s compensation packages, increase the number of the Company’s tractors without drivers or operate with fewer trucks and face difficulty meeting shipper demands, any of which could adversely affect the Company’s growth and profitability.

Independent Contractors. The Company’s contracts with U.S. independent contractors are governed by U.S. federal leasing regulations, which impose specific requirements on the Company and the independent contractors. If more stringent state or U.S. federal leasing regulations are adopted, U.S. independent contractors could be deterred from becoming independent contractor drivers, which could materially adversely affect the Company’s goal of maintaining its current fleet levels of independent contractors.

The Company provides financing to certain qualified Canadian independent contractors and financial guarantees to a small number of U.S. independent contractors. If the Company were unable to provide such financing or guarantees in the future, due to liquidity constraints or other restrictions, it may experience a decrease in the number of independent contractors it is able to engage. Further, if independent contractors the Company engages default under or otherwise terminate the financing arrangements and the Company is unable to find replacement independent contractors or seat the tractors with its drivers, the Company may incur losses on amounts owed to it with respect to such tractors.

Pursuant to the Company’s fuel surcharge program with independent contractors, the Company pays independent contractors with which it contracts a fuel surcharge that increases with the increase in fuel prices. A significant increase or rapid fluctuation in fuel prices could cause the Company’s costs under this program to be higher than the revenue the Company receives under its customer fuel surcharge programs.

U.S. tax and other regulatory authorities, as well as U.S. independent contractors themselves, have increasingly asserted that U.S. independent contractor drivers in the trucking industry are employees rather than independent contractors, and the Company’s classification of independent contractors has been the subject of audits by such authorities from time to time. U.S. federal and state legislation has been introduced in the past that would make it easier for tax and other authorities to reclassify independent contractors as employees, including legislation to increase the recordkeeping requirements for those that engage independent contractor drivers and to increase the penalties for companies who misclassify their employees and are found to have violated employees’ overtime and/or wage requirements. Additionally, U.S. federal legislators have sought to abolish the current safe harbor allowing taxpayers meeting certain criteria to treat individuals as independent contractors if they are following a long-standing, recognized practice, to extend the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act to independent contractors and to impose notice requirements based on employment or independent contractor status and fines for failure to comply. Some U.S. states have put initiatives in place to increase their revenue from items such as unemployment, workers’

compensation and income taxes, and a reclassification of independent contractors as employees would help states with this initiative. Further, courts in certain U.S. states have recently issued decisions that could result in a greater likelihood that independent contractors would be judicially classified as employees in such states.

In September 2019, California enacted a new law, A.B. 5 (“AB5”), that made it more difficult for workers to be classified as independent contractors (as opposed to employees). AB5 provides that the three-pronged “ABC Test” must be used to determine worker classifications in wage order claims. Under the ABC Test, a worker is presumed to be an employee and the burden to demonstrate their independent contractor status is on the hiring company through satisfying all three of the following criteria: (a) the worker is free from control and direction in the performance of services; (b) the worker is performing work outside the usual course of the business of the hiring company; and (c) the worker is customarily engaged in an independently established trade, occupation, or business. How AB5 will be enforced is still to be determined. While it was set to enter into effect in January 2020, a federal judge in California issued a preliminary injunction barring the enforcement of AB5 on the trucking industry while the California Trucking Association (“CTA”) moves forward with its suit seeking to invalidate AB5. While this preliminary injunction provides temporary relief to the enforcement of AB5, it remains unclear how long such relief will last, whether the CTA will ultimately be successful in invalidating the law, and whether other U.S. States will enact laws similar to AB5.

U.S. class action lawsuits and other lawsuits have been filed against certain members of the Company’s industry seeking to reclassify independent contractors as employees for a variety of purposes, including workers’ compensation and health care coverage. In addition, companies that use lease purchase independent contractor programs, such as the Company, have been more susceptible to reclassification lawsuits, and several recent decisions have been made in favour of those seeking to classify independent contractor truck drivers as employees. U.S. taxing and other regulatory authorities and courts apply a variety of standards in their determination of independent contractor status. If the independent contractors with whom the Company contracts are determined to be employees, the Company would incur additional exposure under U.S. federal and state tax, workers’ compensation, unemployment benefits, labour, employment and tort laws, including for prior periods, as well as potential liability for employee benefits and tax withholdings, and the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. The Company has settled certain class action cases in Massachusetts and California in the past with independent contractors who alleged they were misclassified.

Acquisitions and Integration Risks. Historically, acquisitions have been a part of the Company’s growth strategy. The Company may not be able to successfully integrate acquisitions into the Company’s business, or may incur significant unexpected costs in doing so. Further, the process of integrating acquired businesses may be

 

 

LOGO     32


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

disruptive to the Company’s existing business and may cause an interruption or reduction of the Company’s business as a result of the following factors, among others:

 

loss of drivers, key employees, customers or contracts;

 

possible inconsistencies in or conflicts between standards, controls, procedures and policies among the combined companies and the need to implement company-wide financial, accounting, information technology and other systems;

 

failure to maintain or improve the safety or quality of services that have historically been provided;

 

inability to retain, integrate, hire or recruit qualified employees;

 

unanticipated environmental or other liabilities;

 

failure to coordinate geographically dispersed organizations; and

 

the diversion of management’s attention from the Company’s day-to-day business as a result of the need to manage any disruptions and difficulties and the need to add management resources to do so.

Anticipated cost savings, synergies, revenue enhancements or other benefits from any acquisitions that the Company undertakes may not materialize in the expected timeframe or at all. The Company’s estimated cost savings, synergies, revenue enhancements and other benefits from acquisitions are subject to a number of assumptions about the timing, execution and costs associated with realizing such synergies. Such assumptions are inherently uncertain and are subject to a wide variety of significant business, economic and competition risks. There can be no assurance that such assumptions will turn out to be correct and, as a result, the amount of cost savings, synergies, revenue enhancements and other benefits the Company actually realizes and/or the timing of such realization may differ significantly (and may be significantly lower) from the ones the Company estimated, and the Company may incur significant costs in reaching the estimated cost savings, synergies, revenue enhancements or other benefits. Further, management of acquired operations through a decentralized approach may create inefficiencies or inconsistencies.

Many of the Company’s recent acquisitions have involved the purchase of stock of existing companies. These acquisitions, as well as acquisitions of substantially all of the assets of a company, may expose the Company to liability for actions taken by an acquired business and its management before the Company’s acquisition. The due diligence the Company conducts in connection with an acquisition and any contractual guarantees or indemnities that the Company receives from the sellers of acquired companies may not be sufficient to protect the Company from, or compensate the Company for, actual liabilities. The representations made by the sellers expire at varying periods after the closing. A material liability associated with an acquisition, especially where there is no right to indemnification, could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

The Company continues to review acquisition and investment opportunities in order to acquire companies and assets that meet the Company’s investment criteria, some of which may be significant. Depending on the number of

acquisitions and investments and funding requirements, the Company may need to raise substantial additional capital and increase the Company’s indebtedness. Instability or disruptions in the capital markets, including credit markets, or the deterioration of the Company’s financial condition due to internal or external factors, could restrict or prohibit access to the capital markets and could also increase the Company’s cost of capital. To the extent the Company raises additional capital through the sale of equity, equity-linked or convertible debt securities, the issuance of such securities could result in dilution to the Company’s existing shareholders. If the Company raises additional funds through the issuance of debt securities, the terms of such debt could impose additional restrictions and costs on the Company’s operations. Additional capital, if required, may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. If the Company is unable to obtain additional capital at a reasonable cost, the Company may be required to forego potential acquisitions, which could impair the execution of the Company’s growth strategy.

In addition, the Company routinely evaluates its operations and considers opportunities to divest certain of its assets. In addition, The Company faces competition for acquisition opportunities. This external competition may hinder the Company’s ability to identify and/or consummate future acquisitions successfully. There is also a risk of impairment of acquired goodwill and intangible assets. This risk of impairment to goodwill and intangible assets exists because the assumptions used in the initial valuation, such as interest rates or forecasted cash flows, may change when testing for impairment is required.

There is no assurance that the Company will be successful in identifying, negotiating, consummating or integrating any future acquisitions. If the Company does not make any future acquisitions, or divests certain of its operations, the Company’s growth rate could be materially and adversely affected. Any future acquisitions the Company does undertake could involve the dilutive issuance of equity securities or the incurring of additional indebtedness.

Growth. There is no assurance that in the future, the Company’s business will grow substantially or without volatility, nor is there any assurance that the Company will be able to effectively adapt its management, administrative and operational systems to respond to any future growth. Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Company’s operating margins will not be adversely affected by future changes in and expansion of its business or by changes in economic conditions or that it will be able to sustain or improve its profitability in the future.

Environmental Matters. The Company uses storage tanks at certain of its Canadian and U.S. transportation terminals. Canadian and U.S. laws and regulations generally impose potential liability on the present and former owners or occupants or custodians of properties on which contamination has occurred, as well as on parties who arranged for the disposal of waste at such properties. Although the Company is not aware of any contamination which, if remediation or clean-up were

 

 

LOGO     33


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

required, would have a material adverse effect on it, certain of the Company’s current or former facilities have been in operation for many years and over such time, the Company or the prior owners, operators or custodians of the properties may have generated and disposed of wastes which are or may be considered hazardous. Liability under certain of these laws and regulations may be imposed on a joint and several basis and without regard to whether the Company knew of, or was responsible for, the presence or disposal of these materials or whether the activities giving rise to the contamination was legal when it occurred. In addition, the presence of those substances, or the failure to properly dispose of or remove those substances, may adversely affect the Company’s ability to sell or rent that property. If the Company incurs liability under these laws and regulations and if it cannot identify other parties which it can compel to contribute to its expenses and who are financially able to do so, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that the Company will not be required at some future date to incur significant costs or liabilities pursuant to environmental laws, or that the Company’s operations, business or assets will not be materially affected by current or future environmental laws.

The Company’s transportation operations and its properties are subject to extensive and frequently-changing federal, provincial, state, municipal and local environmental laws, regulations and requirements in Canada, the United States and Mexico relating to, among other things, air emissions, the management of contaminants, including hazardous substances and other materials (including the generation, handling, storage, transportation and disposal thereof), discharges and the remediation of environmental impacts (such as the contamination of soil and water, including ground water). A risk of environmental liabilities is inherent in transportation operations, historic activities associated with such operations and the ownership, management and control of real estate.

Environmental laws may authorize, among other things, federal, provincial, state and local environmental regulatory agencies to issue orders, bring administrative or judicial actions for violations of environmental laws and regulations or to revoke or deny the renewal of a permit. Potential penalties for such violations may include, among other things, civil and criminal monetary penalties, imprisonment, permit suspension or revocation and injunctive relief. These agencies may also, among other things, revoke or deny renewal of the Company’s operating permits, franchises or licenses for violations or alleged violations of environmental laws or regulations and impose environmental assessment, removal of contamination, follow up or control procedures.

Environmental Contamination. The Company could be subject to orders and other legal actions and procedures brought by governmental or private parties in connection with environmental contamination, emissions or discharges. If the Company is involved in a spill or other accident involving hazardous substances, if there are releases of hazardous substances the Company transports, if soil or groundwater contamination is found at the Company’s current or

former facilities or results from the Company’s operations, or if the Company is found to be in violation of applicable laws or regulations, the Company could be subject to cleanup costs and liabilities, including substantial fines or penalties or civil and criminal liability, any of which could have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s business and operating results.

Key Personnel. The future success of the Company will be based in large part on the quality of the Company’s management and key personnel. The Company’s management and key personal possess

valuable knowledge about the transportation and logistics industry and their knowledge of and relationships with the Company’s key customers and vendors would be difficult to replace. The loss of key personnel could have a negative effect on the Company. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to retain its current key personnel or, in the event of their departure, to develop or attract new personnel of equal quality.

Dependence on Third Parties. Certain portions of the Company’s business are dependent upon the services of third-party capacity providers, including other transportation companies. For that portion of the Company’s business, the Company does not own or control the transportation assets that deliver the customers’ freight, and the Company does not employ the people directly involved in delivering the freight. This reliance could cause delays in reporting certain events, including recognizing revenue and claims. These third-party providers seek other freight opportunities and may require increased compensation in times of improved freight demand or tight trucking capacity. The Company’s inability to secure the services of these third parties could significantly limit the Company’s ability to serve its customers on competitive terms. Additionally, if the Company is unable to secure sufficient equipment or other transportation services to meet the Company’s commitments to its customers or provide the Company’s services on competitive terms, the Company’s operating results could be materially and adversely affected. The Company’s ability to secure sufficient equipment or other transportation services is affected by many risks beyond the Company’s control, including equipment shortages in the transportation industry, particularly among contracted carriers, interruptions in service due to labour disputes, changes in regulations impacting transportation and changes in transportation rates.

Loan Default. The agreements governing the Company’s indebtedness, including the Credit Facility and the Term Loan, contain certain restrictions and other covenants relating to, among other things, funded debt, distributions, liens, investments, acquisitions and dispositions outside the ordinary course of business and affiliate transactions. If the Company fails to comply with any of its financing arrangement covenants, restrictions and requirements, the Company could be in default under the relevant agreement, which could cause cross-defaults under other financing arrangements. In the event of any such default, if the Company failed to obtain replacement financing or amendments to or waivers under the applicable financing

 

 

LOGO     34


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

arrangement, the Company may be unable to pay dividends to its shareholders, and its lenders could cease making further advances, declare the Company’s debt to be immediately due and payable, fail to renew letters of credit, impose significant restrictions and requirements on the Company’s operations, institute foreclosure procedures against their collateral, or impose significant fees and transaction costs. If debt acceleration occurs, economic conditions may make it difficult or expensive to refinance the accelerated debt or the Company may have to issue equity securities, which would dilute share ownership. Even if new financing is made available to the Company, credit may not be available to the Company on acceptable terms. A default under the Company’s financing arrangements could result in a materially adverse effect on its liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. As at the date hereof, the Company is in compliance with all of its debt covenants and obligations.

Credit Facilities. The Company has significant ongoing capital requirements that could affect the Company’s profitability if the Company is unable to generate sufficient cash from operations and/or obtain financing on favourable terms. The trucking industry and the Company’s trucking operations are capital intensive, and require significant capital expenditures annually. The amount and timing of such capital expenditures depend on various factors, including anticipated freight demand and the price and availability of assets. If anticipated demand differs materially from actual usage, the Company’s trucking operations may have too many or too few assets. Moreover, resource requirements vary based on customer demand, which may be subject to seasonal or general economic conditions. During periods of decreased customer demand, the Company’s asset utilization may suffer, and it may be forced to sell equipment on the open market or turn in equipment under certain equipment leases in order to right size its fleet. This could cause the Company to incur losses on such sales or require payments in connection with such turn ins, particularly during times of a softer used equipment market, either of which could have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s profitability.

The Company’s indebtedness may increase from time to time in the future for various reasons, including fluctuations in results of operations, capital expenditures and potential acquisitions. The agreements governing the Company’s indebtedness, including the Credit Facility and the Term Loan, mature on various dates, ranging from 2020 to 2026. There can be no assurance that such agreements governing the Company’s indebtedness will be renewed or refinanced, or if renewed or refinanced, that the renewal or refinancing will occur on equally favourable terms to the Company. The Company’s ability to pay dividends to shareholders and ability to purchase new revenue equipment may be adversely affected if the Company is not able to renew the Credit Facility or the Term Loan or arrange refinancing of any indebtedness, or if such renewal or refinancing, as the case may be, occurs on terms materially less favourable to the Company than at present. If the Company is unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations and obtain financing on terms favourable to the Company in the future, the Company may have to limit the Company’s fleet size, enter into less favourable financing arrangements or operate the

Company’s revenue equipment for longer periods, any of which may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations.

Increased prices for new revenue equipment, design changes of new engines, decreased availability of new revenue equipment and future use of autonomous tractors could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, operations, and profitability.

The Company is subject to risk with respect to higher prices for new equipment for its trucking operations. The Company has experienced an increase in prices for new tractors in recent years, and the resale

value of the tractors has not increased to the same extent. Prices have increased and may continue to increase, due to, among other reasons, (i) increases in commodity prices; (ii) U.S. government regulations applicable to newly-manufactured tractors, trailers and diesel engines; and (iii) the pricing discretion of equipment manufacturers. Increased regulation has increased the cost of the Company’s new tractors and could impair equipment productivity, in some cases, resulting in lower fuel mileage, and increasing the Company’s operating expenses. Further regulations with stricter emissions and efficiency requirements have been proposed that would further increase the Company’s costs and impair equipment productivity. These adverse effects, combined with the uncertainty as to the reliability of the vehicles equipped with the newly designed diesel engines and the residual values realized from the disposition of these vehicles could increase the Company’s costs or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s business or operations as the regulations become effective. Over the past several years, some manufacturers have significantly increased new equipment prices, in part to meet new engine design and operations requirements. Furthermore, future use of autonomous tractors could increase the price of new tractors and decrease the value of used non-autonomous tractors. The Company’s business could be harmed if it is unable to continue to obtain an adequate supply of new tractors and trailers for these or other reasons. As a result, the Company expects to continue to pay increased prices for equipment and incur additional expenses for the foreseeable future.

Tractor and trailer vendors may reduce their manufacturing output in response to lower demand for their products in economic downturns or shortages of component parts. A decrease in vendor output may have a materially adverse effect on the Company’s ability to purchase a quantity of new revenue equipment that is sufficient to sustain its desired growth rate and to maintain a late model fleet. Moreover, an inability to obtain an adequate supply of new tractors or trailers could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operation.

The Company has certain revenue equipment leases and financing arrangements with balloon payments at the end of the lease term equal to the residual value the Company is contracted to receive from certain equipment manufacturers upon sale or trade back to the manufacturers. If the Company does not purchase new equipment

 

 

LOGO     35


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

that triggers the trade-back obligation, or the equipment manufacturers do not pay the contracted value at the end of the lease term, the Company could be exposed to losses equal to the excess of the balloon payment owed to the lease or finance company over the proceeds from selling the equipment on the open market.

The Company has trade-in and repurchase commitments that specify, among other things, what its primary equipment vendors will pay it for disposal of a certain portion of the Company’s revenue equipment. The prices the Company expects to receive under these arrangements may be higher than the prices it would receive in the open market. The Company may suffer a financial loss upon disposition of its equipment if these vendors refuse or are unable to meet their financial obligations under these agreements, it does not enter into definitive agreements that reflect favorable equipment replacement or trade-in terms, it fails to or is unable to enter into similar arrangements in the future, or it does not purchase the number of new replacement units from the vendors required for such trade-ins.

Used equipment prices are subject to substantial fluctuations based on freight demand, supply of used trucks, availability of financing, presence of buyers for export and commodity prices for scrap metal. These and any impacts of a depressed market for used equipment could require the Company to dispose of its revenue equipment below the carrying value. This leads to losses on disposal or impairments of revenue equipment, when not otherwise protected by residual value arrangements. Deteriorations of resale prices or trades at depressed values could cause losses on disposal or impairment charges in future periods.

Difficulty in obtaining goods and services from the Company’s vendors and suppliers could adversely affect its business.

The Company is dependent upon its vendors and suppliers for certain products and materials. The Company believes that it has positive vendor and supplier relationships and it is generally able to obtain acceptable pricing and other terms from such parties. If the Company fails to maintain positive relationships with its vendors and suppliers, or if its vendors and suppliers are unable to provide the products and materials it needs or undergo financial hardship, the Company could experience difficulty in obtaining needed goods and services because of production interruptions, limited material availability or other reasons. As a consequence, the Company’s business and operations could be adversely affected.

Customer and Credit Risks. The Company provides services to clients primarily in Canada, the United States and Mexico. The concentration of credit risk to which the Company is exposed is limited due to the significant number of customers that make up its client base and their distribution across different geographic areas. Furthermore, no client accounted for more than 5% of the Company’s total accounts receivable for the year ended December 31, 2019. Generally, the Company does not have long-term contracts with its major customers. Accordingly, in response to economic conditions, supply and demand factors in the industry, the Company’s performance, the Company’s customers’ internal initiatives or other factors, the Company’s

customers may reduce or eliminate their use of the Company’s services, or may threaten to do so in order to gain pricing and other concessions from the Company.

Economic conditions and capital markets may adversely affect the Company’s customers and their ability to remain solvent. The customers’ financial difficulties can negatively impact the Company’s results of operations and financial condition, especially if those customers were to delay or default in payment to the Company. For certain customers, the Company has entered into multi-year contracts, and the rates the Company charges may not remain advantageous.

Availability of Capital. If the economic and/or the credit markets weaken, or the Company is unable to enter into acceptable financing arrangements to acquire revenue equipment, make investments and fund working capital on terms favourable to it, the Company’s business, financial results and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. The Company may need to incur additional indebtedness, reduce dividends or sell additional shares in order to accommodate these items. A decline in the credit or equity markets and any increase in volatility could make it more difficult for the Company to obtain financing and may lead to an adverse impact on the Company’s profitability and operations.

Information Systems. The Company depends heavily on the proper functioning, availability and security of the Company’s information and communication systems, including financial reporting and operating systems, in operating the Company’s business. The Company’s operating system is critical to understanding customer demands, accepting and planning loads, dispatching equipment and drivers and billing and collecting for the Company’s services. The Company’s financial reporting system is critical to producing accurate and timely financial statements and analyzing business information to help the Company manage its business effectively. The Company receives and transmits confidential data with and among its customers, drivers, vendors, employees and service providers in the normal course of business.

The Company’s operations and those of its technology and communications service providers are vulnerable to interruption by natural and man-made disasters and other events beyond the Company’s control, including cybersecurity breaches and threats, such as hackers, malware and viruses, fire, earthquake, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks and Internet failures. The Company’s systems are also vulnerable to unauthorized access and viewing, misappropriation, altering or deleting of information, including customer, driver, vendor, employee and service provider information and its proprietary business information. If any of the Company’s critical information systems fail, are breached or become otherwise unavailable, the Company’s ability to manage its fleet efficiently, to respond to customers’ requests effectively, to maintain billing and other records reliably, to maintain the confidentiality of the Company’s data and to bill for services and prepare financial statements accurately or in a timely manner would be challenged. Any significant system failure,

 

 

LOGO     36


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

upgrade complication, cybersecurity breach or other system disruption could interrupt or delay the Company’s operations, damage its reputation, cause the Company to lose customers, cause the Company to incur costs to repair its systems, pay fines or in respect of litigation or impact the Company’s ability to manage its operations and report its financial performance, any of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business.

Litigation. The Company’s business is subject to the risk of litigation by employees, customers, vendors, government agencies, shareholders and other parties. The outcome of litigation is difficult to assess or quantify, and the magnitude of the potential loss relating to such lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. The cost to defend litigation may also be significant. Not all claims are covered by the Company’s insurance, and there can be no assurance that the Company’s coverage limits will be adequate to cover all amounts in dispute. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized a net loss on an accident claim of CAD $14.2 million representing (CAD $16.6 million net of CAD $2.4 million of tax recovery). In the United States, where the Company has growing operations, many trucking companies have been subject to class-action lawsuits alleging violations of various federal and state wage laws regarding, among other things, employee classification, employee meal breaks, rest periods, overtime eligibility, and failure to pay for all hours worked. A number of these lawsuits have resulted in the payment of substantial settlements or damages by the defendants. The Company may at some future date be subject to such a class-action lawsuit. In addition, the Company may be subject, and has been subject in the past, to litigation resulting from trucking accidents. The number and severity of litigation claims may be worsened by distracted driving by both truck drivers and other motorists. To the extent the Company experiences claims that are uninsured, exceed the Company’s coverage limits, involve significant aggregate use of the Company’s self-insured retention amounts or cause increases in future funded premiums, the resulting expenses could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Internal Control. Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for the Company to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause the Company to fail to meet its reporting obligations. In addition and when required, any testing by the Company conducted in connection with section 404 of the U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or the subsequent testing by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retrospective changes to the Company’s consolidated financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in the Company’s reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of the Common Shares.

Material Transactions. The Company has acquired numerous companies pursuant to its acquisition strategy and, in addition, has sold business units, including the sale in February 2016 of its then-Waste Management segment for CAD $800 million. The Company buys and sells business units in the normal course of its business. Accordingly, at any given time, the Company may consider, or be in the process of negotiating, a number of potential acquisitions and dispositions, some of which may be material in size. In connection with such potential transactions, the Company regularly enters into non-disclosure or confidentiality agreements, indicative term sheets, non-binding letters of intent and other similar agreements with potential sellers and buyers, and conducts extensive due diligence as applicable. These potential transactions may relate to some or all of the Company’s four reportable segments, that is, TL, Logistics, LTL, and Package and Courier. The Company’s active acquisition and disposition strategy requires a significant amount of management time and resources. Although the Company complies with its disclosure obligations under applicable securities laws, the announcement of any material transaction by the Company (or rumours thereof, even if unfounded) could result in volatility in the market price and trading volume of the Common Shares. Further, the Company cannot predict the reaction of the market, or of the Company’s stakeholders, customers or competitors, to the announcement of any such material transaction or to rumours thereof.

Dividends and Share Repurchases. The payment of future dividends and the amount thereof is uncertain and is at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company and is considered each quarter. The payment of dividends is dependent upon, among other things, operating cash flow generated by the Company, its financial requirements for operations, the execution of its growth strategy and the satisfaction of solvency tests imposed by the Canada Business Corporations Act for the declaration and payment of dividends. Similarly, any future repurchase of shares by the Company is at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors and is dependent on the factors described above. Any future repurchase of shares by the Company is uncertain.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about future events. These estimates and the underlying assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Such estimates include the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, the measurement of identified assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations and provisions for claims and litigations. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best estimates and judgments.

 

 

LOGO     37


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment, which management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Management adjusts such estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Changes in those estimates and assumptions resulting from changes in the economic environment will be reflected in the financial statements of future periods.

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Adopted during the period

The following new standards, and amendments to standards and interpretations, are effective for the first time for interim periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019 and have been applied in preparing the audited consolidated financial statements:

            IFRS 16, Leases

            IFRIC 23, Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments

            Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement (Amendments to IAS 19)

            Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards (2015-2017 cycle)

            Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation (Amendments to IFRS 9)

Except modifications from the adoption of IFRS 16 as reported in note 3, these new standards did not have a material impact on the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements.

To be adopted in future periods

The following new standards and amendments to standards are not yet effective for the year ended December 31, 2019, and have not been applied in preparing the audited consolidated financial statements:

  Definition

of a business (Amendments to IFRS 3)

Further information can be found in note 3 of the December 31, 2019 audited consolidated financial statements.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

In compliance with the provisions of Canadian Securities Administrators’ National Instrument 52-109, the Company has filed certificates signed by the President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and by the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) that, among other things, report on:

 

their responsibility for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting for the Company; and

 

the design and effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures and the design and effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting.

Disclosure controls and procedures (“DC&P”)

The President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), have designed DC&P, or have caused them to be designed under their supervision, in order to provide reasonable assurance that:

 

material information relating to the Company is made known to the CEO and CFO by others, particularly during the period in which the interim and annual filings are being prepared; and

 

information required to be disclosed by the Company in its annual filings, interim filings or other reports filed or submitted by it under securities legislation is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in securities legislation.

As at December 31, 2019, an evaluation was carried out, under the supervision of the CEO and the CFO, of the design and operating effectiveness of the Company’s DC&P. Based on this evaluation, the CEO and the CFO concluded that the Company’s DC&P were appropriately designed and were operating effectively as at December 31, 2019.

Internal controls over financial reporting (“ICFR”)

The CEO and CFO have also designed ICFR, or have caused them to be designed under their supervision, in order to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS.

As at December 31, 2019, an evaluation was carried out, under the supervision of the CEO and the CFO, of the design and operating effectiveness of the Company’s ICFR. Based on this evaluation, the CEO and the CFO concluded that the ICFR were appropriately designed and were operating effectively as at December 31, 2019, using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) on Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013 framework).

Changes in internal controls over financial reporting

No changes were made to the Company’s ICFR during the quarter ended December 31, 2019 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s ICFR.

    

 

 

LOGO     38

Exhibit 4.4

MANAGEMENT PROXY CIRCULAR

SOLICITATION OF PROXIES BY MANAGEMENT

This Management Proxy Circular (the “Circular”) is furnished in connection with the solicitation by the management of TFI International Inc. (the “Corporation”) of proxies to be used at the annual and special meeting of shareholders of the Corporation (the “Meeting”) to be held at the time and place and for the purposes set out in the Notice of Meeting. It is expected that the solicitation will be made primarily by mail. However, officers and employees of the Corporation may also solicit proxies by telephone, telecopier, e-mail or in person. The total cost of solicitation of proxies will be borne by the Corporation. Pursuant to National Instrument 54-101 Communication with Beneficial Owners of Securities of a Reporting Issuer (“NI 54-101”), arrangements have been made with clearing agencies, brokerage houses and other financial intermediaries to forward proxy-related materials to certain beneficial owners of the shares. See “Appointment and Revocation of Proxies – Notice to Beneficial Holders of Shares” below.

INTERNET AVAILABILITY OF PROXY MATERIALS

Notice-and-Access

The Corporation has elected to use “notice-and-access” rules (“Notice-and-Access”) under NI 54-101 for distribution of Proxy-Related Materials (as defined below) to shareholders who do not hold shares of the Corporation in their own names (referred to herein as “Beneficial Shareholders”). Notice-and-Access is a set of rules that allows issuers to post electronic versions of Proxy-Related Materials on SEDAR and on one additional website, rather than mailing paper copies. “Proxy-Related Materials” refers to this Circular, the Notice of Meeting, a voting instruction form (“VIF”) and the Corporation’s 2018 annual report containing the Corporation’s annual audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 and the related Management’s Discussion and Analysis for the same period.

The use of Notice-and-Access is more environmentally friendly as it helps reduce paper use. It also reduces the Corporation’s printing and mailing costs. Beneficial Shareholders may obtain further information about Notice-and-Access by contacting Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. (“Broadridge”) toll free at 1-855-887-2244.

The Corporation is not using Notice-and-Access for delivery to shareholders who hold their shares directly in their respective names (referred to herein as “Registered Shareholders”). Registered Shareholders will receive paper copies of the Proxy-Related Materials via prepaid mail.

Websites Where Proxy-Related Materials are Posted

The Proxy-Related Materials are available on the Corporation’s website at www.tfiintl.com and under the Corporation’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com. All shareholders are reminded to review the Proxy-Related Materials before voting.

Notice Package

Although the Proxy-Related Materials have been posted on-line as noted above, Beneficial Shareholders will receive paper copies of a notice package (“Notice Package”) via prepaid mail containing information prescribed by NI 54-101 such as: the date, time and location of the Meeting, the website addresses where the Proxy-Related Materials are posted, a VIF, and supplemental mail list return card for Beneficial Shareholders to request they be included in the Corporation’s supplementary mailing list for receipt of the Corporation’s interim financial statements for the 2019 fiscal year.

How to Obtain Paper Copies of Proxy-Related Materials

Beneficial Shareholders may obtain paper copies of the Proxy-Related Materials free of charge by contacting Broadridge toll free at 1-877-907-7643. Any request for paper copies which are required in advance of the Meeting should be sent so that the request is received by the Corporation by April 12, 2019 in order to allow sufficient time for Beneficial Shareholders to receive their paper copies and to return their VIF by its due date.

 

1


APPOINTMENT AND REVOCATION OF PROXIES

Appointment of Proxy

A shareholder who is unable to attend the Meeting in person is requested to complete and sign the enclosed form of proxy and to deliver it to Computershare (i) by mail or hand delivery to Proxy Department, 100 University Avenue, 8th Floor, Toronto, Ontario M5J 2Y1, or (ii) by facsimile to 416-263-9524 or 1-866-249-7775. A shareholder may also vote using the internet at www.investorvote.com or by telephone at 1-866-732-8683. In order to be valid and acted upon at the Meeting, the form of proxy must be received no later than 5:00 p.m. (eastern time) on April 18, 2019 or be deposited with the Secretary of the Corporation before the commencement of the Meeting or any adjournment thereof.

The document appointing a proxy must be in writing and executed by a registered shareholder or his attorney authorized in writing or, if the shareholder is a corporation, under its corporate seal or by an officer or attorney thereof duly authorized.

A shareholder submitting a form of proxy has the right to appoint a person (who need not be a shareholder) to represent him or her at the Meeting other than the persons designated in the form of proxy furnished by the Corporation. To exercise that right, the name of the shareholder’s appointee should be legibly printed in the blank space provided. In addition, the shareholder should notify the appointee of the appointment, obtain his or her consent to act as appointee and instruct the appointee on how the shareholder’s shares are to be voted.

Shareholders who are not registered shareholders should refer to “Notice to Beneficial Holders of Shares” below.

Revocation of Proxy

A shareholder who has submitted a form of proxy as directed hereunder may revoke it at any time prior to the exercise thereof. If a person who has given a proxy personally attends the Meeting at which that proxy is to be voted, that person may revoke the proxy and vote in person. In addition to the revocation in any other manner permitted by law, a proxy may be revoked by instrument in writing executed by the shareholder or his attorney or authorized agent and deposited with Computershare at any time up to 5:00 p.m. (eastern time) on April 18, 2019 (i) by mail or by hand delivery to Proxy Department, 100 University Avenue, 8th Floor, Toronto, Ontario M5J 2Y1, or (ii) by facsimile to 416-263-9524 or 1-866-249-7775, or deposited with the Secretary of the Corporation before the commencement of the Meeting, or any adjournment thereof, and upon either of those deposits, the proxy will be revoked.

Notice to Beneficial Holders of Shares

The information set out in this section is of significant importance to many shareholders, as a substantial number of shareholders are Beneficial Shareholders who do not hold shares of the Corporation in their own names. Beneficial Shareholders should note that only proxies deposited by Registered Shareholders (shareholders whose names appear on the records of the Corporation as the registered holders of shares) can be recognized and acted upon at the Meeting or any adjournment(s) thereof. If shares are listed in an account statement provided to a shareholder by a broker, then in almost all cases those shares will not be registered in the shareholder’s name on the records of the Corporation. Those shares will more likely be registered under the name of the shareholder’s broker or an agent of that broker. In Canada, the vast majority of those shares are registered under the name of CDS & Co. (the registration name for CDS Clearing and Depository Services Inc., which acts as nominee for many Canadian brokerage firms). Shares held by brokers or their nominees can be voted (for or against resolutions or withheld from voting) only upon the instructions of the Beneficial Shareholder. Without specific instructions, the broker/nominees are prohibited from voting shares for their clients. Subject to the following discussion in relation to NOBOs (as defined below), the Corporation does not know for whose benefit the shares of the Corporation registered in the name of CDS & Co., a broker or another nominee, are held.

There are two categories of Beneficial Shareholders under applicable securities regulations for purposes of dissemination to Beneficial Shareholders of Proxy-Related Materials and other security holder materials and requests for voting instructions from such Beneficial Shareholders. Non-objecting beneficial owners (“NOBOs”) are Beneficial Shareholders who have advised their intermediary (such as brokers or other nominees) that they do not object to their intermediary disclosing ownership information to the Corporation, consisting of their name, address, e-mail address, securities holdings and preferred language of communication. Securities legislation restricts the use of that information to matters strictly relating to the affairs of the Corporation. Objecting beneficial owners (“OBOs”) are Beneficial Shareholders who have advised their intermediary that they object to their intermediary disclosing such ownership information to the Corporation.

 

2


NI 54-101 permits the Corporation, in its discretion, to obtain a list of its NOBOs from intermediaries and use such NOBO list for the purpose of distributing the Notice Package directly to, and seeking voting instructions directly from, such NOBOs. As a result, the Corporation is entitled to deliver the Notice Package to Beneficial Shareholders in two manners: (a) directly to NOBOs and indirectly through intermediaries to all OBOs; or (b) indirectly to all Beneficial Shareholders through intermediaries. In accordance with the requirements of NI 54-101, the Corporation is sending the Notice Package indirectly through intermediaries to all Beneficial Shareholders. The cost of the delivery of the Meeting Materials by intermediaries to Beneficial Shareholders will be borne by the Corporation.

Applicable securities regulations require intermediaries, on receipt of Meeting Materials that seek voting instructions from Beneficial Shareholders indirectly, to seek voting instructions from Beneficial Shareholders in advance of shareholders’ meetings on Form 54-101F7. Every intermediary/broker has its own mailing procedures and provides its own return instructions, which should be carefully followed by Beneficial Shareholders in order to ensure that their shares are voted at the Meeting or any adjournment(s) thereof. Often, the form of proxy supplied to a Beneficial Shareholder by its broker is identical to the form of proxy provided to registered shareholders; however, its purpose is limited to instructing the registered shareholder how to vote on behalf of the Beneficial Shareholder. Beneficial Shareholders who wish to appear in person and vote at the Meeting should be appointed as their own representatives at the Meeting in accordance with the directions of their intermediaries and Form 54-101F7. Beneficial Shareholders can also write the name of someone else whom they wish to appoint to attend the Meeting and vote on their behalf. Unless prohibited by law, the person whose name is written in the space provided in Form 54-101F7 will have full authority to present matters to the Meeting and vote on all matters that are presented at the Meeting, even if those matters are not set out in Form 54-101F7 or this Circular.

The majority of brokers now delegate responsibility for obtaining instructions from clients to Broadridge. Broadridge typically mails a VIF in lieu of a form of proxy. Beneficial Shareholders are requested to complete and return the VIF to Broadridge by mail or facsimile. Alternatively, Beneficial Shareholders can call a toll-free telephone number to vote the shares held by them or access Broadridge’s dedicated voting website at www.proxyvote.com to deliver their voting instructions. Broadridge will then provide aggregate voting instructions to the Corporation’s transfer agent and registrar, which will tabulate the results and provide appropriate instructions respecting the voting of shares to be represented at the Meeting or any adjournment(s) thereof.

EXERCISE OF DISCRETION BY PROXIES

Common shares represented by properly-executed proxies in favour of the persons designated in the enclosed form of proxy, in the absence of any direction to the contrary, will be voted for the: (i) election of each of the directors of the Corporation; (ii) appointment of the auditor of the Corporation; (iii) resolution in the form annexed as Schedule A to the Circular, ratifying, confirming and approving the 2019 Stock Option Plan of the Corporation; and (iv) resolution in the form annexed as Schedule B to the Circular, confirming an amendment to By-Law No. 1 of the Corporation deleting Section 7 thereof pertaining to a mandatory retirement age for directors, as stated under such headings in this Circular. Instructions with respect to voting will be respected by the persons designated in the enclosed form of proxy. With respect to amendments or variations to matters identified in the Notice of Meeting and other matters which may properly come before the Meeting, such common shares will be voted by the persons so designated in their discretion. At the time of preparing this Circular, management of the Corporation knows of no such amendments, variations or other matters.

VOTING SHARES

As of the close of business on March 14, 2019, there were 85,302,849 common shares of the Corporation issued and outstanding. Each common share entitles the holder thereof to one vote. The Corporation has fixed March 14, 2019 as the record date (the “Record Date”) for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive notice of the Meeting.

Pursuant to the Canada Business Corporations Act, the Corporation is required to prepare, no later than ten days after the Record Date, an alphabetical list of shareholders entitled to vote as of the Record Date that shows the number of common shares held by each shareholder. A shareholder whose name appears on the list referred to above is entitled to vote the common shares shown opposite its name at the Meeting. The list of shareholders is available for inspection during usual business hours at the office of the Corporation’s transfer agent: Computershare, 1500 Boulevard Robert-Bourassa, 7th floor, Montréal, Québec H3A 3S8 and on the day of the Meeting.

SHAREHOLDERS HOLDING MORE THAN 10% OF THE SHARES

As at March 14, 2019, to the best knowledge of the Corporation, no shareholder beneficially owned or exercised control or direction over, directly or indirectly, more than 10% of the issued and outstanding common shares of the Corporation.

 

3


ELECTION OF DIRECTORS OF THE CORPORATION

The Board of Directors currently consists of ten directors. Unless otherwise specified, the persons named in the enclosed form of proxy intend to vote for the election of the ten nominees whose names are set out in the section “Board of Directors Renewal and Director Selection – Nominees for Election as Director” below. Each director will hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until the election of his or her successor, unless the director’s office is earlier vacated in accordance with the by-laws of the Corporation.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS RENEWAL AND DIRECTOR SELECTION

Last year’s results

At last year’s annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, held on April 25, 2018, all candidates proposed as directors were duly elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation by a majority of the votes cast by shareholders present or represented by proxy at the annual meeting, as follows:

 

 

Name

 

     For    Withheld
      

Number

    

%

  

Number

    

%

Scott Arves

    

47,619,418

    

83.55

  

9,377,510

    

16.45

Alain Bédard

    

55,910,850

    

98.09

  

1,086,078

    

1.91

André Bérard

    

54,503,841

    

95.63

  

2,493,087

    

4.37

Lucien Bouchard

    

56,831,060

    

99.71

  

165,868

    

0.29

Richard Guay

    

54,550,942

    

95.71

  

2,445,986

    

4.29

Debra Kelly-Ennis

    

56,943,665

    

99.91

  

53,263

    

0.09

Neil Donald Manning

    

55,970,834

    

98.20

  

1,026,094

    

1.80

Arun Nayar

    

56,939,726

    

99.90

  

57,202

    

0.10

Joey Saputo

    

53,644,675

    

94.12

  

3,352,253

    

5.88

Nominees for Election as Director

The following tables set out information about each of the ten nominees for election as director. This information includes, for each nominee, a summary of his or her career profile, residency, age, independence status, areas of expertise, current position with the Corporation, the names of other public companies on whose boards/committees the nominee currently serves, the total number of securities of the Corporation held by the nominee, and whether the nominee is in compliance with the Corporation’s minimum share ownership policy for directors. The information as to securities of the Corporation beneficially owned or over which the nominees exercise control or direction is not within the knowledge of the Corporation and has been furnished by the respective nominees individually. It includes Deferred Share Units (“DSUs”) for directors as well as Restricted Share Units (“RSUs”) and stock options for the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer.

The Corporation restricts the number of public-company boards on which a director may serve to four, including that of the Corporation. The Corporation also expects each director to devote sufficient time to carrying out his or her duties effectively. Each director also commits to serve on the Corporation’s Board of Directors for an extended period of time.

 

4


 

LOGO     

Palm Beach Gardens, FL, USA

 

Current position with the Corporation:

 

Director

 

Director since: 2018

 

Age: 60

 

Independent

 

 

Leslie Abi-Karam

 

Leslie Abi-Karam is the former EVP and President of Pitney Bowes, a leader in customer communications management. Mrs. Abi-Karam held a wide variety of leadership positions in Pitney Bowes’ Global Technology businesses and built both its e-commerce and software businesses. She also served on the board of Pentair, Inc., a $4B industrial company, and as a member of its audit committee. Currently Mrs. Abi-Karam serves as an adviser to private equity firms and start-ups in the technology space.

 

Principal occupation(1): Independent Adviser and Corporate Director

 

 

   
 

Areas of Expertise:

 

e-Commerce

 

Software/SaSS

 

Operations

 

Financial services

 

 

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
       

 

Board/Committee Memberships with the
Corporation

 

       

 

Other Public Companies Currently Serving

 

  

Directorships

 

  

Committees

 

Board of Directors

 

 

       n/a    n/a

 

Securities Held

 

As at

 

 

    Common Shares    

 

 

            DSUs             

 

 

      Total Shares and        
DSUs

 

 

    Total Market Value of    

Shares and DSUs

 

 

  Compliance with directors’  

    minimum shareholding policy    

 

December 31, 2018

 

  Nil   1,812   1,812   63,963(2)   In progress(3)

 

    (1)

Other than as may be set out above, Mrs. Abi-Karam has held this occupation for the last five years.

    (2)

Value calculated based on the closing price of the Corporation’s common shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) on December 31, 2018 ($35.30).

    (3)

Mrs. Abi-Karam was appointed as a director on July 26, 2018 and consequently has until July 26, 2022 to comply with the minimum share ownership requirement.

 

5


 

LOGO     

Jupiter, Florida, USA

 

Current position with the Corporation:

 

Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Director since(1): 1993

 

Age: 65

 

Non-Independent

 

 

Alain Bédard, FCPA, FCA

 

Alain Bédard is a graduate in Accounting and Finance from the Université de Sherbrooke, and began his career at KPMG in 1975. He rose to become a senior auditor within three years while obtaining his C.A. and CMA. Subsequently he served as a Controller in the forest products sector before joining Saputo in 1984 where he progressed through the ranks to become its Vice-President Finance. In 1996 he assumed management of a regional trucking firm which eventually became TFI International Inc.

 

From the outset, Mr. Bédard introduced a bold strategic plan of expansion, based on specific criteria including profitability, market penetration and geographic expansion. He has built a strong management team and has empowered them to ensure the Corporation’s philosophy of decentralization.

 

Through a series of acquisitions and strategic investments across Canada and the United States, Mr. Bédard has created a powerful, diversified trucking and logistics network. TFI International continually studies acquisition opportunities to further strengthen its network.

 

The creation of shareholder value is an on-going focus and a key priority for Mr. Bédard.

 

Mr. Bédard’s community activities include participation in a range of humanitarian causes and support for foundations active in health and higher education. Mr. Bédard was awarded the title of Fellow by the Quebec CPA Order in February 2011.

 

Principal occupation(2): President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.

 

   
 

Areas of Expertise:

 

Finance

 

Accounting

 

Manufacturing / Operations

 

 

       

 

Board/Committee Memberships

 

       

 

Other Public Companies Currently Serving

  

Directorships

 

  

Committees

 

Board of Directors (Chairman)        n/a    n/a

Stock Options Held

 

 

Date Granted

 

  

 

          Number          

  

 

          Exercise Price           

  

 

      Total Unexercised      

  

 

        Value of Unexercised Options Granted (3)        

July 31, 2009

   922,000      $6.32    450,000    $13,041,000   

Total market value:

$48,653,438

July 29, 2010

   496,800      $9.46    496,800    $12,837,312

July 26, 2012

   418,600    $16.46    365,000    $6,876,600

July 25, 2013

   376,200    $20.18    376,200    $5,688,144

July 24, 2014

   172,560    $25.14    172,560    $1,753,210

July 23, 2015

   335,356    $24.93    335,356    $3,477,642

July 21, 2016

   361,803    $24.64    361,803    $3,856,820

February 16, 2017

   118,288    $35.02    118,288    $32,872

February 20, 2018

   202,655    $29.92    202,655    $1,089,838
Securities Held

As at

 

 

    Common Shares    

 

 

DSUs

 

 

RSUs

 

 

    Total # of    
Securities

 

 

  Total Market Value  

of Securities

 

 

 

Compliance with
directors’ minimum
    shareholding policy
    

 

December 31, 2018

  #     4,281,627     #     17,715     #     50,034     4,349,376     $153,532,973(3)     Yes
  $         151,141,433     $         625,350     $     1,766,213  

December 31, 2017

  #     4,188,759     #     17,311     #     68,732     4,274,802     $140,469,994(4)     Yes
  $     137,642,621     $     568,839     $     2,258,533  

 

  (1)

Of the Corporation or its predecessors.

  (2)

Mr. Bédard has held this occupation for the last five years.

  (3)

Value calculated based on the closing price of the Corporation’s common shares on the TSX on December 31, 2018 ($35.30).

  (4)

Value calculated based on the closing price of the Corporation’s common shares on the TSX on December 29, 2017 ($32.86).

 

6


 

LOGO     

Montreal, Québec, Canada

 

Current position with the Corporation:

 

Lead Director

 

Director since(1): 2003

 

Age: 78

 

Independent

 

 

André Bérard

 

André Bérard retired as Chief Executive Officer of the National Bank of Canada in January 2002 and as the Bank’s Chairman of the Board in March 2004, following more than 40 years with the Bank.

 

Principal occupation(2): Corporate Director.

 

 

   
 

Areas of Expertise:

 

Accounting

 

Finance

 

Human Resources / Compensation

 

Manufacturing / Operations

 

 

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
       

 

Board/Committee Memberships with the
Corporation

 

       

 

Other Public Companies Currently Serving

 

  

Directorships

 

  

Committees

 

Board of Directors (Lead Director)

 

Human Resources & Compensation Committee (Member)

 

Corporate Governance and

Nominating Committee (Member)

 

 

       BMTC Group Inc.   

Audit Committee

 

Management Resources and Compensation Committee

 

Securities Held

 

As at

 

 

    Common Shares    

 

 

            DSUs             

 

 

      Total Shares and        
DSUs

 

 

    Total Market Value of Shares    

and DSUs

 

 

  Compliance with directors’  

    minimum shareholding    

policy    

 

December 31, 2018

 

  53,200   98,827   152,027   $5,366,553(3)   Yes

December 31, 2017

 

  53,200   91,962   145,162   $4,770,023(4)   Yes

 

  (1)

Of the Corporation or its predecessors.

  (2)

Mr. Bérard has held this occupation for the last five years.

  (3)

Value calculated based on the closing price of the Corporation’s common shares on the TSX on December 31, 2018 ($35.30).

  (4)

Value calculated based on the closing price of the Corporation’s common shares on the TSX on December 29, 2017 ($32.86).

 

7


 

LOGO         

Montreal, Québec, Canada

 

Current position with the Corporation:

 

Director

 

Director since(1): 2007

 

Age: 80

 

Independent

 

 

Lucien Bouchard, LL.L.

 

Lucien Bouchard is a Partner with the law firm Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg LLP, where he practices corporate and commercial law, is a negotiator and mediator for significant commercial and labour disputes, and advises major corporations on strategy and policy. He was Premier of Québec from 1996 to 2001, and prior thereto successively served in the Federal Cabinet as Secretary of State and Minister of the Environment and was Leader of the Opposition in the House of Commons. Prior to his political career, Mr. Bouchard was Canada’s Ambassador to France from 1985 to 1988. Mr. Bouchard is also Chairman of the Board of the Montreal Symphony Orchestra.

 

Principal occupation(2): Partner – Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg LLP (law firm).

   
 

Areas of Expertise:

 

Legal / Governance

 

Environment

 

Consulting

 

Finance

 

 

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
       

 

Board/Committee Memberships with the
Corporation

 

       

 

Other Public Companies Currently Serving

 

  

Directorships

 

  

Committees

 

Board of Directors

 

Corporate Governance and

Nominating Committee (Member)

 

 

       BMTC Group Inc.   

Human Resources and Corporate Governance Committee

 

 

Securities Held

 

As at

 

 

    Common Shares    

 

 

        DSUs        

 

 

    Total Shares and DSUs    

 

 

    Total Market Value of    

Shares and DSUs

 

 

    Compliance with directors’    

    minimum shareholding

policy    

 

December 31, 2018

 

  Nil   61,577   61,577   $2,173,668(3)   Yes

December 31, 2017

 

  Nil   57,197   57,197   $1,879,493(4)   Yes

 

  (1)

Of the Corporation or its predecessors.

  (2)

Mr. Bouchard has held this occupation for the last five years.

  (3)

Value calculated based on the closing price of the Corporation’s common shares on the TSX on December 31, 2018 ($35.30).

  (4)

Value calculated based on the closing price of the Corporation’s common shares on the TSX on December 29, 2017 ($32.86).

 

8


 

LOGO     

Shefford, Québec, Canada

 

Current position with the Corporation:

 

Director

 

Director since: 2018

 

Age: 58

 

Independent

 

 

Diane Giard

 

Diane Giard retired as Executive Vice President of the National Bank of Canada in 2018. Before joining the National Bank of Canada, she held different management positions at Scotia Bank. She has been ranked among the Top 25 in Quebec’s financial industry seven times, and was named one of Canada’s Most Powerful Women by the Women’s Executive Network in 2014 and 2015.

 

Principal occupation(1): Consultant and Corporate Director.

 

   
 

Areas of Expertise:

 

Finance

 

Marketing & Sales

 

Accounting

 

 

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
       

 

Board/Committee Memberships with the
Corporation

 

       

 

Other Public Companies Currently Serving

 

  

Directorships

 

  

Committees

 

Board of Directors

 

      

Bombardier Inc.

 

  

Chair of the Audit Committee

 

 

Securities Held

 

As at

 

 

    Common Shares    

 

 

        DSUs        

 

 

      Total Shares and        
DSUs

 

 

    Total Market Value of    

Shares and DSUs

 

 

  Compliance with directors’  

    minimum shareholding policy    

 

December 31, 2018

  Nil   805   805   $28,417(2)   In progress(3)

 

  (1)

Other than as may be set out above, Mrs. Giard has held this occupation for the last five years.

  (2)

Value calculated based on the closing price of the Corporation’s common shares on the TSX on December 31, 2018 ($35.30).

  (3)

Mrs. Giard was appointed as a director on October 22, 2018 and consequently has until October 22, 2022 to comply with the minimum share ownership requirement.

 

9


 

LOGO     

Pointe-Claire, Québec, Canada

 

Current position with the Corporation:

 

Director

 

Director since(1): 2004

 

Age: 68

 

Independent

 

 

Richard Guay

 

Richard Guay was Senior Executive Vice-President of the Laurentian Bank of Canada until his retirement in 2003. Before joining the Laurentian Bank, Mr. Guay was President and CEO of La Financière Coopérants and also held different executive positions with the National Bank of Canada. After retiring from the Laurentian Bank, Mr. Guay was involved with the Melior group, an owner and manager of senior residences, as an executive and consultant until June 2010.

 

Mr. Guay is a director of Cogir Apartments REIT, and Chair of the credit committees of Centria Capital Construction Fund, L.P., Centria Capital Development Fund, L.P and Centria Capital Business Evolution Fund, L.P. as well as a member of the credit committee of Fonds CII-ITC Centria Capital S.E.C. and of Stonebridge Infrastructure Debt Fund.

 

Principal occupation(2): Consultant and Corporate Director.

 

   
 

Areas of Expertise:

 

Finance

 

Accounting

 

Consulting

 

Human Resources / Compensation

 

 

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
       

 

Board/Committee Memberships with the
Corporation

 

       

 

Other Public Companies Currently Serving

 

  

Directorships

 

  

Committees

 

Board of Directors

 

Human Resources and Compensation Committee (Chairman)

 

Audit Committee (Member)

       n/a    n/a

 

Securities Held

 

As at

 

 

    Common Shares    

 

 

            DSUs             

 

 

 

      Total Shares and        
DSUs

 

 

    Total Market Value of     

Shares and DSUs

 

 

  Compliance with directors’  

    minimum shareholding policy    

 

December 31, 2018

    9,204   44,835   54,039   $1,907,577(3)   Yes

December 31, 2017

  11,304   42,100   53,404   $1,754,855(4)   Yes

 

  (1)

Of the Corporation or its predecessors.

  (2)

Mr. Guay has held this occupation for the last five years.

  (3)

Value calculated based on the closing price of the Corporation’s common shares on the TSX on December 31, 2018 ($35.30).

  (4)

Value calculated based on the closing price of the Corporation’s common shares on the TSX on December 29, 2017 ($32.86).

 

10


LOGO     

Palm Beach Gardens, FL, USA

 

Current position with the Corporation:

 

Director

 

Director since: 2017

 

Age: 62

 

Independent

 

 

Debra Kelly-Ennis

 

Debra Kelly-Ennis is the former President and CEO of Diageo Canada and serves on the Board of Directors of Carnival Corporation & plc (Risk - Health, Environmental, Safety and Security Committee), the world’s largest travel and leisure company at over $16B in revenue (since 2012) and Altria Group, Inc. (Innovation, Governance and Audit Committees), parent company for Philip Morris USA, John Middleton US, Smokeless Tobacco Company and Ste. Michele Wines, with revenues over $25B (since 2013).

 

Earlier, she held executive leadership positions with General Motors Corporation, Gerber Foods Company, RJR/Nabisco, Inc. and The Coca-Cola Company Foods Division.

 

Principal occupation(1): Consultant and Corporate Director

 

   
 

Areas of Expertise:

 

Finance / Risk Management

 

Legal/Governance

 

Sales/Marketing

 

General Management

 

 

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
       

 

Board/Committee Memberships with the
Corporation

 

       

 

Other Public Companies Currently Serving

 

  

Directorships

 

  

Committees

 

Board of Directors

 

Audit Committee (Member)

      

Carnival Corporation & plc

 

Altria Group, Inc.

  

Risk - Health, Environmental, Safety and Security Committee

 

Innovation, Governance Committee Audit Committee

 

Securities Held

 

As at

 

 

    Common Shares    

 

 

            DSUs             

 

 

      Total Shares and        
DSUs

 

 

    Total Market Value of     

Shares and DSUs

 

 

  Compliance with

directors’ minimum

    shareholding policy    

 

December 31, 2018

 

  Nil   6,643   6,643   $234,498(2)   In progress(4)

December 31, 2017

 

  Nil   2,416   2,416   79,390(3)   In progress(4)

 

  (1)

Other than as may be set out above, Mrs. Kelly-Ennis has held this occupation for the last five years.

  (2)

Value calculated based on the closing price of the Corporation’s common shares on the TSX on December 31, 2018 ($35.30).

  (3)

Value calculated based on the closing price of the Corporation’s common shares on the TSX on December 29, 2017 ($32.86).

  (4)

Mrs. Kelly-Ennis was appointed as a director on May 29, 2017 and consequently has until May 29, 2021 to comply with the minimum share ownership requirement.

 

11


 

LOGO     

Victoria, B.C., Canada

 

Current position with the Corporation:

 

Director

 

Director since: 2013

 

Age: 73

 

Independent

 

 

Neil Donald Manning

 

Neil Donald Manning is Chairman of Coleridge Holdings Limited and is a Corporate Director. From 2002 to 2012 he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Wajax Corporation, an industrial products distributor selling and servicing a complete range of equipment, industrial components and power systems to customers in a wide range of industries.

 

Principal occupation(1): Corporate Director

   
 

Areas of Expertise:

 

Distribution

 

Marketing / Sales

 

Human Resources / Compensation

 

 

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
       

 

Board/Committee Memberships with the
Corporation

 

       

 

Other Public Companies Currently Serving

 

  

Directorships

 

  

Committees

 

Board of Directors

 

Corporate Governance and

Nominating Committee (Chairman)

 

 

       n/a    n/a

 

Securities Held

 

As at

 

 

    Common Shares    

 

 

        DSUs        

 

 

    Total Shares and    

DSUs

 

 

    Total Market Value of    

Shares and DSUs

 

 

    Compliance with    

directors’ minimum

shareholding policy

 

December 31, 2018

 

  16,000   25,474   41,474   $1,464,032(2)   Yes

December 31, 2017

 

  16,000   21,707   37,707   $1,239,052(3)   Yes

 

  (1)

Mr. Manning has held this occupation for the last five years.

  (2)

Value calculated based on the closing price of the Corporation’s common shares on the TSX on December 31, 2018 ($35.30).

  (3)

Value calculated based on the closing price of the Corporation’s common shares on the TSX on December 29, 2017 ($32.86).

 

12


LOGO     

New York, NY, USA

 

Current position with the Corporation:

 

Director

 

Director since: 2018

 

Age: 68

 

Independent

 

 

Arun Nayar

 

Arun Nayar retired in 2015 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Tyco International PLC, a provider of security products. He also held other highly-diverse leadership positions including Chief Financial Officer of Global Operations at PepsiCo Inc. and President of ABB Financial Services Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of ABB Ltd.

 

Since 2015, Mr. Nayar has been an independent member of the board of Bemis Company, a global supplier of flexible packaging and since 2016, Chairman of its Audit Committee. Since 2016, he has also been a Senior Advisor at BC Partners, a pan-European and North American private equity firm and at McKinsey & Company, a global management consulting firm.

 

Principal occupation(1): Consultant and Corporate Director

   
 

Areas of Expertise:

 

Accounting

 

Finance

 

Governance

 

Risk Management

 

 

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
       

Board/Committee Memberships with the
Corporation

 

       

 

Other Public Companies Currently Serving

 

  

Directorships

 

  

Committees

 

Audit Committee (chairman)       

Bemis Company

 

Rite Aid Inc.

  

Audit Committee (Chairman)

 

Audit Committee and Executive Committee

 

 

Securities Held

 

As at

 

 

 

    Common Shares    

 

 

 

        DSUs        

 

 

 

    Total Shares and    

DSUs

 

 

 

    Total Market Value of    

Shares and DSUs

 

 

 

    Compliance with    

directors’ minimum

shareholding policy

 

December 31, 2018

 

  Nil   3,034   3,034   $107,100(2)   In progress (3)

 

  (1)

Other than as may be set out above, Mr. Nayar has held this occupation for the last five years.

  (2)

Value calculated based on the closing price of the Corporation’s common shares on the TSX on December 31, 2018 ($35.30).

  (3)

Mr. Nayar was first elected as a director on April 25, 2018 and consequently has until April 25, 2022 to comply with the minimum share ownership requirement.

 

13


 

LOGO     

Montreal, Québec, Canada

 

Current position with the Corporation:

 

Director

 

Director since(1): 1996

 

Age: 54

 

Independent

 

 

Joey Saputo

 

Joey Saputo is President of Free2Be Holdings Inc., a private holding company. He has held a variety of positions within Saputo Inc. and Jolina Capital Inc. since 1985. Until recently, Mr. Saputo was the President of the Montreal Impact, a professional soccer team he helped form in 1993, and Stade Saputo, a soccer-specific stadium built in Montreal in 2008.

 

Principal occupation(2): Chairman of the Montreal Impact and Stade Saputo (sports and entertainment), chairman of Bologna FC1909 and President of Arbec Forest Products Inc.

   
 

Areas of Expertise:

 

Marketing / Sales

 

Human Resources / Compensation

 

Entertainment

 

 

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
       

 

Board/Committee Memberships with the
Corporation

 

       

 

Other Public Companies Currently Serving

 

  

Directorships

 

  

Committees

 

Board of Directors

 

Human Resources and Compensation

Committee (Member)

 

 

       n/a   

n/a

 

 

Securities held

 

As at

 

 

 

    Common    

Shares

 

 

 

        DSUs        

 

 

 

    Total Shares and    

DSUs

 

 

 

    Total Market Value of    

Shares and DSUs

 

 

 

    Compliance     

 

December 31, 2018

 

  207,746   45,318   253,064   $8,933,159(3)   Yes

December 31, 2017

 

  207,746   41,350   249,096   $8,185,294(4)   Yes

 

  (1)

Of the Corporation or its predecessors.

  (2)

Mr. Saputo has held this occupation for the last five years.

  (3)

Value calculated based on the closing price of the Corporation’s common shares on the TSX on December 31, 2018 ($35.30).

  (4)

Value calculated based on the closing price of the Corporation’s common shares on the TSX on December 29, 2017 ($32.86).

To the knowledge of the Corporation, none of the foregoing nominees for election as a director:

 

(a)

is, or within the last ten years has been, a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of any company that:

 

  (i)

was subject to a cease trade order, an order similar to a cease trade order, or an order that denied the relevant company access to any exemption under applicable securities legislation, and which in all cases was in effect for a period of more than 30 consecutive days (an “Order”), which Order was issued while the proposed director was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of such company; or

 

14


  (ii)

was subject to an Order that was issued after the proposed director ceased to be a director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer and which resulted from an event that occurred while that person was acting in the capacity as director, chief executive officer or chief financial officer of such company; or

 

(b)

is, or within the last ten years has been, a director or executive officer of any company that, while the proposed director was acting in that capacity, or within a year of that person ceasing to act in that capacity, became bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency or was subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold its assets; or

 

(c)

has, within the last ten years, become bankrupt, made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy or insolvency or become subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangement or compromise with creditors or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee appointed to hold his assets,

with the exception of Richard Guay, who sat as a representative of Investissement Québec on the Board of Directors of Trimag G.P. Inc., the general partner of Trimag, S.E.C., a limited partnership which filed for protection under the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) in April 2009. In September 2009, the partnership entered into a plan of arrangement with its creditors, which was implemented. Mr. Guay was also the Executive Vice-President of Groupe Melior Inc. until October 2009. Groupe Melior Inc. filed a Notice of Intention on April 1, 2010 and filed an assignment in bankruptcy on July 13, 2010.

To the knowledge of the Corporation, none of the foregoing nominees for election as a director has been subject to:

 

(a)

any penalties or sanctions imposed by a court relating to securities legislation or by a securities regulatory authority or has entered into a settlement agreement with a securities regulatory authority; or

 

(b)

any other penalties or sanctions imposed by a court or regulatory body that would likely be considered important to a reasonable securityholder in deciding whether to vote for a proposed director.

Majority Voting Policy

The Board of Directors has adopted a policy to the effect that, in an uncontested election of directors, any nominee who receives a greater number of “withheld” votes than “for” votes will be considered to have not received the support of the shareholders of the Corporation and will be expected to immediately submit his or her resignation to the Board of Directors, such resignation to take effect upon acceptance, as the case may be, by the Board of Directors. Upon receipt of such resignation, the Chairman of the Board of Directors will meet with the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee (“CGNC”) with a view to making a recommendation to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors will make its decision within 90 days from the date of resignation. A director who submits his or her resignation pursuant to this policy will not participate in any deliberations of the Board of Directors or CGNC with respect to the resignation. If the Board of Directors accepts the director’s resignation, it may, subject to applicable corporate law: (i) leave the resulting vacant position on the Board of Directors unfilled until the next meeting of shareholders of the Corporation, (ii) fill the vacant position through the appointment of a new director whom the Board of Directors considers merits the confidence of the shareholders of the Corporation, or (iii) call a special meeting of shareholders at which a management nominee will be proposed to fill the vacant position. Alternatively, the Board of Directors may decide to not accept the resignation.

Board and Committee Attendance

During the 2018 fiscal year, there were five meetings of the Board of Directors, two meetings of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee (“HRCC”), four meetings of the CGNC and five meetings of the Audit Committee. Directors are expected to attend all regularly-scheduled meetings. During 2018, all current directors attended all regularly-scheduled meetings with the exception of Richard Guay, who was absent from one Board meeting and one Audit Committee meeting. Attendance of the members of the Board of Directors at meetings held during 2018 is set out in the table below:

 

15


Director   Number and % of meetings attended(1)
  Board   Audit Committee   Human Resources &
Compensation Committee
 

Corporate Governance

& Nominating

Committee

 

Committees 

(Total) 

  Overall
Attendance
  Member    Attendance    Member    Attendance    Member    Attendance    Member    Attendance           

Leslie Abi-Karam(2)

  Ö   3/3

(100%)

                              3/3

(100%)

Scott Arves(3)

  Ö   1/2

(50%)

                  Ö   1/2

(50%)

  1/2

(50%)

  2/4

(50%)

Alain Bédard

  Chair   5/5

(100%)

                              5/5

(100%)

André Bérard

  Ö   5/5

(100%)

  Ö(4)    3/3

(100%)

  Ö   2/2

(100%)

  Ö   4/4

(100%)

  9/9

(100%)

  14/14

(100%)

Lucien Bouchard

  Ö   5/5

(100%)

                  Ö   4/4

(100%)

  4/4

(100%)

  9/9

(100%)

Diane Giard(5)

  Ö   2/2

(100%)

                              2/2

(100%)

Richard Guay(6)

  Ö   4/5

(80%)

  Ö   4/5

(80%)

  Chair   2/2

(100%)

          6/7

(85%)

  10/12

(83%)

Debra Kelly-Ennis

  Ö   5/5

(100%)

  Ö   5/5

(100%)

                  5/5

(100%)

  10/10

(100%)

Neil D. Manning

  Ö   5/5

(100%)

                  Chair   4/4

(100%)

  4/4

(100%)

  9/9

(100%)

Arun Nayar(7)

  Ö   4/4

(100%)

  Chair   3/3

(100%)

                  3/3

(100%)

  7/7

(100%)

Joey Saputo

  Ö   5/5

(100%)

          Ö   2/2

(100%)

          2/2

(100%)

  7/7

(100%)

 

(1)

Regular and special meetings.

(2)

Leslie Abi-Karam was appointed as a director on July 26, 2018.

(3)

Scott Arves retired from the Board of Directors on June 14, 2018.

(4)

André Bérard was an interim member of the Audit Committee until September 30, 2018.

(5)

Diane Giard was appointed as a director on October 22, 2018.

(6)

Richard Guay served as interim chair of the Audit Committee until October 22, 2018.

(7)

Arun Nayar was elected as a director on April 25, 2018 and was appointed as chair of the Audit Committee on October 22, 2018.

The independent members of the Board of Directors meet at every Board meeting without non-independent members of the Board of Directors or members of management present. In 2018, the independent members of the Board of Directors held five such in camera meetings.

Director Tenure

The following chart sets out the tenure of the members of the Board of Directors as of December 31, 2018:

 

LOGO

The average tenure of the members of the Board of Directors is 9.4 years.

 

16


Director Independence

The following table sets out the independence status of the directors, as defined in National Instrument 52-110 Audit Committees, as at the date of this Circular:

 

Independence Status

 

Director

 

           Independent              Reason for non-independence

Leslie Abi-Karam

   Yes     

Alain Bédard

   No                    President and  Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation                

André Bérard

   Yes     

Lucien Bouchard

   Yes     

Diane Giard

   Yes     

Richard Guay

   Yes     

Debra Kelly-Ennis

   Yes     

Neil D. Manning

   Yes     

Arun Nayar

   Yes     

Joey Saputo

   Yes     

Directors’ Skills Matrix

In order to meet the Corporation’s needs in terms of directors’ competencies and expertise, the CGNC has developed a skills matrix survey based on knowledge areas and types of expertise. The results of such matrix are compiled and serve to determine any needs for educating the directors under the Corporation’s New Director Training and Development Program, as more specifically detailed on page 49 – Orientation and continuing Education.

The Board of Directors also takes into consideration the nominees’ independence, qualifications, financial acumen and business judgment and the dynamics of the Board of Directors. This skill matrix is reviewed regularly and is updated as may be required. The survey is taken by each director every two years and the results help the CGNC to identify any gaps to be addressed in the director nomination process.

The following table sets out the range of skills the Board of Directors perceives to be most important and indicates the extent to which they are met by current Board members:

 

Directors Finance / Risk
Management
Accounting Legal /
Governance

Human Resources /  

Compensation

Marketing / Sales Transport /
Operations
IT

Leslie Abi-Karam

Ö Ö Ö Ö

Alain Bédard

Ö Ö Ö

André Bérard

Ö Ö Ö

Lucien Bouchard

Ö Ö

Diane Giard

Ö Ö Ö

Richard Guay

Ö Ö Ö

Debra Kelly-Ennis

Ö Ö Ö

Neil D. Manning

Ö Ö Ö

Arun Nayar

Ö Ö

Joey Saputo

Ö Ö Ö Ö

Board Diversity Policy

The CGNC considers potential candidates from time to time, with the support of an executive recruiting firm with which it discusses the Board’s needs in term of competencies and expertise.

 

17


The CGNC encourages Board diversity, including with respect to background, business experience, professional expertise, personal skills, geographic background and gender. Prior to nominating a new director for election or appointment, the President and Chief Executive Officer, along with the Chairman of the CGNC and the Lead Director, meet with the candidate to discuss his or her interest and willingness to serve on the Board of Directors, potential conflicts of interest, and his or her ability to devote sufficient time and energy to the Board of Directors.

The Corporation adopted a Board Diversity Policy that promotes the inclusion of different perspectives and ideas, mitigates against groupthink and ensures that the Corporation has the opportunity to benefit from all available talent. The promotion of a diverse Board makes prudent business sense and makes for better corporate governance.

The Corporation seeks to maintain a Board comprised of talented and dedicated directors with a diverse mix of expertise, experience, skills and backgrounds. The skills and backgrounds collectively represented on the Board should reflect the diverse nature of the business environment in which the Corporation operates. For purposes of Board composition, diversity includes, but is not limited to, business experience, geography, age, gender, and ethnicity and aboriginal status. In particular, the Board should include an appropriate number of women directors.

The Corporation is committed to a merit-based system for Board composition within a diverse and inclusive culture which solicits multiple perspectives and views and is free of conscious or unconscious bias and discrimination. When assessing Board composition or identifying suitable candidates for appointment or re-election to the Board, the Corporation will consider candidates on merit against objective criteria having due regard to the benefits of diversity and the needs of the Board.

Any search firm engaged to assist the Board or a committee of the Board in identifying candidates for appointment to the Board will be specifically directed to include diverse candidates generally, and multiple women candidates in particular.

Annually, the Board or a committee of the Board will review this policy and assess its effectiveness in promoting a diverse Board which includes an appropriate number of women directors.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION – COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

1.0

Compensation Governance

 

1.1

Human Resources and Compensation Committee

In 2018, the HRCC was composed of Richard Guay (Chair), André Bérard and Joey Saputo. No member of the HRCC is an officer, executive or employee of the Corporation or of a subsidiary of the Corporation. All members of the HRCC are independent within the meaning of National Instrument 52-110 Audit Committees.

The mandate of the HRCC consists of monitoring the performance assessment, succession planning and compensation of the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) and the three next most highly-compensated executive officers of the Corporation and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Named Executive Officers” or “NEOs”) and reviewing human-resources practices generally. Other responsibilities include: (i) appointing the executive officers of the Corporation upon recommendation of the CEO; (ii) reviewing the performance evaluations of the NEOs; (iii) recommending the NEOs’ compensation levels to the Board of Directors; and (iv) retaining consulting services of outside experts for advice on executive compensation matters.

 

1.2

The HRCC’s Role Regarding Compensation

The HRCC monitors and assesses the performance of the NEOs and determines compensation levels on an annual basis. In its assessment of the annual compensation of the NEOs, the HRCC takes into consideration the median compensation paid by other Canadian and American companies of comparable size and the absolute and relative performance of the Corporation relative to such other companies. In addition, the HRCC takes into account other relevant factors such as pension benefits and costs. During the 2018 financial year, the HRCC held two (2) in camera sessions without members of management present at which the HRCC discussed, among other things, the compensation of the President and CEO.

The following table sets out the respective roles of the HRCC and management with regards to compensation decisions:

 

18


Compensation decisions    HRCC    Management
Philosophy and policy   

●  Work with management to develop compensation philosophy and policy and review, approve and adopt the philosophy and policy.

  

●  Develop, recommend and implement compensation philosophy and policy.

 

●  Monitor actual practice to ensure consistency with philosophy and policy and propose changes as appropriate.

Plan design   

●  Review, approve and adopt plan objectives, plan type, eligibility, vesting provisions (including performance conditions) and other provisions such as change of control, death, disability, termination with/without cause, resignation, etc.

  

●  Work with HRCC to develop plan design.

 

●  Implement plan design.

Performance targets   

●  Review, approve and adopt the Corporation’s performance targets.

 

●  Receive division-level performance targets for information.

 

  

●  CEO recommends the Corporation’s performance targets for Board of Directors’ approval.

 

●  CEO cross-calibrates and approves division-level performance targets.

Performance evaluations   

●  Conduct CEO performance evaluation.

 

●  Receive performance evaluation information for succession planning purposes.

 

  

●  Conduct performance evaluations for direct reports and inform the HRCC for succession planning purposes.

 

Individual salary increases and incentive awards   

●  Approve compensation for NEOs and long-term incentive eligible groups.

  

●  CEO recommends compensation for NEOs and all long-term incentive eligible groups to the HRCC for approval.

The members of the HRCC have experience in executive compensation either as officers or directors of public companies. The Board of Directors considers that the members of the HRCC together have the knowledge, the experience and the right profile in order to fulfill the HRCC mandate. As of December 31, 2018, none of the HRCC members was CEO of a public company.

The following table sets out the HRCC members, their experience in executive compensation and their competencies and experience in compensation policies and practices decision making:

 

Committee members Independent Direct experience in executive
compensation
Competencies and experience in
compensation policies and practices decision-
making

Richard Guay

Yes Ö Ö

André Bérard

Yes Ö Ö

Joey Saputo

Yes Ö Ö

 

1.3

Compensation Consultant

The HRCC has the authority to retain independent consultants to advise the HRCC on compensation policy issues.

During the 2016, 2017 and 2018 financial years, Willis Towers Watson (“WTW”) was retained by the HRCC to review the compensation of executive positions and other matters relating to executive compensation.

The HRCC is not required to pre-approve other services that WTW or its affiliates provide to the Corporation at the request of management.

 

19


Executive Compensation and Succession Planning-Related Fees

 

(a)

Executive Compensation and Succession Planning-Related Fees

“Executive Compensation and Succession Planning-Related Fees” consist of fees for professional services billed by each consultant or advisor, or any of its affiliates, that are related to determining compensation and succession planning for any of the Corporation’s directors and/or executive officers. WTW billed the Corporation $165,251 in Executive Compensation and Succession Planning-Related Fees in the fiscal year 2016, $70,429 in 2017 and $221,718 in 2018.

 

(b)

All Other Fees

“All Other Fees” consist of fees for services that are billed by each consultant or advisor mentioned above and which are not reported under “Executive Compensation and Succession Planning-Related Fees”. No other work was performed by WTW for the Corporation during the fiscal years 2016 and 2017. WTW billed the Corporation $11,198 in “All Other Fees” in the fiscal year 2018.

Because of the policies and procedures that the HRCC and WTW have established, the HRCC is confident that the advice it receives from any individual executive compensation consultant is objective and not influenced by WTW’s or its affiliates’ relationships with the Corporation.

 

1.4

Managing Compensation Risk

The Corporation’s compensation policies and practices encourage behaviour which aligns with the long-term interests of the Corporation and its shareholders. The HRCC ensures that the policies, practices and plans respect applicable laws and continuously seeks improvement in compensation risk management monitoring. In fiscal 2018, the HRCC conducted their annual review of the Corporation’s compensation program, policies and practices based on several criteria such as the governance of the plans, the nature and mix of performance measures, the weighting of the compensation elelemnts within the pay mix and the goal-setting process. Further to this review, the HRCC was satisfied that there are no risks arising from the Corporation’s compensation policies and practices that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Corporation.

 

1.5

Clawback Policy

The Corporation adopted a clawback policy with effect from January 1, 2015. This policy is designed to set the guidelines for recovery of performance-based compensation of senior executives of the Corporation, including NEOs, in the event that, after the effective date, (i) the financial statements of the Corporation are restated as the direct or indirect result of fraud or illegal misconduct on the part of one or more executives, and (ii) the amount of any performance-based compensation paid to any such executive for the year(s) in question would have been lower had it been calculated based on such restated financial statements for the year(s) in question. See “Corporate Governance - Ethical Business Conduct” below.

 

1.6

Anti-Hedging Policy

The Corporation adopted an anti-hedging policy with effect from January 1, 2015. The policy prohibits directors and other senior executives of the Corporation from using derivatives or other financial instruments to retain legal ownership of their shares in the Corporation while reducing their exposure to changes in the Corporation’s share price. See “Corporate Governance - Ethical Business Conduct” below.

 

1.7.

Succession Planning

The Board of Directors of the Corporation has the mandate to review and support the succession plan for its senior officers and to ensure that actions are taken to manage leadership and talent risk. Since 2014, successor identification efforts have been carried out and individual career plans drafted, resulting in many candidates moving into senior management positions (executive level). The Board closely tracks the development of key talent at the Corporation, including planning for emergency replacements and contingencies.

In 2018, the Board reviewed the high-potential and succession candidates for all business unit executive positions and members of the Executive Committee, in Canada and the United States. More than 20 candidates underwent an exhaustive evaluation, consisting of interviews, psychometric tests, examination of strengths and areas for improvement, risk profiles, etc. Each

 

20


evaluation included a development plan to prepare the candidates to take on leading roles (executive level) over a time frame from six months to five years. The results of the psychometric tests were shared with each candidate, and various coaching and development targets were identified and discussed during the sessions. Individual profiles, along with a consolidated analysis of the entire succession cohort, have given the Board a broad appreciation of the leadership culture, business behaviours and key competencies that have been leveraged to respond to its various markets. The process not only engaged the senior management team in a structured process to develop its talent but also provided information to the Board to allow it to play an active role in advancing succession at the Corporation.

In 2019, the succession plan for the CEO will be the subject of even more specific measures to successfully complete the entire succession plan. The Board will be both the conductor and the architect of this part of the process.

 

2.0

Determining Compensation

 

2.1

Compensation Philosophy and Program Objectives

Compensation is designed to attract, motivate and retain high-performing senior executives. The compensation program is intended to reward overall operational performance and surplus cash creation and is closely linked to corporate performance (a pay-for-performance philosophy). The compensation program aligns the executives’ interests with those of the Corporation’s shareholders by providing them with equity-based incentive plans and the opportunity for total compensation that is competitive with the compensation received by executives employed by a group of comparable companies.

 

2.2

Benchmarking Practices and Positioning

The Corporation’s compensation philosophy for the President and CEO is to position base salary, total target cash compensation (base salary and target short-term incentives) and total target direct compensation (total target cash compensation and long-term incentives) at the upper quartile of the Corporation’s comparator group. This target positioning is intended to reflect the President and CEO’s role as founder of the Corporation. For the other NEOs, the Corporation’s target positioning is to align base salary, total target cash compensation and total target direct compensation at the median of the market, with the possibility to reach the upper quartile for strong performance.

The composition of the comparator group is reviewed periodically by the HRCC, to ensure its continued relevance. In 2018, WTW was mandated by the Board to conduct a thorough executive benchmarking review and provide market data for benchmarking aggregate total direct compensation and each individual element. As a result of this review, the comparator group has been updated and is comprised of Canadian and American companies of similar size to the Corporation from various industries to reflect the scope of the executive roles, as well as other Canadian and American companies with which the Corporation competes for executive talent within the same industry.

The comparator group is comprised of five Canadian companies and twelve American companies listed below, with annual revenues between $1 billion and $16 billion (median revenues are in line with those of the Corporation) and also meeting one or more of the following criteria:

 

   

Operating in one of the following sectors:

 

transportation/supply management

 

large distribution network (e.g. retail/trade or consumer products)

 

industrial/utilities

   

Autonomous

   

Publicly traded

   

Entrepreneurial culture

   

Growth by acquisitions

Revenue size is considered relevant in selecting comparators given the correlation between pay levels and company size. The industry sector is considered relevant in selecting comparators, as the Corporation competes directly with these organizations for customers, revenue, executive talent and capital. The nature of the organization (i.e., autonomous, publicly traded, entrepreneurial, growth by acquisitions) is considered relevant as an indicator of the level of complexity, job scope and responsibility associated with senior executive positions.

 

21


The updated comparator group is comprised of the following companies:

 

 

●        Old Dominion Freight Line, Inc.

  

●        Saia, Inc.

 

●        Knight-Swift Transportation Holdings Inc.

  

●        Schneider National Inc.

 

●        JB Hunt Transport Services, Inc.

  

●        YRC Worldwide Inc.

 

●        ArcBest Corporation

  

●        Canadian National Railway Company

 

●        Landstar System, Inc.

  

●        Werner Enterprises, Inc.

 

●        C.H. Robinson Worldwide, Inc.

  

●        Expeditors International of Washington, Inc.

 

●        XPO Logistics, Inc.

  

●        Canadian Pacific Railway Limited

 

●        Air Canada

  

●        Finning International Inc.

 

●        Westjet Airlines Ltd.

  

The median revenues of the comparator group is $5.34B versus the Corporation’s revenues of $5.12B and the median market cap is $4.35B versus the Corporation’s $3.04B.

 

2.3

Compensation Elements

The Corporation’s executive compensation program is structured so as to have three main components: base salary, short-term incentives (bonuses), and long-term incentives, including stock options and performance contingent restricted share units (“PCRSUs”). The following table sets out the Corporation’s plans by component of compensation and discusses how each component relates to the Corporation’s overall executive compensation objective.

 

Compensation element    Form    Performance period    Objective
Base Salary    Cash    Annual   

Immediate cash incentive for the Corporation’s executive officers; should be at levels competitive with the comparator group that competes with the Corporation for business opportunities and executive talent.

 

Ensure internal equity and competitiveness.

 

Short-term incentive plan    Cash based on performance    Annual   

Encourage and reward performance over the financial year compared to predefined goals and objectives and reflect progress toward company-wide performance objectives and personal objectives.

 

Reflect a pay-for-performance philosophy (corporate, business unit and individual performance).

Long-term incentive plan    Stock options (50%)   

7-year option term(1)

 

10-year option term(2)

  

Ensure that the executive officers are motivated to achieve long-term growth of the Corporation and continuing increases in shareholder value and provide capital accumulation linked directly to the Corporation’s performance.

 

75% of both long-term incentive plans are subject to performance conditions at the date of grant or award. The other 25% is time-based.

  

PCRSUs (50%)

 

   34-month cliff vesting(3)
Pension plans    Pension plan (defined benefits, defined contribution or RRSP)    Ongoing   

Attract and retain highly-qualified executives by providing market-competitive benefits for income security in retirement.

Health and other benefits and perquisites   

Health, dental, life, disability insurance plans

 

Car allowance

   Ongoing   

Attract and retain healthy and high-performing executives by providing market-competitive benefits and perquisites.

 

(1)

All grants after fiscal year 2010.

(2)

All grants before fiscal year 2011.

(3)

All grants after fiscal year 2016.

The variable components of the Corporation’s executive compensation program are designed to closely link the compensation of the Corporation’s NEOs, senior executives and management employees with the performance of the Corporation and its subsidiaries (a pay-for-performance philosophy).

 

22


2.3.1

Base Salary

In approving the base salary of the NEOs, including the President and CEO, the HRCC takes into consideration the salaries paid to senior executives of other Canadian and American companies holding positions of similar importance, scope and complexity. The HRCC reviews the base salary of each NEO on a regular basis so that it may recommend to the Board of Directors that appropriate adjustments be made thereto in order to ensure that the salaries of the Corporation’s NEOs remain competitive as per the compensation program objectives.

 

2.3.2

Short-Term Incentive Plan

NEOs and other senior executives of a group or division within the Corporation are eligible to receive an annual bonus under a short-term incentive plan (“STIP”). The STIP provides an opportunity to receive an annual cash payment based on the degree of achievement of objectives set by the Board of Directors upon recommendation by the HRCC. The objectives of the STIP are to reward achievement based on the Corporation’s financial performance and strengthen the link between pay and performance.

The following table sets out the performance weightings and the potential STIP payouts as a percentage of base salary for the NEOs in 2018:

 

Name    Target payout as a
percentage of base
salary
   Financial objectives(1)   

Individual / Non-

financial strategic
objectives

   Performance indicator    Weighting    Weighting

Alain Bédard

   200%    Revenues, Operating Earnings, EBITDA, EBITDAR and Cash flow(2)    80%(3)    20%(4)

Gregory W. Rumble

   75%    Operating Earnings of the Corporation    80%    20%

Rick Hashie

   70%    Business Unit Operating Earnings    80%    20%

Brian Kohut

   75%    Business Unit Operating Earnings    80%    20%

Robert McGonigal

   70%    Business Unit Operating Earnings    80%    20%

 

(1)

A minimum performance threshold of 80% is required to receive a STIP payout under the financial objectives.

(2)

Performance indicators for the CEO are based on corporate financial measures.

(3)

Weighting for financial objectives performance indicators is 16% for each respective criterion, for a total of 80%.

(4)

The CEO has two non-financial strategic objectives and weighting for each objective is 10%, for a total of 20%.

For the CEO, Alain Bédard, the 2018 STIP is based 80% on financial objectives of the Corporation and 20% on non-financial strategic objectives. In order to be eligible to receive any payout under the 2018 STIP in respect of the financial-objectives component, a minimum performance threshold of 80% of the budgeted Revenues/Operating Earnings/Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”)/Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and rent (“EBITDAR”)/Cash flow measures is required.

For the CFO, Gregory W. Rumble (since retired), 80% of the 2018 STIP is based on Operating Earnings of the Corporation and 20% on individual objectives. For other NEOs, 80% of the 2018 STIP is based on attainment of budgeted Operating Earnings in their respective business units and 20% is based on individual objectives.

The Board of Directors, upon recommendation by the HRCC, may modify actual STIP awards either upwards or downwards taking into consideration exceptional circumstances as deemed appropriate. The overall mix of financial objectives reflects the Corporation’s balanced focus on top-line growth as well as bottom-line profitability. As well, for other NEOs, the STIP performance indicators recognize the importance of the strong entrepreneurial culture and the autonomy of each entity within the Corporation.

For the 2018 fiscal year, the HRCC approved the payment of an aggregate of $5,502,907 under the STIP for the NEOs, of which $3,057,889 was in USD. The aggregate amount is in Canadian dollars and the US portion was converted to Canadian dollars based on the average Bank of Canada daily exchange rate for 2018 (1.00 USD = 1.2957 CAD).

 

23


Target performance goals in 2018

The following table sets out the impact of the Corporation’s financial performance on the compensation earned by the NEOs during fiscal year 2018.

Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”)

 

Corporate metrics    Target objectives in  $000’s(3)       Achievement in 2018(4)

Revenues(1)

   4,326,547   

The Corporation met 101.68% of its target Revenues objectives

EBITDAR

   749,454   

The Corporation met 110.44% of its target EBITDAR objectives

EBITDA

   600,525   

The Corporation met 113.93% of its target EBITDA objectives

Operating Earnings

   342,559   

The Corporation met 123.92% of its target Operating Earnings objectives

Cash flow(2)

   428,728   

The Corporation met 119.60% of its target Cash flow objectives

 

(1)

Revenues before fuel surcharge.

(2)

Net cash from operating activities before net change in non-cash operating working capital.

(3)

CEO is eligible for over-achievement as at least 95% of each objective was attained.

(4)

Results exclude significant acquisitions.

For the CEO, the following non-financial objectives were also identified and measured in 2018:

 

Objectives         Achievement in 2018

Identify acquisition opportunities and when acquired and integrated, accomplish financial and non-financial objectives and/or develop a strategy to enhance shareholder value by reengineering the applicable business segments to ensure they are best structured.

      

The objectives were met at 100%

Develop a compelling vision for an organizational effectiveness that will build a strong team of highly-experienced operators that will capitalize on the capabilities of the Corporation to respond to a turbulent economic environment.

      

The objectives were met at 100%

CFO

(Corporate)

 

 

Corporate metrics

 

   Target objectives in $000’s      Achievement in 2018(1)

Operating Earnings

   342,559   

The Corporation met 123.92% of its target Operating Earnings objectives(2)

(1)

Results exclude significant acquisitions.

(2)

The CFO’s 2018 STIP payout was at 125%.

Other NEOs

 

NEOs    Metrics   

Target Objectives  

in $000’s  

   Main segment of activity(1)      Achievement in 2018

Rick Hashie

   Operating Earnings    42,349    Less-Than-Truckload and Package & Courier    Objectives met at 125%(2)

Brian Kohut

   Operating Earnings    76,382    Package & Courier    Objectives met at 125%(3)

Robert McGonigal

   Operating Earnings    18,948    Less-Than-Truckload and Specialized Truckload    Objectives met at 125%(4)
(1)

These are the main segments of activities of the respective NEOs. However, not all divisions within a segment of activity are within the scope of the respective NEOs.

(2)

Rick Hashie is eligible for over-achievement performance payment on financial criteria. The 2018 STIP financial objectives payout was at 125%.

(3)

Brian Kohut is eligible for over-achievement performance payment on financial criteria. The 2018 STIP financial objectives payout was at 125%.

(4)

Robert McGonigal is eligible for over-achievement performance payment on financial criteria. The 2018 STIP financial objectives payout was at 125%.

 

24


2.3.3

Long-Term Incentive Plans

Long-Term Incentive Policy

The Corporation’s long-term incentive philosophy is to provide executives with long-term compensation that aligns their interests with those of shareholders. Besides the link with the long-term performance of the stock, the long-term incentive plans are also subject to rigorous performance hurdles that further ensures that pay is aligned with performance. The following table summarizes our long-term Incentive policy in this regard:

 

Long-Term Incentive

Vehicle

    Weighting of Total LTIP     Performance-bases long-term  incentives Non-performance-based  
long-term incentives  
            Weighting               Range of performance   Weighting  

Stock Options

50% 75% 0%-133% 25%

PCRSUs

50% 75% 0%-133% 25%

Total

100% 75% 0%-133% 25%

Performance-based long-term incentives

As mentioned above a large portion (75%) of our long-term incentives are subject to performance conditions. The performance hurdle is applied at grant date and subjects grant levels to an EBIT condition. The performance grid that determines the level of grant of performance-based long-term incentives for various levels of attainment of EBIT is detailed in the following table:

 

Performance-based Stock Options and PCRSUs granted by level of performance
Level of attainment of EBIT objective in relation to target   

Percentage of Stock Options and PCRSUs granted or awarded in

relation to target grant or award

Below 80%    0%
Between 80% and 90%    Between 46.67% and 86.67%
Between 90% and 100%    Between 86.67% and 100%
Between 100% and 110%    Between 100% and 113.33%
Above 110%    133.33%

Time-based long-term incentives

Time-based long-term incentives represent 25% of total long-term incentives and are principally granted or awarded for retention purposes.

Determination of grant and award sizes for 2018

The following table sets out the level of attainment of the performance measure for purposes of the 2018 grant:

 

Financial

Indicators

Target
Objective in
$000’s(1)
Achievement
in $000’s
Performance-based long-term incentives Time-based  long-term incentives
  Weighting     Level of
attainment
of target
Percentage of LTI to 
be granted or awarded 
as percentage of target 
  Weighting   Granted or awarded
as percentage of
target
EBIT(2) 363,161 (3) 302,779 75% 83.37% 60.2% 25% 100%

 

  (1)

The financial objective was measured over a reference from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018.

  (2)

Significant acquisitions were not included.

  (3)

Weighting for target objective is based 100% on EBIT.

The following table sets out the guideline LTI award, the target number of options and/or PCRSUs that can be granted or awarded and the number of actual stock options granted and PCRSUs awarded to NEOs under the 2018 grant - Reference period: January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018.

 

25


Name Guideline LTI
award
(% of base salary)
Target grant of options
(#)(1)
(50% of the guideline)
Actual option
grant
(#)(2)(4)
Target award of
PCRSUs award
(#)(1)
(50% of the guideline)
Actual Award of
PCRSUs
(#)(3)

Alain Bédard

200% 289,011 202,655 43,947 30,816

Gregory W. Rumble

90% 59,341 41,610 9,023 6,327

Rick Hashie

70% 24,464 17,154 3,720 2,609

Brian Kohut

90% 42,033 29,474 6,392 4,482

Robert McGonigal

70% 23,571 16,528 3,584 2,513

 

(1)

  

Target number of stock options and PCRSUs that can be awarded in 2018 if the target financial objective is fully met.

  

(2)

  

Option grant size =

  

Average Base Salary X LTI guideline level X 50% X Performance Factor

  
     

Reference grant price X Black-Scholes valuation ratio

  

(3)

  

PCRSU award size =

  

Average Base Salary X LTI guideline level X 50% X Performance Factor

  
     

Reference grant price

  

(4)

  

For the 2018 stock option grants, a Black-Scholes valuation ratio of 15.2% and a reference grant price of $29.92 were used. The reference grant price is based on the volume weighted average trading price of the common shares of the Corporation on the TSX for the last five days on which the shares traded on the TSX immediately prior to the day on which the option is granted.

Determination of grant and award sizes for previous years

 

Year Target
Objective
in $000’s
 Achievement 
in $000’s
Performance-based long-term incentives Time-based long-term incentives
  Weighting   Level of
  attainment of  
target
Percentage of LTI to be
granted or awarded as
percentage of target
  Weighting   Granted or awarded
as percentage of
target

2017(1)

$152,261 $145,729 75% 95.71% 94.3% 25% 100%

2016

$311,840 $285,697 75% 91.62% 88.8% 25% 100%

2015

$295,377 $290,767 75% 98.4% 97.9% 25% 100%

2014

$254,719 $219,506 75% 86.2% 71.5% 25% 100%

 

  (1)

The financial objective was measured over a reference from July 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016 – 6 months.

Performance Contingent Restricted Share Units

On July 24, 2014, the Board of Directors established the Performance Contingent Restricted Share Unit Plan for officers and employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “PCRSU Plan”). The PCRSU Plan was amended by the Board of Directors on July 1, 2014 and was amended effective on January 1, 2016, December 8, 2016 and December 23, 2016, respectively. The following is a description the current features of the PCRSU Plan:

 

(a)

the Board of Directors of the Corporation may from time-to-time by resolution award PCRSUs to officers and/or employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries;

 

(b)

following the December 8, 2016 amendment, PCRSUs vest on the “Payment Date”, defined as approximately 34 months following the “Award Date” for grants after fiscal year 2016; in the month of December of the second preceding calendar year, following the Award Date of such Award;

 

(c)

during the term of a PCRSU, in the event that the Corporation declares and pays a cash dividend on its common shares, PCRSU participants shall be entitled to receive “Dividend Equivalents” in the form of additional PCRSUs; the Corporation shall credit to a PCRSU participant, in respect of each PCRSU held by such participant, an additional fraction of a PCRSU calculated by dividing the per share amount of the cash dividend by the volume weighted average trading price of the Corporation’s shares for the five trading days preceding the date on which the dividend is paid by the Corporation; such additional fractions of PCRSUs vest on the “Payment Date” for the Award on which they have been credited;

 

(d)

PCRSUs awarded under the PCRSU Plan are not transferable other than by will or by the laws of succession of the domicile of a deceased PCRSU participant;

 

26


(e)

no PCRSU awarded under the PCRSU Plan can be pledged, charged, transferred, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of, on pain of nullity;

 

(f)

if a PCRSU participant takes normal retirement (as defined in the PCRSU Plan), such Participant shall continue benefiting from his or her rights thereunder until the Payment Date;

 

(g)

if a PCRSU participant’s employment with the Corporation is terminated for cause or the participant resigns from his/her employment, any PCRSU not vested prior to the time of delivery by the Corporation to such PCRSU participant of a letter of termination of employment with the Corporation shall immediately lapse and become null and void upon such delivery;

 

(h)

upon a PCRSU participant’s employment or office with the Corporation terminating or ending by reason of involuntary termination without cause, death, disability or early retirement (as defined in the PCRSU Plan), the PCRSUs held by the participant shall be adjusted proportionally to the number of days worked during the period that begins on the date of the award set out in the Notice of Award and which ends of the applicable Deemed Date of Termination, by multiplying the number of PCRSUs held by the Participant by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed from the date of the award to the Deemed Date of Termination and the denominator of which is equal to the number of days representing the full vesting period for the Grant. The resulting number of adjusted PCRSUs shall be the number of PCRSUs that shall be redeemed on the applicable Deemed Date of Termination and all other PCRSUs become null and void;

 

(i)

PCRSUs awarded pursuant to the PCRSU Plan are redeemed in “stock bought in the open market” less required statutory deductions;

 

(j)

in the event of any reorganization, change in the number of issued and outstanding shares by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, an equitable adjustment shall be made by the HRCC, by adjusting (i) the kind of shares deliverable under the Plan, (ii) the number and/or kind of shares underlying outstanding PCRSUs, (iii) the factors and manner in which the settlement amount of a PCRSU is to be determined, or (iv) any other term or condition of the PCRSUs. Such adjustment shall be final and binding on all parties;

 

(k)

if within twelve months of a change of control, (i) a participant’s employment with the Corporation is terminated without cause; or (ii) a participant voluntarily terminates his or her employment following a change in the participant’s position, conditions or location of employment, or responsibilities, then in such event all of the participant’s unvested PCRSUs shall vest on the last day of active employment of the participant, notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (f), (g), (h) and (i) above. The redemption price of each PCRSU shall correspond to the volume weighted average price for the five trading days preceding such last day of active employment and the Corporation shall make payment to the participant in accordance with the rules of the PCRSU Plan, as adjusted. However, if a participant maintains employment in a position equivalent to the position he or she held before the change of control, the vesting of the PCRSUs shall follow its normal course in accordance with the PCRSU Plan; and

 

(l)

the Board of Directors of the Corporation may make the following types of amendments to the PCRSU Plan without seeking approval from the shareholders of the Corporation: (i) amendments of a “housekeeping” or ministerial nature, including any amendment for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, error or omission in the PCRSU Plan or to correct or supplement any provision of the PCRSU Plan that is inconsistent with any other provision of the PCRSU Plan; (ii) amendments necessary to comply with the provisions of applicable law (including, without limitation, the rules, regulations and policies of the TSX); (iii) amendments necessary in order for PCRSUs to qualify for favourable treatment under applicable taxation laws; (iv) amendments respecting administration of the PCRSU Plan; (v) any amendment to the “vesting” provisions of the PCRSU Plan or any PCRSU; (vi) any amendment to the early termination provisions of the PCRSU Plan or any PCRSU, whether or not such PCRSU is held by an “insider” of the Corporation, provided such amendment does not entail an extension beyond the original expiry date; (vii) the addition or modification of the redemption feature, payable in shares of the Corporation bought in the market; (viii) amendments necessary to suspend or terminate the PCRSU Plan; and (ix) any other amendment, whether fundamental or otherwise, not requiring shareholder approval under applicable law.

 

27


2019 Stock Option Plan

On February 26, 2019, the Board of Directors of the Corporation established the 2019 Stock Option Plan for officers and employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “2019 Plan”) in that there was no further capacity to grant stock options under the 2012 Stock Option Plan of the Corporation (the “2012 Plan”). At the Meeting, shareholders will be asked to approve the 2019 Plan. See “Ratification, Confirmation and Approval of 2019 Stock Option Plan” below. If approved by shareholders at the Meeting, the 2019 Plan will replace the 2012 Plan, in that no further stock options will be granted under the 2012 Plan. The 2012 Plan will continue to apply to the options currently outstanding thereunder and such options may continue to be exercised in accordance with the 2012 Plan. The following is a description of certain features of the 2019 Plan, as required by the TSX:

 

(a)

the Board of Directors of the Corporation may from time-to-time by resolution grant options to purchase common shares to officers and/or employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, provided that the total number of shares to be issued under the 2019 Plan does not exceed the number set out in paragraph (b) below. Options may be granted by the Corporation only pursuant to resolutions of the Board of Directors;

 

(b)

the maximum number of common shares that can be issued upon the exercise of options granted under the 2019 Plan is 5,000,000, representing 5.8% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation as of the close of business on December 31, 2018;

 

(c)

no option may be granted under the 2019 Plan to any optionee unless the aggregate number of common shares: (i) issued to “insiders” within any one-year period; and (ii) issuable to “insiders” at any time, under the 2019 Plan, or when combined with all of the Corporation’s other security-based compensation arrangements, could not exceed 10% of the total number of issued and outstanding common shares of the Corporation. For the purpose of the 2019 Plan, the term “insider” means “reporting insiders” as defined in National Instrument – 55-104 Insider Reporting Requirements and Exemptions;

 

(d)

no single person can hold at any time options covering more than 5% of the number of issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation from time-to-time. In addition, it will not be permitted to issue to an “insider” or to any associate of an “insider”, within a one-year period, upon the exercise of options granted pursuant to the 2019 Plan, a number of shares exceeding 5% of the number of issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation from time-to-time;

 

(e)

the exercise price of options granted under the 2019 Plan is fixed by the Board of Directors at the time of the grant of the options, but cannot be less than the volume weighted average trading price of the common shares of the Corporation on the TSX for the last five days on which the common shares traded on the TSX immediately prior to the day on which the option is granted;

 

(f)

the maximum period during which an option may be exercised is seven years from the date on which it is granted, subject to the condition that if an option is to expire during a period when the optionee is prohibited by the Corporation from trading in the shares of the Corporation pursuant to its rules of conduct and other policies, or within ten business days of the expiry of such “blackout period”, the term of such option will be automatically extended for a period of ten business days immediately following the end of the “blackout period”;

 

(g)

at the time of granting an option, the Board of Directors, at its discretion, may set a “vesting schedule”, that is, one or more dates from which an option may be exercised in whole or in part;

 

(h)

options granted under the 2019 Plan are not transferable other than by will or by the laws of succession of the domicile of a deceased optionee;

 

(i)

no option granted under the 2019 Plan can be pledged, charged, transferred, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of, on pain of nullity;

 

(j)

if an optionee’s employment with the Corporation is terminated for serious reason, any option not exercised prior to the time of delivery by the Corporation to such optionee of a letter of termination of employment with the Corporation shall immediately lapse and become null and void upon such delivery;

 

28


(k)

if an optionee takes a normal retirement (as defined in the Plan), the optionee shall be entitled to exercise his rights under such option and continue benefiting from his rights during the three years following the commencement of his retirement or until the expiration of the term of the option, whichever occurs earlier. At the end of such three-year period, the option term shall be deemed to have lapsed;

 

(l)

if an optionee takes early retirement (as defined in the Plan), dies or becomes, in the determination of the Board of Directors, permanently disabled, while employed by the Corporation, any “vested” option or unexercised part thereof granted to such optionee may be exercised by the optionee or the person to whom the option is transferred by will or the laws of succession and distribution only for that number of common shares which the optionee was entitled to acquire under the option at the time of his retirement, death or permanent disability, as the case may be. Any such “vested” option may be exercised within one year after the optionee’s retirement, death or permanent disability, as the case may be, or prior to the expiry of the term of the option, whichever occurs earlier. Any “unvested” options at the time of retirement will become null and void upon retirement, death of permanent disability;

 

(m)

upon an optionee’s employment or office with the Corporation terminating or ending otherwise than by reason of retirement, death, permanent disability or termination for serious reason, any option or unexercised part thereof granted to such optionee may be exercised by the optionee only for that number of common shares which the optionee was entitled to acquire under the option at the time of delivery by the Corporation to the optionee of a letter of termination of the optionee’s employment or office with the Corporation. Any such “vested” option may be exercised within 30 days after such delivery or prior to the expiry of the term of the option, whichever occurs earlier;

 

(n)

the 2019 Plan does not provide for financial assistance from the Corporation to option holders;

 

(o)

options granted under the 2019 Plan may be exercised by the “cash exercise” or “cashless exercise” method. An optionee may use the “cash exercise” method in respect of certain shares subject to an option and simultaneously use the “cashless exercise” method in respect of other shares subject to the same option;

 

(p)

under the “cash exercise” method, an option granted under the 2019 Plan may be exercised by the optionee (or his personal representatives or legatees) giving notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation at its head office, which notice must specify the method of exercise and the number of shares in respect of which the option is being exercised and which must be accompanied by full payment, by cash or certified cheque, of the purchase price for the number of shares specified. Upon such exercise of the option, subject to paragraph (r) below, the Corporation will forthwith cause the transfer agent and registrar of its common shares to deliver to the optionee (or his personal representatives or legatees) a certificate in the name of the optionee representing in the aggregate such number of shares as the optionee (or his personal representatives or legatees) shall have then paid for and as are specified in such written notice of exercise of option;

 

(q)

under the “cashless exercise” method, an option granted under the 2019 Plan may be exercised by the optionee (or his personal representatives or legatees) giving notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation at its head office, which notice must specify the method of exercise and the number of shares in respect of which the option is being exercised and which must be accompanied by full payment, by cash or certified cheque, of the purchase price for the number of shares specified. Upon such exercise of the option, subject to paragraph (r) below, the Corporation will forthwith cause the sale of the number of shares in respect of which the option is being exercised directly on the open market. The proceeds from the sale of the shares will be used first to pay any commissions or fees in connection with such sale and, upon written instructions from the optionee, to repay any loan incurred by the optionee in connection with the exercise of the option, as the case may be. The balance of the proceeds will be paid to the optionee;

 

(r)

if the Corporation is required under the Income Tax Act (Canada) or any other applicable law to remit to any governmental authority an amount on account of tax on the value of any taxable benefit associated with the exercise of an option by an optionee, then the optionee must, concurrently with the exercise of the option:

 

  (i)

pay to the Corporation, in addition to the exercise price for the options, sufficient cash as is determined by the Corporation, in its sole discretion, to be the amount necessary to fund the required tax remittance;

 

  (ii)

authorize the Corporation, on behalf of the optionee, to sell in the market, on such terms and at such time or times as the Corporation determines, in its sole discretion, such portion of the common shares being issued upon exercise of the option as is required to realize cash proceeds in an amount necessary to fund the required tax remittance; or

 

  (iii)

make other arrangements acceptable to the Corporation, in its sole discretion, to fund the required tax remittance;

 

29


(s)

in the event that the Corporation proposes to amalgamate or merge with another company (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation), or to liquidate, dissolve or wind-up, or in the event that an offer to purchase common shares of the Corporation is made to all shareholders of the Corporation, other than the offeror or offerors, the Corporation has the right, upon written notice to each optionee holding options under the 2019 Plan, to permit the exercise of all options outstanding under the 2019 Plan within a 20-day period following the date of such notice and to determine that upon the expiry of such 20-day period, all options terminate and cease to have effect;

 

(t)

if within twelve months of a change of control (as defined below), (i) an optionee’s employment with the Corporation is terminated without cause; or (ii) an optionee voluntarily terminates his or her employment following a change in the optionee’s position, conditions or location of employment, or responsibilities, then in any such event all of the optionee’s unvested options shall vest on the last day of active employment of the optionee and shall be exercisable within 30 days after the last day of active employment or prior to the expiration of the term of the option, whichever occurs earlier. However, if an optionee maintains employment in a position equivalent to the position he or she held before the change of control, the vesting of the options shall follow its normal course in accordance with the 2019 Plan. For the purpose of this paragraph, “change of control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation on a consolidated basis, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person that is at arm’s length from the Corporation, such that, for greater certainty, an internal reorganization shall not constitute a change of control; (ii) a merger, reorganization or other similar transaction pursuant to which the holders of the Corporation’s outstanding voting rights immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting rights of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, or (iii) any person or a group of persons acting jointly or in concert becoming the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares carrying at least a majority of the outstanding voting rights of the Corporation;

 

(u)

approval by the shareholders of the Corporation is required for the following amendments to the 2019 Plan: (i) amendments to the number of shares issuable under the 2019 Plan, including an increase to a maximum percentage or number of shares; (ii) any amendment to the 2019 Plan that increases the length of the “blackout” extension period; (iii) any amendment which reduces the exercise price or purchase price of an option, whether or not such option is held by an “insider” of the Corporation; (iv) any amendment extending the term of an option beyond its original expiry date, whether or not such option is held by an “insider” of the Corporation, except as otherwise permitted by the 2019 Plan; and (v) amendments required to be approved by shareholders under applicable law (including, without limitation, the rules, regulations and policies of the TSX); and

 

(v)

the Board of Directors of the Corporation may make the following types of amendments to the 2019 Plan without seeking approval from the shareholders of the Corporation: (i) amendments of a “housekeeping” or ministerial nature, including any amendment for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, error or omission in the 2019 Plan or to correct or supplement any provision of the 2019 Plan that is inconsistent with any other provision of the 2019 Plan; (ii) amendments necessary to comply with the provisions of applicable law (including, without limitation, the rules, regulations and policies of the TSX); (iii) amendments necessary in order for options to qualify for favourable treatment under applicable taxation laws; (iv) amendments respecting administration of the 2019 Plan; (v) any amendment to the “vesting” provisions of the 2019 Plan or any option; (vi) any amendment to the early termination provisions of the 2019 Plan or any option, whether or not such option is held by an “insider” of the Corporation, provided such amendment does not entail an extension beyond the original expiry date; (vii) the addition of any form of financial assistance by the Corporation for the acquisition by all or certain categories of eligible participants of shares under the 2019 Plan, and the subsequent amendment of any such provisions; (viii) the addition or modification of a cashless exercise feature, payable in cash or shares of the Corporation; (ix) amendments necessary to suspend or terminate the 2019 Plan; and (x) any other amendment, whether fundamental or otherwise, not requiring shareholder approval under applicable law.

2012 Stock Option Plan

On April 26, 2012, the Board of Directors of the Corporation established the 2012 Plan for officers and employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. The shareholders of the Corporation approved the 2012 Plan on April 26, 2013. The 2012 Plan incorporates amendments adopted by the Board of Directors on February 28, 2013 and July 24, 2014, respectively.

 

30


The 2012 Plan replaced the 2008 Stock Option Plan of the Corporation (the “2008 Plan”), in that no further stock options have been granted under the 2008 Plan. The following is a description of certain features of the 2012 Plan, as required by the TSX:

 

(a)

the Board of Directors of the Corporation may from time-to-time by resolution grant options to purchase common shares to officers and/or employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, provided that the total number of shares to be issued under the 2012 Plan does not exceed the number set out in paragraph (b) below. Options may be granted by the Corporation only pursuant to resolutions of the Board of Directors;

 

(b)

the maximum number of common shares that can be issued upon the exercise of options granted under the 2012 Plan is 5,979,201, representing 6.92% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation as of the close of business on December 31, 2018;

 

(c)

no option may be granted under the 2012 Plan to any optionee unless the aggregate number of common shares: (i) issued to “insiders” within any one-year period; and (ii) issuable to “insiders” at any time, under the 2012 Plan, or when combined with all of the Corporation’s other security-based compensation arrangements, could not exceed 10% of the total number of issued and outstanding common shares of the Corporation. For the purpose of the 2012 Plan, the term “insider” means “reporting insiders” as defined in National Instrument – 55-104 Insider Reporting Requirements and Exemptions;

 

(d)

no single person can hold at any time options covering more than 5% of the number of issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation from time-to-time. In addition, it will not be permitted to issue to an “insider” or to any associate of an “insider”, within a one-year period, upon the exercise of options granted pursuant to the 2012 Plan, a number of shares exceeding 5% of the number of issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation from time-to-time;

 

(e)

the exercise price of options granted under the 2012 Plan is fixed by the Board of Directors at the time of the grant of the options, but cannot be less than the volume weighted average trading price of the common shares of the Corporation on the TSX for the last five days on which the common shares traded on the TSX immediately prior to the day on which the option is granted;

 

(f)

the maximum period during which an option may be exercised is seven years from the date on which it is granted, subject to the condition that if an option is to expire during a period when the optionee is prohibited by the Corporation from trading in the shares of the Corporation pursuant to its rules of conduct and other policies, or within ten business days of the expiry of such “blackout period”, the term of such option will be automatically extended for a period of ten business days immediately following the end of the “blackout period”;

 

(g)

at the time of granting an option, the Board of Directors, at its discretion, may set a “vesting schedule”, that is, one or more dates from which an option may be exercised in whole or in part;

 

(h)

options granted under the 2012 Plan are not transferable other than by will or by the laws of succession of the domicile of a deceased optionee;

 

(i)

no option granted under the 2012 Plan can be pledged, charged, transferred, assigned or otherwise encumbered or disposed of, on pain of nullity;

 

(j)

if an optionee’s employment with the Corporation is terminated for serious reason, any option not exercised prior to the time of delivery by the Corporation to such optionee of a letter of termination of employment with the Corporation shall immediately lapse and become null and void upon such delivery;

 

(k)

if an optionee takes a normal retirement (as defined in the Plan), the optionee shall be entitled to exercise his rights under such option and continue benefiting from his rights during the three years following the commencement of his retirement or until the expiration of the term of the option, whichever occurs earlier. At the end of such three-year period, the option term shall be deemed to have lapsed;

 

(l)

if an optionee takes early retirement (as defined in the Plan), dies or becomes, in the determination of the Board of Directors, permanently disabled, while employed by the Corporation, any “vested” option or unexercised part thereof granted to such optionee may be exercised by the optionee or the person to whom the option is transferred by will or the laws of succession and distribution only for that number of common shares which the optionee was entitled to acquire under the option at the time of his retirement, death or permanent disability, as the case may be. Any such “vested” option may be exercised within one year after the optionee’s retirement, death or permanent disability, as the case may be, or prior to the expiry of the term of the option, whichever occurs earlier. Any “unvested” options at the time of retirement will become null and void upon retirement, death of permanent disability;

 

31


(m)

upon an optionee’s employment or office with the Corporation terminating or ending otherwise than by reason of retirement, death, permanent disability or termination for serious reason, any option or unexercised part thereof granted to such optionee may be exercised by the optionee only for that number of common shares which the optionee was entitled to acquire under the option at the time of delivery by the Corporation to the optionee of a letter of termination of the optionee’s employment or office with the Corporation. Any such “vested” option may be exercised within 30 days after such delivery or prior to the expiry of the term of the option, whichever occurs earlier;

 

(n)

the 2012 Plan does not provide for financial assistance from the Corporation to option holders;

 

(o)

options granted under the 2012 Plan may be exercised by the “cash exercise” or “cashless exercise” method. An optionee may use the “cash exercise” method in respect of certain shares subject to an option and simultaneously use the “cashless exercise” method in respect of other shares subject to the same option;

 

(p)

under the “cash exercise” method, an option granted under the 2012 Plan may be exercised by the optionee (or his personal representatives or legatees) giving notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation at its head office, which notice must specify the method of exercise and the number of shares in respect of which the option is being exercised and which must be accompanied by full payment, by cash or certified cheque, of the purchase price for the number of shares specified. Upon such exercise of the option, subject to paragraph (r) below, the Corporation will forthwith cause the transfer agent and registrar of its common shares to deliver to the optionee (or his personal representatives or legatees) a certificate in the name of the optionee representing in the aggregate such number of shares as the optionee (or his personal representatives or legatees) shall have then paid for and as are specified in such written notice of exercise of option;

 

(q)

under the “cashless exercise” method, an option granted under the 2012 Plan may be exercised by the optionee (or his personal representatives or legatees) giving notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation at its head office, which notice must specify the method of exercise and the number of shares in respect of which the option is being exercised and which must be accompanied by full payment, by cash or certified cheque, of the purchase price for the number of shares specified. Upon such exercise of the option, subject to paragraph (r) below, the Corporation will forthwith cause the sale of the number of shares in respect of which the option is being exercised directly on the open market. The proceeds from the sale of the shares will be used first to pay any commissions or fees in connection with such sale and, upon written instructions from the optionee, to repay any loan incurred by the optionee in connection with the exercise of the option, as the case may be. The balance of the proceeds will be paid to the optionee;

 

(r)

if the Corporation is required under the Income Tax Act (Canada) or any other applicable law to remit to any governmental authority an amount on account of tax on the value of any taxable benefit associated with the exercise of an option by an optionee, then the optionee must, concurrently with the exercise of the option:

 

  (i)

pay to the Corporation, in addition to the exercise price for the options, sufficient cash as is determined by the Corporation, in its sole discretion, to be the amount necessary to fund the required tax remittance;

 

  (ii)

authorize the Corporation, on behalf of the optionee, to sell in the market, on such terms and at such time or times as the Corporation determines, in its sole discretion, such portion of the common shares being issued upon exercise of the option as is required to realize cash proceeds in an amount necessary to fund the required tax remittance; or

 

  (iii)

make other arrangements acceptable to the Corporation, in its sole discretion, to fund the required tax remittance;

 

(s)

in the event that the Corporation proposes to amalgamate or merge with another company (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation), or to liquidate, dissolve or wind-up, or in the event that an offer to purchase common shares of the Corporation is made to all shareholders of the Corporation, other than the offeror or offerors, the Corporation has the right, upon written notice to each optionee holding options under the 2012 Plan, to permit the exercise of all options outstanding under the 2012 Plan within a 20-day period following the date of such notice and to determine that upon the expiry of such 20-day period, all options terminate and cease to have effect;

 

(t)

if within twelve months of a change of control (as defined below), (i) an optionee’s employment with the Corporation is terminated without cause; or (ii) an optionee voluntarily terminates his or her employment following a change in the optionee’s position, conditions or location of employment, or responsibilities, then in any such event all of the

 

32


 

optionee’s unvested options shall vest on the last day of active employment of the optionee and shall be exercisable within 30 days after the last day of active employment or prior to the expiration of the term of the option, whichever occurs earlier. However, if an optionee maintains employment in a position equivalent to the position he or she held before the change of control, the vesting of the options shall follow its normal course in accordance with the 2012 Plan. For the purpose of this paragraph, “change of control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation on a consolidated basis, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person that is at arm’s length from the Corporation, such that, for greater certainty, an internal reorganization shall not constitute a change of control; (ii) a merger, reorganization or other similar transaction pursuant to which the holders of the Corporation’s outstanding voting rights immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting rights of the resulting or successor entity (or its ultimate parent, if applicable) immediately upon completion of such transaction, or (iii) any person or a group of persons acting jointly or in concert becoming the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares carrying at least a majority of the outstanding voting rights of the Corporation;

 

(u)

approval by the shareholders of the Corporation is required for the following amendments to the 2012 Plan: (i) amendments to the number of shares issuable under the 2012 Plan, including an increase to a maximum percentage or number of shares; (ii) any amendment to the 2012 Plan that increases the length of the “blackout” extension period; (iii) any amendment which reduces the exercise price or purchase price of an option, whether or not such option is held by an “insider” of the Corporation; (iv) any amendment extending the term of an option beyond its original expiry date, whether or not such option is held by an “insider” of the Corporation, except as otherwise permitted by the 2012 Plan; and (v) amendments required to be approved by shareholders under applicable law (including, without limitation, the rules, regulations and policies of the TSX); and

 

(v)

the Board of Directors of the Corporation may make the following types of amendments to the 2012 Plan without seeking approval from the shareholders of the Corporation: (i) amendments of a “housekeeping” or ministerial nature, including any amendment for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, error or omission in the 2012 Plan or to correct or supplement any provision of the 2012 Plan that is inconsistent with any other provision of the 2012 Plan; (ii) amendments necessary to comply with the provisions of applicable law (including, without limitation, the rules, regulations and policies of the TSX); (iii) amendments necessary in order for options to qualify for favourable treatment under applicable taxation laws; (iv) amendments respecting administration of the 2012 Plan; (v) any amendment to the “vesting” provisions of the 2012 Plan or any option; (vi) any amendment to the early termination provisions of the 2012 Plan or any option, whether or not such option is held by an “insider” of the Corporation, provided such amendment does not entail an extension beyond the original expiry date; (vii) the addition of any form of financial assistance by the Corporation for the acquisition by all or certain categories of eligible participants of shares under the 2012 Plan, and the subsequent amendment of any such provisions; (viii) the addition or modification of a cashless exercise feature, payable in cash or shares of the Corporation; (ix) amendments necessary to suspend or terminate the 2012 Plan; and (x) any other amendment, whether fundamental or otherwise, not requiring shareholder approval under applicable law.

2008 Stock Option Plan

On May 12, 2008, the Board of Directors established the 2008 Plan for officers and employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. The shareholders of the Corporation approved the 2008 Plan on April 24, 2009. The 2008 Plan incorporates amendments adopted by the Board of Directors on April 24, 2009, July 22, 2009, August 19, 2009, December 8, 2010 and May 17, 2011, respectively.

On April 26, 2012, the Board of Directors adopted the 2012 Plan in replacement of the 2008 Plan. Since April 26, 2012, all stock options granted by the Corporation have been granted under the 2012 Plan and no further stock options have been or will be granted under the 2008 Plan. The 2008 Plan continues to apply to the options currently outstanding thereunder and such options continue to be exercised in accordance with the 2008 Plan.

The purpose of the 2008 Plan is to provide officers and employees with a proprietary interest through the granting of non-transferable options to purchase common shares of the Corporation and also to attract, retain and motivate key employees who share primary responsibility for the management, growth and protection of the Corporation’s business.

The following is a description of certain features of the 2008 Plan, as required by the TSX:

 

(a)

the 2008 Plan is administered by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, which delegates this responsibility to the HRCC;

 

33


(b)

the maximum number of common shares that can be issued pursuant to the 2008 Plan is equal to 10% of the number of issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation from time to time. Shares in respect of which options are not exercised, due to the expiration, termination or lapse of such options, are available for options to be granted thereafter;

 

(c)

no option may be granted to any optionee under the 2008 Plan unless the aggregate of the shares: (i) issued to “insiders” within any one-year period; and (ii) issuable to “insiders” at any time, under the 2008 Plan, or when combined with all of the Corporation’s other security-based compensation arrangements, could not exceed 10% of the total number of issued and outstanding common shares of the Corporation. For the purpose of the 2008 Plan, the term “insider” has the same meaning as in the Securities Act (Ontario);

 

(d)

a single person cannot hold at any time options in respect of more than 5% of the number of issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation from time-to-time. In addition, the 2008 Plan does not permit the issuance to an “insider” or to any associate of an “insider”, within a one-year period, of a number of shares exceeding 5% of the number of issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation from time-to-time;

 

(e)

the option exercise price is fixed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation at the time of granting an option. The exercise price cannot be less than the volume weighted average trading price of the common shares of the Corporation on the TSX during the last five days on which the shares traded on the TSX immediately prior to the day on which the option is granted;

 

(f)

at the time of granting an option, the Board of Directors, at its discretion, may set a “vesting schedule”, that is, one or more dates from which an option may be exercised in whole or in part. In such event, the Board of Directors is not under any obligation to set a “vesting schedule” in respect of any other option granted under the 2008 Plan;

 

(g)

the term of an option may not exceed seven years from the date the option is granted. However, if an option is to expire during a period in which an optionee is prohibited by the Corporation from trading in the Corporation’s shares pursuant to the policies of the Corporation, or within ten business days of the expiry of such “blackout period”, the term of such option will be automatically extended for a period of ten business days immediately following the end of the “blackout period”;

 

(h)

if an optionee’s employment with the Corporation is terminated for serious reason, any option not exercised prior to the time of delivery by the Corporation to the optionee of a letter of termination of employment with the Corporation shall immediately lapse and become null and void upon such delivery;

 

(i)

if an optionee takes normal retirement (as defined in the 2008 Plan), the optionee will be entitled to exercise his rights under such option and continue benefiting from his rights during the three years following the commencement of his retirement or prior, until the expiration of the term of the option, whichever occurs earlier. At the end of such three-year period, the option term shall be deemed to have lapsed. If an optionee takes early retirement (as defined in the 2008 Plan), dies or becomes, in the determination of the Board of Directors, permanently disabled, while employed by the Corporation, any option or unexercised part thereof granted to such optionee may be exercised by the optionee or the person to whom the option is transferred by will or the laws of succession and distribution only for that number of shares which he was entitled to acquire under the option at the time of his retirement, death or permanent disability, as the case may be. Any such “vested” option shall be exercisable within one year after the optionee’s retirement, death or permanent disability, as the case may be, or prior to the expiration of the term of the option, whichever occurs earlier;

 

(j)

upon an optionee’s employment or office with the Corporation terminating or ending otherwise than by reason of retirement, death, permanent disability or termination for serious reason, any option or unexercised part thereof granted to such optionee may be exercised by him only for that number of shares which he was entitled to acquire under the option at the time of delivery by the Corporation to the optionee of a letter of termination of the optionee’s employment or office with the Corporation. Any such “vested” option shall be exercisable within 30 days after such delivery or prior to the expiration of the term of the option, whichever occurs earlier;

 

(k)

any option granted under the 2008 Plan shall not form part of an optionee’s compensation from the Corporation for purposes of determining any severance payment, indemnity in lieu of reasonable notice, or other payment to the optionee in the event of termination of the optionee’s employment or office by the Corporation;

 

34


(l)

if the Corporation is required under the Income Tax Act (Canada) or any other applicable law to remit to any governmental authority an amount on account of tax on the value of any taxable benefit associated with the exercise of an option by an optionee, then the optionee must, concurrently with the exercise of the option:

 

  (i)

pay to the Corporation, in addition to the exercise price for the options, sufficient cash as is determined by the Corporation, in its sole discretion, to be the amount necessary to fund the required tax remittance;

 

  (ii)

authorize the Corporation, on behalf of the optionee, to sell in the market, on such terms and at such time or times as the Corporation determines, in its sole discretion, such portion of the Shares being issued upon exercise of the option as is required to realize cash proceeds in an amount necessary to fund the required tax remittance; or

 

  (iii)

make other arrangements acceptable to the Corporation, in its sole discretion, to fund the required tax remittance.

 

(m)

options may be exercised through the “cash exercise” or “cashless exercise” method, or a combination of these two methods. There is no financial assistance available to optionees under the 2008 Plan;

 

(n)

the Board of Directors may make the following types of amendments to the 2008 Plan without seeking shareholder approval: (i) amendments of a “housekeeping” or ministerial nature, including any amendment for the purpose of remedying any ambiguity, error or omission in the 2008 Plan or to correct or supplement any provision of the 2008 Plan that is inconsistent with any other provision of the 2008 Plan; (ii) amendments necessary to comply with the provisions of applicable law (including the rules, regulations and policies of the TSX); (iii) amendments necessary in order for options to qualify for favourable treatment under applicable taxation laws; (iv) amendments respecting administration of the 2008 Plan; (v) any amendment to the “vesting” provisions of the 2008 Plan or any option, it being understood that in the event of the amendment to the “vesting” provisions of an option, the Board of Directors will not be under any obligation to amend the “vesting” provisions of any other option; (vi) any amendment to the early termination provisions of the 2008 Plan or any option, whether or not such option is held by an “insider”, provided such amendment does not entail an extension beyond the original expiry date; (vii) the addition of any form of financial assistance by the Corporation for the acquisition by all or certain categories of eligible participants of shares under the 2008 Plan, and the subsequent amendment of any such provisions; (viii) amendments necessary to suspend or terminate the 2008 Plan; and (ix) any other amendment, whether fundamental or otherwise, not requiring shareholder approval under applicable law;

 

(o)

shareholder approval will be required for the following types of amendments: (i) amendments to the number of shares issuable under the 2008 Plan, including an increase to a maximum percentage or number of shares; (ii) any amendment to the 2008 Plan that increases the length of a “blackout extension period”; (iii) any amendment which reduces the exercise price or purchase price of an option, whether or not such option is held by an “insider”; (iv) any amendment extending the term of an option held by an “insider” beyond its original expiry date, except as otherwise permitted by the 2008 Plan; and (v) amendments required to be approved by shareholders under applicable law (including, without limitation, the rules, regulations and policies of the TSX).

No further stock options can be granted under the 2008 Plan.

Stock Options Issued and Outstanding and “Annual Burn Rate”

The following table sets out information regarding the Corporation’s shares reserved as of December 31, 2018 for purposes of equity compensation:

 

Plan Category Number of Securities to be
Issued upon Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
Number of Securities Remaining
Available for Future Issuance under
Equity Compensation Plans (excluding
securities reflected in the first column)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders 5,031,161 $21.01 952,374
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

Total

5,031,161 $21.01 952,374

 

35


The Corporation does not have any equity compensation plans under which equity securities are authorized for issuance, not previously approved by shareholders.

In 2018, under the 2012 Plan, stock options in respect of a total of 617,735 common shares with an exercise price of $29.92 were granted on February 20, 2018 to a total of 74 optionees. The stock options granted during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 represent 0.7% of the Corporation’s weighted average number of shares outstanding during the 2018 fiscal year, constituting the “annual burn rate” for the 2012 Plan as required by the TSX. The “annual burn rate” for the 2012 Plan, as so calculated, was 0.44% in 2017 and 1.11% in 2016.

The Corporation did not grant any stock options under the 2008 Plan in 2018, 2017 or 2016. According, the “annual burn rate” for the 2008 Plan for each of those years is nil.

The table below sets out the number of options granted, outstanding and available for grant under the 2012 Plan and 2008 Plan, respectively, as at December 31, 2018:

 

Measure of Dilution # of options Total % of
shares
    outstanding    

  2008 Plan  

 

  2012 Plan       Total    

Options outstanding

the total number of options outstanding, including the annual grant

1,094,586 3,936,575 5,031,161 5.8

Options available for grant

the number of options in reserve that are available for grant

- 952,374 952,374 1.1

Overhang

the number of options outstanding plus the number of options in reserve that are available for grant in the future

1,094,586 4,888,949 5,983,535 6.9

 

(1)

As indicated in the section entitled “2008 Stock Option Plan”, stock options currently outstanding under the 2008 Plan may continue to be exercised in accordance with the 2008 Plan. However, since April 26, 2012, no further stock options have been or will be granted under the 2008 Plan and all stock options granted by the Corporation since that date have been granted under the 2012 Plan.

 

2.4

Executive Stock Ownership Policy

Since January 1, 2014, executive officers, including NEOs, are required to maintain share ownership levels that meet or exceed the following guidelines:

 

  

Chief Executive Officer:

  

5.0 X annual base salary

●    

  

CFO and Executive Vice-Presidents:

  

2.0 X annual base salary

  

All Other Designated Executives:

  

0.5 X annual base salary

NEOs must retain and not dispose of, sell or transfer 100% of Gain Shares resulting from the exercise of stock options and 100% of after-tax shares resulting from the vesting of PCRSUs. “Gain Shares” means the net number of shares left subsequent to the sale of shares used for payment of the shares being exercised and for any tax withholding obligations.

NEOs who were subject to the original “Executive Stock Ownership Policy” effective January 1, 2011 are required to comply with the required level of share ownership applicable to their position within two years of the Effective Date. New NEOs designated on or after the Effective Date will have five years from the date of designation to comply with the required level of share ownership.

The following types of equity instruments are included in determining share ownership for purposes of this policy:

 

  (a)

For at least 50% of the targeted ownership requirement:

 

   

shares directly owned by the NEO or owned jointly with an immediate family member residing in the same household;

   

shares indirectly owned by the NEO, through a holding company in which the Designated Executive directly or indirectly owns shares; and

   

shares held in trust for the benefit of the NEO or jointly with an immediate family member of the NEO.

 

36


  (b)

For the remainder of the targeted ownership requirement, if necessary:

 

   

100% of unvested Share Units pursuant to any such future plans.

The following table sets out the minimum share ownership requirement of each NEO and related information:

 

Name

 

Minimum
ownership
requirement(1)
($)

 

Deadline for
compliance

 

Common shares(2)

 

Other equity instruments(3)

 

Value of holdings as at
December 31, 2018(6), per
minimum share
ownership policy
($)

Compliant

as at
December 31,
2018

 

Value as at
December 31, 2018(6)
($)
Value as at December 31,
2018(6)
($)

Alain Bédard

 

8,519,228(4)

 

January 1, 2016

 

151,824,180

 

1,766,214

 

153,590,394

 

Yes

 

Gregory W. Rumble(7)

 

1,200,000(5)

 

January 1, 2020

 

173,535

 

362,627

 

536,162

 

In progress

 

Rick Hashie

 

720,000(5)

 

January 1, 2022

 

360,166

 

141,249

 

501,415

 

In progress

 

Brian Kohut

 

880,000(5)

 

January 1, 2016

 

1,377,936

 

256,873

 

1,634,808

 

Yes

 

Robert McGonigal

 

720,000(5)

 

January 1, 2021

 

525,476

 

124,674

 

650,149

 

In progress

 

 

(1)

Includes shares, 100% of DSUs and 100% of unvested PCRSUs.

(2)

Includes shares and 100% of DSUs.

(3)

Includes 100% of unvested PCRSUs.

(4)

Five times annual base salary as at December 31, 2018. The minimum ownership requirement figure shown for Alain Bédard in the table above is in Canadian dollars and is the equivalent of USD$6,575,000 based on the average Bank of Canada daily exchange rate for 2018 (1.00 USD = 1.2957 CAD).

(5)

Two times annual base salary as at December 31, 2018.

(6)

Value calculated based on the closing price of the Corporation’s common shares on the TSX on December 31, 2018 ($35.30).

(7)

Mr. Rumble retired as of December 31, 2018.

 

2.5

Rules of Conduct of Insiders Respecting Trading of Securities of the Corporation

The Rules of Conduct of Insiders Respecting Trading of Securities of the Corporation apply to the members of the Board of Directors and to senior executives of the Corporation and its major subsidiaries. The Rules of Conduct provide for “blackout” periods during which trading in the securities of the Corporation is not permitted, and require that prior approval for trading in securities of the Corporation be obtained from either the President and CEO or the Secretary of the Corporation.

The Anti-Hedging Policy of the Corporation was adopted to prohibit directors and other senior executives of the Corporation and its divisions from using derivatives or other financial instruments to retain legal ownership of their shares in the Corporation while reducing their exposure to changes in the Corporation’s share price.

See “Corporate Governance - Ethical Business Conduct” below.

 

2.6

Performance Graph

The following graph compares the total return of a $100 investment in the common shares of the Corporation made on January 2, 2014 with the cumulative return of the S&P TSX Capped Equity Index for the five-year period ended December 31, 2018.

 

LOGO

 

37


2.7

President and CEO Compensation Look-back table and Five-Year TSR Comparison

The Corporation’s compensation policies are designed to align compensation with the creation of shareholder value. As a result, a significant portion of the President and CEO’s compensation is at risk and long-term incentives are structured to deliver compensation value if value is created for the shareholder. The table below hedges the current value (both realized and realizable) as at December 31, 2018. The Compensation outcomes are set against the performance of the yearly cumulative total shareholder return on a $100 investment in the Corporation’s common shares beginning January 1, 2014 to the period ended December 31, 2018. It assumes reinvestment of all dividends during the covered period.

 

Year

Total Direct
        Compensation        

Awarded(1)
($)

 

Actual Value as at
    December 31, 2018(2)    

($)

Period

 

Value of 100$

 

 

To President and
CEO

 

To Shareholders

 

2014

6,772,757 8,098,590 Jan 1, 2014 to Dec 31, 2018 120 154

2015

7,634,802 10,303,448 Jan 1, 2015 to Dec 31, 2018 135 154

2016

10,132,157 13,633,504 Jan 1, 2016 to Dec 31, 2018 135 153

2017

6,839,995 6,275,229 Jan 1, 2017 to Dec 31, 2018 92 106

2018

7,510,188 7,861,136 Jan 1, 2018 to Dec 31, 2018 105 121
(1)

Direct compensation (salary earned, actual short-term incentive award, special bonus and the grant date fair market value of long-term incentive awards) reported in the summary compensation table (3.0) and in prior management proxy circulars.

(2)

Includes salary earned, actual short-term incentive award, special bonus, vested value of PCRSU awards granted during that fiscal year, the value of unvested PCRSU awards granted during that fiscal year as at December 31, 2018, assuming 100% vesting, and for the stock options granted in that particular year, the value of gains realized upon exercise of options and the in-the-money value of unexercised options as at December 31, 2018.

 

2.8

Trend and NEO Compensation Relative to Total Shareholder Return

The trend in the compensation of the NEOs has to some extent followed, although is less pronounced than, the trend of increasing Total Shareholder Return over the last five years as per the table below:

 

Fiscal year ended December 31 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Variation in total compensation for all NEOs(1) (percentage) 36% 37% 15% -27% 10%
Total Shareholder Return (percentage) 19% -18% 51% -4% 10%

 

(1)

Variation in total compensation is calculated based on the NEOs’ aggregate compensation as disclosed in the Corporation’s management proxy circulars.

 

2.9

Cost of Management Ratio

The following table sets out the total cost of compensation to the NEOs expressed as a percentage of EBIT and as a percentage of the Corporation’s equity market capitalization for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016:

 

Fiscal year ended

December 31

Total cost of compensation to
NEOs(1)
($)
Total cost of compensation to NEOs/
EBIT(2)
(%)
Total cost of compensation to NEOs/
Total equity market capitalization
(%)

2018

12,585,256 2.9 0.4

2017

11,410,263 6.4 0.4

2016

15,655,589 6.1 0.5

 

(1)

The annual salary of Alain Bédard, and other portions of his annual compensation are paid in U.S. dollars as Mr. Bédard is a resident of the United States. The figures shown in the table above are in Canadian dollars and are based on the average Bank of Canada daily or noon exchange rates for 2018 (1.00 USD = 1.2957 CAD), 2017 (1.00 USD = 1.2986 CAD) and 2016 (1.00 USD = 1.3248 CAD) respectively. See “Summary Compensation Table” and notes (1), (3), (6), (7) and (8) thereto below, relating to Mr. Bédard’s compensation.

(2)

EBIT from continuing operations of the Corporation.

 

38


3.0

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets out all annual and long-term compensation earned by the NEOs for services rendered in all capacities to the Corporation and its subsidiaries during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

Name and

principal

position

  Year   Salary
($)
Share-
based
awards(2)
($)
Option-
based
awards(2)
($)
Non-equity incentive
plan compensation
($)
Pension
value
($)
All other
compensation
($)
Total
compensation
($)
Annual
incentive
plans
($)
Long-term
incentive
plans
($)
Alain Bédard 2018 1,703,846(1) 922,078 922,078 3,962,107(4) 553,200 105,162(5) 8,168,470
President and 2017 1,707,659(1) 629,293(3) 629,293(3) 2,575,150(4) 458,500 1,407,751(6) 7,407,646
CEO 2016 1,742,112(1) 1,204,803 1,204,803 3,463,319(4) 416,600 2,661,776(7) 10,693,413
Gregory W. 2018 600,000 189,324 189,324 540,000 47,431(5) 1,566,079
Rumble(8) 2017 600,000 129,209(3) 129,209(3) 413,059 208,702(6) 1,480,178
CFO 2016 600,000 247,374 247,374 462,280 154,905(7) 1,711,933
Rick Hashie 2018 360,000 78,052 78,052 302,400 33,457(5) 851,962
Executive 2017 360,000 45,395(3) 45,395(3) 227,601 32,664(6) 711,055
Vice-President 2016 316,200 86,058 86,058 227,664 32,140(7) 748,120
Brian Kohut 2018 440,000 134,105 134,105 396,000 13,250 35,207(5) 1,152,666
Executive 2017 425,000 91,523(3) 91,523(3) 318,750 13,115 34,339(6) 974,250
Vice-President 2016 425,000 175,223 175,223 382,500 13,005 44,398(7) 1,202,345
Robert 2018 360,000 75,204 75,204 302,400 33,271(5) 846,079
McGonigal 2017 360,000 32,900(3) 32,900(3) 257,400 32,446(6) 685,647
Executive Vice-President 2016 275,000 43,978 43,978 27,500 31,961(7) 442,416
(1)

Mr. Bédard’s 2018, 2017 and 2016 salaries, in the respective amounts of USD $1,315,000, USD $1,315,000 and USD $1,315,000, were paid in U.S. dollars as Mr. Bédard is a resident of the United States. The figures shown in the table above are in Canadian dollars and are based on the average Bank of Canada daily or noon exchange rates for 2018 (1.00 USD = 1.2957 CAD), 2017 (1.00 USD = 1.2986 CAD) and 2016 (1.00 USD = 1.3248 CAD) respectively.

(2)

Options were issued pursuant to the 2012 Plan (see section 2.3.3 above for more details on the 2012 Plan). Option-based awards have been valued using the Black-Scholes option valuation methodology, which was selected by the Corporation as it is the most widely-adopted and used option-valuation method. The following table sets out the assumptions used to determine the Black-Scholes value for years 2018, 2017 and 2016.

 

    2018 2017 2016

Risk-free interest rate

1.83% 1.04% 0.56%

Stock volatility

21.92% 22.46% 23.01%

Expected option life

4.5 years 4.5 years 4.5 years

Expected dividend yield

2.56% 2.17% 2.83%

 

(3)

The 2017 Long Term Incentive Grant has a six-month reference period, from July 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016.

(4)

Mr. Bédard’s 2018, 2017 and 2016 non-equity annual incentive plan compensation, in the respective amounts of USD$3,057,889, USD $1,983,020, and USD $2,614,220, was paid in U.S. dollars as Mr. Bédard is a resident of the United States. The figures shown in the table above are in Canadian dollars and are based on the average Bank of Canada daily or noon exchange rates for 2018 (1.00 USD = 1.2957 CAD), 2017 (1.00 USD = 1.2986 CAD) and 2016 (1.00 USD = 1.23248 CAD), respectively.

(5)

In 2018, Mr. Bédard was awarded $33,752 for long-term disability insurance premiums, USD $24,000 for annual car allowance, and USD $25,680 for sport club membership. The aggregate figure shown in the table above is in Canadian dollars; the payments made in U.S. dollars have been converted to Canadian dollars based on the average Bank of Canada daily exchange rate for 2018 (1.00 USD = 1.2957 CAD). Mr. Rumble received $28,800 for annual car allowance, $1,554 for club membership, $3,828 for professional fees and a contribution of $13,250 to a Deferred Profit Sharing Plan (“DPSP”). Mr. Kohut received an annual car allowance of $13,200 and a contribution of $13,250 to a DPSP. Mr. Hashie received an annual car allowance of $12,000 and a contribution of $13,250 to a DPSP. Mr. McGonigal received an annual car allowance of $12,000 and a contribution of $13,250 to a DPSP.

(6)

In 2017, Mr. Bédard was awarded a special bonus in the amount of USD$1,000,000 following the important acquisition of Contract Freighters, Inc. (“CFI”), $33,767 for long-term disability insurance premiums, USD $24,000 for annual car allowance, and USD $24,492 for sport club membership. The aggregate figure shown in the table above is in Canadian dollars; the payments made in U.S. dollars have been converted to Canadian dollars based on the average Bank of Canada daily exchange rate for 2017 (1.00 USD = 1.2986 CAD). Mr. Rumble received a special bonus in the amount of $150,000 following the important acquisition of CFI, $28,800 for annual car allowance and a contribution of $13,115 to a Deferred Profit Sharing Plan (“DPSP”). Mr. Kohut received an annual car allowance of $13,200 and a contribution of $13,115 to a DPSP. Mr. Hashie received an annual car allowance of $12,000 and a contribution of $13,115 to a DPSP. Mr. McGonigal received an annual car allowance of $12,000 and a contribution of $13,115 to a DPSP.

(7)

In 2016, Mr. Bédard was awarded a special bonus in the amount of USD$1,900,000 in recognition of the successful sale transaction of Matrec, generating above-target value for the shareholders, $34,002 for long-term disability insurance premiums, USD $24,000 for annual car allowance, and USD $25,137 for sport club membership. The aggregate figure shown in the table above is in Canadian dollars; the payments made in U.S. dollars have been converted to Canadian dollars based on the average Bank of Canada noon exchange rate for 2016 (1.00 USD = 1.3248 CAD). Mr. Rumble received a special bonus in the amount of $100,000 in recognition of the successful sale transaction of Matrec, generating above-target value for the shareholders, $28,800 for annual car allowance and a contribution of $13,005 to a DPSP. Mr. Kohut received an annual car allowance of $13,200 and a contribution of $13,005 to a DPSP. Mr. Hashie received an annual car allowance of $12,000 and a contribution of $12,591 to a DPSP. Mr. McGonigal received an annual car allowance of $12,000 and a contribution of $13,005 to a DPSP.

(8)

Mr. Rumble retired as of December 31, 2018.

 

39


4.0

Incentive Plan Awards

Outstanding share-based awards and option-based awards

The following table sets out information with respect to all unexercised option-based and share-based awards granted to NEOs outstanding as at December 31, 2018:

 

Name Option-based awards Share-based awards
Date of grant

Number of securities

underlying

Option
    exercise    
price
($)
Option expiration
date
Value of
      unexercised      
in-the-money
options
($)(2)

Number of
    shares or    

units of
shares that
have not
vested
(#)

Market or
      payout value of      
share-based
awards that have not
vested
($)(3)

Market or
    payout value of    
vested share-

based awards not

paid out or
distributed
($)

      Total      
granted
options(1)
(#)
    Unexercised    
options
(#)
Alain Bédard July 31, 2009 922,000 450,000 6.32 July 31, 2019 13,041,000
July 29, 2010 496,800 496,800 9.46 July 29, 2020 12,837,312
July 26, 2012 418,600 365,00 16.46 July 26, 2019 6,876,600
July 25, 2013 376,200 376,200 20.18 July 25, 2020 5,688,144
July 24, 2014 172,560 172,560 25.14 July 24, 2021 1,753,210
July 23, 2015 335,356 335,356 24.93 July 23, 2022 3,477,642
July 21, 2016 361,803 361,803 24.64 July 21, 2023 3,856,820
February 16, 2017 118,288 118,288 35.02 February 16, 2024 32,872 18,724 660,948
February 20, 2018 202,655 202,655 29,92 February 20, 2025 1,089,838 31,311 1,105,266
Gregory W. Rumble July 23, 2015 34,428 24.93 July 23, 2022 0
July 21, 2016 74,286 24,762 24.64 July 21, 2023 263,963
February 16, 2017

February 20, 2018

24,287

41,610

16,192

41,610

35.02

29,92

February 16, 2024

February 20, 2025

4,500

223,770

3,844

6,429

135,699

226,928


Rick Hashie July 25, 2013 12,700 20.18 July 25, 2020
July 24, 2014 8,217 25.14 July 24, 2021
July 23, 2015 23,717 23,717 24.93 July 23, 2022 245,945
July 21, 2016 25,843 25,843 24.64 July 21, 2023 275,486
February 16, 2017

February 20, 2018

8,533

17,154

8,533

17,154

35.02

29,92

February 16, 2024

February 20, 2025

2,371

92,251

1,351

2,651

47,673

93,576


Brian Kohut July 31, 2009 63,200 26,367 6.32 July 31, 2019 764,116
July 29, 2010 37,200 37,200 9.46 July 29, 2020 961,248
August 1, 2011 36,000 14.28 August 1, 2018
July 26, 2012

July 25, 2013

53,300

47,500

53,300

47,500

16.46

20.18

July 26, 2019

July 25, 2020

1,004,172

718,200




July 24, 2014 27,733 27,733 25.14 July 24, 2021 281,767
July 23, 2015 48,773 48,773 24.93 July 23, 2022 505,776
July 21, 2016 52,620 52,620 24.64 July 21, 2023 560,929
February 16, 2017 17,204 17,204 35.02 February 16, 2024 4,781 2,723 96,119
February 20, 2018 29,474 29,474 29,92 February 20, 2025 158,505 4,554 160,754
Robert McGonigal July 26, 2012

July 25, 2013

6,400

5,700


16.46

20.18

July 26, 2019

July 25, 2020





July 24, 2014 4,679 25.14 July 24, 2021
July 23, 2015 7,842 7,842 24.93 July 23, 2022 81,322
July 21, 2016 13,206 13,206 24.64 July 21, 2023 140,776
February 16, 2017

February 20, 2018

6,184

16,528

6,184

16,528

35.02

29,92

February 16, 2024

February 20, 2025

1,719

88,884

978

2,553

34,541

90,133


 

(1)

The “vesting schedule” for these options provides that one-third of the options will vest on each of the first three anniversaries following the date of grant.

(2)

This amount is calculated based on the difference between the closing price of the Corporation’s shares on the TSX on December 31, 20118 ($35.30) and the option exercise price.

(3)

The value of PCRSUs awarded to the NEOs is based on the closing price of the Corporation’s shares on the TSX on December 31, 2018 ($35.30), multiplied by the number of PCRSUs awarded.

Incentive plan awards – value vested or earned during the year

The following table sets out the value of options vested or bonuses earned by NEOs during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018:

 

Name Option based awards –
Value vested during the year
($)
Share-based awards -  Value
vested during the year
($)
Non-equity incentive plan  compensation –
Value earned during the year (1)
($)

Alain Bédard

1,236,264 2,054,133 3,962,107(2)

Gregory W. Rumble

201,637 421,782 540,000

Rick Hashie

88,072 146,741 302,400

Brian Kohut

179,801 298,734 396,000

Bob McGonigal

41,285 74,988 302,400
(1)

These amounts represent amounts earned under the STIP.

(2)

The value earned during the year as non-equity incentive plan compensation for Mr. Bédard is $3,057,889 paid in US dollars; the figure shown in the table above is in Canadian dollars and is based on the average Bank of Canada daily exchange rate for 2018 (1.00 USD = 1.2957 CAD).

 

40


The following table sets out the realized value upon exercise of vested options by NEOs during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018:

 

Name Date of Exercise Quantity
    Exercised    
    Grant Price           Sale Price         Stock Option Benefit – Realized   
Value
Alain Bédard January 21, 2018 34,300 $14.28 $32.64 $629,904
March 22, 2018 40,000 $14.28 $33.03 $750,154
May 7, 2018 80,000 $14.28 $37.02 $1,819,363
August 2, 2018 130,000 $14.28 $43.46 $3,793,613
August 8, 2018 100,000 $6.32 $45.55 $3,923,264
August 15, 2018 50,000 $6.32 $46.81 $2,024,581
August 24, 2018 53,600 $16.46 $47.57 $1,667,496
Gregory W. Rumble August 17, 2018 12,572 $24.64 $47.40 $286,139
August 17, 2018 34,428 $24.93 $47.40 $773,597
August 22, 2018 10,700 $24.64 $47.50 $244,602
August 23, 2018 8,095 $35.02 $47.50 $101,009
August 23, 2018 26,252 $24.64 $47.50 $600,121
Rick Hashie August 21, 2018 8,217 $25.14 $47.17 $181,021
Robert McGonigal January 2, 2018 5,700 $20.18 $32.74 $71,592
August 9, 2018 4,679 $25.14 $46.00 $97,604

 

5.0

Pension Plan Benefits

 

5.1

Defined Benefit Plan

Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation

Alain Bédard participates in a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan. In addition, Mr. Bédard has entered into a supplementary executive retirement agreement (“SERP”) whereby he receives one year of pensionable service under his SERP for every year he serves as an officer of the Corporation, one of its subsidiaries or an associated company as of January 1, 2004. Service for the period between January 1, 1997 and January 1, 2004 has been recognized as credited past service under the SERP.

Retirement eligibility is a function of Mr. Bédard’s age and service. The Board may credit additional years of service towards retirement eligibility, pension benefit calculation or both, through a special arrangement. Mr. Bédard is eligible to receive SERP benefits as of age 55.

Pension benefits are calculated based on pensionable service and pensionable earnings. Pensionable earnings include salary. The annual average of Mr. Bédard’s best consecutive 36 months of pensionable earnings is used to calculate his pension.

Mr. Bédard will receive 3% of his average pensionable earnings for each year of pensionable service as his total pension benefit under the pension plan and SERP. The pension is payable for life. A surviving spouse will receive 60% of the pension that is payable to Mr. Bédard.

Based on current final average earnings and pensionable service, the estimated annual pension benefits payable to Mr. Bédard under the pension plan and SERP are as set forth in the following table:

 

41


Pension Plan Table

 

      (at January 1, 2019)     
    Years of Pensionable Service    22   
 
    Pension Plan    $45,400   
    SERP    $822,500   
    Total    $867,900   

For purposes of providing additional disclosure to shareholders, the following table shows a reconciliation of the accrued obligation in respect of pension arrangements applicable to Mr. Bédard, from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018, as well as his number of years of pensionable service as at December 31, 2018:

 

Name and principal
position
Number of years
of pensionable
service

Annual
pension benefits payable

($)

Accrued

obligation at

start of year

Compensatory
change
Non
compensatory
change

Accrued
obligation at

year end

  (#) At year end At age 65(1) ($) ($) ($) ($)

Alain Bédard
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

22 867,900 N/A 14,348,800 553,200 (703,000) 14,199,000

(1) Mr. Bédard reached the age of 65 prior to year-end.

Additional information with respect to the valuation method and assumptions used to calculate the accrued obligation at year end is presented in the notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

5.2

Defined Contribution Plan

In 2018, Brian Kohut participated in a Defined Contribution Plan to which the Corporation contributes. The Corporation will match Mr. Kohut’s contributions up to a level of 5% of his base salary. In 2018, Mr. Kohut received contributions of $13,250 to his Defined Contribution Plan. All contributions in a year are limited (in aggregate) to the tax-deductible defined contribution limit under the Income Tax Act (Canada) for that year. The investment of the contributions to the Plan is participant-directed with an array of investment options provided. Vesting of the Corporation’s contributions is immediate and, at retirement, the accumulated value of the account may either be transferred to a locked-in retirement vehicle or used to purchase a life annuity. The following table sets out the value accumulated under the Defined Contribution Plan applicable to Mr. Kohut from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2018:

 

Name Accumulated value at start of year
($)
Compensatory
($)
Accumulated value at year end
($)

Brian Kohut

644,550 13,250 654,943

 

5.3

Deferred Profit Sharing Plan

In 2018, Rick Hashie, Robert McGonigal and Gregory W. Rumble each participated in an RRSP to which the Corporation contributes via a DPSP. Under the DPSP, the Corporation will match the NEO’s contributions up to a level of 5% of the NEO’s base salary. NEOs can also make supplementary individual contributions. The Corporation ensures that all contributions in a year are limited to the DPSP limit under the Income Tax Act (Canada) for that year. In 2018, Mr. Hashie, Mr. McGonigal and Mr. Rumble each received an annual contribution of $13,250 to their DPSPs.

 

6.0

Termination of Employment and Change of Control

As at December 31, 2018, except for the President and CEO, there is no contract, arrangement or any other understanding with respect to employment, termination of employment, a change of control or a change in responsibilities following a change of control, between the Corporation and any of the NEOs.

 

42


Alain Bédard, President and CEO

On March 2, 2015, the HRCC adopted an agreement between the Corporation and Alain Bédard, President and CEO of the Corporation, with respect to a change of control of the Corporation. Under the terms of this agreement, a change of control is defined as a (i) merger, reorganization, arrangement, as a result of or following which any person beneficially owns or exercises control or direction over voting securities carrying at least 35% of the votes attached to all voting securities of the Corporation then outstanding; (ii) any event as a result of or following which any person beneficially owns or exercises control or direction over voting securities carrying at least 20% of the votes attached to all voting securities of the Corporation then outstanding and a change in the composition of the Board such that, at any time within two years following the occurrence of any event described in clause (ii), individuals who are members of the Board immediately prior to such event cease to constitute a majority of the Board; or (iii) the sale in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person who is not affiliated with the Corporation within the meaning of the Canada Business Corporations Act, of assets, at a price, including the assumption by that person of any debt of the Corporation, which is greater than or equal to 50% of the market capitalization of the Corporation. For greater certainty, an internal reorganization does not constitute a change of control. The agreement is a “double trigger” agreement, which requires both a change of control and the involuntary termination of employment of the CEO as of or within two years of the date of any such change of control.

Within ten days of an involuntary termination of Mr. Bédard following a change of control, Mr. Bédard is entitled to: (i) an amount equal to two times his annual base salary immediately prior to the date of the change of control or the involuntary termination, whichever is greater, (ii) an amount equal to two times the annual bonus, which will be determined based on the greater of (a) the average three highest annual amounts of annual bonus compensation paid to Mr. Bédard during the last five calendar years prior to the calendar year in which the involuntary termination occurs, and (b) the amount of the base target bonus compensation most recently communicated in writing to Mr. Bédard as being payable, (iii) an amount equal to two times the annual cash value paid or reimbursed to Mr. Bédard as benefits, including but not limited to health benefits, sport club memberships, professional association fees, car allowance, annual executive medical examinations and any other particular benefit provided to Mr. Bédard, but excluding pension and supplementary pension benefits, as provided to Mr. Bédard immediately prior to the date of the change of control, and (iv) an amount equal to two times Mr. Bédard’s annual pension value immediately prior to the date of the change of control or the involuntary termination, whichever is greater. Furthermore, if (a) there is a change of control which does not trigger the change of control provision of the Corporation’s stock option plans, and (b) Mr. Bédard holds any options pursuant to the Corporation’s stock option plans that have not otherwise vested, the Corporation will waive the vesting requirements of any such options so as to permit the immediate vesting of all such options within a period of time to be determined by the Board, but which shall not be more than three months. If (a) there is a change of control which does not trigger the change of control provision of the Corporation’s Deferred Share Unit Plan or PCRSU Plan, and (b) to the extent Mr. Bédard holds any DSUs or PCRSUs granted under any of the Corporation’s long-term incentive plans that have not otherwise vested, the Board and Mr. Bédard undertake to waive the vesting requirements of such DSUs and PCRSUs so as to permit their immediate vesting as of the date of Mr. Bédard’s involuntary termination.

Mr. Bédard has agreed not to, either during his employment or for a period of 18 months following the termination of his employment, for any reason, directly or indirectly, induce or attempt to induce any of the employees of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries to leave their employment. In addition, Mr. Bédard has agreed not to, either during his employment or for a period of 18 months following the termination of his employment, for any reason, directly or indirectly, without the consent of the Corporation, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, contact or solicit any clients of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries for the purpose of selling to those customers any products or services which are the same as or substantially similar to, or in any way competitive with, the products or services sold by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries at the time of the Mr. Bédard’s termination. Furthermore, Mr. Bédard has agreed not to, either during his employment or any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, use or disclose to any person any confidential information, unless however, the confidential information is available to the public or in the public domain at the time of disclosure or the disclosure of the confidential information is required by any law, regulation, governmental body or authority or by court order.

The following table sets out the estimated incremental payments that Mr. Bédard would have received upon termination of employment following a change of control on December 31, 2018:

 

Name   Event   Salary
($)
  Annual
incentive plan
($)
  Benefits and
pension value
($)
  Long-Term Incentive Plans   Total
($)
  Stock Options
($)
  PCRSUs
($)

Alain Bédard  

 

Change of control

 

  3,407,691(1)   7,924,214(2)   1,316,723   2,830,785   1,105,266   18,928,107

 

(1)

Mr. Bédard’s salary is paid in U.S. dollars as he is a resident of the United States. This figure is in Canadian dollars and is the equivalent of USD $2,630,000. It has been converted to Canadian dollars based on the Bank of Canada average exchange rate in 2018 (1.00 USD = 1.2957 CAD).

(2)

Mr. Bédard’s non-equity annual incentive plan compensation is paid in U.S. dollars as he is a resident of the United States. This figure is in Canadian dollars and is the equivalent of USD $6,115,901. It has been converted to Canadian dollars based on the Bank of Canada average exchange rate in 2018 (1.00 USD = 1.2957 CAD).

 

43


COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

The Corporation believes that an efficient Board of Directors plays an important role in creating shareholder value. The Corporation has placed emphasis on the compensation of directors, in order to attract and retain qualified candidates to serve on the Board of Directors and to align the interests of the directors with those of the Corporation’s shareholders. The following table sets out the various components of the compensation received by the members of the Board of Directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018:

 

Type of Fee

 

  

Amount ($)(4)             

 

Annual Retainers

●  Board Members (including Lead Director)

   100,000            

●  Additional Fees for Chairman of the Board of Directors(1)

   —            

●  Additional fee for Lead Director

   50,000            

●  Committee Chairs

   12,000            

●  Committee Members (other than the Committee Chair)

   5,000            

Per-meeting fees

●  Committee Chairs

   1,500(2)(3)            

●  Board and Committee Members (other than the Committee Chair)

   1,500(3)            

 

(1)

The Chairman of the Board of Directors does not receive any additional fees for his role as Chairman.

(2)

The Committee Chairs received the same per-meeting fee as other directors and committee members, respectively. The Chairman of the Board of directors does not receive any per-meeting fee.

(3)

This amount applies for meetings attended in person. The per-meeting fee is $850 if the director or committee member participates by telephone.

(4)

Since April 2017, the amounts payable to directors who are U.S. residents are paid in U.S. dollars.

Since 2015, Alain Bédard has not been compensated and does not receive any annual retainer or per-meeting fee for serving as Chairman of the Board of Directors or as a director.

Deferred Share Unit Plan

Effective January 1, 2009, the Corporation adopted the Deferred Share Unit Plan (the “DSU Plan”) to align the interests of directors with those of the Corporation’s shareholders and help directors comply with the minimum shareholding policy applicable to them, as described below under “Ownership Requirements for Directors”. Under the DSU Plan, directors may elect to receive in the form of DSUs either 50% or 100% of their annual retainer and other fees payable in respect of serving as director. Until the minimum shareholding policy requirement for a director is met, a 100% election is mandatory.

Under the DSU Plan, directors are granted, as of the last day of each of the Corporation’s fiscal quarters, a number of DSUs determined on the basis of the amount of deferred remuneration payable to directors in respect of such quarter divided by the “Fair Market Value” of a DSU, which is the average of the closing prices of the common shares of the Corporation on the TSX for the five trading days immediately preceding the last day of such quarter. Directors to whose accounts DSUs are credited receive additional DSUs whenever cash dividends are paid on the Corporation’s common shares. DSUs granted under the DSU Plan are redeemable, and the value thereof payable, only after the holder of DSUs ceases to serve as a director of the Corporation. Subject to Board of Directors’ approval, a director may elect to receive the redemption price of his or her credited DSUs in cash or in the form of common shares of the Corporation purchased on the open market.

 

44


The table below sets out in detail the total compensation earned by the directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.

 

             
Name    Retainer
earned(3)
($)
 

Meeting fees

earned
($)

  

Other

($)

  Total Compensation
earned
($)
   Percentage
elected as
DSUs (%)
   Number of
DSUs earned
             

Leslie Abi-Karam

   66,375(4)   6,020(4)      72,395(4)    100    1,812
             

Scott Arves(1)

     68,728(4)     4,996(4)      30,922(5)     104,646(4)    100    2,167
             

Alain Bédard(2)

               
             

André Bérard

   162,500   19,050      181,550    100    6,865
             

Lucien Bouchard

   105,000   12,200      117,200    100    4,380
             

Diane Giard

   25,000   3,000      28,000    100    805
             

Richard Guay

   120,500   13,700      134,200    50    2,735
             

Debra Kelly-Ennis

   138,422(4)   19,895(4)      158,317(4)    100    4,227
             

Neil D. Manning

   112,000   12,200      124,200    100    3,767
             

Arun Nayar

   107,585(4)   14,036(4)      121,621(4)    100    3,034
             

Joey Saputo

   105,000   9,850      114,850    100    3,967
             

Total

   1,011,110   114,947    30,922   1,156,979       33,759
(1)

Scott Arves retired from the Board of Directors on June 14, 2018.

(2)

Since 2015, Alain Bédard, President and CEO of the Corporation, has not received any compensation, including any annual retainer or per-meeting fee, for serving as a director or as Chairman of the Board of Directors.

(3)

Includes all annual retainers for serving on the Board and its committees.

(4)

The fees paid to directors who were U.S. residents are paid in U.S. dollars. The figures shown in the table above are in Canadian dollars and are based on the 5-day average exchange rate preceding the payment date as established by the Bank of Canada daily exchange rate and for each quarter, namely:

Q1 exchange rate: $1.2884

Q2 exchange rate: $1.3298

Q3 exchange rate: $1.2964

Q4 exchange rate: $1.3586

(5)

In 2018, Scott Arves received consulting fees for services rendered to the Corporation. The fees paid to him shown in the table above are in Canadian dollars and are based on the average Bank of Canada daily exchange rate during the first quarter of 2018 (1.00 USD = 1.2884 CAD).

Ownership Requirements for Directors

The Corporation has adopted a minimum shareholding policy, requiring directors to hold a minimum value in common shares of the Corporation or DSUs, or a combination thereof. Through this policy, the directors are motivated to help the Corporation reach its annual-return objectives and improve long-term value for shareholders.

Under the policy, as amended, each director is required to hold shares with a minimum value equal to five times the amount of the director’s annual Board retainer fees and is required to comply within four years from the date of becoming a member of the Board. With each increase in the amount of the annual Board retainer, directors are required to attain the applicable increased minimum share ownership value level within two years from the date of such increase.

Until a director has attained the minimum share ownership value, 100% of director’s fees must be paid in the form of DSUs. Once the necessary level has been attained, a director may elect to receive only 50% of director’s fees in the form of DSUs.

Directors must keep at least 50% of their shares for a period of six months following the termination of service as a director.

 

45


The following table sets out the current share ownership value requirement and share ownership value as at December 31, 2018 for directors:

 

Name    Share ownership
requirement(8)
($)
       Deadline for compliance     

Value as of
  December 31, 2018(1)  

($)

   Compliance as of
December 31, 2018

Leslie Abi-Karam

     647,850(7)          July 26, 2022    $63,963    In progress(2)

Alain Bédard

     647,850(7)          December 5, 2014    $153,532,973(3)    Yes

André Bérard

     500,000             December 5, 2014    $5,366,553    Yes

Lucien Bouchard

     500,000             December 5, 2014    $2,173,668    Yes

Diane Giard

     500,000             October 22, 2022    $28,417    In progress(4)

Richard Guay

     500,000             December 5, 2014    $1,907,577    Yes

Debra Kelly-Ennis

     647,850(7)          May 29, 2021    $234,498    In progress(5)

Neil D. Manning

     500,000             April 25, 2017    $1,464,032    Yes

Arun Nayar

     647,850(7)          April 25, 2022    $107,100    In progress(6)

Joey Saputo

     500,000             December 5, 2014    $8,933,159    Yes

 

(1)

Value calculated based on the closing price of the Corporation’s common shares on the TSX on December 31, 2018 ($35.30) and including value of DSUs held.

(2)

Leslie Abi-Karam was appointed as a director on July 26, 2018 and consequently has until July 26, 2022 to comply with the minimum share ownership requirement.

(3)

Value of the stock options held by Mr. Bédard is not included for the purpose of determining share ownership value.

(4)

Diane Giard was appointed as a director on October 22, 2018 and consequently has until October 22, 2022 to comply with the minimum share ownership requirement.

(5)

Debra Kelly-Ennis was appointed as a director on May 29, 2017 and consequently has until May 29, 2021 to comply with the minimum share ownership requirement.

(6)

Arun Nayar was first elected as a director on April 25, 2018 and consequently has until April 25, 2022 to comply with the minimum share ownership requirement.

(7)

Since the directors’ fees paid to directors who are U.S. residents are paid in U.S. dollars, the minimum share ownership requirement (5x annual retainer) shown in the table above is in Canadian dollars and was calculated based on the average Bank of Canada daily exchange rate for 2018 (1.00 USD = 1.2957 CAD).

(8)

Value equal to five times the amount of the director’s annual Board retainer fees.

INDEBTEDNESS OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

As at March 14, 2019, none of the directors, executive officers, employees or former directors, executive officers or employees of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries was indebted to the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation in connection with a purchase of securities or for any other matter nor was any such person indebted to any other entity where such indebtedness is the subject of a guarantee, support agreement, letter of credit or other similar arrangement or understanding provided by the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, none of the directors or executive officers of the Corporation, proposed nominees for election as a director, or any associate of the foregoing was indebted to the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation nor was any such person indebted to any other entity where such indebtedness was the subject of a guarantee, support agreement, letter of credit or other similar arrangement or understanding provided by the Corporation or a subsidiary of the Corporation.

INTEREST OF INFORMED PERSONS IN MATERIAL TRANSACTIONS

No executive officer, director of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation, person or company who beneficially owns, or controls or directs, directly or indirectly, voting securities of the Corporation carrying more than 10% of the voting rights attached to all outstanding voting securities of the Corporation, person proposed for election as a director, or any associate or affiliate of the foregoing had a material interest in any material transaction effected by the Corporation since the commencement of the Corporation’s most recently-completed financial year or in any proposed material transaction.

 

46


AUDIT COMMITTEE INFORMATION

Reference is made to the section entitled “Audit Committee” of the Corporation’s 2018 Annual Information Form for required disclosure relating to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. The 2018 Annual Information Form will be available under the Corporation’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com on or about March 30, 2019 and may also be obtained by contacting the Secretary of the Corporation at 8801 Trans-Canada Highway, Suite 500, Saint-Laurent, Québec H4S 1Z6, telephone (514) 331-4000.

APPOINTMENT OF AUDITOR

KPMG LLP, Chartered Professional Accountants, have been the auditor of the Corporation or its predecessors since 2003. Except where authorization to vote with respect to the appointment of the auditor is withheld, the persons named in the accompanying form of proxy intend to vote at the Meeting for the appointment of KPMG LLP, Chartered Professional Accountants, as the auditor of the Corporation until the next annual meeting of shareholders and at such remuneration as may be set by the directors.

RATIFICATION, CONFIRMATION AND APPROVAL OF 2019 STOCK OPTION PLAN

The terms and conditions of the 2019 Plan are set out above under “Executive Compensation – Compensation Discussion and Analysis – Determining Compensation – Long-Term Incentive Plans”. Under the policies of the TSX, a security-based compensation arrangement such as the 2019 Plan must, when initially put in place, receive shareholder approval at a duly-called meeting of shareholders. Accordingly, at the Meeting, shareholders will be asked to adopt a resolution in the form annexed hereto as Schedule A (the “2019 Plan Resolution”), ratifying, confirming and approving the 2019 Plan. In order to be adopted, the 2019 Plan Resolution must be approved by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of the common shares of the Corporation, either present in person or represented by proxy at the Meeting. Should shareholders fail to ratify, confirm and approve the 2019 Plan, it will be cancelled. Unless otherwise specified, the persons named in the accompanying form of proxy intend to vote for the 2019 Plan Resolution.

The complete text of the 2019 Plan is available to shareholders on request from the Secretary of the Corporation. Shareholders wishing to receive a copy of the 2019 Plan should contact the Secretary of the Corporation at 8801 Trans-Canada Hwy, Suite 500, Saint-Laurent, Québec H4S 1Z6, telephone (514) 331-4000.

CONFIRMATION OF AMENDMENT TO BY-LAWS

Mandatory Retirement Age of Directors

Section 7 of By-Law No. 1 of the Corporation previously provided that no person could be elected a director of the Corporation if he or she had attained the age of 80 prior to the date of the meeting at which an election of directors was to take place, subject to the right of the Board to waive the foregoing retirement age in one-year increments as regards a candidate for election as director if the Board determined it was in the interests of the Corporation to do so.

At a meeting held on December 17, 2018, the Board of Directors adopted a resolution to amend By-Law No. 1 in order to delete Section 7, effectively removing a mandatory retirement age for directors. The Board of Directors is of the view that an arbitrary age limit may restrict experienced and valuable Board members from serving the Corporation. Rather than imposing an age limit, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee will continue to monitor the overall composition of the Board of Directors, having regard to, among other things, the Board’s diversity of skill sets and an alignment of the Board’s areas of expertise with the Corporation’s strategy.

At the Meeting, shareholders will be asked to approve a resolution in the form annexed hereto as Schedule B (the “By-Law Resolution”) confirming the amendment to By-Law No. 1. In order to be adopted, the By-Law Resolution must be approved by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of the common shares of the Corporation, either present in person or represented by proxy at the Meeting. Unless otherwise specified, the persons named in the accompanying form of proxy intend to vote for the By-Law Resolution.

 

47


SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS

The Canada Business Corporations Act (the “CBCA”) provides that a registered holder or beneficial owner of shares that is entitled to vote at an annual meeting of the Corporation may submit to the Corporation notice of any matter that the person proposes to raise at the meeting (referred to as a “Proposal”) and discuss at the meeting any matter in respect of which the person would have been entitled to submit a Proposal. The CBCA further provides that the Corporation must set out the Proposal in its management proxy circular along with, if so requested by the person who makes the Proposal, a statement in support of the Proposal by such person. However, the Corporation will not be required to set out the Proposal in its management proxy circular or include a supporting statement if, among other things, the Proposal is not submitted to the Corporation at least 90 days before the anniversary date of the notice of meeting that was sent to the shareholders in connection with the previous annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation. As the notice in connection with the Meeting is dated March 14, 2019, the deadline for submitting a proposal to the Corporation in connection with the next annual meeting of shareholders is December 14, 2019.

The foregoing is a summary only. Shareholders should carefully review the provisions of the CBCA relating to Proposals and consult with a legal advisor.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

National Policy 58-201 Corporate Governance Guidelines and National Instrument 58-101 Disclosure of Corporate Governance Practices set out a series of guidelines for effective corporate governance. The guidelines address matters such as the composition and independence of corporate boards, the functions to be performed by boards and their committees, and the effectiveness and education of board members. Each reporting issuer such as the Corporation must disclose on an annual basis and in prescribed form, the corporate governance practices that it has adopted. The following is the Corporation’s required annual disclosure of its corporate governance practices.

At present, ten individuals serve as directors of the Corporation. If the persons named under “Board of Directors Renewal and Director Selection – Nominees for Election as Director” above are elected, there will be ten individuals serving as directors of the Corporation.

 

1.

Board of Directors

The Board considers that Leslie Abi-Karam, André Bérard, Lucien Bouchard, Diane Giard, Richard Guay, Debra Kelly-Ennis, Neil D. Manning, Arun Nayar and Joey Saputo are independent within the meaning of National Instrument 52-110 Audit Committees.

The Board of Directors considers that Alain Bédard is not independent within the meaning of National Instrument 52-110 Audit Committees in that he is the President and CEO of the Corporation.

As at December 31, 2018, nine of the ten members of the Board of Directors are independent within the meaning of National Instrument 52-110 Audit Committees. Accordingly, a majority of the directors on the Board of Directors is independent.

The following directors are currently directors of other issuers that are reporting issuers (or the equivalent) in a jurisdiction of Canada or a foreign jurisdiction:

 

Name of Director   Issuer
   

André Bérard

  BMTC Group Inc.
   

Lucien Bouchard

  BMTC Group Inc.
   

Diane Giard

  Bombardier Inc.
   

Debra Kelly-Ennis

 

Carnival Corporation & plc

Altria Group, Inc.

   

Arun Nayar

 

Bemis Company

Rite Aid Inc.

The independent members of the Board of Directors meet at least on a quarterly basis without non-independent members of the Board of Directors or members of management present. In 2018, the independent members of the Board of Directors held an in camera meeting following each of the five Board meetings held, at which non-independent members of the Board of Directors and members of management were not present.

 

48


As Alain Bédard, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, is not an independent director, the Board of Directors has appointed André Bérard as “lead director” of the Board. The Board of Directors considers that André Bérard is independent within the meaning of National Instrument 52-110 Audit Committees.

As lead director of the Board of Directors, Mr. Bérard provides leadership in ensuring the effectiveness of the Board of Directors and is responsible for: (i) ensuring committees of the Board of Directors function appropriately; (ii) chairing meetings of the independent members of the Board of Directors; (iii) chairing meetings of the Board of Directors when Alain Bédard, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, is absent; and (iv) ensuring that the Board of Directors functions independently of management.

In 2018, there were five Board meetings, two HRCC meetings, four CGNC meetings and five Audit Committee meetings. Attendance of members of the Board at the meetings is set out in the table on page 16 of this Circular.

 

2.

Board Mandate

The Charter of the Board of Directors is incorporated by reference in this Circular and is available under the Corporation’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and on the Corporation’s website at www.tfiintl.com.

The Board of Directors has adopted a policy regarding majority voting for the election of directors. The policy is described on page 15 of this Circular.

 

3.

Position Description

The Board of Directors has developed a written position description for the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

The primary role and responsibility of the chair of each committee of the Board of Directors is to: (i) in general, ensure that the committee fulfills its mandate, as determined by the Board of Directors; (ii) chair meetings of the committee; (iii) report thereon to the Board of Directors; and (iv) act as liaison between the committee and the Board of Directors and, if necessary, management of the Corporation.

The Board of Directors has developed a written position description for the Lead Director. This position is described in section 1 above.

The Board of Directors has developed a written position description for the President and CEO. The primary role and responsibility of the President and CEO is to (i) direct, supervise, coordinate and assume overall management responsibility for all areas of the Corporation’s businesses, and have full profit and loss responsibility for the Corporation; (ii) be responsible for developing the strategic direction for the business, evaluating alternative market strategies, identifying competitive issues, capitalizing on the core strengths of the enterprise, and developing and implementing operating plans to achieve the organization’s objectives; (iii) represent the Corporation, as appropriate, in its relationships with major customers, suppliers, the banking and financial community, and the public to promote a positive image in the industry and to promote business growth and success; (iv) motivate, measure, coach and mentor the management staff and employee base to ensure optimum operating performance; and (v) work closely with the Board to keep it informed and enable it to render effective counsel to ensure long-term success.

 

4.

Orientation and Continuing Education

The Corporation provides new members of the Board of Directors with an appropriate orientation and company package and has adopted a New Director Training and Development Program.

Occasionally, Board meetings are held at operating sites of the Corporation’s various divisions and the directors are offered guided tours of operational sites.

Members of executive management regularly meet with the directors at Board meetings to familiarize the Board of Directors with the Corporation’s business issues and opportunities. They offer high-level presentations to the directors about their respective businesses. In addition, the Board is also offered presentations by third parties such as financial institutions. The following presentations were offered to the Board in 2018:

 

49


   

February 2018 - Presentation given by the Vice President, Insurance and Compliance of the Corporation on the Insurance and Claim challenges in the industry, at which all Board members were present.

 

   

December 2018 - Presentation given by the Vice President, Information Technologies of the Corporation on Cyber Security, at which all Board members were present.

Board members are encouraged to attend conferences, seminars and training on relevant topics with a view to individual development and education as well as improvement of Board effectiveness. The Board members have access to a list of conferences, seminars and training on different relevant topics which they are invited to attend on a voluntary basis.

On an annual basis, the Board of Directors is surveyed to determine the knowledge of its members on various matters. The topics of education will be influenced by the results of such surveys, in order to address any lack of knowledge or gaps in the collective education of the directors.

 

5.

Ethical Business Conduct

The Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Ethics for the Corporation, a copy of which is sent to all employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. The Code of Ethics is available under the Corporation’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and on the Corporation’s website at www.tfiintl.com.

The CGNC ensures that a copy of the Code of Ethics is sent to all new employees. On an annual basis, the CGNC reviews the Code of Ethics and questions management as to how the Code of Ethics has been applied. In particular, the CGNC determines whether there have been derogations from the Code of Ethics and, if so, the circumstances and details thereof.

There are no material change reports filed since the beginning of the Corporation’s most recently-completed financial year that pertain to any conduct of a director or executive officer that constitutes a departure from the Code of Ethics.

Since the beginning of the Corporation’s most recently-completed financial year, it has not entered into any transactions or agreements in respect of which a member of the Board of Directors or an executive officer of the Corporation had a material interest. If such a transaction or agreement arises, the member of the Board of Directors who has a material interest therein will not participate in meetings of the Board of Directors at which the transaction or agreement is considered.

In addition to the measures set out above, the Board of Directors has adopted the following policies:

Rules of Conduct of Insiders Respecting Trading of Securities of the Corporation. The Rules of Conduct apply to the members of the Board of Directors and to senior executives of the Corporation and its major subsidiaries. Approximately 150 people are subject to the Rules of Conduct. The Rules of Conduct provide for “blackout” periods during which trading in the securities of the Corporation is not permitted, and require that prior approval for trading in securities of the Corporation be obtained from either the President and CEO or the Secretary of the Corporation.

Disclosure Policy. This policy is applicable to the Board of Directors and to all executive officers and employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, and is intended to ensure compliance by the Corporation with legal disclosure requirements and good corporate governance.

Privacy Policy. This policy is intended to protect the privacy of all information related to employees, directors, officers, agents, independent contractors, consultants, advisors, suppliers and customers of the Corporation and its subsidiaries.

Clawback Policy and Anti-Hedging Policy. These policies were adopted by the CGNC on January 1, 2015. The Clawback Policy is designed to set the guidelines for recovery of performance-based compensation of senior executives of the Corporation in certain circumstances when the financial statements of the Corporation are restated. The Anti-Hedging Policy was adopted to prohibit directors and other senior executives of the Corporation and its divisions from using derivatives or other financial instruments to retain legal ownership of their shares in the Corporation while reducing their exposure to changes in the Corporation’s share price.

Social Media Policy. Adopted in 2016, this policy is intended to control use of social media which is increasingly prevalent in daily communications and has a rapid, far-reaching effect. The Policy serves as a guide to employees and to those doing business with the Corporation, to ensure all fully understand the implications of using this interactive technology platform. Those who work for or represent the Corporation are expected to adhere to this policy.

 

50


Child Labour and Forced Labour Policy. This Policy is based on the Corporation’s commitment to find practical, meaningful and appropriate responses to support the prevention and effective elimination of child labour and forced labour practices, in accordance with the principles set forth by the International Labour Organization (ILO) and by the Canada Labor Code and similar legislation in force in each of the provinces of Canada.

 

6.

Nomination of Directors

The CGNC is responsible for recommending candidates for election, filling vacancies on the Board of Directors and assessing the performance of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors also uses the services of recruitment firms in order to identify potential new members of the Board of Directors.

The responsibilities, powers and operations of the CGNC are set out in its charter, which is incorporated by reference in this Circular and available under the Corporation’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and on the Corporation’s website at www.tfiintl.com. The CGNC is composed exclusively of independent directors.

 

7.

Compensation

The CGNC is mandated to review and recommend to the Board of Directors for approval the compensation of the directors of the Corporation. The review is done on an annual basis in light of market conditions and, if appropriate, adjustments are made to the level of compensation of the directors at the beginning of each year.

The role of the HRCC is to monitor and assess the performance of the NEOs and determine their compensation levels on an annual basis. Further information is provided under the section “Executive Compensation – Compensation Discussion and Analysis” above.

The Board of Directors adopted a shareholding policy for directors under which the directors were originally required to own a minimum number of common shares of the Corporation equivalent in value to twice their annual retainer as Board members. This policy was amended a first time to increase the minimum shareholding to three times the annual retainer of the Board members and a second time to increase such minimum to five times the annual retainer of the Board members. The directors have a period of four years from the date of their appointment to comply with the minimum shareholding requirement, and a period of two years from the date of any increase in their annual retainer fees or from the date of any other increase in the minimum shareholding value to comply with any such increase to the minimum shareholding requirement.

The Board of Directors adopted a shareholding policy for NEOs under which the NEOs are required to own a minimum number of common shares of the Corporation equivalent in value to: (i) five times annual salary for the CEO; (ii) two times annual salary for Executive Vice-Presidents; and (iii) 0.5 times annual salary for other designed executives. Designated Executives have a period of two years from the date the minimum requirement is increased to comply with the additional new minimum requirement. Until a Designated Executive’s minimum share ownership requirement is met, he or she must retain 100% of Gain Shares resulting from the exercise of stock options. “Gain Shares” means the net number of shares remaining subsequent to the sale of shares used for payment of the stock option being exercised and for any tax withholding obligations. A Designated Executive who is subsequently promoted to a higher level will have five years from the date of promotion to acquire any additional shares to comply with the required level of share ownership. Once achieved, ownership of the shares must be maintained as long as the executive remains a Designated Executive.

The responsibilities, powers and operations of the HRCC are set out in its charter, which is incorporated by reference in this Circular and available under the Corporation’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and on the Corporation’s website at www.tfiintl.com. The HRCC is composed exclusively of independent directors.

The Corporation has used WTW to provide advice on various executive compensation matters.

Further information is provided under the section entitled “Executive Compensation – Compensation Discussion and Analysis” above.

 

8.

Other Board Committees

There are no committees of the Board other than the: Audit Committee, HRCC and CGNC.

 

51


9.

Assessments

Each member of the Board of Directors completes a questionnaire on an annual basis assessing the effectiveness of the Board of Directors. The completed questionnaires are analyzed by the Secretary of the Corporation, who reports to the Chairman of the CGNC. In particular, if two or more members of the Board of Directors express the same concern, it is reported to the Chair of the CGNC and addressed at the next meeting of the CGNC. If necessary, the concern is also addressed at the next meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

10.

Director Term Limits and Other Mechanisms of Board Renewal

Previously, under By-law No. 1 of the Corporation, no person could be elected a director of the Corporation if he or she had attained the age of 80 prior to the date of the meeting at which an election of directors was to take place, subject to the right of the Board to waive the foregoing retirement age in one-year increments as regards a candidate for election as director if the Board determined it was in the interests of the Corporation to do so. On December 17, 2018, the Board of Directors adopted a resolution to amend By-Law No. 1 in order to delete the foregoing provision, effectively removing a mandatory retirement age for directors. At the Meeting, shareholders will be asked to approve the By-Law Resolution in the form annexed hereto as Schedule B, confirming the foregoing amendment to By-Law No. 1.

The Corporation has considered but has not adopted other term limits for directors or other formal mechanisms of Board renewal. This topic is assessed and discussed yearly by the CGNC when evaluating the Corporation’s corporate governance practices compared to best practices.

 

11.

Policies Regarding the Representation of Women on the Board

The Corporation considers diversity, including gender, as an important component of the selection process for new Board members. The Board considers the presence of men and women on the Board as an added value. In 2018 the CGNC had given itself the mandate to find at least a second woman to sit on the Board, to meet a target of at least two women to sit on the Board in the next two years. The CGNC surpassed its objective by recruiting two additional women in 2018, so that three women now sit on the Board.

The Board adopted a Board Diversity Policy which is described on pages 17-18 of this Circular.

 

12.

Consideration of the Representation of Women in the Director Identification and Selection Process

Representation of women on the Board is one of the factors taken into consideration by the CGNC in the selection process for new Board members. This consideration is assessed yearly by the CGNC when evaluating the Corporation’s corporate governance practices compared to best practices. The CGNC has emphasized recruiting women in recent years in the mandates it has given to search firms and by identifying candidates who are women in its selection process. In 2018, women represented 30% of the Board composition.

The Board adopted a Board Diversity Policy which is described on pages 17-18 of this Circular.

 

13.

Consideration Given to the Representation of Women in Executive Officer Appointments

The Corporation gives consideration to gender diversity in its executive-officer appointment process. The Corporation considers the presence of men and women on its executive team as an added value. At present, 17.6% of the Corporation’s executive officers, as defined in National Instrument 58-101 Disclosure of Corporate Governance Practices, are women.

 

14.

Issuer’s Targets Regarding the Representation of Women on the Board and in Executive Officer Positions

The Corporation has not adopted a “target” regarding women on the Board of Directors or in executive officer positions. The term “target” is defined in National Instrument 58-101 Disclosure of Corporate Governance Practices as, in effect, a number or percentage, or a range of numbers or percentages, adopted by the Corporation of women on the Board of Directors or in executive officer positions of the Corporation by a specific date. Although the Corporation has not adopted a target for the number of women on the Board of Directors or in executive officer positions, it has always supported and continues to pursue its efforts to promote female representation, as evidenced by the percentages set out in sections 12 and 13 above. In its work related to the composition of the Board of Directors, representation of women on the Board is one of the factors taken into consideration by the CGNC.

 

52


15.

Number of Women on the Board and in Executive Officer Positions

In 2018, of the ten members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, three (30%) were women.

Of the 17 executive officers of the Corporation, as defined in National Instrument 58-101 Disclosure of Corporate Governance Practices, three (17.6%) are women.

INTEREST OF CERTAIN PERSONS IN MATTERS TO BE ACTED UPON

The Corporation is not aware of any material interest, direct or indirect, by way of beneficial ownership of securities or otherwise, of (i) any person who has been a director or executive officer of the Corporation at any time since the beginning of the Corporation’s last financial year, (ii) any nominee for election as director of the Corporation, or (iii) any associate or affiliate of the persons listed in (i) and (ii), in any matter to be acted upon at the Meeting, other than the election of directors.

OTHER MATTERS

Management of the Corporation knows of no other matter to come before the Meeting other than those referred to in the Notice of Annual and Special Meeting of Shareholders. However, if any other matters which are not known to management should properly come before the Meeting, the accompanying form of proxy confers discretionary authority upon the persons named therein to vote on such matters in accordance with their best judgment.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Corporation’s financial information is included in its consolidated financial statements, the notes thereto and Management’s Discussion and Analysis for the financial year ended December 31, 2018. Copies of the foregoing documents and additional information relating to the Corporation can be found under the Corporation’s profile on SEDAR at www.sedar.com and may also be obtained upon request to the Secretary of the Corporation at its head office, 8801 Trans-Canada Highway, Suite 500, Saint-Laurent, Québec H4S 1Z6, telephone (514) 331-4000.

AUTHORIZATION

The contents and the mailing of this Circular have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(signed) Alain Bédard

Alain Bédard, FCPA, FCA

President and Chief Executive Officer

TFI International Inc.

Signed in Etobicoke, Ontario

March 14, 2019

 

53


SCHEDULE A

SHAREHOLDERS’ RESOLUTION

WHEREAS on February 27, 2019, the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted the 2019 Stock Option Plan; and

WHEREAS pursuant to the policies of the Toronto Stock Exchange, it is necessary to obtain the approval of the shareholders of the Corporation with respect to the 2019 Stock Option Plan.

BE AND IT IS HEREBY RESOLVED:

THAT the 2019 Stock Option Plan, as adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on February 27, 2019 and as described in the management proxy circular of the Corporation dated March 14, 2019, be and it is hereby ratified and confirmed;

THAT the maximum number of common shares that can be issued upon the exercise of options granted under the 2019 Stock Option Plan is five million (5,000,000); and

THAT the directors and proper officers of the Corporation be and they are hereby authorized, on behalf of the Corporation, to execute and sign any documents and perform all acts necessary or useful, in their discretion, in order to give effect to this resolution.

 

54


SCHEDULE B

SHAREHOLDERS’ RESOLUTION

CONFIRMATION OF AMENDMENT TO BY-LAWS – MANDATORY RETIREMENT AGE OF DIRECTORS

WHEREAS Section 7 of By-Law No. 1 of the Corporation previously provided, in effect, that no person could be elected as a director of the Corporation if he or she had attained the age of 80 prior to the date of the meeting at which an election of directors was to take place, subject to the right of the Board of Directors to waive the foregoing retirement age in one-year increments as regards a candidate for election as director if the Board determined it was in the interests of the Corporation to do so;

WHEREAS on December 17, 2018, the Board of Directors adopted a resolution to delete Section 7 in its entirety, thereby eliminating in effect the mandatory retirement age for directors; and

WHEREAS pursuant to the Canada Business Corporations Act, the foregoing amendment is effective from the date of the resolution of the Board of Directors until it is confirmed, confirmed as amended or rejected by the shareholders of the Corporation;

BE AND IT IS HEREBY RESOLVED:

THAT the foregoing amendment to Section 7 of By-Law No. 1 be and it is hereby confirmed; and

THAT the directors and proper officers of the Corporation be and they are hereby authorized, on behalf of the Corporation, to execute and sign any documents and perform all acts necessary or useful, in their discretion, in order to give effect to this resolution.

 

55

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO

 

KPMG LLP

600 de Maisonneuve Blvd West

Suite 1500, Tour KPMG

Montréal (Québec) H3A 0A3

Tel. 514-840-2100

Fax. 514-840-2187

www.kpmg.ca

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors
TFI International Inc.:
We, KPMG LLP, consent to the use of our report dated February 10, 2020, on the consolidated financial statements of TFI International Inc., which comprise the consolidated statements of financial position as at December 31, 2019 and 2018, the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the notes including a summary of significant accounting policies, which is incorporated by reference and appears in this registration statement and accompanying prospectus and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Independent Auditor, Transfer Agent and Registrar” in the prospectus.

/s/ KPMG LLP*

February 10, 2020

Montreal, Canada
*CPA auditor, CA, public accountancy permit No. A109612
KPMG LLP is a Canadian limited liability partnership and a member firm of the KPMG network of independent member firms affiliated with KPMG International Cooperative (“KPMG International”), a Swiss entity. KPMG Canada provides services to KPMG LLP.